D
:
1
גי
18
20
30
A MAP of the WORLD with the Ships DUKE &DUTCHESS Tract Round it. from 1708 to 1711.
By HERMAN MOLL Geographer.
40
THE
70
80
Artick Circle
Tropick of Cancer
1. de St Pedro
4 3 3 3 3 13 1
R
los Morges I
90
POLP
Groenland
80
70
09.
60
Beturn
Ireland
Englan
of Bi
30
19
First Meridian from Ferro Ist
out
в гагод
70
90
80
Green
Groenland
land
North Lake
Haygai
Lapland
empla Defire
Ice
Sea
80
70
40
Shetlan
Orkn
¡ãoll and
RANCE
German
Danube R
TUR
Barca
R
EDE
M
Wolga R
Don R
SLE
·Taurus
Cas
E
Tents
Sibir
A
PERSIA.
112
A
GREAT
1.1
生生
​21 1 1 1
de
verd I
20
20
Car
Barbary
BILD
Zara
NEGROLAND
Cat
Sherbro
A
Niger R
GERID
Desa
FRIC
YUIN E A
Nubi
A
鱼鱼
​THIOP
Aba
In 2
Casta
Barbara
Bengal Si
Ceylon
atra
C. Com
RN of
90
100
110
THE EASTI
40
70
INDIAN SEA Str.
SMA Str. of Sunda
Ormu
Arabia
Slea
IND
TARTA
sheer
R
RY.
Wanking B.
Ben
Bay
A
CHINA
Tongs
rmosa
Strait
Ieffo
Company
Land
Lapon Bosho
Bungo
P
Das Colunas
Straits
of Anniar
NewAlbion
24.0
Caliform
Baffins
Bay
P. Comfort
The Lakes
Hudion
Bay
NORTH Canada
AMERICA
Now
Mexico
Mexico
Tres Maries
c. Corrientes
Florida
Gulf of
Mexico
Inland
C. Farewel
Budsons found
New
Britain
Canada
Spain
C.Blane
Panas
Gallapagos
250
260 270
280
Laurens
Eng
N.York
rginia Mary L
Carol in a
Land
Bermudas
Bahama I
Antilles
Hispaniola
North S.
Firma
Gorgona
Western Oce
Return
50
Azores Isl.
ATLANTICK
Ilands
Caribbe I
Barbados
Aranoca R
Gui ama
Guaquil
200
Amarond
Ama/zona
330
Jona
Suriname
I Lobos de la Mar SAMERIC
230
I. de Solomon
Dogs
Tropic of Capricorn
I. Iuany
Fernando
Chilo
TH
SE
Pacifi
PERU
Return
eing out
B. Los Same
BRASIL
..
C.Frio
le Grande
Catharina
lapat a
de la
of
Goeing
out
offere we finish.
our run Round
the Globe.
CEAN
360
30
10
201
S. Matheo
Ascension
ETHIOPI
Barbudos
1
Equinoctial Line
100
+00
210
120
16
Horn I
Withams I.
20
FAmfterdam
36
N. Zeeland
40
Antartick Circle
Patagonia
Str. of Magellan
Tera Al Fuego
arn
POLE
700
70
Plata
бо
50
40
Trinidada 20
130
20
นทรา
30
§. Helena
༡
Come go
Coast of
Cafer
EA
mome
tapa
· Romar
Bathr
Bornep
Ladrone
Luconia I.
Philip.I.
Flands
J.Guam
Mo
30
20
10
Los Hardines
180
Guinea
170
New Britain
Carpen
Tristan
40
da Cunha
Cape Good Hop
Denia
SOUTHERN
1. Amsterdam
taria
Deep B.
NEW HOLLAND
Sharks Bay
Edels Land
and
Lewin Land
OCEAN
Antartick
St Pieter
Dimens Land
09
70
60
Circle
70
50
40
30
20
10
9
80
28
90
80
A CRUISING
VOYAGE
ROUND THE
WORLD:
Firſt to the SOUTH-SEAS, thence
to the EAST-INDIES, and homewards
by the Cape of GOOD HOPE.
Begun in 1708, and finiſh'd in 1711.
CONTAINING
A JOURNAL of all the Remarkable
Tranfactions; particularly, Of the Taking of
Puna and Guiaquil, of the Acapulco Ship, and
other Prizes; An Account of Alexander Selkirk's
living alone four Years and four Months in an
Iſland; and A brief Deſcription of feveral Coun-
tries in our Courfe noted for Trade, efpecially
in the South-Sea.
With Maps of all the Coaft, from the beſt Spanish
Manuſcript Draughts.
And an INTRODUCTION relating to the
SOUTH-SE A Trade.
By Captain WOODES ROGERS,
Commander in Chief on this Expedition, with
the Ships Duke and Dutchefs of Bristol.
LONDON, Printed for A, Bell at the Croſs-Keys and Bible
in Cornbil, and B. Lintot at the Crofs-Keys between the
two Temple-Gates, Fleetftreet. M DCC. XII.
Regent (iii)
9511-7-1924
.
R R Stubbard.
To the Worthy Gentlemen my
Surviving Owners, the Wor-
Shipful Chriftopher Shuter
Efq; Sir John Hawkins Kt.
John Romfey Efq; Capt.Phi-
lip Freake, Mr. James Hol-
lidge, Francis Rogers, Tho-
mas Goldney, Thomas Cle-
ments, Thomas Coutes, John
Corfely, John Duckinfield,
Richard Hawkfworth, Wil-
liam Saunders, John Grant,
Laurence Hollifter, and Da-
niel Hickman, Merchants in
Briſtol.
GENTLEMEN,
A
S you
did me the Ho-
nour to approve my
approve my Pro-
pofals for the following
Voyage, and generously fitted
A 2
out
iv
The Dedication.
out two Ships, in which you
gave me the principal Command;
I no fooner refolv'd to publish
my Journal, than I determin'd
to chufe you for my Patrons:
and thereby to take an opportu-
nity of expreffing my Gratitude
to you, who had the Courage to
adventure your Eftates on an
Undertaking, which to Men
lefs difcerning feem'd impracti-
cable.
I heartily congratulate you on
the Success and Profit of this
Long and Hazardous Voyage;
which might have been greater,
but the following Sheets will
Show it was not my fault.
เ
I
ز
The Dedication.
V
I fhall only add on this Head,
that I uſed my utmost Endea-
vours to promote your Interest,
which was always prefer'd to
my own.
I make no doubt, it will be
to your lafting Honour, that fuch
a Voyage was undertaken from
Briftol at your Expence ; fince
it has given the Publick a fuffi-
cient Evidence of what may be
done in thofe Parts, and fince
the Wisdom of the Nation bes
now agreed to eſtabliſh a Trade
to the South-Seas, which, with
the Bleffing of God, may bring
vast Riches to GREAT BRI-
TAIN.
A 3
I
vi
The Dedication.
I wish you intire Health and
Happiness, and am,
GENTLEMEN,
Your most Humble Servant,
Woodes Rogers.
AN
INTRODUCTION
Concerning the
South-Sea Trade.
HE Spaniards were always fo jea-
lous of this Commerce, that they
wou'd never allow the leaſt ſhare of
it to any other Nation, but oppos'd
them with Force whenever they
attempted it. Their Inclination to engroſs all the
Trade of the Weft-Indies to themfelves, was fo
very great, that they have depopulated their own
Country to people that; and in their Treaties
with foreign Princes they were fo very cautious,'
as not to allow their Ships fo much as to touch on
thoſe Coaſts, but in cafes of extreme Neceffity,
and even then under very fevere Reſtrictions.
Thus till this War began, the vaft Wealth of
the Spanish West-Indies ran in a conftant Channel
by their own Flota and Galleons to Cadiz, where
A 4
moft
vii
viii
The Introduction.
moſt of the trading Nations of Europe had more
or leſs benefit by it. Our English Manufactures,
c. were annually fhipt off in their Galleons,
either in the name of Spanish Factors, or fold at
Cadiz to the Spanish Merchants, who fent them to
the Indies on their own accounts; and in Returns
we had Gold, Silver, and other valuable Commo-
dities. This was the Courſe of our publick Trade
with that Country, while poffefs'd by the Houſe of
Auftria. Befides, there, was alfo a private Trade
by way of Jamaica to their Coaſts on the North
Sea; which was carry'd on with great advantage
to the few who thought firto venture it, but was
liable to very great Dangers, becauſe the Spanish
Guard-Ships made Prize of all they could, and
our Men were made Priſoners, or rather Slaves;
and their own Subjects, who traded with us, were
forc'd to do it by ftealth, for fear of incurring
the fevere Penalties of their own Laws. Yet as
we were able to furnish them this way with better
Commodities, and at eaſier Rates than they had
by their own Galleons; not only their Merchants,
but even their Guards did often willingly trade
with us in this private manner, when they could
do it with fafety.
Thus things continu'd till the fecond Grand
Alliance in 1701. when the French King, in the
name of his Grandfon the Duke of Anjou, ufurp'd
the Crown of Spain, and the House of Auftria
not being able to recover it themfelves, did en-
ter into an Alliance with us and the Dutch: and
in confideration of our Affiftance, it was wife-
ly ftipulated by King William, That for the En-
largement of Navigation and Commerce, it fhould
be lawful for us and the Dutch to feize by force
what Lands and Cities we could of the Spanish Do-
minions in America, and to poffefs them as our
own. The French foon after the Peace of Reſwick
feem
The Introduction.
ix
feem to have forefeen fuch an Article, and reſolv'd
to be beforehand with us. Thus they fent from Ro-
chelle in 1698. two Ships under the Command of
M. Beauchefne-Gouin of St. Malo to the South-Sea,
with a Cargo of Goods, to try what could be
done in a Trade there; as appears by his Journal,
of which I have a Copy. They have fo improv'd
his Diſcovery, and carry'd on fuch a vaft Trade
in thoſe Seas ever fince, that there have been in
the South-Sea in one Year feventeen French Ships of
War and Merchant-Men, with all forts of Goods:
and the Advantage they made by it was fo great,
that I was inform'd by feveral Merchants whom
we took in thoſe Seas, that by a modeſt Computa-
tion the French in the firft Years of that Trade
carry'd home above 100 Millions of Dollars, which
is near 25 Millions Sterling; befides the Advan-
tages they make by trading to the North-Sea, when
they convoy the Spanish Galleons and Flota to and
from the West-Indies. By this means they are.
now abfolute Mafters of all that valuable Trade,
which has enabled their Monarch hitherto to car-
ry on the War againſt moſt of the Potentates of
Europe, which otherwiſe he could not have done.
'Tis not for me to enquire why the before-
mention'd Article of the fecond Grand Alliance
has not been more improv'd, or whether it was.
practicable to make a national Settlement in the
South-Sea when the War commenc'd; but that the
Thing is practicable in it felf, I dare boldly affirm
from my own Experience. Had there been a pro-
per Force there when I was in the South-Sea, we
might eaſily have ſettled in many places, where
we could have commanded Provifions, without
thofe Difficulties to fubfift which we met with.
Had a Trade thither been promoted at the begin-
ning of the War, we might not only have preven-
ted the French from bringing thofe vaft Sums out
of
X.
The Introduction.
of America, but have brought much greater our
felves; fince we are better provided with Com-
modities for that Trade, and have a ſtronger Na-
val Force to carry it on.
Neceffity has frequently put private Men on no-
ble Undertakings; and I think it can't be deny'd
that our Nation is now under a neceffity to make
an extraordinary Effort for fettling a Trade there.
That we are concern'd to do it for the Preferva-
tion of our Liberty and Religion, is evident e-
nough from what has been faid already; and that
we are likewiſe oblig'd to do it for the Recovery
of our finking Trade, will be evident from what
follows. Our Spanish Commerce, which formerly
fupply'd us with Bullion, yields us fo little now,
that our Mony muft infenfibly ebb out of the Na-
tion, whilſt it flows into the Enemies Country
thro a new Channel, of which he alone is Maf
ter; for the French not only fupply the South-Seas,
but carry all forts of Goods, with Negroes, to
Portobello, La Vera Cruz, Carthagena, and Buenos-
Ayres fo that they have outed us both of the
publick and private Trade that we formerly had
with the Spanish Weft-Indies, which muft neceffarily
ftop the Fountain of our Bullion, and affect all the
other Branches of our Trade thro the World.
Therefore I hope every true Briton will approve
my Zeal in propofing a way how thofe threatning
and imminent Dangers may be prevented; and
cordially join in fupporting a Trade to the South-
Sea, and other parts of the Spanish West-Indies, un-
der fuch Regulations and upon fuch Encourage-
ments as the Wisdom of the Nation has granted,
or may yet think fit to grant.
I am forry to hear fo noble a Deſign talk'd of
with fo much Indifference by fome, and exploded
as impracticable by others; whilft the French carry
on a Trade thither with fo much Succeſs, to the
En-
The Introduction.
xi
A
Enriching of themſelves and Impoverishment of
us: as if 'twere enough to call our felves Maſters,
of the Sea, without proving to the World we
are fo, on fuch an important occafion. I find that
the want of Succefs in other Expeditions to Ame-
rica has created a mean Opinion in fome People
of this. I fhall not pretend to enquire into the
Reaſons why thofe Expeditions have mifcarry'd;
but I will venture to fay, that with the Divine
Affiſtance, this might fucceed, if undertaken by
Men of Experience and Integrity, under fuch Re-
gulations as may prevent their diſagreeing a-
broad. This Expedition being altogether new,
and of fuch vaft confequence to our Nation, it
ought to be adjusted with all the Care and Pre-
caution poffible; for I very much doubt, if our firſt
Attempt ſhould mifcarry, whether ever we ſhould
make a fecond. I have confider'd all the Objec-
tions againſt it, and find the chief of them to be,
First, The Difficulty of any number of Ships to
keep company fo far. Secondly, That it won't be
eaſy to furniſh Proviſions and Stores to carry us
thither and back again, if we fhould not fucceed.
Thirdly, The Improbability of getting thither
with Men enough to maintain a Settlement, or to
find a proper Place for one, where the adjacent
Country can furnish Proviſions enough to fubfift
'em. Fourthly, That we fhall not be able to hin-
der the French from Trading there, or fucceed in
that Trade our felves.
To thefe Objections I anſwer in brief thus:
First, I found by my own Experience, that with
Care it is practicable for Ships to keep company
round the World; and 'tis very well known, that
confiderable numbers of Ships keep company to-
gether to and from the Eaft-Indies, which is far-
ther. To the fecond and third, I answer, That
our two Ships were much fuller of Men than
uſual
The Introduction.
ufual for Veffels of their Burden, and yet we car-
ry'd Provisions that ferv'd us fixteen Months;
which puts it beyond all diſpute that Men of War
and Tranſports may conveniently go on this Ex-
pedition, well fitted with Men, and carry twelve
months Proviſions at leaſt for each Ship. Befides,
for every Man of War or Tranfport that carries
confiderable Numbers of Men, a proportionable
Victualler may be allow'd, with no more Men
than are enough to fail her; ſo that ſhe may carry
eight or ten months Provifions more for the other
Ships which embark the Men. Thus a fufficient
Number fit for a Settlement may be carry'd, and
fully victual'd for 22 months, which is time e-
nough, and to fpare, to go and return from the
South-Seas. And if any Ship fhould lofe company,
there's little danger of their meeting again at pla-
ces appointed for Rendezvous. 'Tis true, the
Diſtance from home is great; but the Ships that
have traded thither find it an eafy Paffage in a
proper Seaſon, and their Men continue more
healthful than thofe that trade to the West-Indies
by the North-Seas. The general Diftemper in fuch
long Runs is the Scurvy; and the Methods to pre-
vent the ill Effects of it are fo well known, that
they may eaſily be provided againft. The Ships
may likewiſe refreſh by the way, firft at the Cape
de Verd Iſlands, and then at Brazil, betwixt which
and the South-Sea is the longeſt Paſſage, and that
in all probability cannot exceed ten weeks at Sea;
fo that when they arrive at Chili, the Climate is
fo wholefom, and agrees fo well with European
Conftitutions, that fuch as are fick do fpeedily
recover. Then as to proper Places for a Settle-
ment where Provifions abound, there are fo many
of them on the Coaſt of Chili, &c. that a Body
of Men well-difciplin'd, and under good Com-
manders, may easily fettle there. Our taking of
Guiaquil
The Introduction.
Xili
Guiaquil with a Handful of raw undiſciplin'd Men,
is a fufficient proof of this; and they may ſcon
fortify themſelves fo, as no Power that can be
brought againſt them ſhall be able to diflodg them.
The whole Spanish Force in that Sea confifts but
of three fmall Ships, and their Land-Troops are
fo little accuftom'd to War, that they are not
able to look a Body of difciplin'd Men in the
face; as we our felves, and others, have found
by experience. Befides, the Natives of Chili,
who are a brave People, have fuch an averfion to
the Spaniards becauſe of their Cruelty and Oppref-
fion, that when they find the Mildness of an Eng-
lish Government, they will readily join us, in or-
der to be freed from that intolerable Servitude
under which they have groan'd fo long.
By all this it appears, that we have no Enemy
to dread but the French; and fince we are fupe-
rior to them by Sea, there's no doubt but our Go-
vernment, who countenances this Settlement, will
take due care to protect any Colony till it be able
to defend it felf.
To the laſt Objection I answer, That as we are
capable to furnish that Country with better Com-
modities, and at cheaper Rates than the French,
there's no doubt of our carrying the Trade, or
at leaſt that we fhall have the beſt ſhare of it.
And that we ſhall find a Trade there, is evident,
confidering what a great Vent the Spaniards had
for European Commodities by way of Portobello,
Carthagena, and Panama; and what a Vent the
French do now meet with for fuch Commodities
in the South-Seas; which are brought to them fo
much cheaper than by the old way, that the Spanish
Trade by the Flota and Galleons from Old Spain
will be loft.
What I have faid here, is on the fuppofition
that the War may continue; but when there's a
Peace,
xiv
The Introduction.
Peace, we cannot doubt but the Government
will take care to remove all thofe Impediments,
which are the natural Refult of a War, by the
Treaty, and get thoſe Reſtraints taken off, which
the Spaniards have hitherto laid upon our Trade
to thofe parts; and in that cafe, the Inhabitants
of the West-Indies, who have a very great averſion
to the French, will be more willing to trade with us
than ever they were to deal with them. But whe-
ther we have War or Peace, there is no carrying
· on a fix'd Trade without a Settlement; which, if
we have a Peace, muſt be granted us; and if we
have War, may easily be taken by Force. But I
doubt 'tis fcarce poffible in time of a Peace to
bring the Courſe of Trade on the fame foot as in
King Charles II's time; for 'tis very much to be
fear'd, if King Philip continue poffefs'd of Spain
and the Indies, the French will fill have as great
an Intereſt in Old Spain to make us trade there at a
diſadvantage, as they have already done in France,
and at the fame time continue the carrying on of
a South-Sea Trade underhand, now they have
found the vaft Advantage of it. And fince the
Government there is wholly in their Intereft al-
ready, and will be more confirm'd in it when Phi-
lip is left Maſter of the Country by Treaty, we
cannot be upon an equal footing with them: for
the two Crowns of France and Spain being in one
Family, whofe Ambition for an Univerfal Monar-
chy has hitherto broke thro all Treaties, 'tis too
much to be dreaded, that if King Philip be left in
poffeffion of Spain and the Indies, we fhall not
have an equal Advantage of Trade with France;
who, I cannot but doubt, will ftill have the fame
Advantages they now have, which must endanger
the Liberty of all Europe. And therefore 'tis my
humble Opinion, we have little probability that
ever a Trade can be fettled to and from Spain and
the
The Introduction.
XV
1
the Indies as formerly, whilft there's a French Mo-
narch in Spain. So that all our Pretenſions of a
Trade to the South-Sea, unleſs ſettled in our pof-
feffion during the War, and confirm'd by a Peace,
are little to be depended upon.
I ought to beg pardon for meddling with Po-
liticks, which is none of my Province; but
having been on the fpot, I think it a Duty which
I owe to my Country to hint what occur'd to my
own Obſervation, that due Precautions may be
taken to prevent the Dangers that threaten our
Settlement there or Trade thither; which I have
only hinted, and leave the Improvement to thoſe
whoſe buſineſs it is, and are more capable Judges.
I am fenfible that a great deal more is to be
faid upon this Head, and that the Matter might
have been better digefted; but my Hurry and the
Preſſure of my particular Affairs have been fuch
fince my Return home, that I muſt reſerve my
felf to another opportunity, to enlarge and ex-
plain what I have here but glanc'd at.
So much at preſent for a Trade to the South-
Sea; that which follows is what I ought to ſay by
way of Preface to the Voyage it felf, which by the
Bleſſing of God we perform'd.
I was not fond to appear in Print; but the Sol-
licitations of my Friends who had read my Jour-
nal, and the miſtaken Reports that were fpread
abroad of our Voyage, prevail'd with me at laſt
to publiſh it.
I know 'tis generally expected, that when far dif-
tant Voyages are printed, they fhould contain new
and wonderful Difcoveries, with furprizing Ac-
counts of People and Animals; but thisVoyage being
only defign'd for cruising on the Enemy, it is not
reaſonable to expect fuch Accounts here as are to be
met with in Travels, relating to Hiſtory, Geo-
graphy,
xvi
The Introduction.
graphy, &c. Something of that however I have
inferted to oblige the Bookfellers, who perfuaded
me that this would make it more grateful to fome
fort of Readers: But I have confin'd my felf to
thoſe parts which are moſt likely to be frequen-
ted for Trade, and quoted my Authors from
whom I had the Collections; which I did not in-
fert at random, but when I found them to agree
with the Relations of thofe who had been in the
places, or with the Accounts of the Natives, with
whom I had opportunities to converfe. The reſt
is from my own knowledg, being a Defcription
of thofe Places we were at, with fuch Remarks as
occur❜d to my Obfervation, and that I thought
might be uſeful to them who may hereafter trade
to thofe parts. I had not time, were it my Ta-
lent, to poliſh the Stile; nor do I think it necef-
fary for a Mariner's Journal.
'Tis ufual for fuch Undertakings to be much
talk'd of, which raiſes Mens Expectations beyond
what the Performance can poffibly anfwer, and
occafions Cenfures on the Perfons concern'd, if
they happen to fall fhort of thoſe mighty Ideas
that People are apt to conceive.
'Tis alſo a particular Misfortune which attends
Voyages to the South-Sea, that the Buccaneers, to
fet off their own Knight-Errantry, and to make
themſelves pafs for Prodigies of Courage and
Conduct, have given fuch romantick Accounts of
their Adventures, and told fuch ftrange Stories,
as make the Voyages of thoſe who come after
(and cannot allow themſelves the fame liberty) to
look flat and infipid to unthinking People. There-
fore I make it my Requeft to the candid Readers,
that they would be favourable in their Çenfures
when they perufe this Journal, which is not cal-
culated to amufe them, but barely to relate the
· Truth.
I must
The Introduction.
xvii
I must add concerning theſe Buccaneers, that
they liv'd without Government; fo that when
they met with Purchaſe, they immediately fquan-
der'd it away, and when they got Mony and Li-
quor, they drank and gam'd till they spent all;
and during thofe Revels there was no diftinction
between the Captain and Crew: for the Officers
having no Commiffion but what the Majority gave
them, they were chang'd at every Caprice, which
divided them, and occafion'd frequent Quarrels
and Separations, fo that they cou'd do nothing
confiderable; and for any thing I could learn,
they ſcarce fhew'd one Inftance of true Courage
or Conduct, tho they were accounted fuch fighting
Fellows at home.
It was to avoid fuch Diforders as thefe, that
the following Conftitution was prudently agreed
on by our Owners.
The Conftitution of a Council, for direct-
ing the Affairs of the Ships Duke and
Dutchess in their Voyage to America.
FOR
OR the better Government and Regulating of Af-
fairs of the prefent Voyage, we whofe Names are
underwritten, Owners and appointed Directors for the
Ships Duke and Dutchess, do hereby appoint and con-
ftitute Capt. Woodes Rogers Commander, Capt. Tho.
Dover fecond Captain and Captain of the Marines,
Capt. William Dampier Pilot, Mr. Carleton Van-
brugh Owners Agent, Mr. Green chief Lieutenant,
Mr. Frye fecond Lieutenant, Mr. Charles Pope,
Mr. Glendal, Mr. Ballet, and Mr. Walle, all Offi-
cers on board the Duke, to be Council on board the
faid Ship: and Capt. Stephen Courtney, Capt. Cook
bis fecond Captain, Mr. William Stretton Lieute-
nant,
xviii
The Introduction.
nant, Mr. Bath Owners Agent, Mr. John Rogers,
Mr. White, and the Mafter-Officers on board the
Dutchefs, to be the Council on board the faid Ship,
in cafe they should be feparated from each other: but
when in company, the Officers of both Ships above-
nam'd are conjunctly at the Summons of the Captains
Rogers, Dover, and Courtney, or any two of them,
to come on board either Ship, and be the Council re-
fer'd to in our general Orders, to determine all Mat-
ters and Things whatsoever, that may arife or be ne-
ceffary for the general Good, during the whole Voyage.
In cafe of Death, Sickness, or Defertion of any of
the above Officers of either Ship, the reft that are of
the Council appointed as aforefaid for the Ship, Shall
convene on board their own Ship, and chufe another
fit Perfon into that Office and Council.
We farther require and direct, that all Attempts,
Attacks, and Designs upon the Enemy, either by Sea
or Land, be first confulted and debated on in the ge-
neral Council, if together; and as the Majority there-
of ſhall conclude how or when to act or do, it shall be
indifpenfably, and without unneceffary Delay, put chear-
fully in execution.
In cafe of any Difcontents, Differences, or Mif-
behaviour among the Officers and Men, which may tend
to the disturbance of the good Concord and Govern-
ment on board either, the Men or Perfons may appeal
to the Captain to have a Hearing and Decifion by a
Council, or the Captain fhall call a Council, and have
it heard and decided, and may prefer or difplace any
Man according to Defert. All Decifions and Judg
ments of this Council fhall be finally determin'd by the
Majority of Voices; and in cafe of an Equality,
Capt. Dover is to have the double Voice, as Prefident
of the Council; and we do accordingly order him to
be Prefident.
(
All
The Introduction.
xix
All Matters tranfacted in this Council shall be
register'd in a Book, by the Clerk appointed for that
purpafe. Dated in Bristol, July 14. 1708.
John Batchelor,
Chriſt. Shuter,
James Hollidge,
Thomas Goldney,
Francis Rogers.
But feveral of thefe Officers were alter'd, and
their Names fill'd up by others, to the number of
fixteen in all, before we left Ireland; of which
nine were allotted to be Council aboard the Duke,
and ſeven in the Dutchess. I have omitted the reſt
of our Orders, as being not fo remarkable, but
common in all fuch Cafes.
In purfuance of this Conſtitution, we held fre-
quent Councils to make fuch Agreements as Occa-
fion requir'd, that the Officers who fign'd them
might fee them put in execution; for without
this method we could never have perform'd the
Voyage, nor kept together.
Privateering at fo great a diſtance is but an
indifferent Life at beft, eſpecially with fo fmall
a Force as ours, and when oblig'd to depend upon
Chance or the Enemy's Courtefy for Proviſions.
Another Inconveniency we labour'd under, was
the want of Power to try Offenders, as aboard
her Majeſty's Ships of War, which oblig'd us to
connive at many Diſorders, and to be mild in our
Puniſhments: but which was ftill worfe, there
was no fufficient Power lodg'd in any one hand to
determine Differences amongft our chief Officers;
which was a great Omiffion, and might have
prov'd of dangerous Confequence, becaufe of the
Diviſions which happen'd among us.
I ſhould not have mention'd this, neither here
nor in my Journal, had not more of it been al-
a 2
ready
i
XX
The Introduction.
ready publish'd than I think was convenient, fince
the knowledg of our petty Differences do no way
concern the Publick: but fince a part has been
publish'd, I thought my ſelf oblig'd in Juftice to
my own Reputation, and for the Information of
my Friends, to write what I have done; tho I
have only touch'd it where I could not avoid it,
and as foftly as poffible, keeping ftrictly to the
Truth, in which I am not afraid of any Contra-
diction worth notice.
-
As the firſt Command lay on me, I had alſo the
Care and Trouble to propofe and draw up almoſt
every Refolution and Agreement; which if they
be not exactly according to Form, I hope will be
readily excus'd, being fuch as the Neceffity of our
Affairs oblig'd us to make from time to time: and
the Law being none of my Study, I was oblig'd to
do the best I could in this cafe, where all muſt be
voluntary; for we had no power of Compulfion,
nor any other Rule to direct us but our Owners
Inftructions, which 'twas impoffible to accommo-
date to all Emergencies in an Undertaking of
this nature, and at fo great a diftance. The Rea
der may perhaps think I took too much upon me,
fince Capt. Dover was Prefident of our Council,
and had two Voices: To which I anfwer, That
tho he had that Office in Council, yet he was but
third in Command in other refpects, according
to the Inftructions given me by our Employers.
Others may poffibly object againſt the relating
of fo many particular Incidents: but my Defign
in it was to confirm the Truth of my Journal, and
to fatisfy the Curious by what methods 'twas we
perform'd the Voyage, and kept together under
fo many Difficulties; which may be of uſe to
others that hereafter undertake the like.
}: -
From
The Introduction.
XXI
From our firſt ſetting out, I took the beft me-
thod to preſerve an unquestionable Relation of
the Voyage, by having a daily Account kept in a
publick Book of all our Tranſactions, which lay
open to every one's View; and where any thing
was reaſonably objected againſt, it was corrected.
This Method we obferv'd during the whole
Voyage, and almoft in the fame manner as you
have it in the following Relation,
į
:
Memo-
Memorandum.
INCE I advertis'd my publiſhing this Book,
S the
the Bookſellers have thought it their Intereſt
to hurry out a Continuation of Cook's Voyage;
in which they have attempted at the Views of fe-
veral Harbours and Sights of Land in the South-
Sea which tho not done fo effectually as I in-
tended in mine, yet it has prevented my Inten-
tion of Engraving the Harbours; which, on
fecond Confideration, may at a proper time be
better publish'd ſeparate in a Coaſting-Pilot-Book
for that Trade.
1
Α
Cruiſing VOYAGE
Round the
WORLD,
Begun August 1. 1708. and
Finish'd October 14. 1711.
By Captain WOODES ROGERS,
T
Commander in Chief.
HO others, who give an Account of
their Voyages, do generally attempt
to imitate the Stile and Method which
is us'd by Authors that write aſhore,
I rather chufe to keep to the Language
of the Sea, which is more genuine, and natural
for a Mariner. And becaufe Voyages of this fort
have commonly mifcarry'd, 'tis neceflary that I
fhould keep to my Original Journal; that the Me-
thods we took to fucceed in our Deſigns, may ap-
B
pear
:
I
:
2
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708.
road.
pear from time to time in their native Light:
Therefore without any difguife I fhall publish the
Copies of all our material Regulations and Agree-
ments, and keep to the ufual Method of Sea-
Journals, omitting nothing that happen'd re-
markable to our felves, or that may ferve for In-
formation or Improvement to others in the like
Cafes. Every day's Tranfactions begin at the
foregoing Day about twelve a Clock, and end at
the fame Hour the following Day carrying that
Date.
Since Cuſtom has likewife prevail'd for Sailors
to give an Account of fuch Countries upon whofe
Coafts they touch or pafs by, I fhall fo far com-
ply with it, as to give a Deſcription of thoſe
that occur'd in the Courſe of my Navigation,
eſpecially of fuch as are or may be of moft úfe
for enlarging our Trade; wherein I have con-
fulted the beſt Authors upon the Subject, and the
Manufcript Journals of others, as well as inform'd
my felf by Inquiry upon the Spot, and from thofe
that have been in the refpective Countries I
treat of.
Auguft 2. Yeſterday about four in the Afternoon
we weigh'd from Kingroad near Bristol, on board
Our fetting the Duke-Frigot, whereof Capt. Woodes Rogers was
out from Commander, in Confortfhip with the Dutchefs,
King-
Capt. Stephen Courtney Commander, both private
Men of War, bound to Cork in Ireland, and thence
to the Southward a cruifing; the Duke Burden a-
bout 320 Tuns, having 30 Guns and 117 Men; and
the Dutchess Burden about 260 Tuns by Meaſure,
26 Guns and 108 Men: both well furnifh'd with all
Neceffaries on board for a diſtant Undertaking.
Ships in We had in Company the Scipio, Peterborough-
Company. Frigot, Prince Eugene, Bristol-Galley, Berkely-Galley,
Beecher-Galley, Pompey-Galley, Sherftone-Galley, and
Diamond-
From Kingroad to Cork.
3
Diamond-Sloop. At ten at night having little 1708.
Wind, we made the Signal for the Fleet to anchor,
between the Holms and Minehead. We lay near
two hours, and about twelve we fir'd a Gun, and
all came to fail, a fine Gale at S E. and ESE.
We ran by Minehead at fix in the morning, hav-
ing ſtem'd the Flood from the place we anchor'd
at. We came up with a Sloop about ten a clock;
but ſhe could not hold way with the Fleet, being
all light and clean Ships, and good Sailors.
Auguft 3. The Wind veer'd to the N E. and
ENE. Our Ship and the Dutchefs did not fail
fo well as the major part of the Gallies, our Mafts
and Rigging being all unfit for the Sea, our Ships
out of trim, and every thing in diforder, being
very indifferently mann'd; notwithſtanding our
Number, we had not 20 Sailors in the Ship,
and it's very little better on board the Dutcheſs;
which is a Difcouragement, only we hope to get
fome good Sailors at Cork. We faw a Sail at five
laft night, the Dutchess gave chafe, and came near
her; the feem'd a large Ship, but we loft fight of
her at eight a clock. Being inform'd at Bristol
that the Ferly, a French Man of War carrying 46
Guns, was cruifing betwixt England and Ireland,
it oblig'd us to keep our Hammocks up, and a clear
Ship for a Fight, all night. About two this morn-
ing the rest of the Fleet that lay a-ftern of us
came up, and we kept an eaſy Sail, with a Light
out all Night; but when Day came, we faw no-
thing, fo that this prov'd a falfe Alarm: which
happen'd well for us, fince had it been real, we
fhould have made but an indifferent Fight, for
want of being better mann'd.
Aug. 4. The Bristol-Galley, Berkley-Galley, Prince
Eugene, and the Beecher-Galley, being bound to the
Weftward, left us at fix in the Evening; little
Wind at ES E. and ſmooth Water.
B 2
Aug. 5.
1
4.
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1708.
Aug. 5. We faw the Land, and finding we had
overfhot our Port, came to an anchor at twelve a
clock off of the two Rocks call'd the Sovereigns
Bollacks near Kinfale, being calm.
Aug. 6. About eight laſt night we weigh'd with
the Flood, a fmall Gale at Eaft; it came on to
blow, and veer'd to the Northward. We had a
Kinfale Pilot on board, who was like to have en-
danger'd our Ship, it being, dark and foggy. Be-
fore day he would have turn'd us into the next
Arrival at Bay to the Weftward of Cork, had not I prevented
it; which
which provok'd me to chaftife him for under-
taking to pilot a Ship, fince he underſtood his
Bufinefs no better. The reft of our Company,
except the Diamond and Sherftone-Galley, got into
Cork before us; only our Confort ftaid in the Har-
bour's Mouth till we came up with her.
Cork.
Aug. 7. Yeſterday at three in the Afternoon
we came to an anchor with our Confort in the
Cove, Wind at NNE.
Aug. 8. Came in the Arundel a Queen's Ship,
and order'd us to ftrike our Pendant; which we
immediately did, all private Commiffion Ships
being oblig'd by their Inftructions to pay that Re-
fpect to all her Majefty's Ships and Fortifications.
Aug. 9. Yeſterday Afternoon came in the Haf-
tings with the Fleet under her Convoy, which we
left in Kingroad: as alfo the Elizabeth, a Mer-
chant-Ship of 500 Tuns, about 26 Guns, and
well mann'd, with a Fleet under her Convoy
from Leverpool, bound to the Weftward, with us
and the Haftings, &c. Fair Weather, the Wind
Southerly.
Aug. to. We were well pleas'd with the Men
Mr. Noblett Rogers got for us at Cork; upon which
we clear'd ſeveral of thofe brought from Bristol,
and fome of 'em run away, being ordinary Fel-
lows, and not fit for our Employment.
Aug. 11.
1
1
From Kingroad to Cork.
5
Aug. 11. It blow'd freſh and dirty Weather; 1708.
we had four Lighters from Cork to diſcharge our
Ships, that we might have them well ftow'd, and
the Provifions in the bottom when they came aboard
Uś. We lengthen'd our Mizen-Maft four Foot
and a half, by placing it on a Step on the Gun-
Deck; got our Fore-Maft forward, and did what
we could in order to be in a better trim than be-
fore, againſt we had better Men to work the Ship,
who lay all ready to come aboard from Cork.
Aug. 12. Blew freſh, and dirty Weather; we
clear'd and run near forty of our fresh-water
Sailors. The Shoreham, Capt. Saunders, came hi-
ther to convoy a Fleet back to Bristol.
Aug. 16. Continu'd dirty Weather, fo that we
could not have an Opportunity to: heel our Ship
and clean her Bottom; and were forc'd to keep
our Proviſions cover'd in the Lighter, and Men
to watch 'em. This Morning about ten, one Boat
loaded with Men came down from Cork to us.
The Fellows appear'd to be brisk, but of feveral
Nations; and I fent to Mr. Rogers to stop the
reſt till we were ready, our Ships being pefter'd.
Aug. 28. Nothing happen'd worth notice fince
the 16th, but that we had good Weather to clean
and tallow our Ships five Streaks below the Wa-
ter-Line, and to take in our Provifions and Men,
c. This Morning we fell down to the Spit-end
by the Haftings Man of War, as our Confort
did the night before. When I came without the
Spit-end, I faluted the Haftings with ſeven Guns;
they return'd five, and I three for Thanks. We
had now above double the number of Officers
ufual in Privateers, and a large Complement of
Men to each Ship. We took this Method of dou-
bling our Officers to prevent Mutinies, which
often happen in long Voyages, and that we might
have a large Provifion for a Succeffion of Officers
ነ
B 3
in
6
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1708. in each Ship, in cafe of Mortality. Our Ship
in
was now fo full, that we fent our Sheet-Cable and
other new Store Cordage to Mr. Noblett Rogers at
Cork, to make room for our Men and Provifions;
having three Cables befides, and being willing ra-
ther to fpare that, than any thing elfe we had
Behaviour aboard. Our Crew were continually marrying
of our Crew whilst we ſtaid at Cork, tho they expected to fail
at Cork. immediately. Among others there was a Dane
Names of
coupled by a Romish Prieſt to an Irish Woman,
without underſtanding a word of each other's
Language, fo that they were forc'd to uſe an In-
terpreter; yet I perceiv'd this Pair feem'd more.
afflicted at Separation than any of the reft: The
Fellow continu'd melancholy for ſeveral days after
we were at Sea. The rest underſtanding each
other, drank their Cans of Flip till the laſt minute,
concluded with a Health to our good Voyage,
and their happy Meeting, and then parted un-
concern'd.
I think it neceſſary to fet down here the Names
of all the Officers in both Ships, with the Num-
ber of our Men; becauſe it is proper, that the
Perfons whom this Journal concerns, fhould be
known.
Officers of the Duke.
Woodes Rogers, Captain, a Mariner; Thomas Do-
our Officers. ver, a Doctor of Phyfick, fecond Captain, Prefi-
dent of our Council, and Captain of the Marines;
Carleton Vanbrugh, Merchant, now our Owners
Agent; Robert Fry a Mariner, chief Lieutenant;
Charles Pope, fecond Lieutenant; Thomas Glendall,
third Lieutenant; John Bridge, Mafter; William
Dampier, Pilot for the South-Seas, who had been
already three times there, and twice round the
World; Alexander Vaughan, chief Mate; Lanc.
Appleby,
1
At Cork in Ireland.
7
Appleby, fecond Mate; John Ballet, rated third 1708.
Mate, but defign'd Surgeon if occafion; he had
been Captain Dampier's Doctor in his laft unfor-
tunate Voyage round the World; Samuel Hopkins,
being Dr. Dover's Kinfman and an Apothecary,
was both an Affiftant to him, and to act as his
Lieutenant, if we landed a Party any where under
his Command during the Voyage; George Under-
hill and John Parker, two young Lawyers defign'd
to act as Midshipmen; John Vigor, a Reformado,
to act as Capt. Dover's Enfign when afhore; Benj.
Parfons and Howel Knethel, Midshipmen; Richard
Edwards, Coxfwain of the Pinnace, to receive
Midshipmens Pay; James Waffe, Surgeon; Charles
May, his Mate; John Lancy, Affiftant; Henry
Oliphant, Gunner, with eight Men call'd the Gun
ner's Crew; Nath. Scorch, Carpenter; John Jones,
his Mate, with three Affiftants; Giles Cafh, Boat-
fwain; and John Pillar, his Mate; John Shepard,
Cooper, with two Affiftants; John Johnſon, Tho-
mas Young, Charles Clovet, and John Bowden, all
four Quarter-Mafters; John Finch, late wholefale
Oilman of London, now ship's Steward; Henry
Newkirk, Sail-maker; Peter Vandenbende, Smith
and Armourer; William Hopkins, Ship's Corporal,
Capt. Dover's Serjeant, and Cook to the Officers;
Barth. Burnes, Ship's Cook.
Officers of the Dutchefs.
Stephen Courtney, Captain, a Mariner; Edward
Cook, fecond Captain; William Stretton, chief
Lieutenant; John Rogers, fecond Lieutenant; John
Connely, third Lieutenant; William Bath, Cwner's
Agent; George Milbourn, Mafter; Robert Knowl-
man, chief Mate; Henry Duck, fecond; Simon
Hatley, third; James Goodall, fourth; and WIL-
liam Page, fifth Mate: With all other interior
B 4
Officers
8..
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708. Officers much the fame as aboard the Duke.
How our
Crew was
made up
Moft
of us, the chief Officers, embrac'd this Trip of
Privateering round the World, to retrieve the
Loffes we had fuftain'd by the Enemy. Our Com-
plement of Sailors in both Ships was 333, of
which above one Third were Foreigners from moſt
Natious; near one half of her Majefty's Subjects
on board were Tinkers, Taylors, Welsh Hay-
makers, North-British Pedlers, Irish Fidlers and
Pipers, one Negro, and about ten Boys. With
this mix'd Gang we hop'd to be well mann'd, as
foon as they had learnt the Ufe of Arms, and
got their Sea-Legs, which we doubted not foon to
tcach 'em, and bring them to Difcipline.
Septemb. 1. We took failing Orders, the better
to keep Company with the Haftings and Fleet:
and after having agreed with our Confort, Cap-
tain Courtney, on Signals between us, which are fo
common that I need not infert them here, and
appointed places of Rendevouz in cafe of Separa-
tion, and how long to lie for each other at every
place; about ten this Morning, we came to fail
with the Haftings and about 20 Merchant Ships,
bound to the Southward and Weftward, Wind
at Nby W. We fhould have fail'd yeſterday,
but could not weigh and caft our Ships clear of
the reft; fome at that time drove, and the Sher-
Stone-Gally run quite afhore on the Spit in the
night it grew moderate Weather, and Captain
Paul got her off to fail with us. Our Holds
are full of Provifions; our Cables, a great deal of
Bread, and Water-Casks between Decks; and 183
Men aboard the Duke, with 151 aboard the
Dutchess: fo that we are very much crouded and
peſter'd Ships, not fit to engage an Enemy, with-
out throwing Provifion and Stores over-board.
Septemb. 2. We and our Confort ftood out of the
Fleet to chafe a Sail we faw to Windward: Our
Ships
Departure from Cork,
9
!
Ships fail'd as well as any in the Fleet, not ex- 1708.
cepting the Man of War: fo that we began tou
hope we ſhould find our heels, fince we go fo well
tho deep loaden and pefter'd. We found the
Chafe to be a fmall Veffel coming into the Fleet
from Baltimore, one Hunt Maſter, call'd the Hope-
Gally, a fmall French-built Snow belonging to Mr.
Fames Vaughan of Bristol, bound for Jamaica,
Wind at N by W. Moderate Weather.
Septemb. 3. The Wind very veerable from the
WSW. to the NW, blow'd ftrong with Squalls,
fo that we reef'd often, and our Ship was a lit-
tle leaky in her upper Works.
Septemb. 4. It blew fresh this Morning, but not
fo much Wind as Yeſterday, and the Water
fmoother. Captain Paul made a Signal for me,
Capt. Courtney, and Capt. Edwards Commander of
the Scipio; and after fpeaking with him, he ſent
his Boat for us, being larger than ours. We with
Capt. Dover and Mr. Vanbrugh went in her, and
din'd with Capt. Paul aboard his Ship, where we
were very handfomly treated. He propos'd to
me and Confort when he left the Fleet, which
would be very foon, to cruiſe a few days together
off Cape Finifter, after having ask'd us what we
wanted that he could fupply us with. He gave us Captain
Scrubbers, Iron Scrapers for our Ships Bottom, a Paul's
fpeaking Trumpet, and other things that we vility.
wanted: but he would accept nothing from us,
becauſe our Voyage would be long; but told us,
he ſhould be well pleas'd if our Owners return'd
him the fame Neceffaries for his Ship when he re-
turn'd. Wind from the NN W. to the NW by
W. moderate.
Septemb. 5. We came from on board Capt. Paul
to our own Ships, yeſterday at fix in the After- The Crew
noon; and now thought it fit to diſcover to our acquainted
Crew whither we were bound, that if any Dif- with our
orders
Defign.
IO A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1708. orders fhould have rifen upon it, we might have
exchang'd our Malecontents whilft in Company
with one of her Majefty's Ships. But I found no
Complaint on board the Duke, except from one
Fellow who expected to have been Tything-Man
that year in his Parifh, and faid his Wife would
be oblig'd to pay Forty Shillings in his Abfence:
but feeing all the reft willing, he was eaſily
quieted, and all Hands drank to a good Voyage.
Tand Capt. Courtney writ to our Owners, Alder-
man Batchelor and Company, in the fame Letter,
a Method we defign'd to continue in the whole
Voyage, for all things that related to it. A brisk
Gale and clear Weather.
LeaveCap-
Sept. 6. The Haftings and we parted at fix laſt
tain Paul. night. The reafon why we did not keep him
longer Company, was our Ships being very full,
and our Confort unwilling to lofe time fo near
home; fo that we were oblig'd to break Meaſures
with Capt. Paul. I excus'd it to him, and falu-
ted him, which he anſwer'd, and wifh'd us a
profperous Undertaking. Wind N by W. and
clear Weather. Our Ship does not fail fo well as
fhe did two days before. The Crown-Gally of
Biddiford keeps us Company bound for the Ma-
deras. Wind from NNW. to N by E.
Sept. 8. Every thing now begins to come into
Order, we having been hitherto in fome Confu-
fion, as is ufual in Privateers at first fetting out.
We had a good Obſervation. Moderate Weather,
Wind at W N W. Lat. 40. 10. N. This day the
chief Officers din'd on board me, and the next
day on board the Dutchess.
Sept. 9. Now we begin to confider the Length
of our Voyage, and the many different Climates.
we muſt paſs, and the exceffive Cold which we
cannot avoid,going about Cape Horne; at the fame
time we had but a flender Stock of Liquor, and
our
11
[
From Cork to the Southward.
II
our Men but meanly clad, yet good Liquor to 1708.
Sailors is preferable to Clothing. Upon this we
held our firſt Committee, to debate whether 'twas
neceſſary for us to stop at Madera, as follows.
At a Committee held on Board the Duke
Frigate, refolv'd by the General Conſent
of the following Perſons :
HAT both the Ships Duke and Dutchefs do A Commit-
touch at Madera, to make a larger Proviſion of tee.
Liquors, the better to carry on our long Undertaking,
being but meanly ftor'd for fo large a Number of
Men as are in both Ships; and in cafe of Separation
between this Place and Madera, then to meet at the
Island St. Vincent, one of the Cape de Verd Iſlands,
to wood and water our Ships. But if we mifs of one
another at that Iſland, or that the first Ship finds it in-
convenient for stopping, then to proceed to Praia on
St. Jago, another of the fame Iflands; to wait at both
thefe Ilands fourteen Days: And then if the missing
Ship does not appear, the other to proceed to the Ile of
Grande, in Latitude 23 deg. 30 m. S. on the Coast
of Brazil, there to wait three Weeks; and then if we
don't meet, let the fingle Ship proceed on the Voyage,
according to the Orders given from our Owners. This
is our Opinion this 9th day of September, 1708.
Tho. Dover Prefident,
Stephen Courtney,
Edward Cooke,
Charles Pope,
Carleton Vanbrugh,
Tho. Glendall,
Woodes Rogers,
John Bridge,
'William Dampier,
John Ballet.
Robert Frye,
Sept. 10. At fix in the Morning we faw a Sail;
after ſpeaking with our Confort, we both chas'd.
I
12
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1708. I gave the Dutchefs about a mile ftart of us, in
order to fpread the more. It blew fresh, with a
great Sea; and the Chafe being to Windward,
we crouded extravagantly. Wind at N W.
me.
Sept. 11. At three yeſterday Afternoon we came
up with the Chafe, who bore down right upon us,
fhewing Swedish Colours. I fir'd twice at her be-
fore the brought to, then went aboard her with
my Yall, Captain Courtney's Boat being just before
We examin'd the Mafter, and found he
came round Scotland and Ireland. We fufpected
he had Contraband Goods on board, becauſe ſome
of the Men, we found drunk, told us they had
Gunpowder and Cables; fo we refolv'd to examine
her ftrictly, put 12 Men on board her, and kept
the Swedes Mafter and 12 of his Men on board our
Ships. This Morning, after we had examin'd the
Men, and fearch'd the Ship, we found it difficult
to be prov'd whether fhe was a Prize: And not
willing to hinder time to carry her into any Har-
bour to examine her farther, we let her go with-
out the leaſt Embezelment. The Mafter gave
me two Hams, and fome rufft dry'd Beef, and I
gave him a dozen Bottles of Red-Streak Cyder.
They faluted us at parting with four Guns: She
belong'd to Stadt near Hamburg, and was a Frigate
built Ship of 22 Guns, about 270 Tuns. While
I was on board the Swede yeſterday, our Men mu-
tiny'd, the Ringleaders being our Boatfwain, and
three other inferior Officers. This Morning the
chief Officers having kept with me in the after-
part of the Ship, we confin'd the Authors of this
Diſorder, in which there was not one Foreigner
A Mutiny concern'd. We put ten of the Mutineers in Irons,
a Sailor being first foundly whip'd for exciting
the reft to join him. Others lefs guilty I pu-
nifh'd and diſcharg'd, but kept the chief Officers
all arm'd, fearing what might happen; the Ship's
Company
f
quell'd.
1
{
From Cork to the Southward.
13
Company feeming too much inclin'd to favour 1708.
the Mutineers, made me the eaſier forgive. Some
beg'd Pardon, and others I was forc'd to wink at;
however, they began to find their Deſign fruftra-
ted, which was to make a Prize of the Swede, who
they alledg'd had much Contraband Goods aboard,
tho we could fee none; yet they obftinately in-
fifted, that we apparently gave away their In-
tereſt, by letting her go without plundering her.
I labour'd to convince them of the neceffity of
our making Diſpatch, and that if we could make
her a Prize, it would unman our Ships too much
to fend her into any Port, befides other Difad-
vantages it might procure to our felves and Ow-
ners fhould we be mistaken; which pacify'd the
major part. Our Confort's Men were at firft very
uneafy, but finding the Malecontents quell'd aboard
our Ship, they all kept quiet..
•
Sept. 12. Yeſterday the Wind was very little
and veerable, and we had an Obfervation, 34 deg.
30 min. N.
Sept. 13. Thoſe in Irons diſcover'd others who
were Ringleaders in the Mutiny, whom we alfo
punifh'd, and confind one of them in Irons with
the rest. Alexander Wynter was made Boatswain
inſtead of Giles Cafh, one of the Mutineers. Fair
pleaſant Weather, little Wind at NW by W.
Sept. 14. I agreed with the Captain of the
Crown-Galley to carry my Boatfwain (who was
the most dangerous Fellow among the Muti-
neers) in Irons with him to Maderas. I did
not at his firſt Confinement think of fending
him off; but this day a Sailor came aft to
the Steèridg Door, with near half the Ship's
Company of Sailors following him, and deman-
ded the Boatſwain out of Irons. I defir'd him to
fpeak with me by himſelf on the Quarter-Deck,
which he did, where the Officers afliſted me,
feiz'd
14
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708. feiz'd him, and made one of his chief Comrades
whip him. This Method I thought beft for break-
ing any unlawful Friendſhip amongst themſelves;
which, with different Correction to other Offen-
ders, allay'd the Tumult; fo that now they begin
to fubmit quietly, and thofe in Irons beg Par-
don, and promife Amendment. This Mutiny
would not have been eaſily lay'd, were it not for
the number of our Officers, which we begin to
find very neceſſary to bring our Crew to Order
and Diſcipline, which is always very difficult in
Privateers, and without which 'tis impoffible to
carry on any diſtant Undertaking like ours. Fine
pleaſant Weather, and moderate Gales.
Mutineers
It being little Wind, and contrary, we agreed
to pass by Maderas, and cruife a little amongſt
the Canary Iſlands for Liquor, to prevent Lofs of
time: So we took leave of the Crown-Galley, who
was bound into Madera.
Sept. 15. Laft night we fent Giles Cafh aboard
her in Irons, with feveral Letters by the Com-
mander at large to our Owners. We parted at
twelve a Clock at night. Fair Weather, very
little Wind from WN W. to N by E. had a very
good Obfervation. Latitude 31 deg. 29 min. N.
Sept. 16. I diſcharg'd the Prisoners from their
Pardon'd. Irons, upon their humble Submiffion, and ftrict
Promiſes of good Behaviour for time to come.
While they continu'd in Irons, they had Cen-
tries over them, and were fed with Bread and Wa-
ter. Thoſe that were Officers we reftor'd to their
Places, and every body was order'd to obey them;
John Pillar the Boatfwain's Mate was advanc'd to
be Boatswain, fo that we are all quiet again. A-
Arrival at bout eight this morning we faw Land, and found
the Cana it to be Salvage's Inland, bearing S. S. W. diftant
eight Leagues, Latitude 29 deg. 45 min. Wind
ries.
+
very
Arrival among the Canary Iſles.
∙15
!
•
very little, and veerable, with fair clear Wea- 1708.
ther.
Sept. 17. Moderate Gales of Wind; the Salva-
ges at a diſtance is not unlike the Inland Lundy in
Bristol Channel, about two miles long, a high
Ifland. This Morning we faw the Rock, that ap-
pear'd to us a good League to the S W. of the
Iſland, and took it to be a Sail till we came near
it. Little Wind between the N N E. and the
Weſt.
1
Sept. 18. At four yeſterday in the Afternoon
we came in fight of Pico Teneriff, bearing SW by
W. diſtant about eight Leagues; fteer'd SS E. and
SE by S. for Grand Canaries. This Morning a- A Spaniſh
bout five a clock we ſpy'd a Sail under our Lee Bow, Prize ta
between the Iſlands of Grand Canaries and Forteven- ken.
tura; we chas'd her, and at 7 came up with her.
Our Confort being a little a Head, fir'd a Gun,
and made her bring to; fhe prov'd a Prize, being
a Spanish Bark about 25 Tuns, belonging to Ora-
tava on Teneriff, and bound to Forteventura with
about 45 Paffengers; who rejoic'd when they found
us English, becauſe they fear'd we were Turks.
Amongst the Prifoners were four Fryars, and
one of them the Padre Guardian for the Iſland
Forteventura, a good honeft old Fellow. We
made him heartily merry, drinking King Charles
the Third's Health; but the reft were of the
wrong fort. We us'd them all very well, with-
out fearching them, &c. Freſh Gales and fair
Weather, Wind from the NN E. to the ES E.
Sept. 19. After we had took the Prize, we ſtood
to the Weftward for Teneriff, in order to have her
ranfom'd; where our Agent Mr. Vanbrugh prefs'd
to go afhoar with fome of the Prifoners. At
eleven laſt night the Wind being at N E. when
we were very near the Shore, we could hardly
weather Cape Nago, the Eaftermoft part of Tene
t
riff,
36
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1708. riff, till the Wind veer'd to the Northward. We
ſtood off till Day: In the Morning it prov'd mo-
derate, fo we ſtood in for Oratava, and fent the
Spaniſh Maſter of the Bark to it in his Boat, being
mann'd with fome of the Prifoners. Mr. Van-
brugh ſtill inſiſting to go afhore, I confented, tho
against my Judgment, and he went with them to
treat for the Ranfom of the Hull of the Bark
her fmall Cargo, which confifted in two Butts of
Wine, and one Hogfhead of Brandy, and other
fmall matters, we defign'd for our own ufe in
both Ships, the Agents of each being to take an
account of it the firſt Opportunity. Fresh Gale
of Wind at NE.
Letter
from Port C
Sept. 20. About eight this Morning came a Boat
off from Oratava with a Flag of Truce, and
brought a Letter fignifying that unlefs we would
immediately reſtore the Bark and Cargo, Mr. Van-
brugh ſhould be detain'd. I fent to Capt. Courtney,
who agreed with me on an Anfwer. We ftood
in with our Ships within a League of the Town,
to tow in the Boat for Difpatch, and about eleven
they went aſhore again. Wind at NE by E.
very freſh.
The Letter fent us was as follows:
Capt. Rogers and Capt. Courtney ;
C.
Gentlemen,
You
an
Port Oratava, 20 Sept. 1708.
YOUR Lieutenant coming afhore, and hav-
ing given an account to our Governor of
Oratava. your having taken a Boat belonging to this place
bound to Forteventura; we muſt inform you
that her Majefty is graciouſly pleas'd to allow a
• Trade between her Subjects and the People of
thefe Iſlands, whereof we fuppofe you are not
ignorant; and that it is approv'd of not only
by his Catholick Majeſty, but alſo by the moft
⚫ gracious
Amongst the Canary Iſles.'
17
Ć
&
C
<
<
us.
gracious Chriftian King, who has fent express 1708:
Orders unto his Conful here, that none of his
Men of War or others fhall moleft any Ship
trading to theſe Iſlands and there has been
actually an Example of a Ship belonging to the
Subjects of her Britannick Majefty, which was
taken by a French Privateer, and upon due Ap-
plication to the French Conful, the Ship was re-
• tor'd. Wherefore we are all of Opinion, that
there can be no room for your making a Prize
of this Spanish Bark; for it will be extremely
prejudicial to her Majefty's Subjects that refide
here, and likewife to thofe in England trading
hither, by prohibiting of all future Trade, by
making more than fufficient Reprifal upon our
Effects here, and perhaps on our Perfons, by
reafon of the evident Breach on our part of the
ftipulated Trade which has been concerted with
Wherefore we must once more deſire you to
reſtore the Spaniſh Bark, as you will answer the
contrary before her Majefty, who has fo far ap
と ​prov'd of the private Trade, that he was pleas'd
r to allow of two Men of War (viz. the Dartmouth
Capt. Cock, and the Greyhound Capt. Hariot) the
laft year, who had exprefs Orders to moleft in
no manner of way any Veffel belonging to the
Spaniards; which accordingly they obferv'd.
Wherefore as you have a due Regard to what
is fo much the Intereft of her Majefties Sub-
jects, we expect at the return of this Boat, that
you will make Reftitution of the faid Bark, o-
therwife Mr. Vanbrugh will not be permitted to
go off, and there will be extravagant Reprifals
made upon our Eſtates and Perfons, which we
expect you will take into your Confideration:
and we cannot omit to let you know, that there
is now a Spanish Bark actually in England, which
is daily expected with other English Ships to
C
i
6
c
ર
•
load
18
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708.
Our An-
swer.
८
c
<
·
.
،
load Wine, which they will not be admitted
to do, in cafe you don't reftore this Bark. We
don't doubt but the People here out of Com-
plaifance will make you fome acknowledgment
of a Refreſhment..
.
Gentlemen,
Your very humble Servants,
J. Pouldon, Vice-Conful, J. Croffe,
Bernard Walsh,
G. Fitz-Gerald.
Pray excufe Hafte, that we have not time to
tranfcribe. The reft of the Merchants are in
the City where our Governor generally re-
fides, being about fix Leagues hence.
Our Anſwer was thus:
Gentlemen,
WR
On board the Duke-Frigat,
Sept. 20.
E have yours, and obferve its Contents;
but having no Inſtructions given us with
our Commiſſion relating to Spanish Veffels trading
amongſt theſe Iſlands, we can't juftify the part-
ing with this Bark on your fingle Opinions. It
was Mr. Vanbrugh's misfortune to go afhore; and
if he is detain❜d, we can't help it. To have con-
vinc'd us fatisfactorily of what you fay, you
ought to have fent us a Copy of her Majefty's
Orders or Proclamation; but we doubt there's
no fuch thing in this cafe. If Mr. Vanbrugh is un-
justly detain'd, we'll carry the Prifoners we
have on board to the Port we are bound to, let
"the Confequence be what it will. We are re-
quir'd to be accountable no farther than we are
oblig'd by our Inftructions, which we have given
'fufficient Security already to follow, and don't
fear a Premunire when we comply with them.
€
.
C
• We
Amongst the Canary Iſles.
19
.
،
I
We know Fiſhing-Boats are excus?d on both 1708.
fides, and all trading Veffels from Rio la Hache
to the River of Chagre in the Spanish West-Indies.
We admire the Maſter and Paffengers fhould be
fo ignorant of a thing fo neceffary to be known by
'em, for we never had the leaft word or intima-
⚫tion from them of what you write. The Exam-
'ple you give us of a Trade here allow'd by the
French King and Duke of Anjou, we don't admire
at, becauſe it is for the Benefit of the Spaniards;
and we know the English Ships are protected no
farther than in Anchor-Ground: and fince we
took this Veffel at Sea, we fhan't part with her
unleſs on our own Terms. If you are poſitive
in what you wrote us, and conſcious what detri-
ment it will be to the English Trade, you have
no way to prevent it, but immediately to ran-
fom this Bark; and if it be her Majefty of Great
Britain's Pleaſure, and we are better inform'd in
England, then we can juftify our Conduct to the
• Gentlemen that imploy'd us, and you will be
again reimburs'd. We fhall wait but a fhort
time for an Anfwer, having Water and Provifi-
ons for our felves and Prifoners to the English
• Settlements, where we are bound. We are ap-
prehenſive you are oblig'd to give us this Advice
to gratify the Spaniards; and with Refpect are,
C
.
Gentlemen,
Your Humble Servants,
Woodes Rogers,
Stephen Courtney,
If you fend us Mr. Vanbrugh, and the Man
with him, we'll fend you the Priſoners; but
we'll not part from the Bark, unleſs ran-
fom'd; tho the Value is not much, we will
·C 2
not
20
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708.
Their An-
jwer.
.
not be impos'd on. We defire you to uſe
all manner of Difpatch without lofs of
time, which we can't allow, nor anfwer it
to our Employers.
Sept. 21. At fix laft night the Spanish Boat camé
again to us with dilatory Anfwers to our laft, in-
fifting on behalf of the Spaniards, that the Goods
ſhould be return'd 'em, tho they confented to ran-
fom the Bark. To which we immediately re-
turn'd an Anfwer; for we were angry at their
Tedioufnefs and our ill Treatment, our time be-
ing precious, becauſe we were inform'd that they
expected every hour a fmall Privateer that ufually
cruis'd off of Madera, as alſo a Spanish Ship from
the West-Indies defign'd for Santa Cruz: So that
it look'd like a Defign, to keep us here in fufpence
till theſe Ships might get fafely in, on the other
Our Reply. fide of the Inland. Our Anfwer was to this effect:
!
That had it not been out of refpect to our Officer
on fhore, we would not have ftaid one minute,
but would now ſtay till Morning for their Anfwer,
and take a Cruife among the Iſlands fome time
longer than we intended, in order to make a Re-
prifal; and tho we could not land our Men,
would visit the Town with our Guns by eight next
morning: adding, that we hop'd to meet with the
Governor's Frigat, and fhould repay his Civility in
his own way, but wonder'd that they being English-
men should trifle with us. The Letter had its
effect; for this Morning at eight a clock we ſtood
in close to the Town, and fpy'd a Boat coming off,
which prov'd to be one Mr. Croffe an English Mer-
chant, and Mr. Vanbrugh our Agent with him, with
Wine, Grapes, Hogs, and other Neceffaries, for
the Ranfom of the Bark. Upon his coming up,
we immediately went to work, diſcharg'd the
Bark, and parted the fmall Cargo between our two
Ships
Amongst the Canary Iſles.
1
}
Ships. We treated Mr. Croffe as well as we could, 1708.
and at his defire gave the Priſoners back as much
as we could find of what belong'd to their Perfons;
particularly to the Fryars their Books, Crucifixes,
and Reliques. We prefented the old Padre Guar-
dian with a Cheeſe, and fuch as were ſtrip'd, with
other Clothes. So that we parted, very well fatisfy'd
on all fides. Mr. Croffe told us the Spaniards afhore
were very inquifitive whither we were bound; and
underſtanding by the Prifoners that our Ships were
fheath'd, and fo full of Proviſions, they fufpected
we defign'd for the South-Sea: and he inform'd us
that four or five French Ships from 24 to 50.Guns French
fail'd thence about a month before on the fame Ships gone
Voyage. But we did not think fit to own there, to the
that we were bound to any other place than the Sea.
English Weft-Indies. Thefe Iflands being fo well
known, I need not add any Deſcription of them.
We ſaw the Pike of Teneriff plain but once while
there, it being generally clouded; you may often
fee the Top above the Clouds, when the reft is
all cover'd with them. Now we are indifferently
well ſtock'd with Liquor, and fhall be the better
able to endure the Cold when we get the Length
of Cape Horn, which we are inform'd has always
very cold bad Weather near it.
Sept. 22. Laft night juft as we had finish'd with
Mr. Croffe, and deliver'd the Spaniards their Bark,
we ſpy'd a Sail to the Weftward of the Iſland be-
tween three and four in the Evening. We im-
mediately made what Sail we could, and ſteer'd
W by N. along the Shore. At eight a clock we
were in fight of Gomera bearing SS W. diftant
three Leagues, Palma W by N. diftant five Leagues.
We loft fight of the Sail before Night, fpoke with
our Confort, and agreed to keep between Palma
and Gomera in our Voyage; it being uncertain to
meet with the Chafe the next day, fince laft night
C
3
South
fhe
1
22
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
$
1708. fhe was near five Leagues from us, fo that we be-
liev'd fhe might get into a place of fafety, if an
Enemy, before we could fee her. Befides, there
came on a ftiff Gale, which put us quite out of
hopes of feeing her again to advantage. Fair Wea-
ther, freſh Gales at NE by N.
Sept. 23. About five yeſterday in the afternoon,
when at leaſt 36 Leagues diftant, we faw the Pico
Teneriff very plain. Fine pleafant Weather, fresh
Gales with ſmooth Water, Wind at NE by E.
Sept. 24. We fent our Boat for Capt. Courtney,
Capt. Cook, Mr. Stratton, and Mr. Bath their Agent,
who ftaid and din'd with us; and whilft they were
aboard, we held a Council, the Refult of which
was as follows.
1
At a Committee by Defire of Capt. Woodes
Rogers, Capt. Thomas Dover, and Capt.
Stephen Courtney, held on board the Duke.
E have examin'd all Letters and Proceedings
WE
that happen'd at and after the taking the Spa-
nish Bark, and the Reason of both Ships Stay off of
Teneriff, and amongst the Canary Islands; and we do
approve of all that was tranfacted and wrote: the
major part of us having at the time when 'twas done
advis'd the Commanders to it.
f
1
Tho. Dover, Pref.
Steph. Courtney,
Woodes Rogers,
Will, Dampier,
Edward Cook,
Carl. Vanbrugh,
William Bath,
Witnefs our Hands,
William Stratton,
Robert Frye,
Charles Pope,
Thomas Glendal,
John Bridge,
John Ballet.
Whilft the Committee were together, Mr. Van-
brugh complain'd I had not treated him as I ought:
upon
Departure from Pico Teneriff.
23
upon which I offer'd to refer it to all prefent, that
we might not have needlefs Mifunderſtandings at
the beginning of our Voyage; and they came to
the following Refolution.
THEREAS there has been fome Difference be-
W
tween Capt. Woodes Rogers and Mr. Carle-
ton Vanbrugh the Ship's Agent, it being refer'd to
the Council, we adjudg'd the faid Mr. Vanbrugh to
be much in the wrong. In witness whereof, we have
fet our Hands, the 24th of Sept. 1708.
Tho. Dover, Pref.
Stephen Courtney,
William Dampier,
Edward Cook,
Robert Frye,
William Stratton,
William Bath,
Charles Pope,
Thomas Glendal,
John Ballet.
John Bridge,
1708.
Sept. 25. This day, according to custom, we Pass the
duck'd thoſe that had never pafs'd the Tropick be- Tropick.
fore. The manner of doing it was by a Rope thro a
Block from the Main-Yard, to hoiſt 'em above half
way up to the Yard, and let 'em fall at once
into the Water; having a Stick croſs thro their
Legs, and well faftned to the Rope, that they
might not be ſurpriz'd and let go their hold.
This prov'd of great ufe to our fresh-water Sailors,
to recover the Colour of their Skins which were.
grown very black and nafty. Thofe that we
duck'd after this manner three times, were about
60, and others that would not undergo it, chofe
to pay Half a Crown Fine; the Mony to be levy'd
and ſpent at a publick Meeting of all the Ships
Companys, when we return to England. The
Dutch Men and fome English Men defir'd to be
duck'd, fome fix, others eight, ten, and twelve
times, to have the better Title for being treated
when
.
C 4
1
+
24
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
[
1708. when they come home. Wind NW by W. and
veering to the Northward and Eastward.
St. Vin-
cent's
Iand de-,
fcrib'd.
Sept. 26. Yeſterday in the Afternoon we fold
the loofe Plunder of the Bark amongſt the Sailors
by Auction. Fair Weather, moderate Gales at
NNE, had a very good Obferv. Lat. 21. 33. N.
~
Sept. 29. Betwixt nine and ten at night, a Sailor
going up to furl the Main-Top-Gallant Sail, fell
fuddenly without any noiſe from the Main-Top
over board, occafion'd as I fuppos'd by a Fit. At
nine this morning we faw Land, and fuppos'd it
to be Sal one of the Cape De Verd Iſlands, bearing
SE by S. diftant about 12 Ls. At twelve a clock
at noon it bore E S E. dift. 4 Ls. fair Weather,
fmooth Water, freſh Gales at NE. Lat. 17.5. N.
Long. W. from London, 23. 16.
·
Sept. 30. After being fatisfy'd the Inland was
Sal, we ftood from it. W and W by N. for St.
Vincent. At four a clock Sal bore E by S. S. dift.
ro Ls. At fix St. Nicholas bore S W by W. dift.
8 Ls. We went with an eafy Sail till four this
Morning, and lay by to make the Iſlands, becauſe
we had none aboard either Ship that was acquainted
with 'em. When day broke, we faw the Iflands all
in a range, much as is laid down in the Draughts,
At ten a clock we anchor'd in the Bay of St. Vin-
cent in five fathom Water. "Tis a fine Bay: The
Northmoſt Point bore North near a mile diſt. and
the Weſtermoſt Point bore Weft dift. about two
miles; Monk's Rock, which is like a Sugar-Loaf,
high and round, and bold on every fide, lies almoſt
in the Entrance of this fine fandy Bay on the Weſt-
fide of the Iſland: But neareſt the North Point of
the Bay, Sailors muſt be careful as they come in,
not to run too near under the high Land of the
North Point, for fear of being becalm'd, and fudden
Flaws coming every way upon 'em. There being a
fmall Shoal about three Ships length almoſt with-
Out
Arrival at St. Vincent.
25
out the Point, but giving it a ſmall birth it's bold 1708.
enough; We ran within two Cables length of
the first round Point, next to the long fandy Bay,
and came to an anchor in clean fandy Ground,
Monk's Rock bore NW by N. dift. 4 Mile; the
Body of the Iſland St. Antonia bore NW N. diſt.
nine Miles.
4
This is a fine Bay and good Landing, but the beſt
at the Northermoft Point. The Wood lies in the
middle of the fandy Bay, and the Water between
the North Point and the place where we anchor'd.
There is good Anchoring all over the Bay, and
the Monks-Rock will direct any Stranger into it,
there being no other like it about this Ifland on
the fide oppofite to St. Antonio.. It blows here a
conftant Trade-Wind betwixt the E by N, and
the NNE. except in the Months of October, No-
vember, December, and Fanuary, it fometimes blows
Southerly with Tornadoes and Rain.
October 1. We clear'd our Ship yeſterday, but it
blow'd too hard to row our Boat-Loads of empty.
Butts afhoar; and we could do but little to Wood-
ing and Watering, till this morning we were
forc'd to get a Rope from the Ship to the water-
ing-place, which is a good half-mile from our
anchoring-place, and fo haul'd our empty Casks
afhore by Boat-loads, in order to have 'em burnt
and clean'd in the Infide, being Oil-Casks; and
for want of cleaning, our Water ſtunk infuffera-
bly. I borrow'd a Cooper from the Dutchess, and
having five of my own, made quick diſpatch.
Octob. 3. We fent our Boat over to St. Antonio,
with Jofeph Alexander a good Linguiſt, and a re-
ſpectful Letter to the Governour, who accounts
himſelf a Great Man here, tho very poor, to get
in Truck for our Prize-Goods what we wanted;
they having plenty of Cattel, Goats, Hogs,
Fowls, Melons, Potatoes, Limes, ordinary Bran-
dy
26
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1708. dy, Tobacco, Indian Corn, &c. Our People were
very meanly ftock'd with Clothes, and the
Dutchess's Crew much worfe; yet we are both
forc'd to watch our Men very narrowly, and pu-
niſh ſeveral of 'em, to prevent their felling what
Clothes they have for Trifles to the Negroes, that
came over with little things from St. Antonio's.
The People at all theſe Iſlands rather chufe
Clothing or Neceffaries of any fort than Mony,
in return for what they fell. The Letter fent by
the Linguiſt to the Governour of St. Antonio's,
Senior Jofeph Rodriges, was as follows:
Letter to
the Gover- C
nour of
St. Anto-
nio.
C
“
.
Honourable Sir,
TH
you
HE Bearer hereof is one of our Officers,
whom we have fént to wait upon your Ho-
nour with our due Refpects, and to acquaint
with our Arrival in the Bay of St. Vincent
and further, that being Subjects and Servants of
her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain, a High
Ally and Confederate of his Sacred Majefty the
King of Portugal, and having ſeveral Neceffaries
which we fuppos'd the Inhabitants of your
Ifland may want, and fuppofing they can ac-
'commodate us per contra, we are defirous of an
• immediate Traffick with them. We arriv'd
three days ago, but being Strangers were un-
acquainted in thefe parts, and not fooner in-
'form'd of your Honour's Refidence in the neigh-
bouring Iflands; elfe we had been earlier with
our Refpects and if not too great a Favour,
we ſhould be proud to fee your Honour on
board. Our Stay cannot exceed two days more,
fo that Diſpatch is neceffary. We have Mony
or Goods of feveral kinds, to pay or exchange
for what they bring, The Bearer can inform
your Honour of the publick Occurrences of Eu-
rope, and the great Succeffes of the Confederate
፡
.
c
• Arms
In the Bay of St. Vincent.
27
Arms againſt the French and Spaniards; which, 1708.
no doubt muſt foon be follow'd with a lafting
Peace, which God grant.
felves with much Refpect,
We ſubſcribe our
Your Honour's moſt Obedient
Humble Servants,
Woodes Rogers,
Stephen Courtney.
Octob. 4. Our Boat return'd this Morning; but
the Landing-place being far from the inhabitable
part of St. Antonio, they brought nothing but a
few Limes and Fowls, and left our Linguiſt be-
hind to get what we wanted. We ftruck two of
our Gun-room Guns into the Hold, being uſeleſs
in their place, and the Ship having too much top-
weight, and not very ftiff. We had plenty of
Fish here, but not very good. Wind at NNE.
Octob. 5. Our Boat went to St. Antonio to fee for
our Linguiſt, according to appointment. We
heel'd and clean'd our Ships, and got a great deal
of Wood and Water aboard. Wind at NE. fine
Weather.
Octob. 6. Our Boat return'd with nothing but
Limes and Tobacco, and no News of our Linguist.
But foon after there came another Boat belonging
to that part of the lfland where the Governour
lives, with his Deputy-Governour, a Negro, who
brought Limes, Tobacco, Oranges, Fowls, Potatoes,
Hogs, Bonanoes, Musk and Water-Melons, and
Brandy, which we bought of him, and paid in fuch
Prize-Goods as we had left of the Bark's Cargo
cheap enough. They are poor People, and will
truck at any Price for what they want, in fuch
Payments as they can make,
Octob. 7. We ſent our Boat at Three this Morn-
ing to ſee if our Linguiſt was return'd. The
Deputy-
28 A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708. Deputy-Governour told us he promis'd him to
Our Lin-
guift de-
jerts.
The Rea-
fons that
forc'd us
to allow
Plunder.
wait at the Water-fide all that night where we
put him afhore, and that there were Cattel for us
if we would fetch 'em. We were ready to fail:
A good Wind at NE. and a freſh Gale.
Octob. 8. Our Boat return'd yeſterday in the
Afternoon with two good black Cattel, one for
each Ship, but no News of our Linguift; upon
which we confulted with the Officers of both
Ships, and all unanimoufly agreed, that we had
better leave him behind, than to wait with two
Ships for one Man that had not follow'd his Or-
ders. We held a Committee on board the
Dutchefs to prevent Embezlements in Prizes, and
to hinder Feuds and Diſorders amongſt our Offi-
cers and Men for the future, becauſe the ſmall
Prize had fhew'd us, that without a Method to
be strictly obferv'd in Plunder, it might occafion
the worst of Confequences to both Ships, and fuch
Quarrels as would not eaſily be laid. So with the
Confent and Approbation of the Officers ap-
pointed for a Committee, we unanimoufly agreed
on it, to prevent thofe Mutinies and Diſorders
amongst the Men of both Ships, who were not
yet reconcil'd fince the taking the fmall Canary-
Prize. They all infifted there was never any Pri-
vateer's Crew hinder'd from Plunder, fo that we
were forc'd to agree on the following Inftrument
of a Dividend, when we fhould meet with any
Prize. And that the things we deem'd to be
Plunder, according to cuftom in Privateering,
fhould tend as little as poffible to the difadvantage
of the Owners, we did for that end take care by
the fecond Article in the faid Inftrument and A-
greement with the Men, to referve the Power of
adjudging what ſhould be deem'd Plunder, unto
the fuperior Officers and Agents exclufive of the
Crew, c. For we found it would be next to a
miracle
In the Bay of St. Vincent.
29
miracle to keep the Men in both Ships under Com- 1708.
mand, and willing to fight refolutely on occafion,
if we held 'em to the Letter of Agreement with
the Owners, which was not duly confider'd of at
home. We had a particular Regard however to
the Sentiments of the Owners, deliver'd on this
head in Difcourfes at feveral times with divers of
the Committee, as my felf, Capt. Dover, Capt.
Courtney, Mr. Robert Frye, and Mr. Carleton Van-
brugh; and particularly in Kingroad to the Men,
at the time of figning of their Inftrument. By all
which we judg'd that the Owners could not but
approve of the Meaſures that we took on this oc-
cafion, and that the good effects of 'em would
abundantly anſwer our Intentions. Altho the Of
ficers and Men did voluntarily allow Capt. Court-
ney and me 5 per Cent. each, out of the Value of all
Plunder, it was much less than our Due; and we
would have been glad to have let all alone, pro-
vided we could with the Advice of our chief
Officers in both Ships have contriv'd any other
Method to be fafe in the Profecution of our
Deſigns with our Men, and have kept them to
their Duty on all occafions, at fo great a diſtance
from home without their being eafy, we muft
unavoidably have run into fuch continual Scenes
- of Miſchief and Diſorder, as have not only tended
to the great Hindrance, but generally to the to-
tal Diſappointment of all Voyages of this nature,
that have been attempted fo far abroad in the
Memory of Man. The Agreement we made was
as follows.
Ar
30
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
i
· 1708.
At a Committee held on board the Dutchefs
the 8th of October, 1708. it is agreed by
the Officers and Men of both Ships to the
fundry Particulars following.
+
The Regu- Impr. take by either Ship, Shall be equally divi-
THAT all Plunder on board each Prize we
lations a-
der.
bout Plun- ded between the Company of both Ships, according
to each Man's refpective whole Share, as ship'd by the
Owners or their Orders.
2. That what is Plunder fhall be adjudg'd by the
Superior Officers and Agents in each Ship.
3. That if any Perſon on board either Ship de con-
ceal any Plunder exceeding one Piece of Eight in va-
lue, 24 hours after the Capture of any Prize, he shall
be feverely punish'd, and lofe his Shares of the Plun-
der. The fame Penalty to be inflicted for being drunk
in time of Action, or difobeying his fuperior Officer's
Commands, or concealing himself, or deferting his
Poft in Sea or Land-Service; except when
any Prize
is taken by Storm in Boarding, then whatsoever is ta-
ken fhall be his own, as followeth: A Sailor or Land-
man 101. Any Officer below the Carpenter 201. A
Mate, Gunner, Boatswain, and Carpenter 40 1. A
Lieutenant or Mafter 801. And the Captains 1001,
"over and above the Gratuity promis'd by the Owners
to fuch as Shall fignalize themselves.
4. That publick Books of Plunder are to be kept in
each Ship attested by the Officers, and the Plunder to be
apprais'd by Officers chofen, and divided as foon as
poffible after the Capture. Alfo every Perfon to be
porn and fearch'd fo foon as they shall come a-
board, by fuch Perfons as shall be appointed for that
purpoſe: The Perfon or Perfons refufing, ſhall forfeit
their fhares of the Plunder as above.
'i
↓
5. In
In the Bay of St. Vincent.
31
5. In confideration that Capt. Rogers and Capt. 1708.
Courtney, to make both Ships Companies eafy, have
given the whole Cabin-Plunder (which in all pro-
bability is the major part) to be divided as afore-
faid; we do voluntarily agree, that they shall have
5 per Cent. each of 'em, over and above their re-
Spective Shares, as a Confideration for what is their
· Due of the Plunder aforefaid.
1
6. That a Reward of twenty Pieces of Eight fhall
be given to him that firft fees a Prize of good Value,
or exceeding 50 Tuns in Burden.
7. That fuch of us who have not fign'd already to
the Articles of Agreement indented with the Owners,
do hereby oblige our felves to the fame Terms and Con-
ditions as the rest of the Ships Company have done;
half Shares and half Wages, &c.
To which Articles of Agreement we have fet our
Hands, as our full Intent and Meaning, without
any Compulfion,
Sign'd by the Officers and Men of both Ships.
Octob. 8. At feven in the Evening (after having
put the Deputy-Governour afhore, where he must
lie in a Hole of the Rocks, there being no Houſe
on that part of the Ifland) we came to fail: our
Confort got before us, and lay with a Light for
us. There were feveral Negroes on the Iſland,
that came from St. Nicholas and St. Antonio to
make Oil of Turtle, there being very good
green Turtle at this time of the Year, which I
fometimes gave our Men to cat. They have like-
wife wild Goats, but in no great plenty; wild
Afles, Guinea-Hens and Kerlews, and abundance
of Sea-Fowls. Capt. Dampier, and others aboard
each Ship, that had formerly ftopt at St. Jago,
another of thefe Cape de Verd Iſlands, told us,
that tho this Iſland is not often frequented by
Ships, yet it is preferable to St. Jago for stopping
outward,
32
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
nio and
the other
!
1708. outward, becaufe 'tis a much better Road for Ships,
and more convenient for Water and Wood, and
St. Anto has better Landing. The Ifland is mountainous
and barren, the plaineft part lies againſt this fan-
Iflands de- dy Bay where we rode. The Wood that grows
fcrib'd.
in it is fhort, and for no ufe but Firing. They
have very large Spiders here, which weave their
Webs ſo ſtrong betwixt the Trees, that 'tis diffi-
cult to get thro 'em. Where we water'd, there's
a little Stream that flows down the Hill from a
Spring, and is very good, but in other parts 'tis
brackish. This Ifland was formerly inhabited, and
had a Governor, but is now only frequented in
the Seafon for catching Tortoifes by the Inhabi-
tants of the other Iflands, who are for the moſt
part Negroes and Mulattoes, and very poor.
The Stock of wild Goats in this Inland is almoſt
deſtroy'd by the People of St. Nicholas and St. An-
tonio. The Heats are exceflive to us who came
newly from Europe, fo that feveral of our Men
began to be fick, and were blooded. Some of our
Officers that went afhore a hunting, could meet
no Game but a wild Afs, which after a long Chaſe
they got within fhot and wounded; yet he after-
wards held out fo as to tire them, and they re-
turn'd weary and empty-handed.
Thefe Islands are fo well known, that I need
not fay much of 'em. They are ten in number,
of which St. Jago, St. Nicholas Bonavist, St. An-
tonio, Brava Mayo, and Fuego are inhabited: The
latter is fo nam'd from a Volcano. St. Jago is much
the large and beft, and the Seat of the chief
Governour. It produces a fmall matter of Indico,
Sugar and Tobacco; which, with their Goat-Skins
and others, they fend to Lisbon. The Capital is
of the fame Name, and the See of a Biſhop.
There is alfo a Town call'd Ribera Grande, which
is faid to confft of 5oo Houfes, and has a good
Harbour
ü
In the Bay of St. Vincent.
3.3
Harbour towards the Weſt. The Air of this 1708.
Ifland is not very wholefom, and the Soil uneven.
Their Valley's produce fome Corn and Wine.
Their Goats are fat and good Meat, and the he
onês are faid to bring three or four Kids at a time
once in four months. St. Nicholas is the beſt peo-
pled next to St. Jago. The Iſland Maya has a great
deal of Salt naturally made by the Sun from the
Sea-Water, which is left from time to time in
Pits on fhore: It's known they load many Ships
with that Commodity in a Year, and are able to
furniſh fome thoufands, had they Vent for it. The
fine Marroquin Leather is made of their Goats-
Skins. The other inhabited Iſlands afford more
or leſs of Provifions. They have their Name
from Cape Verd on the African Coaft, from whence
they lie about 160 Leagues to the Weftward. The
Portugueſe fettled here in 1572.
We had very
hot Weather here. On the 8th a brisk Gale at
ENE. Atnine laft night St. Antonio's bore NW
by N. dift., 3 Ls. from whence we took our De-
parture for the Ifle of Grande, in Brazile.
Octob: 9. Fair Weather, brisk Gale of Wind at
NE. We faw abundance of flying Fish. At 12
a clock being near the Lat. 14 N. we hal'd up S E.
by S. to get well to the Eastward, expecting, as
ufual to meet with Southerly Winds, when near
the Equinoctial. Had an Obferv. Lat. 12. 53.
Octob. 10. Fair. Weather, moderate Gales of
Wind at NE by E. Thefe 24 hours we met
with feveral great Riplings as if a Current, which
had it been calm we would have try'd.
Octob. 11. Wind and Weather as before till
feven laft night, when we had much Lightning fol-
low'd by a hard Shower of Rain, and a Calm en-
fu'd. Such Weather is customary as we draw near
the Line..
D
"
Octob.
+
34
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1708.
A fecond
Mate pu-
nifh'd for
Mutiny.
Octob. 14. Cloudy Weather, with moderate
Gales from the SS W. to the SW by W. all haft
night; but this morning cloudy Weather, with
hard Showers of Rain. This day we put up the
Smith's Forge, and he began to work on fuch
things as we wanted.
Octob. 21. Yeſterday I din'd on board Captain
Courtney. Nothing remarkable happen'd fince the
14th, but veerable Winds and frequent Showers
of Rain, with Calms. We agreed with our Con-
fort, if poffible, to ftop at the Ifle Trinidado, and
not to water and refreſh at Brazile, for fear of
our Mens deſerting, and lofing our time.
Octob. 22. Clofe cloudy Weather all night, with
Squalls of Rain. At ten this morning it clear'd
up: Capt. Courtney came aboard of us, and fent
back his Boat for Capt. Cook, with Orders to bring
Mr. Page, fecond Mate, with him, to be in the
room of Mr. Ballett, that we exchang'd out of
our Ship. Page difobeying Command, occafion'd
Capt. Cook, being the fuperior Officer aboard, to
ftrike him; whereupon Page ftruck him again,
and feveral Blows paft: but at laft Page was forc'd
into the Boat, and brought on board of us. And
Capt. Cook and others telling us what Mutiny had
pafs'd, we order'd Page on the Fore-Caſtle into
the Bilboes. He begg'd to go into the Head to
eafe himself; under that pretence the Corporal
and the reft left him for a while: upon which he
leapt over board, thinking to fwim back to the
Dutchefs, it being near calm, and the Captains out
of the Ship. However, the Boat being along
fide, we foon overtook him, and brought him on
board again. For which and his abufive Lan-
guage he was lafh'd to the Main-Geers and drub'd;
and for inciting the Men to Mutiny, was after-
ward confin'd in Irons aboard the Duke.
་
1
Octob
From St. Antonio to the Southward.
35
Line.
Octob. 28. At five laſt night we were on the 1708.
Equinoctial, and ſpy'd a Sail about 4 Leagues dift.
to Windward, bearing S by E. and thinking the Pas the
had not ſeen us, we lay by in her way from fix a
clock till half an hour paſt ten, hoping to meet
her if bound to the Wet-Indies; but it growing
dark, and he having, as we fuppofe, feen us be
fore night, and alter'd her Courfe, we faw no
more of her. This day we began to read Prayers
in both Ships Mornings or Evenings,asOpportunity
would permit, according to the Church of Eng
land, defigning to continue it the Term of the
Voyage. Cloudy Weather, moderate Gales at
SE by S.
Octob. 29. This Morning I let Mr. Page out of
Irons on his humble Submiſſion, and acknowledg
ing his Fault, with Promiſes of Amendment.
Fair pleaſant Weather, with a fresh Gale.
like Fire
Novemb. 1. This Morning between one and four Spin ef
a clock the Sea feem'd to be in a Bréach as far as Fish makes
we could fee, being a Moon-light Night. The the Sea
Watch being furpriz'd, call'd me up; for they in the
fuppos'd it to be fomething extraordinary, and night.
hove the Lead: but finding no Ground, were ail
eafy, and afterwards believ'd that it was the
Spawn of Fiſh floating on the Water. Fair Wea-
ther, with moderate Gales.
Novemb. 2. This Morning two Perfons being ac- Concealers
cus'd of concealing a Peruke of the Plunder in the of Plunder
Canary Bark, two Shirts, and a Pair of Stockings; punish'd.
and being found guilty, I order'd them into the
Bilboes: After which they begg'd pardon, pro-
mis'd Amendment, and were diſcharg'd. Plea-
fant Weather and moderate Gales of Wind from
ESE to SE by S. Had an Obferv. Lat. 7,50. S.
Nov. 4. Yesterday about four in the Afternoon
we ſpoke with our Confort, and agreed to bear
away for the Inland of Grands in Brazite, it being.
D 2
uncertain
36.
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708. uncertain to fetch the Iland of Trinidado; and
Extraor-
dinary
befides, by the time we could get the length of it,
being generally clofe Weather, and the Sun in the
Zenith, we might mifs fo fmall an Iſland'; which
would prove a great lofs of time to us. Cloſe
Weather, with a freſh Gate of Wind at SEby E.
Nov. 13. Nothing remarkable fince the fourth.
We have had the Winds very veerable. Now we
draw near the Land, the Wind veers to the North-
ward, and often ſtrong Gales with hazy Weather.
About eleven laft night we made a Signal to our
Confort, and both lay by, thinking our felves to be
near the Land. This morning came on moderate
Weather, and we made fail again. Wind at Nby E.
Nov. 14. This Morning at five we made the
Land of Brazile very plain, bearing N W. We
had ſeveral Soundings on the Sand call'd in the
Maps Bonfunda, from 28 to 50 Fathom Water;
brown fair Sand, with grey Stones amongſt it.
We had feveral Showers of Rain with very little
Wind from 'NNE. to N by W. Lat. 22. 9. S.
Nov.15. At ten a clock laft night we had a heavy
Turnado with Lightning, which fell as if it had
Lightning• been liquid. While this Storm held, which was not
above an hour, we had all our Sails furl'd; yet
the Ship lay along very much, Wind at S W. but
afterwards calm, and little Wind. The Sun being
near the Zenith here at this time, occafions fuch
Weather. As foon as Day appear'd, we faw the
Land bearing Weft about 7 Ls, dift. a ſmall Breeze
at NN W. We ſtood in with it, but could not
be certain what Land it was: we had fundry
Soundings from 40 to 50 Fathom Water, coarfe
Sand,
Cape Frio.
Nov. 16. Yeſterday Evening having a brave
Breeze at E. we ftood in with the Land, and fup-
pos'd it to be the Iſland of Cape Frio. It makes the
Southermoft Land of feveral other Iflands; is
high
Made the Land of Brazile.
37
high and uneven. This Ifland appears in two 1708.
Hills to the Southward: The leaft looks like a
Saddle, and appears at a diſtance 'like'two fflands,
but as you draw near it, you fee that it joins.
Nov. 17. This Morning, the Weather being
calm, our Pinnace went ahore with Capt. Dam-
pier into a fandy Bay about two Leagues off; they
brought aboard a large Tortoife which our People
eat. The Tortoifes on this Coaft have a strong
Tafte." Foggy Weather, and very little Wind
from the Eaft to the S W. fometimes calm.
}
I
Nov. 19. Yeſterday in the Afternoon we came
to an anchor in 22 Fathom Water. "The Eaſt End
of the large Ifland, which, we took to be Grande,
bore W'S W dift. about 4Ls. and there's a high
woody Point at the Weft end of the low fandy
Bay, which at laſt we run by, about one League
and a half from us. We fent our Pinnace afhore
well-mann'd to this Point, with Capt. William
Dampier, in order to be certain whether it was
the Entrance of Grande between the two Lands.
The Boat return'd about ten a clock at night,
with a Confirmation that it was the Ifland of
Grande, as we had fuppos'd: So we immediately
weigh'd with a fmall Breeze; but it foon falling Anchor at
calm, we came to anchor again: then weigh'd
with another fmall Breeze, and row'd'and tow'd;
by the help of which, at twelve a clock we came
to an anchor in the middle of the Entrance of
the Iſland of Grande in'' Fathom water. The
Entrance goes in W by S. a remarkable white
Rock on the Larboard fide of the Bay bore SE.
about a mile and a half. 'Tis a long Entrance
near 5 Leagues from the place we anchor'd at.
Nov. 20. Yeſterday at one a clock in the After-
noon we fent our Boats 'in, with a Lieutenant in
one Boat, and Capt. Dampier in the other, to
found all the way to our watering-place, and fee
D· 3 ·
if
Grande.
38 A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1
1708, if no Enemy lay there. I borrow'd the Dutchef's
Yall, and kept her a-head founding; but having
a Breeze against us, we got little ground. This
morning at four we weigh'd again, with the Wind
at N E. and got both into the Bay on the Weſt
fide of the Ile of Grande, but could not reach the
Cove where we defign'd to water: heavy Showers
of Rain took us. At eleven we row'd and tow'd
into the Cove, where our Confort had been an
hour before us: A Portuguese Boat came from a
fmall Cove on our Starboard fide as we came in,
and told us they had been rob'd by the French not
long before.
Mutineers
puniſh’d.
punid
Nav. 21. Yefterday Afternoon it rain'd fo hard
that our Men could not work. At four a clock
Capt. Courtney put eight of his Men in Irons for
difobeying Command; and knowing 'em to be
Ringleaders, was willing to fecure them whilft
here, where they could run away. About fix a
clock it began to clear up, and our Pinnace with
Angre de Capt. Cook and Lieutenant Pope went to Angre de
Reyse Reys, as it's call'd in Sea-Draughts, but the Por-
tugueſe call it Noftra Seniora de la Conception, a
fmall Village about three Leagues diftant, to wait
on the Governour, and acquaint him with our Ar-
rival, with a Prefent of Butter and Cheefe, to
procure his Friendship if any of our Men fhould
The Por: run away. The Boat return'd at twelve at night,
tugueſe and told us that when they came near the Town
fire on our it was almoft dark; that the People fufpecting they
Boat, ta- were French, fir'd on 'em feveral times, but did
king us to
beFrench, no hurt, and when they came afhore begg'd their
pardon, The Fryars invited them to the Con-
vent, and told 'em they were often plunder'd by
the French, or they fhould not have been fo ready
to fire at 'em. The Governour was gone to Rio-
janero, a City about 12 Ls. diftant, but expected
back every day. This morning our Men went in
our
i
1
At the Ifle of Grande in Brazile.
39
our Boat to hall our Fishing-Net, and caught 1708.
fome very good Fish much better than thofe at
St. Vincent.
Nov. 22. Yeſterday Afternoon we got our emp-
ty Casks afhore, and fent our Carpenter with a
Portugueſe to look out Wood for Truſle-Trees;
our Main and Fore Trufle-Trees being both broke:
but the Weather prov'd fo wet and fultry, that
we could do little or nothing. Here are abun-
dance of Graves of dead Men; and the Portugueſe French
tell us, that two great French Ships homeward Mens
bound from the South Seas, that water'd in this Graves.
fame place about nine months before, had bury'd
near half their Men here; but God be thank'd
ours are very healthy. At this place the French
South-Sea Ships generally water both out and home-
wards. This Morning we had ſeveral Canoes
from the Town, with Limes, Fowls, Indian Corn,
c. to exchange for fuch things as we could
fpare. We treated 'em all very civilly, and offer'd
a Gratuity to fuch as would fecure our Men if any
of 'em run away they all promis'd to give us
good Information, and affift us in fearching after
'em,
Nov. 23. This was a fair pleafant Day, but vio-
lent hot. We heel'd the Dutchess both ſides by us,
we had a great deal of Wood cut, caught excel-
lent Fiſh with our Lines, and had feveral Canoes
from the Town, which inform'd us of a Brigan-
tine at an anchor in the Entrance where we came
in. I fent our Pinnace mann'd and arm'd to know
what he was, and found her a Portugueſe laden
with Negroes for the Gold Mines. Our Boat re-
turn'd and brought a Prefent, being a Roove of
fine Sugar and a Pot of Sweet-meats from the
Maſter, who ſpoke a little English, and had for-
merly fail'd with 'em. The Way that leads to
thefe Gold Mines is not far from this Place by
Water,
D A
t
40
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
Gold Mines
1708. Water, but the Portugueſe fay they lie feveral days
Journy up in the Country; and fome will tell
of Brazil, you 'tis ten or fifteen days, others a month's Tra-
vel from the Town of Sanetas, which is the Sea-
Port; for they are cautious how they difcover
the Truth: but there is certainly abundance of
Gold found in this Country. They told us, the
Their Boats French often furprize their Boats, and that at one
plunder'd time when the French ftaid to water, which could
by the
French. not exceed a month, they took of Gold above
weight (in Boats from the Mines bound
to Rio-Fanero, becauſe the Way is not good by
Land.)
1200
Nov. 24. Yeſterday in the Afternoon we clean'd
one fide by the Dutchefs, and this Morning the
other fide, gave the Ships great Lifts, and having
Men enough, whilft our Ship was cleaning, we let
the Pinnace with Capt. Dover, Mr. Vanbrugh, and
others, go to take their pleaſure, but to return
by twelve a 'clock, when we fhould/want our
Boat. When they return'd, they brought with
Strous Ani- them a monstrous Creature which they had kill'd,
bere by the having Prickles or Quills like a Hedghog, with
A mon-
mal eat
Inhabi-
tants.
Fur between them, and the Head and Tail re-
fembled thoſe of a Monkey. It ftunk intolerably,
which the Portugueſe told us was only the Skin;
that the Meat of it is very delicious, and they
often kill'd them for the Table. But our Men be-
ing not yet at very fhort Allowance, none of 'em
had Stomach good enough to try the Experiment:
fo that we were forc'd-to throw it overboard, to
make a fweet Ship. Soon after came feveral Ca-
noes with Portugueſe in 'em, whom we treated
very civilly.
Nov. 25. This Day was fair, but very hot. We
had three or four Canoes aboard, one of which
had three Fathers belonging to the Francifcan Con-
vent at Angre de Reys. We had got a great deal
of
At the Iſle of Grande in Brazile.
}
41
+
of Water and Wood aboard, with new Trufle 1708.
Trees fix'd to the head of the Fore-Maft.
1
Nov. 26. Yesterday Afternoon we rigg'd the
Fore-Maft again, and, got, almost all our Water
on board. Laft night one Michael Jones and James Deferters
Brown, two Irish Landmen, run into the Woods, frighten'd
thinking to get away from us; tho two fuch Sparks by Monkeys
back again
run away the 25th from the Dutchess, and in the
night were fo frighted with Tygers, as they
thought, but really by Monkeys and Baboons, that
they ran into the water, hollowing to the Ship
till they were fetch'd aboard again. About four
this Morning the Watch on the Quarter-Deck fpy'd
a Canpe, and call'd her to come, on board; but
they not answering, and trying to get away, made.
us fufpect they had either got our Men that run
away laft Evening, or were coming by Agree-
ment to fetch 'em off the Ifland, which was un-
inhabited. We immediately feat the Pinnace and A Portu-
Yall after 'em; the Pinnace coming up near the guefe, Cas
Canoe, fir'd' to ftay 'em, but to no purpofe; at Rat-
laft they wounded one of the Indians that row'd
tack'd by
in, the Canoe. He that own'd and ſteer'd her was and one of
Mistake,
a Fryar, and had a Quantity of Gold which, he their Men
got at the Mines,I fuppofe by his Trade of con- kill'd.
feffing the Ignorant. The Fryarghad juſt ran the
Canoe afhore, on' a little Ifland full of Wood as
our Boats landed, and afterwards told us he hid
fome Gold there. A Portugueſe that would not
run away with the Father, becauſe he had no Gold
to hide, knew our People to be English, and call'd
the Father back.. The Man that was wounded
could not move, and was brought by our Men,
with, the Father and feveral Slaves that row'd the
large Canoe, on board our Ship, where our Sur-
geon drefs'd the wounded Indian, who died in
two hours time. I made the Father as welcome
as I could, but he was very uneafy at the Lofs of
}
f
f
his
42
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1708. his Gold and the Death of his Slave, and ſaid he
would feek for Juftice in Portugal or England.
Nov.27. Yesterday in the Afternoon the Dutchess
weigh'd, and tow'd out of the Cove about a mile,
and came to anchor to wait for us: Their Boats re-
turning to the Cove to fetch what was left, they
fpy'd two Men waiting under the fide of a Wood
by the Shore, for a Portuguese Canoe to get 'em off;
but our Boats landed on each ſide of the Point,
where they were not feen, found 'em to be the
Men that left us the Evening before, and brought
'em to us. I order'd 'em both to be feverely
whip'd, and put in Irons.
A Pracef-
This Morning Capt. Courtney and I, with moſt
fion at Any of our Officers, except thofe which we left to do
gre de
what little remain'd unfinish'd on board the Ships,
Reys;
Our Comi- went in our Boat to Angre de Reys, it being the
eal Affif Day kept for the Conception of the Virgin Mary,
tance at it, and a high Day of Proceffion amongst thefe People.
and Enter The Governour Signior Raphael de Silva Lagos, a
tainment. Portugueſe, receiv'd us very handfomly. He ask'd
us if we would fee the Convent and Proceffion:
we told him our Religion differ'd very much from
his. He anfwer'd we were welcome to fee it,
without partaking in the Ceremony. We waited
on him in a Body, being ten of us, with two
Trumpets and a Hautboy, which he defir'd might
play us to Church, where our Mufick did the Ŏf-
fice of an Organ, but feparate from the Singing,
which was by the Fathers well perform'd. Our
Mufick play'd, Hey Boys up go we! and all manner
of noify paltry Tunes: and after Service our Mu-
ficians, who were by that time more than half
drunk, march'd at the head of the Company, next
to them an old Father and two Fryars carrying
Lamps of Incenſe with the Hoft, next came the
Virgin Mary on a Bier carry'd on four Mens fhoul-
ders,
At the Iſle of Grande.
43
ders, and drefs'd with Flowers and Wax-Candles, 1708,
c. After her came the Padre Guardian of the
Convent, and then about forty Priefts, Fryars,
c. Next was the Governour of the Town, my
felf, and Capt. Courtney, with each of us a long
Wax-Candle lighted: Next follow'd the reft of
our Officers, the chief Inhabitants, and junior
Priefts, with every one a lighted Wax-Candle.
The Ceremony held about two hours, after which
we were fplendidly entertain'd by the Fathers of
the Convent, and then by the Governour at the
Guard-Houfe, his Habitation being three Leagues
off. It's to be noted, they kneel'd at every Crofs-
way, and turning, walk'd round the Convent,
and came in at another Door, kneeling and paying
their Devotion to the Image of the Virgin and
her Wax-Candles. They unanimoufly told us,
they expected nothing from us but our Company,
and they had no more but our Mufick.
The Town conſiſts of about fixty low Houſes Angrede
built of Mud, cover'd with Palmetto Leaves, Reys de-
and meanly furnish'd. They told us they had fcrib'd.
been plunder'd by the French, or perhaps they hid
their Plate and other belt Movables, becauſe they
were in doubt whether we were Friends or Ene-
mies. They have two Churches and a Francifcan
Monaftery tolerably decent, but not rich in Orna-
ments They have alfo a Guard-houfe, where
there are about 20 Men commanded by the Gover-
nour, a Lieutenant, and Enfign. The Monaftery
had fome black Cattel belonging to it, but the
Fathers would fell us none.
The Fifh we law in the Road were Sharks, fo
well known that I need not defcribe them. 2. Pi-
lot-Fishes, fo call'd becauſe they commonly attend
the Sharks, find out their Prey for 'em, and are
never devour'd by 'em. 3. The Sucking-Fish, fo
call'd becauſe of a Sucker about two inches long
on
44
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708. on the top of their Heads, by, the Slime of which
they tick fo falt to Sharks and other large Fish,
that they are not cafly pull'd off. 4. Parrot Fish,
fo nam'd, because their Mouths refemble the Beak
of a Parrot..S A Rock-Fish, which is very
good, and, much like our Cod. 6. Silver-Fish in
great plenty tisa, deep-body'd bright Fish, from
12 to 18 inches long, and very good Meat: But
there, are to many forts of good Fish here, that
we can't deforibe 'em all.
Fathers
1
A
1
+
10
}
Neg. 28.terday in the Afternoon, we left
Angre de Rays & when we got aboard, we found
the Main-Maft, riggd, with every thing ready.
This Morning we got our Ship out by our Con-
fort, and the Wind being out of the way, and
but little, we went with pur, Boat to the Town,
to get Liquors for the Voyage, and bring the Gen-
The Gover- tlemen of the Town aboard our Ships, where we
nour and treated 'em the belt we could. They were very
ntertain'd merry, wand, in their Cups, propos'd the Pope's
on board. Health to us; but we were quits, with 'em, by
toafting that of the Archbishop of Canterbury:
to keep up the Humour, we also propos'd Wil-
liam Pen's to them; and they lik'd the Liquor
fo well, that they refus d neither. We made the
Governour and the Fathers of the Convent a
handſom Prefent of Butter and Cheefe from poth
Ships, in confideration of the, fmall Prefents and
yesterday's Favours from em, and as a farther
Obligation on 'em to, be careful of our Letters,
which we took this opportunity to deliver into
their own hands. I fhall fay not more of our Let-
ters, but that they contain'd every thing material
fince my coming out, with two Loftfcripts wrote
by Capt. Dover and Capt. Courtney, to put it out
of doubt amongst all thofe concern'd, that we
join'd heartily in, profecuting our long Under-
taking, and that our Officers, behav'd themfelves
f
n
to
At the Isle of Grande.
45
to fatisfaction; which may clear up fome Diffi- 1708.
culties ſtarted amongſt the 'Gentlemen at home un
before we fail'd, that' were a great Hindrance
and Difcouragement to us in the beginning,' be-
cauſe Miſmanagement and Mifunderſtanding a-.
mongft the Officers never fail of ill Effects to the
Voyage, and of ſpoiling the Men; which is an
irrecoverable Lofs.
Į
Nov. 29. Yeſterday in the Afternoon our Yall
went to Town to get Neceffaries' for our next long
Voyage, because we were to run near 2000 Leagues
before we could expect any Recruit of Liquors,
unlefs by extraordinary good fortune, In the
Evening it came on blowing with thick. Showers
of Rain, which prevented the Governour and the
reft from going afhore that night. This Morning
the Governour and Company were carry'd afhore:
at parting we faluted 'em with a Huzza from
each Ship, becauſe we were not overftock'd with
Pouder. After which all the Officers of the Com-
mittee met on board the 'Dutchess, where we en-
quir'd into the true Caufe of the aforefaid Indian's
Death, and protefted against Mr. Vanbrugh (who
was the Occaſion) for commanding our Ships Pin-
nace as he did in chaſe of the Canoe unknown to
me,' and without my Order. At the fame time I
defir'd to have the Committee's Hands, if they
approv'd what I had tranfacted fince my leaving
the Canary Islands, which they very readily fign'd,
as alfo the Proteft againſt Mr. Vanbrugh's unadvis'd
Management; for I was fenfible that good Order
and Diſcipline in Privateers was the only Method
to ſupport my felf and the other Officers, and
keep up our Authority, which is fo effential to-
wards acting with Succefs and Vigour on all occa-
fions. This made it highly neceffary in the Infan-
cy of our Undertaking to prevent Innovations in
Command, which inevitably confound the moſt
K
pro-
46
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708. promifing Defigns. Therefore I thought it a fit
time now to refent ignorant and wilful Actions
publickly, and to fhew the Vanity and Mifchief
of 'em, rather than to delay or excufe fuch Pro-
ceedings; which would have made the Distemper
too prevalent, and brought all to remedilefs Con-
fufion, had we indulg'd conceited Perfons with a
liberty of hazarding the faireft Opportunities of
Succefs. The above-mention'd Refolves of the
Committee follow.
therto.
}
At a Committee held on board the Dutchefs
riding at the Ifland Grande on the Coaft
of Brazile, by Requeſt of Capt. Tho. Dover
Prefident, Capt. Woodes Rogers, and Capt.
Stephen Courtney, 29 Novemb. 1708,
WE
The Com-
E have examin'd, and do approve of all the
mittte's
Proceedings and Tranſactions fince our being
Approba-
tion of our at the Canary Islands, both as to the punishing of Of-
Proceed fenders, and acting in all cafes for the best of our in-
ings hi-
tended Voyage, and that we found it actually neceffary
to fell part of the Goods taken in the Prize amongst the
Canary Islands here, to purchaſe fome Liquor and
other Neceffaries for our Men as they go about Cape
Horn, they being very meanly clothed, and ill provi-
ded to endure the Cold, and we have and do hereby de-
fire the Agent of each Ship to take particular Cogni-
Rance of what fuch Goods are fold and difpos'd of for;
and agree that all poffible Dispatch hath been made
both here and at St. Vincent. In acknowledgment of
which we have ſet our Hands the Day and Year a
bove-written.
Tho, Dover, Pref.
Woodes Rogers,
Stephen Courtney,
William Dampier,
Edward Cook,
Robert Frye,
Carleton
At the Isle of Grande.
47
M
Carleton Vanbrugh, John Rogers,
William Stratton,
William Bath,
Charles Pope,
n
John Connely,
Geo. Milbourne,
John Ballet.
1708.
}
mittee's
Cenfure of
Mr. Van-
brugh,
Emorandum, That on the 26th Day of No- The Com-
vember, 1708. a little before break of Day,
4 Canoe coming near the Ship Duke, as he rode at
Anchor at the Island of Grande on the Coafts of Bra-
zile; they hal'd her, she not answering, they fir'd
at her, upon which she row'd away, and the Captain
order'd the Boat to get ready and purfue her: And
Mr. Carleton Vanbrugh, Agent of the faid Ship,
putting off the Boat, without the Order of his Captain,
or before any Commanding Officer was in pursuit of
her, fir'd, or order'd to be fir'd, at ber feveral
Muskets at a distance: But coming nearer, he order'de
the Mento fire into the Boat; and the Corporal firing,
as we have reason to believe, kill'd an Indian, and
took the Canoe, and sent her away with two of the
Duke's Men, the Corporal and a Padre, and after-
wards brought the of the People in the Ship's Pin-
nace; fince which time we are inform'd by the Padre,
Master of the dead Indian, that he loft a quantity of
Gold to the Value of 2001. which he fays he carry'd
afhore, and hid in hopes to preferve (he taking them
for Frenchmen by their firing and chafing) which
could not afterwards be found, altho, he ſays, he
does verily believe it was not taken by any of the
Ships People, but alledges it was lost by means of
their chafing and furprizing him. Whatever Da-
mages may arise from the above-mention'd Action
on the account of killing the Indian, or Lofs of the
Gold that the Padre Jays he has loft, We the Com-
manders and Officers of Ship Duke and Dutchefs
Conforts, do in behalf of our felves, and the rest of
the Ships Company, protest against the unadvis'd Ac-
tions of the aforesaid Mr. Carleton Vanbrugh, for
proceeding
48
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1708 proceeding without any Order from the Captain of the
Jame Ship, and acting contrary to what he was ship'd
for. In witnefs whereof we have fet our Hands the
29th day of November, 1708.
Mr. Van-
brugh re-
mov'd
from on
Duke.
Tho. Dover, Pref.
Woodes Rogers,
Steph. Courtney,
Will, Dampier,
Edward Cook,
Robert Frye,
Charles Pope,
William Stratton,
William Bath,
John Rogers,
Thomas Glendal,
John Connely,
Geo. Milbourne,
John Ballet.
Nov. 30. The Wind continuing out of the
way, laſt night we held a Committee on board the
Dutchefs, and agreed to remove Mr. Carleton Van-
brugh from the Ship Duke; which Agreement is
as follows:
M¹
Emorandum, This 30th of Novemb. 1708.
We the underwritten Officers belonging to the
Ships Duke and Dutchefs, appointed as a Committee
board the by the Owners of both Ships, do find it necessary for
the Good of our intended Voyage, to remove Mr.
Carleton Vanbrugh from being Agent of the Duke
Frigate, to be Agent of the Dutchefs, and to re-
ceive Mr. William Bath Agent of the Dutchefs in
his Place. This is our Opinion and Defire, in ac-
knowledgment of which we have hereunto fet our
Hands in the Port of the Island of Grande on the
Coast of Brazile, the Day above-written.
Tho. Dover, Pref. Robert Frye,
Woodes Rogers,
د
Charles Pope,
Stephen Courtney, Tho. Glendall,
William Dampier, John Bridge.
Edward Cooke,
Nov.
Departure from Grande.
49
>
Nov. 30. About ten this morning we both 1708.
weigh'd, in order to go out on the other fide of
Grande, which I think is the faireſt Outlet, tho they
are both very large, bold and good. We went
out ESE. the Wind at NE. and in two hours
came to an Anchor again, it proving calm, and a
Current againſt us.
Dec. 1. Yeſterday at two in the Afternoon we
weigh'd again, with a Breeze at N E. but at five
a Gale came up at SS W. and blew very ſtrong
with Rain, infomuch that we were forc'd to bear
away, and come to an Anchor clofe under the
Iſland of Grande, in fourteen Fathom Water.
It rain'd hard all night, but towards morning lit-
tle Wind. About ten this morning we weigh'd
Anchor, and fteer'd away. S W. At twelve it
was calm, and we anchor'd again. Juſt before we
anchor'd, we ſpy'd a fmall Veffel clofe under the
Shore, near the Weft-end of Grande. We ſent
our Boat to examine her, and found it to be the
fame Brigantine our Boats were aboard of fix days
before, and from whence I had the Prefent. I
gave the Maſter an Half-hour Glafs, and other
Imall things of little Value, for which he was
very thankful.
Dec. 2. I wrote a long Letter to my Owners, A Letter
which Captain Dover and Captain Courtney alſo to our
underwrote, and gave it the Maſter of this Bri- Owners.
gantine, who promis'd to forward it by the firft
Conveyance for Portugal; fo that now I had
fent by four Conveyances. At ten this morning
we fail'd, Wind at W NW. row'd and tow'd
till twelve, and came to an Anchor to the South-
ward of Grande, our Men continuing healthy.
Dec. 3. Yeſterday in the afternoon we fail'd A little
with a brisk Gale of Wind at E by N. At fix a Island
clock in the Evening, the SW Point of Grande without
bore W NW. diftant five Leagues. The ſmall
E
Three-
Grande.
50
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708. Three-Hummock Inland without Grande, which is
feen as you go in both ways to it, bore NE
The En-
nce of
Rio Ja-
neiro.
2
N. dift.5 Ls. the Weftermoft Point of the Main
bore W by S. dift. 9 Ls. from whence we depar-
ted for the Island of Juan Fernandez. The reſt of
thefe 24 hours a good Gale from Eby N. to the
ESE. This I obfery'd when we came from Cape
Frio to Grande, more than I have yet noted:
A Rock at About 13 Leagues to the Eastward of the Isle of
Grande is a high round Rock, a good League with-
out the Land, as it appear'd to us;; within it is.
high mountainous Land, which we are inform'd
is the Entrance to Rio-Faneiro: and as we came to
the Weſtward, we open'd a fandy Bay with low
fandy Land in the middle, and high Land on each
fide clear to the Points; it's about 3 Leagues o-
ver, and deep. Next to this Bay, as we came
to the Westward, open'd another low fandy Bay,
not quite fo deep, but above twice as wide. The
Weftermoſt Point is indifferent high, and full of
Trees, which makes the Eaſtermoft Point as we
enter'd Grande; from whence it runs in Weſt and
Northerly about 4 Ls. There is no fuch Bay to
the Eaſtward as Rio-Janeiro between that and Cape
Frio. This is a certain Mark not to mifs Grande,
which might eafily be done by a Stranger, the
Latitude being near the fame for 40 Leagues with-
in Cape Frio; but Grande lies out near two Points
farther Southerly, as you come to it from the
Eaftward, than any other Land between that and
Cape Frio. We kept but an indifferent Account of
the Ship's Way from Cape Frio, being nothing but
fluttering Weather; but the Portugueſe Mafter told
me it is not lefs than 34 Ls. We kept continual
Soundings, and had always Ground from one
League to ten off the Shore, from 20 to 50 Fa-
thom Water: Very even and gradual Soundings,
with foft blue clayifh Sand, till we got the Length
of
Deſcription of Grande.
51
{
of Grande; then we had harder Ground, mix'd 1708.
with fmall Stones and red Sand. The Shore runs
hither neareſt Weſt.
Grande
The Mand: Grande is remarkable high Land, with Island
a fmall Notch, and a Tip ftanding up on one
fide in the middle of the higheſt Land, eafy to be defcrib'd.
feen if clear, and there's a fmall land to the
Southward without it, which rifes in three little
Hummocks; the nearest Hummock to the Inland
Grande is the leaft. As we came in and out, we
faw it, and it appears alike on both fides: there
is alfo a remarkable round white Rock that lies
on the Larboard fide neareſt to Grande, between it
and the Main at the Entrance going in. On the
Starboard fide there are feveral Iſlands, and the
Main is much like Iflands, till you get well in.
The beſt way, when you open the Coves that are
inhabited on the Starboard fide going in, is to
get a Pilot to carry you to the watering Cove
within Grande; otherwife fend in a Boat to the
freſh-water Cove, which lies round the inner
Westermoft Point of the Iſland, and near a Leaguė
in the Paffage is between fmall Iſlands, but room
enough and bold; it's the ſecond Cove under the
firſt high Mount and round, behind the firft Point
you fee when you are in between the two Iſlands.
This is the Cove where we water'd. There are
two other Coves very good, with fome Shoal-
Banks between them, but no Shoal-Ground before
we come to this Cove. We founded all the Paſſage
in, and feldom found lefs than ten Fathom Wa-
ter, but had not time to know or found the reſt
of the Coves. The Town bears NE. about 3 Ls.
dift. from this Cove. The Iſland of Grande is
near about 9 Ls. long high Land, and fo is the
Main within it. All you fee near the Water-fide
is thick cover'd with Wood. The Ifland abounds
with Monkeys and other wild Beafts, has plenty
E 2
of
52
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708. of good Timber, Fire-wood, and excellent Wa-
An Account
zile.
ter, with Oranges and Lemons, and Guavas grow-
ing wild in the Woods. The Neceffaries we got
from the Town were Rum, Sugar, and Tobacco,
which they fell very dear, tho not good to fmoke,
'tis fo very ſtrong. We had alfo Fowls and Hogs,
but the latter are fcarce; Beef and Mutton are
cheap, but no great quantity to be had; Indian
Corn, Bonanoes, Plantanes, Guavas, Lemons,
Oranges, and Pine-Apples they abound with; but
have no Bread except Caffado (the fame fort as is
eaten in our Weft-Indies) which they call Farana de-
pau, i. e. Bread of Wood. They have no kind of
Salleting. We had fine pleaſant Weather moſt of
the time we were here, but hot like an Oven, the
Sun being right over us. The Winds we did not
much obferve, becauſe they were little and veerable;
but commonly between the North and the Eaft.
We clear'd an ordinary Portugueſe here, call'd
Emanuel de Santo, and fhipt another, whofe Name
was Emanuel Gonfalves.
I had Newhoff's Account of Brazile on board,
of Bra- and by all the Enquiry and Obfervation I could
make, found his Defcription of the Country, its
Product and Animals, to be juft; particularly of
that Monſter call'd Liboyd, or the Roebuck-Serpent,
which I enquir'd after, thinking it incredible till
the Portugueſe Governour told me there are fome
of them 30 foot long, as big as a Barrel, and de-
vour a Roebuck at once, from whence they had
their name. I was alfo told that one of thefe
Serpents was kill'd near this place a little before
our Arrival. Tygers are very plenty here on the
Continent, but not fo ravenous as thofe in India.
The Product of Brazile is well known to be
Red Wood, Sugars, Gold, Tobacco, Whale-Oil,
Snuff, and feveral forts of Drugs. The Portugueſe
build their beſt Ships here: The Country is now
become
Account of Brazile.
53
"
become very populous, and the People delight 1708.
much in Arms, eſpecially about the Gold Mines,
where thofe of all forts refort, but mostly Ne-
groes and Molattoes. 'Tis but four years fince
they would be under no Government, but now
they have fubmitted: fome Men of Repute here
told me the Mines increaſe very faſt, and that Gold
is got much eaſier at theſe Mines than in any other
Country.
This is all I can affirm from my own Obferva-
tion concerning this Country, which was difco-
ver'd firſt by the famous Americus Vefpucius, Anno
1500. when he call'd it Santa Cruz; but the Portu-
gueſe afterwards nam'd it Brazile, from the red
Wood of that name which grows here. It's fi-
tuate in the Torrid Zone, and extends from the
Equinoctial to the Lat. of 28 South. The Extent
from Eaſt to Weft is uncertain, therefore I can
determine nothing concerning it. The Portugueſe
divide it into fourteen Diſtricts or Captainfhips,
fix of which, being the Northern part, were fub-
du'd by the Dutch about the Year 1637. and a Peace
concluded, allowing it to be call'd Dutch Brazile,
which extended from North to South about 180
Leagues: And fince it is not ufual for the Dutch How the
to loſe their Settlements abroad, it mayn't be a- Dutch
mifs to give a brief Account how they were outed loft Bra-
of this profitable Country. In 1643. the Face of zile.
the Dutch Affairs there began to alter for the
worfe, the Magazines of their Weft-India Compa-
ny were exhauſted by feveral Expeditions againſt
Angola, &c. and receiving no Supplies from Holland
as ufual, the great Council at the Receife, their Ca-
pital in Brazile, was forc'd to make ufe of what
was due to the Company, for paying the Garifons
and Civil Officers, and by confequence to force
their conquer'd Debtors the Portuguese to prompt
Payment. This oblig'd the Debtors to borrow
E 3
Mony
54
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
a
1708. Mony at 3 or 4 per Cent. per Month, which im-
poverish'd them fo in a little time, that they
were neither able to pay Principal nor Intereft.
The Portugueſe immers'd themſelves in Debt to
the Company, becaufe of their hopes that the
Fleets coming from Portugal would quickly fubdue
the Dutch, and pay off all fcores. Befides, there
happen'd a great Mortality among the Portuguese
Negroes, which they purchas'd from the Dutch
at 300 Pieces of Eight per head. This compleated
their Ruin; which, together with their Hatred
to the Dutch on account of Religion, made them
refolve on a general Revolt.
The Dutch at the fame time were engag'd in a
War with Spain at home, and Count Maurice,
who was Governour of Dutch Brazile, was recall'd
juſt in the height of the Plot. The Dutch had fe-
veral Diſcoveries of it, and an account of Portu-
guefe Commiffions, importing that this Revolt was
undertaken for the Honour of God, the Propaga-
tion of the Roman Faith, the Service of the King,
and common Liberty. They complain'd of this to
the Portugueſe Government in Brazile, who told
them they would cultivate a good Correfpondence
with them, according to the Orders of the King
their Mafter; and wrote fo to the Dutch Council,
yet ſtill carry'd on the Confpiracy, till at laft the
Rebellion broke out. The Dutch renew'd their
Complaints, but the Portuguese Government de-
ny'd their having any hand in it, till in 1645 they
openly invaded the Dutch, on pretence at firſt of
appeafing the Revolts of the Portugueſe in the
Dutch Provinces, according to the Tenour of the
Peace; but afterwards when they had got footing,
they alledg'd the Dutch had murder'd many of
the Portugueſe in cool Blood; and then carry'd on
the War till 1660. when the Dutch were forc'd to
abandon Brazile on the following Conditions:
That
L
Account of Brazile.
5.5
'}
That the Crown of Portugal fhould pay the States 1708.
Eight hundred thouſand Pounds in Mony or Goods,
and that the Places taken on each fide in the East-
Indies fhould remain to the prefent Poffeffors; and
that a free Trade ſhould be allow'd the Dutch in
Portugal, and at their Settlements in Africa and
Brazile, without paying any more Cuſtom than
the Portugueſe. But other Agreements have been
fince made between the two States, and the Por-
tugueſe remain in full poffeffion of this fine Coun-
try, without allowing the Dutch to trade to it.
This they fancy makes them fufficient amends for
the Lofs of their large Conqueſts in India, taken
from them by the Dutch Eaft-India Company; the
Portugueſe being now the leaft Traders thither,
after enjoying the whole East-India Trade for above
one hundred Years.
Newhoff, who gave the beft Account of Brazile
at that time, affigns the following Caufes for fo.
eafy a Reconqueft of it by the Portuguese: 1. The
Dutch took no care to have fufficient Colonies of
their own Natives, nor to keep ftrong Gariſons in
the Country. 2. They left the Portuguefe in pof-
feffion of all their Sugar-Mills and Plantations,
which hinder'd the Dutch from getting any confi-
derable Footing in the open Country. 3. The
Plantations and Sugar-Mills that fell into their
hands by Forfeiture or otherwife, they fold at
fuch exceffive Rates, and laid fuch Taxes on the
Product, that the Dutch did not care to purchaſe
them. 4. The States of Holland, inſtead of re-
inforcing the Garifons of Brazile, according to
Prince Maurice's Advice, reduc'd them lower,
notwithſtanding all the Remonftrances of the
Company to the contrary; for they were fo intent
upon their Conquefts in the Eaft-Indies, that they
feem'd willing to be rid of Brazile, which is now
a vaft and populous Country, and employs a great
number
E 4
$
56 A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708. number of large Ships yearly from Portugal, who
carry home an immenfe Treaſure of Gold, befides
all other Commodities of that Country.
!
Whilſt Prince Maurice was in Brazile, the Dutch
fitted Ships thence for Chili, which arriv'd there:
but wanted a fufficient Force to withſtand the
Spaniard, while they could be recruited, or gain an
Intereft amongst the Natives, which they might
have easily done, could they have fettled, becaufe
at that time the Spaniards had not conquer'd the
Indians of Chili; fo the Dutch being too weak,
were forc'd to return without effecting any thing.
I fhall conclude this Head with a brief Account of
the Natives of Brazile from Newhoff, whofe Autho-
rity, as I have faid already, I found upon Inquiry
to be very good. They are divided into feveral
Nations, and fpeak different Languages. They
are generally of a middling Size, well-limb'd, and
their Women not ill-featur'd. They are not born
black, but become fo by the Heat of the Sun.
They have black Eyes, black curl'd Hair, and
have their Noſes made flat when young. They
come foon to Maturity, yet generally live to a
great Age, without much Sicknefs, and many Eu-
ropeans live here to above a hundred Years old,
which is afcrib'd to the Goodness of the Climate.
The Portugueſe cut off fuch multitudes of 'em, that
they perfectly hate that Nation, but were civil.
enough to the Dutch becauſe they treated them
kindly. Such as live next the Europeans, wear
Shirts of Linen or Callico, and the chief of 'em
affect our Apparel, but thoſe within Land go for
the moſt part naked, covering their Privities
flightly with Leaves or Grafs faften'd about them
with a ſtring, and the Men exceed the Women in
Modefty. Their Hutts are built of Stakes, and
cover'd with Palm-tree Leaves. Their Difhes and
Cups are made of Calabaffes, being the Shells of a
1
fort
Account of Brazile.
57
fort of Pompions. Their chief Furniture is Ham- 1708.
mocks of Cotton made like Network, and thefe
they faſten to ſticks, and uſe them for Beds; and
when they travel, tie them to Trees. The Wives
follow their Husbands to War and elſewhere, and
carry their Luggage in a Basket, with a Child
hung about them in a piece of Callico, a Parrot or
an Ape in one hand, and leading a Dog by a ſtring
in the other; while the idle Lubber carries no-
thing but his Arms, which are Bows and Arrows,
Darts or Wooden Clubs. They know nothing of
Arithmetick, but count their Years by laying by
a Chefnut in the Seafon. Thoſe who inhabit the
inland Parts know ſcarce any thing of Religion;
yet they have a fort of Prieſts, or rather Con-
jurers, who pretend to foretel what's to come.
They have a Notion of a Supreme Being more ex-
cellent than the reft; fome reckon this to be
Thunder, and others Urfa Minor, or fome Con-
ftellation. They fancy that after Death their
Souls are tranfplanted into Devils, or enjoy all
forts of Pleaſures in lovely Fields beyond the
Mountains, if they have kill'd and eat many of
their Enemies; but thoſe that never did any thing
of moment, they ſay are to be tormented by Devils.
Theſe People are much afraid of Apparitions and
Spirits, and make Offerings to pacify 'em. Some
of 'em are mightily addicted to Sorcery, to re-
venge themſelves upon their Enemies; and they
have others who pretend to cure thoſe that are fo
bewitch'd. The Caftilians converted fome of 'em,
but the Dutch Minifters were more fuccefsful, till
they were hinder'd by the Revolt of the Portu-
guefe. The Brazilian Women are very fruitful,
have eafy Labour, retire to the Woods where
they bring forth alone, and return after waſhing
themſelves and their Child; the Husbands lying a
bed
58
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1708. bed the firſt 24 hours, and being treated as if they
had endur'd the Pains.
The River
of the A-
mazons
defcrib'd.
}
The Tapoyars, who inhabit the inland Country
on the Weft, are the moſt barbarous of the Na-
tives, taller and ſtronger than the reft, and in-
deed than moſt Europeans. They wear little Sticks
thro their Cheeks and Under-Lips, are Man-eaters,
and ufe poifon'd Darts and Arrows. They change
their Habitations according to the Seafon, and
live chiefly by Hunting and Fishing. Their Kings
and Great Men are diftinguiſh'd by the manner of
fhaving their Crowns, and their long Nails. Their
Prieſts are Sorcerers, make them believe that the
Devils appear to 'em in form of Infects, and per-
form their diabolical Worſhip in the night, when
the Women make a difmal howling, which is
their chief Devotion. They allow Polygamy, yet
puniſh Adultery by Death; and when young Wo-
men are marriageable, but courted by no body,
their Mothers carry 'em to their Princes, who de-
flower 'em; and this they reckon a great Honour.
Some of theſe People were much civiliz'd by the
Dutch, and very ferviceable to them, but ftill
kept under Subjection to their own Kings. For
the extraordinary Animals, Plants, &c. of Bra-
zile, I refer to Newhoff; being fenfible that the
Defcriptions of fuch things are not my Province,
but I thought it convenient to give this Hint for
the Diversion of fuch Readers as may relish it
better than a Mariner's bare Journal.
The River of the Amazons being the Northern
Boundary of Brazile, I fhall defcribe it here.
According to moft Geographers it rifes in the
Mountains of Peru, and is compos'd at firft of
two Rivers, one of which begins about Lat. 9. S.
and the other about 15. The Sanfons call the latter
Xauxa or Maranhon, which communicates its Name
to
Account of the River Amazons.
59
to the other. 'Twas call'd Amazons, not becauſe
of any Nation of Virago's, who as fome fancy are
govern'd by a Queen, and have no Commerce with
our Sex; but at certain times, when they make an
Appointment with the Males of neighbouring Na-
tions, and if they prove with Child, keep the
Daughters and fend away the Sons, as the Greeks
fabled of their Amazons. But the true Reafon of
the Name is, that the Spaniards, who firft difco-
ver'd it, were told of fuch a terrible barbarous
Nation of Women by fome of the Natives, on.
purpoſe to frighten them, and that they did ac-
tually on feveral places of this River find their
Women as fierce and warlike as the Men; it be-
ing their Cuſtom to follow their Husbands, &c.
to War, on purpoſe to animate them, and to
fhare in their Fate, as we find was antiently prac-
tis'd by the Women of Gaul, Germany, and Bri-
tain.
;
But to return to the Courſe of the River. The
Sunfons give us a Map of it from the Diſcoveries of
Texeira, who fail'd up and down the fame in 1637,
1638, and 1639. The River, he fays, begins at
the foot of a Chain of Mountains nam'd Cordelera,
about 8 or 10 Ls. Eaft of Quito in Peru. It runs
firſt from West to Eaft, turns afterwards South
and then after many Windings and Turnings holds
its main Courſe Eaft, till it falls into the Atlantick
Sea. Its Fountains and Mouth are very near under
the Equator, and the main of its Stream is in
the 4th and 5th deg. of S. Lat. The Rivers which
fall into it on the North fide, rife about one or two
deg. N. Lat. and thofe on the South fide, fome
of them begin in 10, fome in 15, and others in the
21ft of S. Lat. Its Channel from Junta de los Reyos
about 60 deg. from its Head, till it is join'd by
the River Maranhon, is from one to two Leagues
in breadth. From thence, fay the Sanfons, 'tis
from
1708.
1
}
i
60 A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1708, from 3 to 4, but grows larger as it advances to-
wards the Atlantick, into which it falls by a Mouth
from 50 to 60 Leagues broad, betwixt Cape Nort
on the Coaſt of Guaiana, and Cape Zaparara on
the Coaſt of Brazile. Its Depth from Junta de
los Reyos to Maranhon is from 5 to 10 fathom,
from thence to Rio Negro from 12 to 20, and from
thence to the Sea from 30 to 50, and fometimes a
great deal more. 'Tis always of a good depth
near the Shore, and has no Sand-Banks till it come
towards the Sea. Its running in a continu'd De-
fcent from Weft to Eaft, makes the failing down
it very eafy; and the Eaft Winds, which laft moſt
part of the day, are very commodious for thoſe
who fail up this River. From the Fountain to its
Mouth 'tis 8 or 900 Leagues in a direct Line, but
the Windings and Turnings make it about 1200.
Some compute it at 1800, and others 1276; but
then they derive its Source from the Lake Laurico-
cha near Guanuco in Peru about Lat. ic. Authors
differ whether this River or La Plata be the grea-
teft, which I fhall not take upon me to determine.
The Rivers which run into it on the right and
left, have their Courſes from 100 to 600 Leagues
in length, and their Banks are well inhabited by
multitudes of People of different Nations, not fo
barbarous as thofe of Brazile, nor fo polite as
the Natives of Peru. They live chiefly upon Fiſh,
Fruit, Corn and Roots; are all Idolaters, but pay
no great Refpect to their Idols, nor perform any
publick Worſhip to them, except when they go
upon Expeditions.
Texeira and his Fellow-Difcoverers fay, that
moſt of thofe Countries enjoy a temperate Air,
tho in the middle of the Torrid Zone. This is
probably owing to the multitude of Rivers with
which they are water'd, the Eaft Winds which
continue moft of the day, the equal Length of the
Days
Į
"
Account of the River Amazons.
61
}
Days and Nights, the great numbers of Forefts, 1708.
and the annual Inundations of the Rivers, which
fructify this Country, as that of the Nile does E-
gypt. Their Trees, Fields, and Flowers are ver-
dant all the Year, and the Goodness of the Air
prevents their being infefted fo much with Ser-
pents and other dangerous Infects as Brazile and
Peru. In the Foreſts they have Store of excellent
Honey, accounted very medicinal. They have
Balm good againſt all Wounds. Their Fruit,
Corn, and Roots, are not only in greater plenty,
but much better than any: where elfe in America.
They have vaſt number of Fifh of all forts in the
Rivers and Lakes; and among others, Sea-Cows,
which feed on the Banks, and Tortoifes of a large
Size and delicate Tafte. Their Woods abound
✓
with Veniſon, and afford Materials for building
the largeſt Ships. They have many Trees of five
or fix fathom round in the Trunk, and inexhauſti-
ble Stores of Ebony and Brazile Wood, Cocoa,
Tobacco, Sugar-Canes, Cotton, a Scarlet Dye
call'd Rocon, befides Gold and Silver in their Mines
and the Sand of their Rivers.
i
The Nations who inhabit about this and the
other Rivers that run into it, are reckon'd by
Sanfon and others 150, and their Villages fo thick'
in many places, that most of 'em are within Call
of one another. Among thofe People, the Ho-
magues who live towards the Head of this great
River, are moſtly noted for their Manufactures of
Cotton; the Corofipares for their Earthen Ware;
the Surines who live betwixt Lat. 5 and 10, and
Long. 314 and 316, for their Joyners Work; the
Topinambes who live in a great Ifland of this Ri-
ver, about Lat. 4. and Longit. 320. for their
Strength. Their Arms in general are Darts and
Javelins, Bows and Arrows, with Targets of
Cane or Fish-Skins. They make war upon one
another
62
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708. another to purchaſe Slaves for their Drudgery, but
otherwiſe they treat them kindly enough.
Among the Rivers that fall into it on the North
fide, the Napo, Agaric, Putomaye, Fenupape, Coro-
patube, and others, have Gold in their Sands. Be-
low Coropatube there are Mines of feveral forts in
the Mountains. In thofe of fagnare there are
Mines of Gold; in Picora there are Mines of Sil-
ver; on the River Paragoche there are precious
Stones of feveral forts; and Mines of Sulphur,
c. near other Rivers. Thofe of Putomaye and
Caketa are large Rivers: the latter is divided into
two Branches; one falls into the Amazons River,
by the name of Rio Negro, which is the largeſt on
the North fide; and the other, call'd Rio Grande,
falls into the Oronoko, The chief Rivers that fall
into it on the South fide, are Maranhon, Amaru-
maye, Tapy, Catua, Cufignate, Madere or Cayane,
and many other large ones. des.
1
The Sanfons add, that on this River, about 200
Leagues from the Sea, there is a Bofphorus or
Strait of one mile broad; that the Tide comes up
hither, fo that it may ferve as a Key to all the
Trade of thofe Countries: But the Portugueſe be-
ing already poffefs'd of Para on the fide of Bra-
zile, Corupa and Eftero on the fide of Guaiana, and
Cogemina an Inland at the mouth of it; they may, by
fortifying the Iſland of the Sun, or fome other place
in its chief Outlet, be Maſters of all the Trade.
William Davis ą Londoner, who liv'd in this
Country fome time, gives us this further Account
of it, and of the Inhabitants about this River.
They have Store of excellent Wild-Fowl in their
Woods, and among others, Parrots as many as we
have Pidgeons in England, and as good Meat.
Their Rivers and Lakes abound with Fiſh, but
fuch as catch them muſt be upon their guard againſt
Crocodiles, Alligators, and Water-Serpents. The
Country
Account of the River Amazons.
63
Country is fubject to frequent and violent Storms 1708.
of Rain, Thunder, and Lightning, which com-
monly hold 16 or 18 hours; and the Inhabitants
are terribly pefter'd with Muskettoes. There are
abundance of petty Kings, who live upon their
particular Rivers, on which they decide their
Quarrels with Canoes, and the Conqueror eats up
the Conquer'd; fo that one King's Belly proves
another's Sepulcher. The Regalia by which they
are diftinguiſh'd, is a Crown of Parrots Feathers,
a Chain of Lion's Teeth or Claws about their
Necks or Middles, and a Wooden Sword in their
hands. Both Sexes go quite naked, and wear
their Hair long; but the Men pluck theirs off on
the Crown. He fays 'tis a queftion whether the
Womens Hair or Breaſts be longeft. The Men
thruft pieces of Cane thro the Foreskin of their
Pudenda, their Ears and Under-Lips, and hang
Glafs-Beads at the Griftle of their Nofes, which
bob to and fro when they speak. They are
thieviſh, and ſuch good Archers, that they kill
Fiſh in the water with their Arrows. They eat
what they catch without Bread or Salt. They
know not the Ufe of Mony, but barter one thing
for another, and will give twenty Shillings worth
of Proviſion's, &c. for a Glafs-Bead or a Jews-
Harp.
1
I come next to the Diſcovery of this River.
When Gonfales Pizarro, Brother to Francis that
conquer'd Peru, was Governour of the North
Provinces of that Country, he came to a great
River where he faw the Natives bring Gold in
their Canoes to exchange with the Spaniards. This
put him upon a compleat Diſcovery of that River
from its Fountains to its Mouth. In order to this,
he fent out Capt. Francifco de Orellana in 1540.
with a Pinnace and Men: Some fay he went alſo
himſelf, and fail'd down the River Xauxa or Ma-
ranhon
64 A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1708. ranhon 43 days, but wanting Provifions, comman-
}
་
ded Orellana to go in queft of fome down the Ri
ver, and to return as foon as he could; but Orel-
lana being carry'd down 200 Leagues thro a defert
Country, the Stream was fö rapid, that he found
it impracticable to return, and therefore fail'd on
till he came to that which is properly call'd the
River of the Amazons. He had ſpent all his Pro-
vifions, and eat the very Leather on board; ſo
that feven of his Men died of Want. In Fa-
nuary that Year, after failing 200 Leagues further,
he came to a Town on the Bank of the River,
where the People were afraid of him, but at laſt
furniſh'd him with Provifions; and here he built a
large Brigantine. He fet out again the 2d of Febr.
and 30 Leagues further was almoſt caft away by
the violent Stream of a River which run into that
of the Amazons on the right fide. He fail'd above
200 Leagues further, and was invited afhore in the
Province of Aparia, where he difcours'd feveral
of their Caciques, who forewarn'd him of his
Danger by the Amazons. He ftaid here 35 days,
built a new Brigantine, and repair'd the other.
He fail'd again in April thro a defert Country,
where he liv'd upon Herbs and toaſted Indian
Wheat. On the 12th of May he arriv'd at the
populous Country of Machiparo, where he was
attack'd by many Canoes full of Natives arm'd
with long Shields, Bows and Arrows; but fought
his way thro them till he came to a Town where
he took Proviſions by Force, after two hours fight
with fome thouſands of the Natives whom he put
to flight, and had 18 of his Men wounded, but all
recover'd. He put off again, and was purfu'd
two days by 8000 Indians in 130 Canoes, till he was
paſt the Frontiers of that Country. Then he
landed at another Town 340 Leagues from Aparia,
which being abandon'd by the Natives, he refted
there
3
"Account of the River Amazons.
69
reſted there three days, and took in Provisions.
Two Leagues from hence he came to the mouth of 1708.
a great River with three Iſlands, for which he
call'd it Trinity-River. The adjacent Country
feem'd very fruitful, but fo many Canoes came out
to attack him, that he was forc'd to keep the
middle of the Stream. Next day he came to a
little Town, where he took Provifions again by
force, and found abundance of curious earthen
Ware finely painted, and feveral Idols of mon-
ftrous fhapes and fizes. He alfo faw fome Gold
and Silver, and was told by the Inhabitants that
there was abundance of both in the Country. He
fail'd on 100 Leagues further, till he came to the
Land of Pagnana, where the People were civil,
and readily furnish'd him with what he wanted.
On Whitsunday he pafs'd by a great Town di-
vided into many Quarters, with a Canal from
each to the River. Here he was attack'd by Ca-
noes, but foon repuls'd them with his Fire-Arms.
He afterwards landed, and took Provifions at fe-
veral Towns. He met with the Mouth of a Ri-
ver, the Water as black as Ink, and the Stream
fo rapid, that for 20 Leagues it did not mix with
that of the Amazons. He ſaw ſeveral ſmall
Towns in his Paffage, enter'd one by force, which
had a Wall of Timber, and took abundance of
Fifh there. He purfu'd his Voyage by many great
Towns and well-inhabited Provinces, by which
time the River was grown fo wide, that they
could not fee the one fide from the other. Here
he took an Indian, by whofe Information he fup-
pos'd this to be the proper Country of the Ama-
zons. He fail'd on by many other Towns, and
landed at one, where he found none but Women.
He took abundance of Fiſh there, and refolv'd to
have ftaid for fome time; but the Men coming
home in the Evening, they attack'd him, fo that
F
he
66
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
2
! 1708. he fhip'd off, and continu'd his Voyage. He faw
feveral great Towns with pav'd Roads between
Rows of Fruit-Trees into the Country, and landed
for Proviſions. The Inhabitants oppos'd him; but
their Leader being kill'd, they fled and left him
at liberty to carry off Provifions. From hence he
fail'd to an Iſland for Reft, and was inform'd by
a Female he had taken Priſoner, that there were
Men like themfelves in that Country, and fome
white Women, whom he conceiv'd to be Spa-
niards: fhe told him they were entertain'd by a
Cacique. After feveral days fail, he came to
another great Town, near which the Indian told
him thofe Whites did live. He kept on his
Courſe, and after four days came to another
Town, where the Natives were civil, furniſh'd
him with Provifions; and here he faw abundance
of Cotton Cloth, and a Place of Worſhip hung
with Weapons and two Mitres refembling thoſe
of a Biſhop. He went to a Wood on the other
fide in order to reft, but was foon diflodg'd by
the Natives. He faw feveral large Towns on
both fides the River, but did not touch at them.
Some days after they came to a Town where he
got Provisions. After doubling a Point, he faw
other large Towns, where the People food rea-
dy on the Banks to oppofe him.
oppoſe him. He offer'd
'em Toys in order to pleaſe them, but in vain.
He continu'd his Voyage, and on the Banks faw
feveral Bodies of People. He ftood into them,
and landing his Men, the Natives fought with
great Refolution, ten or twelve being white
Women of an extraordinary Size, with long
Hair and all naked but their Pudenda, who
feem'd to be their Commanders. They were
arm'd with Bows and Arrows; and feven of 'em
being kill'd, the reft fled. Orellana had feveral
{
Men
*
"Account of the River Amazons.
67
*
Men wounded; and finding that multitudes of 1708.
the Natives were marching againſt him, he fail'd
off, reckoning that he had now made 1 400 Leagues.
during his Voyage, but ftill did not know how far
he was from the Sea. He afterwards came to
another Town, where he met with the like Op-
pofition: feveral of his Men were wounded, and
his Chaplain loft an Eye. Here he obferv'd fe-
veral Woods of Oak and Cork-Trees: He call'd
this Province by the name of St. John's, becauſe he
came to it on that Saint's Day. He fail'd on till
he met with fome Iflands, where he was attack'd
by 200 Canoes with 30 or 40 Men in each, abun-
dance of Drums, Trumpets, and Pipes, &c. but
he kept them off with his Fire-Arms. Thefe
Iflands appear'd to be high, fruitful, and pleaſant,
and the largeſt of 'em about 50 Leagues long; but
he could take in no Proviſions, becauſe the Canoes
continually purfu'd him.
:
When he came to the next Province, he per-
ceiv'd many large Towns on the Larboard fide of
the River: Multitudes of Natives came in their
Canoes to gaze on him, and his Indian Prifoner in-
form'd him that thefe Countries abounded with
Gold and Silver. Orellana was here oblig'd to
barricado his Boats to cover his Men, becauſe one
of 'em was kill'd by a poiſon'd Arrow. As he
fail'd on, he came to inhabited Iſlands, and per-
fectly difcern'd the Tide. Here he was attack'd
by multitudes of Canoes, and loft fome more Men
by poiſon'd Arrows. There were many Towns
on the Starboard fide of the River, and he found
other inhabited Iſlands, where he got Proviſions,
but was attack'd and beat off when he landed on
the Continent, till he came near the mouth of the
River, where the People readily furnish'd him.
He fail'd 200 Leagues among the lflands, where he
found the Tide ſtrong, and at laſt in Auguſt that
Year
F 2
68
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
}
1708. Year found a Paffage to the Sea of about 50 Ls.
wide, where the Tide rifes five or fix fathom,
and the freſh Water runs 20 Leagues into the Sea;
Efquire Harcourt, in his Voyage to Guiana, fays 30
Ls. and that the fresh Water there is very good.
He was mightily diſtreſs'd for want of Rigging and
Provisions till he came to the Iſland of Cubagua,
from whence he went to Spain to give the King an
Account of his Difcovery. The Manufcripts ta-
ken by Capt. Withrington fay that Orellana was a-
bout a Year and half upon this River.
When he reported his Diſcoveries, the King of
Spain fent him back with a Fleet and 600 Men to
take poffeffion of this River in 1544, fome fay
1549. but the Project came to nothing for the
Captain himſelf, after he had fail'd up 100 Ls.
died with 57 of his Men by the Unhealthinefs of
the Air; and fome of them fail'd 60 Ls. higher,
where they were friendly entertain'd by the Na-
tives, but being too few to purſue the Diſcovery,
they return'd to the Inland Margarita, where they
found Orellana's Lady, fays Heerera, who told
them that her Husband died of Grief for the Lofs
of fo many of his Men by Sickneſs and the Attacks
of the Indians. And thus they return'd re infecta:
fo that Orellana receiv'd no other Advantage for
his Danger and Expence, but the Honour of the
firſt Diſcovery, and having the River call'd by his
name in fome Authors, Ovalle fays that he loft
half his Men at the Canaries and Cape Verd, and
his Fleet was reduc'd to two large Boats before
he came back to the River; fo that he was too
weak to attempt a further Diſcovery.
The Manuſcripts taken by Capt. Withrington fay
the fecond Perfon who attempted it was Leus de
Melo a Portugueſe, by order of his Sovereign King
John III. to whom the Country from the mouth of
this River to that of La Plata belong'd, according
to
|
Account of the River Amazons.
69
to the Partition agreed on betwixt the Portugueſe 1708.
and the Spaniards. He had ten Ships and 800
Men, but loft eight of his Ships at the mouth of
the River; fo that he went to the Ifland Marga-
rita, from whence his Men were difpers'd all over
the Indies. Two or three Captains from the
Kingdom of New Granada attempted it afterwards
by Land, but without Succefs.
In 1560. thofe of Peru try'd it another way.
The Viceroy fent Pedro de Orfua, a Native of Na-
varre, with 700 Men to the Head of this River,
where he built Pinnaces and Canoes; and having
furnish'd himſelf with Proviſions, and taken 2000
Indians with many Horfes on board, he imbark'd
on the River Xauxa or Maranhon. He fail'd till he
came to a plain Country, where he began to build
a Town: but his Men not being us'd to fuch La-
bour, and fatigu'd by the hot and rainy Seaſons,
they murmur'd, tho they had Provifions enough,
and a great profpect of finding Store of Gold.
The Mutineers were headed by Lopez de Agira a
Biscayner, who had been an old Mutineer in Peru;
and being join'd by Ferdinand de Guzman a Spanish
Soldier, and one Saldueno who was enamour'd on
Orfua's beautiful Lady, they murder'd him when
aſleep, with all his Friends and chief Officers.
Then they proclaim'd Guzman their King, but 20
days after he was alfo murder'd by Lopez, who af-
fum'd the Title to himſelf. Being a Fellow of
mean Birth, he murder'd all the Gentlemen in
company, left any of them fhould rival him; and
having form'd a Guard of Ruffians about him, he
became fo jealous of his new Dignity, and was fo
confcious of what he deferv'd, that when any of
the Men talk'd together, he concluded they were
plotting againſt him, and fent his Ruffians to mur-
der them. Abundance of the rest and the Wo-
men falling fick, he barbarously left them to the
F 3
mercy
170
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708. mercy of the Natives, and fail'd to the Iſland
Margarita with 230 Men. He was well entertain'd
by the Governour, who took him to be one of
the King's Officers; but this ungrateful Villain did
fpeedily murder him and his Friends, ravag'd the
Iſland, forc'd fome Soldiers to go along with him,
and pretended to conquer the Indies; but was de-
feated, taken and hang'd by the Governour of
New Granada. The Wretch murder'd his own
Daughter that he might not be infulted by his
Enemies, and then attempted to murder himſelf,
but was prevented. Thus concluded that fatal
Expedition.
The Sanfons fay the next Attempt was by thofe
of Cuſco in 1566. but it came to nothing; for
their Leaders fell out and fought with one ano-
ther, which made the reſt a Prey to the Natives:
fo that only Maldonado one of their Captains and
two Prieſts eſcap'd to carry home the News.
Two of the Generals of Para and Governours
of Maranhon were the next that renew?d the At-
tempt by the King's Command, but met with fo
many croſs Accidents that they could not effect it.
In 1606. two Jefuits fet out from Quito, think-
ing to reduce the Country on this River by their
Preaching; but one of them was kill'd by the Na-
tives, and the other narrowly eſcap'd, fays Ovalle.
The next Diſcovery was by Capt. John de Pala-
cios. Authors differ as to the time; but moſt agree
'twas in 1635. He fet out from Quito with a few
arm'd Men and Francifcan Fryars, fail'd down the
River till he came to Annete, where he was kill'd in
1636. and moſt of his Companions return'd, ex-
cept two Monks and five or fix Soldiers, who fail'd
down in a little Veffel as far as Para the Capital of
Brazile; where they acquainted Texeira the Por-
tugueſe Governour with their Diſcovery: who
проп
Account of the River Amazons.
71
upon their Information fent 47 Canoes with 70 1708.
Spaniards and 1200 Indians to fail up the River under
Texeira the Sailor. He fet out in October 1637.
and met with ſeveral Difficulties, which occafion'd
many
of the Indians to forfake him; but he went
on, and fent a Captain with eight Canoes to make
Diſcoveries before him. This Captain arriv'd
June 24. 1638. at a Spanish Town built at the Con-
flux of the Rivers Huerari and Amazons, and dif-
patch'd a Canoe to acquaint Texeira with it. This
encourag'd him to proceed till he came to the
Mouth of the River Chevelus, where it falls into
the Amazons, and there he left part of his Men
under a Captain, and the reft at Junta de los Rios
under another; while himſelf with a few went
forward to Quito. The other Captain arriv'd there
fome time before,and both were well receiv'd by the
Spaniards, to whom they reported their Diſcovery
in September 1638. The Men he left behind were
well entertain'd by the Natives at first, but quar-
relling with them afterwards, fuffer'd much for
want of Provisions, and had little but what they
took by force.
Upon the News of this Difcovery, the Count
de Chinchon Viceroy of Peru fent Orders from Lima
to furnish Texeira with all Neceffaries for his Re-
turn down the River, and appointed Father d'A-
cugna, Rector of the College of Cuenca, and ano-
ther Jefuit, to attend him and carry the News to
Spain. They fet out in February 1639. and arriv'd
at Para in December following; from whence dA-
cugna went to Spain, and publiſh'd his Account of
this River in 1640.
The Sum of his Diſcovery, befides what has
been mention'd already, is as follows. There's a
Tree on the Banks of this River call'd Andirova,
from whence they draw an Oil that is a Specifick
for curing Wounds. There's plenty of Iron-
F 4
Wood,
72
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World,
1
1708. Wood, fo nam'd becauſe of its Hardneſs, Red-
Wood, Log-Wood, Brazile, and Cedars fo large,
that Acugna fays he meafur'd fome that were 30
fpan round the Trunk. They have Timber enough
to build Ships, make Cordage of the Barks of
Trees, and Sails of Cotton, but want Iron. They
make Hatchets of Tortoife-fhells, or hard Stones
ground to an Edg; and Chizzels, Planes, and
Wimbles of the Teeth and Horns of wild Beafts.
Their chief Directors are Sorcerers, who are the
Managers of their hellish Worſhip, and teach
them how to revenge themselves on their Enemies
by Poison and other barbarous methods. Some of
them keep the Bones of their deceas'd Relations in
their Houſes, and others burn them with all their
Movables, and folemnize their Funerals firſt by
mourning, and then by exceffive drinking. Yet
the Father ſays they are in general good-natur'd
and courteous, and many times left their own
Hutts to accommodate him and his Company.
Some of theſe Nations, particularly the Omaguas,
whofe Country is 260 Leagues long, and the moſt
populous on the River, are decently clad in Ray-
ment of Cotton, and trade in it with their Neigh
bours. Some of the other Nations wear Plates of
Gold at their Ears and Noftrils; and their Joiners
are fo expert, that they make Chairs and other
Houshold Furniture in the fhapes of feveral Ani-
mals with great Art.
4
The Jefuits of Quito in Peru have engrav'd a
Map of this River, in which they give the follow-
ing Account, viz. That 'tis the greateſt in the
known World: That tho it be call'd by the name
of Amazons or Orellana, its true name is Maran-
hon: That it rifes from the Lake Lauricocha, as
we have mention'd already, runs 1800 Leagues,
and falls into the North Sea by 84 Mouths: That
near the City Borja it is pent up by a Strait call'd
El-Pongon
እ
1
Account of the River Amazons.
73
El-Pango, not above 13 Fathom wide and 3 Ls. long; 1708.
where the Stream is fo rapid, that Boats run it in
a quarter of an hour. The Truth of this muſt be
fubmitted to the Judgment of the Reader, but it
feems very improbable, fince none of thoſe who
fail'd up and down this River defcribe it thus: be-
fides, 'twere impoffible to fail up againſt ſo rapid a
Stream without a Tide, which the Sanfons fay
comes up to this Strait; but they make it a mile
broad, and by confequence not fo rapid. The Je-
fuits add, that both Banks from the City Jaen in
the Province of Bracamoros, where it begins to be
navigable, down to the Sea, are cover'd with
Woods of very tall Trees, among which there's
Timber of all colours, abundance of Sarsaparilla,
and the Bark they call Cloves, which is us'd by
Dyers and Cooks. In the neighbouring Woods
there are many Tygers, wild Boars, and Buffaloes,
c. The Jefuits began their Miffion upon this Ri-
ver in 1638. have their Capital at the City of St.
Francis of Borja in the Province of Manos, 300
Leagues from Quito; and their Miffion extends a-
long three other Rivers as far as the Province of
the Omaguas, whither they make ſometimes long
and dangerous Voyages in Canoes. They give an
account of eight of their number that have been
murder'd by the Barbarians, the laſt of them in
1707. Befides Borja and its Dependencies, they
have 39 Towns founded moftly by their own La-
bour and Charge, but we fhan't infift on their
Names. Their Converts they reckon at 26000,
and the Miffionaries about 18. They add, that
they have contracted Amity with feveral numerous
Nations, whofe Converfion they hope for.
The Portuguefe have fome Towns at the Mouth
of this River, and a Fort on Rio Negro; fo that of
late years they have traded much upon it, and, as
feveral Spaniards inform'd me, during the laft Peace
they
74
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708. they extended their Commerce as far as Quito and
The River
ta de-
fcrib'd.
many other Places in Peru. I have infifted the
longer on this River, becauſe it is of fo great Fame,
and may be of mighty Advantage for Trade.
The River of La Plata being the South Boundary
of Brazile, within the Limits of the South-Sea
Company, and lying conveniently for opening a
great Trade from the North-Sea with Peru, Chili,
and other vaft Countries; I fhall give a Defcription
of it here, from the beſt Authors.
The first European who diſcover'd it, feems to
of La Pla- have been Juan Dias de Solis, who failing from
Spain in 1512. fome fay 1515. run along the Coaſt
of Brazile till he came to this River, fays Ovalle.
With him agree the Manufcripts taken on fome
Spanish Priests in this River by Capt. Withrington,
publish'd in Harris's Collections; where we are
told, De Solis obtain❜d the Government of this Ri-
ver, but was murder'd by the Natives with moſt
of his Men in 1515. The next who came hither
was Sebaftian Cabot in 1526. but his Men being mu-
tinous, he had not the defir'd Succefs, tho he fail'd
150, fome fay 200 Leagues up this River; and
purchaſing many Pieces of Gold and Silver Plate
from the Natives, who call'd this River Parama,
he call'd it the River of Plate, becauſe he thought
it to be the Product of the Country, which was
afterwards found to be a Miſtake. Yet upon his
Report, in 1530. when he return'd, the Emperor
Charles V. fent Don Peter Mendoza, one of his
chief Grandees, with 2200 Men befides Mariners,
to plant a Colony here in 1535. and they had fo
great hopes of finding Mines of Gold and Silver,
that above thirty Heirs of noble Families went on
the Expedition; and failing 50 Leagues up the
River, where the Air was good, he founded a
Town, which from thence was call'd Buenos-Ayres.
They
Account of the River La Plata.
75
They built a Fort, and enlarg'd the Town; but 1708.
as they were carrying on their Work, the Natives
attack'd them, and overpowering them with Num-
bers, kill'd 250, among whom were feveral of the
chief Men. This oblig'd the Spaniards to keep
within their Fort, where they fuffer'd much by
Famine. Mendoza return'd towards Spain, but
died miſerably, with many of his Companions, for
want of Proviſions by the way. His Deputy-Go-
vernour Oyola fail'd up into Paraguay, in queſt of
a Country faid to abound with Gold and Silver;
but was treacherously flain by the Natives, with
all his Followers.
Irala who was his Deputy, and left at Buenos-
Ayres, contracted a Friendſhip with fome of the
Natives call'd Guaranians. In 1538. he built Af-
fumption in their Country, which is now the Me-
tropolis of Paraguay, and left Buenos-Ayres for a
time. Affumption lies on the Banks of the River Affump-
Paraguay, in S. Lat. 25. 240 Leagues from the Sea, tion Town.
and 40 from the Mouth of the River Paraguay, where
it falls into La Plata. Thefe Rivers after they join
continue their natural Colour for feveral miles, La
Plata being clear, and Paraguay muddy. The lat-
ter is by much the most confiderable River, and the
adjacent Country abounds with Mines of Gold and
Silver, and is navigable above 200 Leagues. The
River Uruguay falls into Paraguay on the right fide,
and runs a Courfe of 300 Leagues, according to
Sepp the Jefuit, who in his Voyage ſays 'tis as big as
the Danube at Vienna. In fhort, as to this River
La Plata, Authors are not agreed. Some of the Je-
fuits who are Miffionaries in thofe Countries think
it to be the fame with that call'd Paraguay higher
up in the Country,and that it has a Communication
with the North-Eaſt Coaſt of Brazile by the River
St. Meary, which rifes out of the fame Lake, and
runs NE. as Paraguay or Plata runs S. and after-
wards
76
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
{
1708. wards to the S E. when it falls into the Sea. Be
that how it will, here are many Rivers which fall
into the fame Channel on both fides. But that
which is commonly call'd La Plata, begins near
the Town of that Name about S. Lat. 19. and
after running N. a little way, takes its Courſe S E.
till it join the River Paraguay. So that I chufe
rather to truſt to the Account given us by Mr.
White our Linguiſt, who having dwelt long in that
Country, told me this River derives its Name
La Plata from the Town of La Plata, a fort of Metropolis
Town.
to which there lies an Appeal from other Jurif-
dictions. He adds, that 'tis a pretty Town, has
fourteen Churches with a Cathedral, and four
Nunneries, and lies North-weſt from Buenos-Ayres
about 500 Leagues, which requires commonly two
months and a half's Travel.
All are agreed that La Plata is very large at the
Mouth, where fome account it 50, and others 30
Leagues broad. The Mouth of it is dangerous be-
caufe of Sands, and therefore requires Pilots.
Knivet, in his Defcription of the Weft-Indies, fays,
the beſt way to avoid thoſe Sands is to keep near
the North Shore till you come to a high Mountain
white at top; and then to fail 4 Ls. South, to
another ſmall Hill on the North fide, near which
you muſt fail. This brings you into a fair Bay,
where you muſt ſtill keep along fhore and after
paffing the Weſt Point of this Bay, you come to
the River Maroer, and then there are no more
Shoals between that and Buenos-Ayres.
La Plata runs into the Sea about S. Lat. 35. and
fometimes overflows the Country for ſeveral miles,
when the Natives put their Goods into Canoes,
and float about till the Inundation affuages, and
then they return to their Habitations. Ovalle
gives the following Account of this River, viz.
That it runs with fuch a mighty Stream into the
Sea,
Account of the River La Plata.
77
Sea, as makes it fresh for a great way: That the 1708.
Water of this River is very fweet, clears the
Voice and Lungs, and is good againſt all Rheums
and Defluxions: That the People who dwell about
it have excellent Voices, and are all inclin'd to
Mufick: That it petrifies the Branches of Trees,
and other things which fall into it; and that Vef-
fels are naturally form'd of its Sand, which are of
various Figures, look as if they were polish'd by
Art, and keep Water very cool. It breeds great
ftore of excellent Fish of divers forts, and moſt
beautiful Birds of all kinds are feen on its Banks.
Sepp informs us, that this River and Uraguay a-
bound fo with Fish, that the Natives catch great
numbers of them without any other Inftrument
than their Hands: one of the choiceft, call'd the
Kings-Fiſh, is ſmall without Bones, and taken only
in Winter. Our Author, fays he never faw any
European Fish in this latter, except one that the
Spaniards call Bocado; and that the Fiſh are larger
here than ours, of a dark or yellow colour, and
well tafted; which he afcribes to the nature of the
Water, that tho drunk in great quantities even
after raw Fruit, helps Digeftion, and never does
any hurt. The Plains about this River are fo
large and even, without any Obftruction to the
Sight, that the Sun feems to rife and fet in them.
Their way of travelling in thofe Plains is by high
Carts cover'd with Hoops and Cows-Hides like
our Waggons, with Conveniency for Travellers to
ſleep in the bottom; which is fo much the better,
becauſe they travel moft by night to avoid the
Heat. They are drawn by Oxen, which are fre-
quently fo pinch'd by Drought, that when they
come towards any Water, which they ſmell at a
great diſtance, they run furiously to it, and drink
up the very Mud which they raiſe with their Feet.
This obliges Travellers to furnish themſelves with
Water
78
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
-
1708. Water and other Provifions for their Journy;
there being no Water to be had, except by Rain:
fo that Travellers are frequently as much diftrefs'd
for want of Water as the Oxen, and can ſcarce
get any that's clear at the Watering-places, tho
they ſend before-hand, becauſe the Oxen run with
fo much hafte to it that they make it all in a pud-
dle: Ovalle fays, that in this cafe Travellers are
forc'd to ſtop their Nofes and fhut their Eyes when
they drink it. The Journy thro thefe Plains is at
leaft 14 or 20 days, without any place of fhelter,
or any Firing to drefs their Victuals but the dry'd
Dung of Cattle. Yet there are feveral Lakes and
Ponds where Inns might be fix'd, bit 'tis neglected
becauſe there's no fettled Trade that way.
Ayres.
7
It remains to give fome account of the Towns
upon the River Plata and on the Road to Potoft.
Buenos- 1. Buenos-Ayres lies upon the River 50 Leagues
from the Sea, about Lat. 36. Our Linguift in-
form'd me that 'tis the Refidence of a Spanish Go-
vernour, is defended by a Stone Fort mounted
with 40 Guns, and is generally garifon'd by 4 or 500
Men. The Harbour is pretty good, but troublefom
in a N W. and W. Wind. The River is 7 Ls.
broad there, and navigable by Ships 60 Ls. above
the Town, but no further, becauſe of a great Ca-
taract. The Town has one Cathedral, and five
other Churches: The Portuguefe had a Settlement
over againſt this Town, but were dislodg'd by the
Spaniards at the beginning of this War; fince
which time the French drive a Guinea Trade hither
for Negroes, who are fent over Land to Peru and
Chili, and yield them vaft Profit. The Trade from
hence to Spain is in Hides and Tallow, Silver from
Peru, and Gold and Silver from Chili. All Euro-
pean Goods yield a good Price here. They have
plenty of Fruit-Trees about the Town of all
kinds, both of the hot and cold Climates; and
་
have
Account of the River La Plata.
79
T
r
have ſtore of Wheat and other European Grain, 1708.
befides Indian Corn. Thouſands of Cattel of all
forts run wild in the Neighbourhood, and they
furniſh Peru with 50000 Mules per ann.
In short,
this place lies very convenient for Commerce in
Silver and Gold, and the other Commodities of
Peru and Chili, which the French have now begun
to engrofs. They fent, three Ships to thofe parts
and the South-Sea, under M. de Beauchefne Gouin
of St. Malo in 1698, of whofe Progrefs I fhall give
a further account from a Copy of his Journal, as
I go on with my Deſcription of the Coafts. Their
Winter here is in May, June, and July, when 'tis
cold by night, but warm enough by day, the Froſt
never being violent, nor the Snow confiderable in
thoſe parts.
•
Father Sepp, who was here in 1691. tells us in
his Voyage from Spain to Paraquaria or Paraguay,
that Buenos-Ayres has only two Streets built cross-
wife; that there are four Convents, one of which
belongs to the Jefuits; that their Houſes and
Churches are built of Clay, and not above one
Story high; that the Jefuits have taught them of
late to burn Lime, and make Tiles and Bricks,
with which they now begin to build. The Caſtle
is likewife of Clay, encompafs'd with an earthen
Wall and a deep Trench, and defended by 900
Spaniards; tho in cafe of neceffity above 30000
Indian Horfe might be arm'd out of the feve-
ral Cantons, where they have been train'd by the
Jefuits: But this boafting Account I can't believe.
They have in the Neighbourhood whole Woods of
Peach, Almond, and Fig-Trees, which they pro-
pagate by putting the Kernels in the Ground:
they grow ſo faſt as to produce Fruit the firſt Year,
and their Timber is us'd for Fewel. The adja-
cent Paſtures are fo fat and large, that many
thouſands of Beeves feed together; fo that any
one
80 A Cruising Voyage round the World.
nu-
1708. one when he pleaſes goes into the Field, throws a
Rope about their Horns, brings 'em home and kills
'em. They are very large, generally white, and
being fo numerous, are valu'd only for their Hides,
Tallow, and Tongues; the reft being expos'd to
the Birds and Beafts of Prey, which are very
merous, and frequently deftroy the Calves. The
Natives feed moft on Beef half-raw without Bread
or Salt, and in fuch quantities that they throw
themſelves naked into cold Water, that they may
retain the natural Heat within their Entrails to
help Digeſtion; and fometimes they lie down with
their Stomachs in hot Sand: but their Gluttony in
devouring fo much raw Flefh fills them fo with
Worms, that they feldom live till 50 Years old:
There are fuch numbers of Partridges here, and
fo tame, that they knock them down with fticks
as they walk in the fields. The Miffionaries, who
are abfolute Mafters of the Natives in the neigh-
bouring Cantons of Paraguay, &c. fuffer none of
'em to come nearer Buenos-Ayres than two or three
Leagues, on pretence that they would be corrup-
ted by the ill Example of the Spaniards; and under
that fame pretence they won't fuffer the Spaniards
to fettle in their Miffions, which extend above 200
Leagues up the River; nor do they allow Mer-
chants who trade thither to ſtay above a few days:
the true caufe of which is, they are not willing
that the Laity ſhould be privy to the Wealth they
heap up there, in a Country which abounds with
Gold, nor be Witneffes to their fplendid, or ra-
ther luxurious way of living. Sometimes Com-
plaints of this Procedure of the Jefuits have been
made to the Spanish Governours, but they find a
way to bribe them to filence. This I was inform'd
of by thoſe who have been among them, and am
confirm'd in it by Father Sepp: He does not dif
femble that the Millionarics have a Defpotical
1
Turn,
Account of the River La Plata.
81
Power over the Natives, tho he gives it another 1708.
Turn, and pretends that 'tis neceffary in order to
convert and force them to work. He fays the Je-
fuits are Captains, teach them the Ufe of Arms,
and how to draw up into Squadrons and Battal-
lions; which he boaſts they can do as well as the
Europeans. The Jefuits obtain'd this Power, on the
fpecious Pretence of reducing thofe Indians to the
Obedience of the Spaniards, which they would not
fubmit to till within theſe few Years. This Manage-
ment is ſo much the more eaſily carry'd on, becauſe
the Ecclefiaftical Government there is lodg'd in the
hands of one Biſhop only and three Canons; and
the Miſſionaries being compos'd of all Nations,
few of them have any natural Affection to the Spa-
nish Government. This is the more to be obferv'd,
becauſe the Jefuits being an intriguing Society, and
generally in the French Intereft, it would feem to be
the Concern of the Allies to recover the Trade of
thoſe Countries from the Houſe of Bourbon with all
poffible speed, left by making themſelves Maſters of
the vaſt Treaſures of Peru and Chili, they be enabled
at laſt to compleat their Deſign of an Univerfal
Monarchy. Father Sepp fays, that Silver in 1691.
was cheaper here than Iron; that for a Two-
penny Knife one may have a Crown, for a Hat of
two Shillings 10 or 12 Crowns, and for a Gun of
ten or twelve Shillings 30 Crowns; that Proviſions
are ſo plenty here, that a fat Cow may be bought
for the Value of 10 d. or 12 d. a good Ox for a few
Needles, a ftout Horſe for about 2 s. that he has
feen two given for a Knife not worth 6 d. and
that he and his Company had 20 Horfes for a few
Trifles that did not coft them a Crown; being
only a few Needles, Fiſh-Hooks, forry Knives,
Tobacco, and a little Bread. He mentions a Ca-
taract in the River Uruguay, which he fays Pro-
vidence has plac'd here for the advantage of the
poor Indians againſt the Avarice of the Spaniards;
G
who
82 1
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1708. who not being able to go further with their Vef-
fels, have been hitherto confin'd to Buenos-Ayres,
and could not fettle in thoſe Cantons, tho very in-
viting, becauſe of the vaſt Profit they might draw
from them. This he reckons a great Happineſs
to the Natives, who being a fimple People, would
not only be foon infected with the Vices of the
Spaniards, but enflav'd by 'em: for, fays he, they
make no difference betwixt Pagan and Chriftian
Natives, but treat them promifcuoufly like Dogs.
He adds, that this Province of Paraquaria or Pa-
raguay exceeds in bignefs Germany, France, Italy,
and the Netherlands put together; (wherein I
doubt he exceeds :) That they have no Cities, and
are govern'd by 80 Colleges of Jefuits, in which
there are no more than 160 Perfons; and that theſe
Colleges are from 100 to 600 Miles diftant from
one another. There's one Plain of 200 Leagues
long betwixt Buenos-Ayres and Corduba in Tucuman,
without fo much as a Tree or Cottage, and yet it
contains the beſt Paſtures in the World, fill'd with
Cattel of all forts which have no Owners.
He defcribes the Natives thus: The Men are
not quite ſo tall as Europeans, but have thick Legs
and large Joints. Their Faces are round, flattifh,
and of an Olive Colour; and their Arms are Bows
and Arrows. Some of the ftrongeſt have many
Scars on their Bodies, occafion'd by Wounds which
they gave themſelves when young, that thefe Scars
may be remaining Proofs of their Courage. Their
Hair is black, long, and as ftrong as that of a
Horſe. The Women look more like Devils than
rational Creatures, with their Hair loofe over
their Foreheads, and the reft twiſted in Locks be-
hind, which hang as low as their Hips. Their
Faces are wrinkled, their Arms, Shoulders and
Breaſts naked; and their Ornaments are Fifh-
Bones made like Scales of Mother-of-Pearl about
their
Account of the River La Plata.
83
their Necks, Arms and Hands. The Wives of 1708.
their Caciques or petty Princes wear a fort of
Triple Crowns of Straw. The Caciques wear
Doe-Skins hanging over their fhoulders, the reft
only a piece of a Skin wrap'd about their middle,
and hanging down before to their knees. The
Boys and Girls are quite naked. They have holes
in their Ears and Chins, in which they put Fish-
Bones, or a colour'd Feather tied by a thred, and
Feathers of feveral colours faften'd to a ftring
round their Necks. They wrap their Infants as foon
as born in a Tyger's Skin, give them the Breaſt
for a little while, and then half-raw Meat to fuck.
He fays, the Men at the death of their neareſt
Relations cut off a Finger of their own left Hand;
and if it be a handfom Daughter, they make a
Feaſt and drink out of her Skull. They live in
Straw Hutts without Roofs, and their Utensils
are a few Sticks for Spits, and Pumpkins hollow'd
out, in which they eat their Meats. Their Beds
are the Hides of Oxen or Tygers, fpread on the
ground; but, the Caciques, and thofe of Note, lie
in a Net faften'd to two Poles for Hammocks, at
fome diſtance from the ground, being a Security
againſt wild Beafts and Serpents. Our Author
fays that he fent well-boil'd Meat to feveral of
them when fick, which they receiv'd thankfully;
but afterwards gave it to their Dogs, becauſe they
lik'd their own Cookery better.
It is now time to fee how the Miffionaries live
among thofe Flocks over whom they affume the
Paftoral Care, Father Sepp tells us, that he and
other new Miffionaries were welcom'd by fome of
them with 20 Muſicians in a Train, abundance
of Boats equip'd like Galleys lin'd with Firelocks,
and having Drums, Trumpets, and Hautboys on
board. The Millionaries brought 'em Sweat meats,
and all fort of Fruit; and the Indians diverted
them
G 2
84 A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708. them by wreſtling in the Water, and Salvoes of
their Fire-Arms, &c. They conducted them thro
a green Triumphal Arch to the Church, where the
Women were fo earneft at their Devotion, that
not one of them caft an eye upon our Father and
his Companions: fo that here were a Militant and
a Triumphant Church, both together. When the
Devotion was over, the chief of the Indians wel-
com'd the Father and the reſt of the Miffionaries,
by a ſhort but very pathetick Speech; and one of
the Indian Women did the like with wonderful Ele-
gancy, fays the Jefuit, who it feems is not againſt
Womens ſpeaking in the Church. That and the
next day they ſpent in Mirth and Jollity, and in
the Evening were diverted by four Dances; 1. By
Boys, who danc'd with Pikes and Lances. 2. By
a couple of Fencing-Maſters. 3. By fix Seamen.
4. By fix Boys on horfeback, who afterwards
gave
them a kind of Tournament, the place being illu-
minated by Ox-Horns fill'd with Suet, for they
have no Oil nor Wax. On Whitfunday, which hap-
pen'd foon after, the Miffionaries went to Church,
and return'd Thanks for fo many Converts; as
certainly they had reaſon, fince they are fuch mer-
ry ones.
Theſe Cantons, he fays, are 26, and have but
one or two Miffionaries apiece, tho they contain
from 3000 to 6000 People each, and fometimes
more; fo that they muft either have too much
work, or perform it very flightly, eſpecially if
they be fo ignorant as our Father fays, that if
they be neglected one day, they fcarce know how
to make the Sign of the Crofs the next: And be-
fides all the Paftoral Work, the Miffionaries muſt
act the part of Clerks, and clean the Church-Or-
naments and Plate; for theſe poor Wretches are
uncapable of doing it. To be fhort, fays he, the
Miſſionary must be Cook, Nurfe, Doctor, Archi-
tect,
1
}
Account of the River La Plata.
85
tect, Gardiner, Weaver, Smith, Painter, Baker, 1708.
Potter, Tile-maker, and every thing elfe that isn
neceffary in a Commonwealth. This he fuppofes
will appear incredible (and he's certainly in the
right) but he fays 'tis the naked Truth, the Na-
tives being fo ftupid, that unless he plainly fhew
his Indian Cook how much Salt he muft put in
each Pot, he would put all into one, tho ever
fo much; and he muft fee them wash the Vef-
fels, unless he would be poifon'd: yet this Father,
for all his other hard work, muft look after his
Garden, Orchard, and Vineyard, where he has all
forts of Flowers, Herbs, Roots and Fruits, and
fo many Vines as produce 500 large Casks of Wine
in a Year, if not prevented by multitudes of Pif-
mires, Wafps, Birds, or by the North Winds,
which fometimes make Wine fo dear, that a Cask
yields 20 or 30 Crowns; and after all, 'tis not to
be preferv'd from turning four without a great
mixture of Lime. The chief Distemper of the
Natives is the Worms before-mention'd, the
bloody Flux and fpotted Fever, which frequently
carry off great numbers. The Medicines which
the Miffionaries give againſt Worms, is a Vomit
of Tobacco-Leaves; and after that, four Lemon-
Juice with thofe of Mint and Rue put into Milk.
Theſe Cantons or Towns, he fays, are gene-
rally upon an Afcent near the Rivers Uruguay and
Paraguay, and contain young and old from 6000
to 8000 Souls. Each Canton has a Church and a
fquare Market-place near it, the reft being divided
into Streets of Clay-Hutts cover'd with Straw,
only of late they begin to uſe Tiles. They have
no Windows, Chimneys, or different Apartments;
and over the Fire-place they hang their Beds at
night. Their Doors are Ox-Hides; and fince all
lie together in one Room, with their Dogs, Cats,
c. the Millionaries are entertain'd with very un-
grateful
G 3
i
86 A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708. grateful Scents, befides Smoke, when they go to
vifit them. He fays, in the main they are very
patient under Diftempers, and the Death of Rela-
tions; that they feek after no Riches but a prefent
Maintenance; that their young Women are mar-
riageable at 14, and, the Men at 16, when the
Millionaries take care to match them, otherwife
they will pair themfelves. There are no Difputes
here about Dowries, Jointures, or Marriage-Set-
tlements; the Agreement confifts only in two Ar-
ticles, viz. The Woman promifes to fetch what
Water the Husband wants from the River, and he
engages to provide the Kitchin with Fewel. The
Miffionaries furnish them with Hutts, the Wed-
ding-Clothes and Dinner. The Wedding-Suit is
five yards of coarfe woollen Stuff for each, the
Dinner is a fat Cow, and the Bed fome Ox-hides.
He prefents them alfo with a little Salt and a few
Loaves, and then they treat their Parents. The
Women court here, come to the Miffionary, and
tell him they have a mind to fuch a Man, if he
will give his Confent; which if he do, the Match
is made, and the Miffionary is both Prieft and
Father.
How mean foever the Natives live, the Priefts
have enough of Splendor and Plenty. Their Chur-
ches and Steeples are lofty, have four or five Bells
apiece, moſt of 'em a couple of Organs, Altars,
and Pulpits richly gilt, Images well painted, plen-
ty of Silver Candlesticks, Chalices, and other
Church-Plate; and the Ornaments of the Prieſts
and Altars are as rich as in Europe. They teach
the Natives to fing and play on all Musical Inftru-
ments both for Devotion and War; fo that ac-
cording to the Jefuits they go now more merrily to
Heaven than formerly they did to Hell, and the
good Fathers divert themfelves with Sets of Mu-
ficians on the Banks of the Rivers and in charming
Iſlands.
Account of the River La Plata.
87
+
Iſlands. Nor can we wonder that they live fo 1708.
merrily, fince they fare fo well; for befides all forts
of delicious Fruits and Preferves, they have plen-
ty of Fowl, Fish, and Veniſon of all forts, as well
as ordinary Butchers Meat; only the Tygers,
which are very numerous, frequently put in for a
fhare with them, invade their Flocks and their
Followers but if you'll believe our Father, they
never attack the Clergy, they have fuch a Refpect
for their Cloth, and are fo civil to Europeans, that
they'l charge the Indians in their Company, and let
them go fcot-free; and the Serpents, which like-
wife abound here, are charm'd by Ave Mary's into
the like Good-Manners. The Priefts ufe Honey
for their Sallets, for they have no Oil, ſo that
they are very hard put to it. They had Silver in
fuch plenty, fays the Father, that old Shoes and
Hats were much more valuable. And as if the
Miſſionaries had not Work enough otherwife, Fa-
ther Sepp tells us, the Natives when they kill their
Cows bring 'em to the good Jefuits to allow each
their fhare; and to be fure the Hides fall to the
Millionaries, for he fays the three Ships which
brought him and his Companions from Spain, car-
ry'd back 300000 Ox-Hides, which they had for
nothing, and each Hide he fays would yield 'em fix
Crowns at home. A good Horfe-fhoe he fays is
here worth fix Horfes, and the Bit of a Bridle
worth three. An Ell of Linen is worth four or
five Crowns; for they have no Hemp or Flax, but
ſtore of Cotton: and one Sheep, Lamb or Kid, is
for the fake of the Wool worth three Oxen or
Cows. Tho the Natives, he fays, are fo dull that
they can't do the moſt frivolous thing without di-
rection, yet they are fo good at Imitation, that if
you give them Models, they will make any thing
very well. Thus he fays the Indian Women after
ripping a piece of Bone-Lace with a Needle, will
1
1
GA
make
88
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708. make one by the fame pattern very exactly; and
fo the Men do Trumpets, Hautboys, Organs, or
Watches; and copy Pictures, Printing and Wri-
ting to admiration.
But they are ſo lazy that they muſt be forc'd to
their work by blows, at the direction of the Mif-
fionaries, who tho they convert 'em themſelves,
make them cudgel one another. This they take
very patiently, give no ill Language, but cry
Jefu Maria! and thank the good Fathers into the
bargain for taking fuch care of 'em; ſo that they
have learnt Paffive-Obedience to perfection. But
to make them amends, our Author fays the Miſſio-
naries teach their young ones to dance as well as
to fing in the Church, when they are habited in
rich Apparel: ſo that they are extremely taken
with the Ornaments of our Religion, fays he,
which raiſes in them a high Eſteem and Affection;
and indeed 'twould be a wonder if it fhould not.
The Miffionaries do now take care to inftru&t both
Sexes in all neceffary Employments, Reading,
Writing, &c. They have alfo taught 'em to
make Images, eſpecially of our Lady of Ottingen,
and very good reafon, for if we believe Sepp, fhe
has done abundance of Miracles there. The Fa-
thers wear Caps like a Biſhop's, and black Linen
Caffocks when they go abroad; and instead of
Canes ufe Croffes, which have a peculiar Virtue to
knock Serpents o' the head.
The Soil is fo fruitful that it produces a hun-
dred fold, tho forrily manur'd. The Natives fow
nothing but Turky Wheat, and fcarce enough of
that, they are fo lazy and are likewife fuch
bad Husbands, that they would eat all at once,
did not the Miffionary force 'em to lay it up in his
Barn, where he diſtributes it to 'em as they want,
and fo he does their Flefh. They have no Mills,
but pound their Wheat in a Mortar, and make it
into
Account of the River La Plata.
89
into Cakes which they bake on Coals, or boil with 1708.
their Meat. The Fathers have white Bread for n
themſelves, which the Natives value fo much, that
they will give two or three Horſes for a Loaf; and
of these the Miffionaries have good ſtore, for
they have always 40 or 50 Acres fow'd with
Wheat for themfelves: Land, Corn, Cattel, and
every thing is theirs; fo that they call all the Peo-
ple their Sons and Daughters, and perhaps there's
juft caufe enough to give many of 'em that Title.
Thefe Lords Proprietors affign every Family their
number of Cows and Oxen to till their Ground,
and to eat; tho one would think they might have
enough for the taking, without asking any body's
leave and yet our Father ſays he has been forc'd
to chide his Parishioners for killing and eating
their Oxen, and roaſting them with their wooden
Plows in the very Field while they were tilling
the Ground; for which they pleaded in excuſe
that they and their Wives were hungry and wea-
ry: and yet there was no great reafon for the lat
ter, fince their Plows, fays our Author, don't en-
ter abové three inches into the Ground. They
need no Hay for their Cattel, fince they go up to
the knees in Grafs all the year. This is the way
of living in thofe Cantons, which the Miffionaries
call Reductions, becauſe, if you'll believe 'em,
they have reduc'd them to Chriſtianity by their
Preaching, tho the Spaniards could never do it by
their Arms.
Our Linguiſt told me that the Road from Buenos-
Ayres to Chili is only paffable in the Summer
Months, when Commodities are purchas'd at that
Town, and tranſported by Land to Chili.
On that Road about 100 Leagues N. W. from
Buenos-Ayres lies the City of Cordoua, which is the
See of a Biſhop, has ten Churches, and an Uni-
yerfity. Twas founded in 1573. fays F. Techo,
by
99
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708. by a Native of Cordoua in Old Spain, when there
were 60000 Archers reckon'd in its Territory, a-
bout 800g of whom continu'd in fubjection, but
the others revolted. 'Tis now the Metropolis of
the Province, and the Jefuits have a Chappel in
their College there, which for Riches and Beauty
may vie with the beſt in Europe. The Natives of
this Country were very barbarous, made ufe of
Sorcery to fatisfy their Revenge, and of Philtres
of their own Blood to gratify their Luft. Both
Sexes daub'd their Faces with ftrange Colours,
and each Village was govern'd by a Sorcerer, who
pretended to be their Physician. To fhew their
Courage, they would draw Arrows thro the Skins
of their Bellies, and they fought Duels with fharp
Stones, ftanding foot to foot, and holding down
their Heads to receive the Blows from one ano-
ther by turns. He that truck firſt was reckon'd
the moſt fearful: It was accounted diſgraceful to
drefs their Wounds, and the Conqueror was ap-
plauded by hideous Shouts from the Spectators.
Twas a long time before the Miffionaries could
reform those barbarous Cuſtoms.
Another Town on this Road is Mendofa, where
they make large quantities of Wine, Brandy, and
Oil.
So much for that part of this vaft Country which
lies towards Chili and Brazile: I fhall next come
to that part which lies towards Peru, and parti-
cularly the Road to Potofi and the Mines.
Santa Fe is the next Spanish Settlement of note
to Buenos-Ayres, from which it lies 80 Leagues
N W. at the mouth of a River which falls into
I a Plata. The Country betwixt this Town and
1 uenos-Ayres is fruitful, well inhabited by Spa-
iards and Indians, and produces Wheat from forty
to an hundred fold, and abounds with Cattel.
The Town is encompafs'd with a River, and built
of
Account of the River La Plata.
91
of Brick. Our Prifoners and Linguift told us that 1708.
there are Mines of Gold and Silver in the Neigh-
bourhood, but the Spaniards don't care to open them,
becauſe the Conveniency of failing up the River
might encourage Enemies to invade and take them
from 'em. This Town was built by the Spaniards
when they firſt ſettled, for the Defence of this River. ·
St. Fago de l'Iftero 200 Leagues NW. from San-
ta-Ee, is a pretty Town govern'd by a Corregi-
dore, has three Churches, and lies on the River
that runs down to Santa-Fe. Hither the Plate is
brought from Potofi on Mules, becauſe the Roads
are bad; and from hence it is carry'd to Buenos-
Ayres by Waggons. Next to this Town lies St.
Miquel de Toloman 200 Leagues NW. Then Salta
150 Leagues. This Town contains fix Churches.
Then Ogui 50 Leagues further, which has five
Churches.
Potoft is next, lies N. of the Tropick of Capri-
corn about S. Lat. 21. Long. 73. Our Linguiſt
tells us the City is large, has ten Churches go-
vern'd by an Arch-Prieft. The Town ftands at
the bottom of that call'd the Silver Hill, which is
round like a Sugar-Loaf. There are 1500 or 2000
Indians conftantly at work in the Mines here; they
have two Reals a day, and are paid every Sunday.
The Mines are a hundred fathom deep, and the
Silver is grown much ſcarcer of late. Proviſions
are ſcarce at this Town, and they have no Firing
but Charcoal, which is brought from 30 to 50 Ls.
diſtance. They have great Frofts and Snow here
in May, June, and July. Knivet in his Remarks
fays, in his time they were well fupply'd here with
all things from the South-Sea, and that the Natives
in the adjoining Country traffick'd in Gold and
precious Stones; and hundreds of 'em ply'd upon
the Road to carry Paffengers from Town to Town
in Nets faften'd to Canes, and fupported by two
or
92
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1
1708. or more Men; which was the eafieft way of tra-
velling, and they defir'd no other Reward but a
Fish-Hook and a few Glafs-Beads. They have alfo
Sheep of an extraordinary Size, with large Tails,
upon which they carry'd Jars of Oil and Wine:
He fays the rich Oar when taken out of theſe
Mines looks like Black Lead, then they grind it by
certain Engines, and wash it thro fine Sieves into
pav'd Cisterns. They make the Indians and other
Slaves work quite naked in the Mines, that they
mayn't hide any thing.
The Curious who would know more of the Man-
ners of the Natives, or the Hiſtory and particular
Product of this large Country, may find it in
Gemelli, Father Sepp, and Father Techo; but this
is enough for my purpoſe, to fhew what a vaſt
Field of Trade may be open'd here, and how dan-
gerous it may prove to all Europe, if the Houſe of
Bourbon continue poffefs'd of that Trade.
Some being of Opinion that our South-Sea Com-
pany may poffefs themfelves, by virtue of the late
Act, of the River de la Plata, as far up that River
and Country as they pleaſe, either in the Provinces
of Paraguay or Tucuman; Ifhall give a further De-
fcription of thoſe large Provinces, after taking no-
tice that according to feveral of our Draughts Para-
guay lies both on the E. and W. fide of the River La
Plata, according to others, entirely on the E. fide,
and Tucuman on the W, fide. The Sanfons make
Paraguay 720 miles from S. to N. and 480, where
broadeft, from E. to W. and place it betwixt S.
Lat. 14&24. Long. 315 & 325. but the Breadth
is not equal. Father Techo fays the River Para-
guay, which gives name to the Country, is one of
the greateſt in America, receives feveral other
large Rivers, runs 300 Leagues before it falls into
the Parana, about 200 from the Sea is navigable,
and
}
Account of the River La Plata.
93
and together with the Parana forms the River La 1708.
Plata. The word Paraguay in the Language of the,
Country fignifies the Crown'd River, becauſe the
Inhabitants wear Crowns of Feathers of feveral
beautiful Colours, which they have from the Birds
that abound in that Country. I fhall not infiſt
upon the feveral Nations that inhabit it, among
whom the Garanians are the chief, and fubmitted
first to the Spaniards; but growing weary of the
Slavery they fubjected them to, revolted, and
were with much difficulty fubdu'd after their Lea-
ders were cut off, about 1539. The chief Diſco-
very of this Country is owing to Dominick Irala,
who in the Reign of the Emperor Charles V. was
fent by the Governour Alvar Nunez Cabeca de
Vaca with 300 chofen Men, and went 250 Leagues
up this River, to endeavour a Communication
with Peru, but was oppos'd by fome of the Na-
tives, of whom 4000 were kill'd, and 3000 taken
in a Battel. The Governour went afterwards on
the Diſcovery himſelf, and failing up the River,
came to a delicious Ifland, which his Men call'd
Paradife, and would have fettled there, but he
diffuaded them, and advancing to the Borders of
Peru, found a large Town of 8000 Houfes de-
ferted by the Inhabitants, who were affrighted
with the ngife of the Spanish Fire-Arms. 'Tis
faid they found in this Town a great Market-
place, with a wooden Tower in form of a Pyra-
mid built in the middle, and a monftrous Serpent
kept in it by which the Devil pronounc'd Oracles:
this Serpent they kill'd with their Fire-Arms. But
a Difference happening betwixt the Officers and
Soldiers about dividing the Booty, they return'd
to Affumption without purfuing the Diſcovery any
further.
This Province, till that of Tucuman was taken
from it, contain'd all the Country betwixt Brazile
and
94
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
}
1708. and Peru. Our Author adds, that befides the
Towns above-mention'd the Spaniards built here
Corientes on the Conflux of the Paraguay and Para-
na, which is but a fmall Town, no way fuiting the
Dignity of those two Rivers: That 100 Leagues
up the Parana, in the Province of Guirana, the
Spaniards built two little Towns call'd Villarica
and Guaira; that on the upper part of the Para-
guay they built Xeres and another Villarica, to join
Paraguay on that fide to the further Provinces;
and laftly, the City of Conception on the Marthes
of the red River which falls into Parana, and was
of great uſe to curb the fierce Nations in the
Neighbourhood. He adds, that all thefe Towns
were firſt planted by a Race of the nobleſt Families
in Spain. He mentions an extraordinary Herb
here call'd Paraguay by the name of the Country;
it grows in marshy Grounds, and the Leaves being
dry'd and powder'd, and mix'd with warm Wa-
ter, the Spaniards and Natives drink it ſeveral
times a day, which makes them vomit, and ftreng-
thens their Appetite. They look upon it as a
fort of Catholicon, ufe it fo much that they can't
live without it; and this Cuftom has fo much
overſpread the neighbouring Provinces, that the
Inhabitants will fell any thing to purchaſe it, tho
the exceſſive Uſe of it occafions the fame Diſtem-
pers as the immoderate Uſe of Wine. They did
fo fatigue the Natives to gather and powder this
Herb, that multitudes of 'em died; and this,
with other flavish Employments, did much dif-
people the Country. The Natives live moftly by
Fishing, Hunting, and Shooting.
Tucuman is 300 Leagues long, but varies much
in breadth. 'Tis inhabited by four Nations: The
furtheft South have no fix'd Dwellings, live by Fifh-
ing and Hunting, and carry about Mats to ferve
them for Tents. The North People live in
t
Marſhes,
Account of the River La Plata.
95
Marſhes, and feed moft on Fish. The Southern 1708.
People are the talleft, but the Northern the
fierceft; and many of them live in Caves, but
thoſe neareſt Peru in Villages. They are all very
flothful, and have ftore of Brafs and Silver, but
make little ufe of them. They have large Sheep
which carry their Burdens, and their Wool is al-
moft as fine as Silk. They have many Lions, not
fo large and fierce as thofe of Africa, but their Ty-
gers are fiercer than thofe of other Countries.
Their two chief Rivers are Dulce and Salado, fo
call'd from 'the fweet and falt Taſte of their Wa-
ters. They have multitudes of Springs and Lakes,
fome of which have a petrifying quality. The
Country was formerly very populous, but their
Numbers are much decreas'd fince the Spaniards
planted among them. They easily fubdu'd this
Country, which was govern'd, by abundance of
petty Princes continually at war with one another.
This Province was firft difcover'd in 1530. by one
Cafar a Soldier belonging to Sebaftian Cabot, and
three more, at the time when Pizarro took Ataba-
lipa the Great In
of Peru. In 1540. the Vice-
roy of Peru, Vaca de Caftro, affign'd this Country
to John Rojas as a Reward for his Services. He
went thither with 200 Spaniards, but was kill'd on
the Frontiers by a poifon'd Arrow, and his Men
under Francis Mendoza march'd thro to the River
of Plate. Mendoza being kill'd as going up that
River by Mutineers, John Nunez Prada was fent
hither by the Viceroy Peter Gaſca, ſubdu'd the
Indians, built the Town of St. Michel on the Banks
of the River Efcava, and fettled Fryars there.
This Province was afterwards fubjected to Chili;
and Francis d' Acquire being fent thither with 200
Spaniards, deftroy'd St. Michel, and built St, Jago,
now the Metropolis of Tucuman, on the River
Dulce, in S. Lat. 28. fays Techo, but others place
A
it
96
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
}
1708. it on the River Salado. 'Tis the fame Town I
have already defcrib'd. In 1558. Tarita being
made Governour of this Province, built the City
of London near the Borders of Chili, about Lat. 29.
calling it fo out of compliment to Q. Mary of
England, at that time marry'd to Philip II. of
Spain. This Town ferv'd to curb the Natives.
Tarita did likewife rebuild St. Michel, and reduc'd
the Country ſo much, that 80000 Indians who ſub-
mitted to Spain were muſter'd in the Territory of
St. Fago. The Spaniards, as was ufual in thoſe days,
fighting with one another about the Command of
the Provinces, Tarita was drove out in 1561. by
Caftaneda; fo that moſt of the Natives revolted,
till 1563. that Francis d'Acquire reduc'd 'em again,
and built Efteco above-mention'd. But the Spa-
niards contending afterwards with one another
about the Government, many of their Settlements
were deftroy'd; fo that in Techo's time the chief
Places remaining in this Country were St. Jago,
Cordoua, St. Michel, Salta or Lerma, Xuxui or St.
Salvador, Rioja, Efteco or Nuestra Senora de Tala-
vera, London, and a few other fmall Garifons.
He fays that in this Country it does not rain in
Winter, but in Summer they have thick Mifts
and Rains enough. The Jefuits are the chief Mif-
fionaries here, and fettled in the principal Towns.
He adds, that near the City Conception, which is
ninety Leagues from St. Fago, the Natives were
call'd Frontones, becauſe they made the Fore-part
of their Heads bald. Their Arms were a Club at
their Girdle, Bows and Arrows, and Staves fet
with Jaw-bones of Fishes. They went naked,
and painted their Bodies to make them look ter-
rible. They were continually at War among
themſelves about the Limits of their Land, and
they fix'd the Bodies of their flain Enemies in
Rows
"Account of the River La Plata.
97
Rows to the Trunks of Trees, that others might 1708.
be afraid of invading their Borders.
He adds, that the Country about St. Michael is
well peopled, abounds with Woods, and all forts of
European and other Fruits, fo that it was call'd The
Land of Promife, but they are much infefted with
Tygers, which the Natives kill with great dexterity.
Guaira a Province of Paraguay is very hot, becauſe
for the moſt part under the Tropick of Capricorn;
is very fruitful, but fubject to Fevers and other Dif-
éafes yet when the Spaniards came hither in 1550.
they are ſaid to have found 300000 People in this
Country, but they ſay there's ſcarce a fifth part of
that number now; and the Natives very mifera-
ble, having no Meat but the Flesh of wild Beaſts,
nor Bread but what they make of the Root Man
diofa. There are Stones here which breed in an
oval Stone-Cafe, about the bignefs of a Man's
Head. Our Author fays, they lie under ground,
and when they come to maturity, break with a
noife like Bombs, and ſcatter abundance of beau-
tiful Stones of all colours; which at firſt the Spa
niards took to be of great Value, but did not find
'em fo. The other remarkable Product of this
Country is a Flower call'd Granadillo, which the
Jefuit fays reprefents the Inftrument of our Sa-
viour's Paffion, and produces a Fruit as big as a
common Egg, the Infide of which is very deli-
cious. 2. A Fruit call'd Guembe, which is very
fweet, but has yellow Kernels, which if chew'd,
occafions a fharp Pain in the Jaws. 3. Dates, of
which they make Wine and Pottage. 4. Wild
Swine which have their Navel on their backs, and
if not cut off immediately when the Beaſt is kill'd,
corrupts the whole Carcafe. 5. Abundance of
wild Bees, feveral forts of which yield ſtore of
Honey and Wax. 6. Snakes which dart from the
Trees, and twift themſelves about Men or Beafts,
H
and
98
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708. and foon kill 'em if they be not immediately cut
in pieces. 7. Macaqua Birds, fo call'd becaufe of
an Herb which they eat as an Antidote when hurt
by Snakes, which lie and watch for them in the
Marfhes. They frequently fight thofe Snakes, for
which Nature has provided them with fharp
Beaks for a Weapon, and ftrong Wings to ferve
them as a Buckler. Our Author mentions the
River Paranapan, which runs thro this Country,
is almoſt as large as the Paraguay, and falls into
the Parana. Its Banks on both fides are cover'd
with tall Trees, efpecially Cedars, of fo vaft a
Bulk that they make Canoes out of a fingle Trunk,
which row with twenty Oars. The Jefuits built
the Towns of Loretto and St. Ignatius, and two
more near the Conflux of this River and the Py-
rapus, about 1610. and eleven more have fince been
built in that Province, where they have brought
over many of the Inhabitants to their Religion.
They kill'd many of the Spaniards at first, and then
eat them. Thefe Towns are plac'd by the Sanfons
about Lat. 22. and betwixt Long. 325, and 330.
4
Our Author not being diftinct in defcribing the
Provinces of Paraguay and Tucuman, but fome-
times confounding one with the other, I fhall
only add a few things more relating to thofe Coun-
tries in general. He mentions a People call'd
Guaicureans who live on the Banks of Paraguay
near the City Affumption, maintain themſelves by
Fishing and Hunting, and eat all manner of Ser-
pents and wild Beafts without hurt. They have
Tents of Mats, which they remove at pleaſure.
They dawb one fide of their Bodies with ftinking
Colours, fcarify their Faces to make them look
terrible, fuffer no Hair to grow on their Bodies;
and inſtead of a Beard faften a Stone of a finger's
length to their Chin, and make their Deformity
the Standard of their Valour. Their chief De-
.h
light
Account of the River La Plata.
99
light is in Drunkennefs and War; and to acquire 1708.
the Title and Dignity of Soldiers, they muft en-
dure to have their Legs, Thighs, Tongues, &c.
bored with an Arrow; and if they flinch in the
leaſt, are not allow'd that Quality: and therefore
they inure their Children from their Youth to all
forts of Hardfhip, and to run Thorns and Briars
into their Flesh by way of Paftime. They honour
their Commanders fo much, that when they fpit
they receive it into their hands, ftand about them
when they eat, and obferve all their Motions.
They chofe to fight by night, becauſe they knew
nothing of Order, but made their Onfets like
Beafts. They either kill'd or fold their Prifoners,
if at Man's Eſtate, and the young ones they bred
in their own way. They lurk'd in Marthes and
Woods by day, keeping Spies abroad; and thus
they plagu'd the Spaniards for above a hundred
years, till they were civiliz'd by fome Miffionaries.
They would not allow their Women to paint
with a Clay-colour till they had taſted human
Flesh; and therefore when they kill'd Enemies,
would divide them among the young Women, or
give them the Corpfe of their own Dead. They
planted Trees over their Graves, adorn'd them
with Oſtrich Feathers, and met there at certain
times, howling in a moft barbarous manner, and
performing many lewd and hellish Ceremonies.
They worship Parrots as Gods, and have a ſort of
Bears call'd Ant-Bears: They have long Heads,
Snouts much longer than thofe of Swine, and
Tongues like Spears, which they thrust into the
Ant-Hills, and lick up thofe Infects, which are as
big as the top of one's finger, and being toafted
over the fire, are eat by the Natives and Spaniards
too as a Dainty.
•
Father Techo mentions another People nam'd
Calchaquins in this Country, whom he fuppofes to
H 2
have
100 A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1708. have been of Jewish Defcent, becaufe when the
Spaniards came first here, they found that many
of them had Jewish Names, and fomething of
their Habit and Cuftoms. Our Author draws a
Parallel in feveral Inftances; but this, as well as
his Arguments to prove that St. Thomas the Apo-
ftle planted Chriftianity in this Country, will
ſcarce obtain Credit among the Learned. I refer
the Curious who would know more of thoſe things
to our Author, who brings down what he calls
the Hiftory of this Country as low as 1645. which
is the lateſt Account we have yet printed, except
Father Sepp's abovemention'd, which brings it to
1691. of which I have given the Subftance al-
ready.
Before I go further, I fhall give fome account of
the River Aranoca or Oronoco, which is the Nor-
thern Boundary of our South-Sea Company's Li-
mits. The Head of it, according to our Maps, is
about N. Lat. 3. and in Long. 77. It runs Eaft-
ward about 840 miles, about 60 miles N. of the
Equator, then runs N. about 420. and turning
NE. about 120, falls into the Sea about N. Lat. 9.
So that its whole Courſe is about 1380 miles, in-
cluding Turnings and Windings; for it runs al-
moft the whole Breadth of that part of America,
fince it rifes within 160 miles of the South-Sea.
Mr. Sparrey, who was left in the adjoining Coun-
try by Sir Walter Raleigh in 1595. gives the fol-
lowing Account of this River. He fays it is alfo
call'd Barequan, is a great River, and others call
it Paria. It falls into the Sea by fixteen Mouths;
but according to Sanfons Map, what Sparrey calls
Mouths are a number of Iſlands which lie near the
Shore at the Entrance of the River, and the chief
of thoſe Mouths nam'd Capuri lies furtheft South.
They fay it has 9 foot water at full Sea, and but 5
at Ebb: It flows but a ſmall time, when it rifes a-
расе,
Account of the River Oronoco.
101
1
pace, and the Ebb continues 8 hours. There are 1708.
ſeveral other ways of entring this River, for
which I refer to Sparrey; as alfo for the other Ri-
vers which fall into it on both fides. He at-
tempted a Paſſage to Peru this way, but in vain.
He fays that in this Search he enter'd the great
River Papemena, which is fix Leagues broad, and
came to a pleaſant Iſland call'd Athul, where the
Climate is temperate, the Ifland is well water'd,
and abounds with Fish, Fowls, and other Animals
for Food. It has many Woods that abound with
delicate Fruit all the Year. There's ftore of Cot-
ton, Balfam, Brazile Wood, Lignum Vita, Cy-
prefs Trees, feveral Minerals and fine Stones, but
for want of Skill he could not judg of the Value
of 'em. This Ifland was not then inhabited, be-
cauſe of the Cannibals nam'd Caribbes in the Neigh
bourhood. He is of opinion, that Weftward
from Oronoco Gold might be found; but it was
dangerous to go far into the Country, becauſe the
Natives were continually in Arms, He adds, that
in the Country of Curaa, part of the Province of
Guiana, which lies on the S. and E. of Oronoco,
there was plenty of Gold; but it was dangerous
feeking for it in, the Sands of the Rivers, becauſe
of Crocodiles. He talks alfo of Pearl or Topazes
found here, but dubiouſly. At Camalaba South of
Oronoco, he fays, there was then a Fair for Women
Slaves, where he bought 8 for a coarfe red-hafted
Knife, the eldeſt of whom was not above 18 years
old. The Inhabitants, he fays, are generally
fwarthy. We have few modern Accounts of this
River, becauſe it is not much frequented for
Trade; and therefore I fhall fay no more of it,
but return to my Journal.
་
.
Nothing remarkable happen'd till Decemb. 6.
when we had clofe cloudy Weather, with Showers;
H 3
Wind
102
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1708. Wind at E by N. We faw a large Bird call'd Al-
The Bird Catros, who fpread their Wings from eight to ten
foot wide, and are much like a Gannet.
Alcatros.
Dec. 7. Rainy Weather, with Thunder and
Lightning, a brisk Gale from E by N. to NE.
This day I remov'd one of the Boatswain's Mates,
and put Rob. Hollanby one of our beft Sailots in his
place.
Dec. 10. Yeſterday I exchang'd Benjamin Long,
one of the Boatfwain's Mates, with Tho. Hughes
Boatswain's Mate on board the Dutchefs; he being
mutinous there, they were willing to be rid of
him.
Dec. 13. We had a ftrong Gale of Wind at
SW. Yeſterday in the Afternoon we reef'd our
Main-Sail, which was the first time fince we left
England.
Į
Dec.15. The Colour of the Water being chang'd
very much, we founded, but had no Ground: fo
that this Change is probably occafion'd by the na-
ture of the Ground at bottom. We find it much
colder in this Lat. which is 43. 30 S. than in the
like degree N. tho the Sun was in its furtheft Ex-
tent to the Southward: which may be afcrib'd
partly to our coming newly out of warmer Climates,
which made us more fenfible of the Cold; or 'tis
probable the Winds blow over larger Tracts of
Ice than in the fame Degrees of N. Latitude.
Dec. 18. Cold hazy rainy Weather. Yesterday
in the Afternoon one of the Dutchess's Men fell
out of the Mizen-Top down on the Quarter-Deck,
and broke his Skull: They defir'd the Advice of
our Surgeon, and I went on board with our two,
where they examin'd the Wound, but found the
Man irrecoverable; fo that he died, and was bu-
ried next day. Brisk Gales from the W N W. to
the W by S.
Dec. 19.
From Grande towards Juan Fernandez.
103
mo
Uncommon
Porpules.
Dec. 19. Cold airy Weather: We faw feveral 1708.
Grampuffes, and a great number of uncommon
fort of Porpuffes, black on their Back and Fins,
and white underneath, with fharp white Nofes;
they often leap'd a good height out of the Water,
turning their white Bellies uppermoft: they were
much of the fhape and bignefs of our Porpuffes.
We alſo ſaw many Seals.
Dec. 20. This day, according to what our Com-
mittee agreed at Grande, we exchang'd Mr. Van-
brugh for Mr. Bath Agent of the Dutchefs. Ealy
Gales of Wind, but very veerable. This morn-
ing at four we had a very thick Fog, when we
were caught in Stays, and loft fight of the
Dutchess, tho we made all the noife agreed on be-
tween us. At nine a clock it clear'd up, being
very little Wind, and we were within a League
of them.
Déc. 21. Eafy Gales of Wind, but very veer-
able. We have feen a deal of Rock-Weed for
fome days paſt, of a great length and generally
round in large Branches. Lat. 48. 50. S.
Dec, 22. Fair Weather with Rain, Wind very
veerable. The Water is generally difcolour'd.
We had a good Obferv. Lat. 49, 32. S.
I
•
î
Dec. 23. At ten this morning we faw Land,
bearing SS E. dift. 9 Ls. It appear'd firft in three,
afterwards in feveral more Iſlands. At twelve it
bore S. W. the Weft End dift. 6 Ls. a long
Tract of Land. We faw most of that which ap-
pear'd at firft to be Iſlands, join with the low
Lands. The Wind being, Wefterly, and blowing
freſh, we could not weather it; but was forc'd to
bear away and run along Shore from 3 to 4 Ls. diſt.
It lay as near as we could gueſs ENE. and WSW. Falk-
This is Falkland's Land, defcrib'd in few Draughts, land's
and none lay it down right, tho the Latitude a-
Iflands.
grées pretty well. The middle of it lies in Lati-
H 4
tude
104
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708. tude 51.00. S. and I make the Longitude of it to
be 61.54. Weft from London. The two Iflands
extend about two Degrees in Length, as near as I
could judg by what I faw.
Dec. 24. Laft night we reef'd both Courſes; it
blowing ſtrong, lay by from eight till three in the
Morning, with our Heads to Northward, Wind
at W by S. becauſe we could not tell how far
Falkland Iſlands ran to the Eaftward. Between
two and three a clock yeſterday in the Afternoon
we ran by a high round large white remarkable
Rock, which appear'd by it felf near 3 Ls, with-
out the Land, which is not unlike Portland, but
not fo high, and the Rock like that call'd the
Fastnefte to the Weftward of Cape Clear in Ireland.
At four yeſterday in the Afternoon the North-
Eaft End bore SE by S. 7 Ls. the white Rock
bore S. 3 Ls. At fix the Eaſtermoft Land in fight
bore SE. 7 Ls. All this Land appear'd with gen-
tle Deſcents from Hill to Hill, and feem'd to be
good Ground, with Woods and Harbours. At
three a clock we made fail, fteering SE. Lat. 52. S.
Dec. 25. Yeſterday Noon we faw the Land a-
gain, and find it to trim away Southerly from
the white Rock. Aftrong Gale of Wind at SW.
At fix a clock in the Evening we loft fight of the
Land, but could not come near enough to fee if
it was inhabited; and fpy'd a Sail under our Lee-
Bow bearing S E, from us, dift. about 4 Ls. We
immediately let our Reefs out, chas'd and got
ground of her apace: we kept fight till ten at
night, when we loft her. We spoke with our
Confort, and were both of opinion that the Chafe
would, as foon as fhe loft fight of us, if home-
ward bound, bear away to the Northward; fo we
ran North till Dawning: then we ſtood to the
Weſtward till it was light, and our Confort kept
on with an eafy Sail. When it was full light we
faw
From Grande towards Juan Fernandez.
105
faw nothing, being thick hazy Weather: we bore 1708.
away, and were with our Confort again by five a
clock. Between fix and ſeven it clear'd up: we
faw the Chafe bearing about S by E. between 3
and 4 Ls. from us. It falling calm, we both got
out our Oars, row'd and tow'd, with our Boats
a-head, and made pretty good way; had a ſmall
Breeze at North, fo we fet all the Sail we could,
and by twelve a clock had gain'd very much ground
of the Chafe. We had an Obferv. Lat. 52. 40.
Dec. 26, We kept on rowing and towing till
about fix in the Evening; and perceiving we ap-
proach'd her, I went in the Boat to ſpeak with
Capt. Courtney, and agree how to engage her, if a
great Ship, as fhe appear'd to be; and alfo ad-
jufted Signals, if either of us fhould find it pro-
per to board her in the night. I return'd aboard
as foon as poffible, when we had a fine Breeze: we
got in our Boats and Qars, and made all poſſible
Sail after the Chafe, kept in fight of her till paft
ten a clock, bearing SS W. of us, when it came
on thick again; we kept her open on the Larboard,
and the Dutchess on the Starboard-Bow, and being
fhort Nights, we thought it impoffible to lofe one
another. At one a clock this Morning my Offi-
cers perfuaded me to fhorten Sail, telling me we
fhould lofe our Confort if we kept on: I was pre-
vail'd with to do fo, and in the Morning had a
very thick Fog, fo that I could fee neither our
Confort nor Chafe till an hour after 'twas full
Light. When it clear'd up, we faw our Confort
on our Larboard-Bow; we fir'd a Gun for her to
bear down, but immediately we faw the Chafe a-
head of her about four miles, which gave us new
Life, We forthwith hal'd up for them; but the
Wind foon veering a-head, had a great difad-
vantage in the Chafe. We ran at a great rate,
being ſmooth Water; but it coming on to blow
more
106
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708: more and more, the Chafe outbore our Confort:
fo fhe gave off, and being to Windward, came
down very melancholy to us, fuppofing the Chafe
to have been a French homeward-bound Ship from
the South-Stas. Thus this Ship efcap'd; which,
confidering that we always out-went her before,
is as ftrange as our firft feeing of her in this place,
becauſe all Ships that we have heard of bound out
or home this way, kept within Falkland's Inland.
At twelve a clock we faw a little plain low Iſland,
which bore W NW. dift. 4Ls. not mark'd in any
of our Charts. The Wind has been very veerable
fince fix a clock laſt night, from the NNE. to the
S. where it now is. Lat. 53. 11. S.
1703.
Dec. 27. Strong Gales, with Squalls from the
South to the Weft. The Dutchess put her Guns
into the Hold again, that ſhe took up in the Chafe.
Yeſterday at two in the Afternoon we put about,
and ſtood off to the Eastward from the little low
Ifland: becauſe we could but juft weather it, we
were not willing to come too near it. Lat. 54.
15. S.
1
Déc. 30. Fresh Gales of Wind' at Weft, hazy
Weather mix'd with fmall Rain. We had an Ob-
ferv. Lat. 58, 20.
January 1. Freſh Gales of Wind from the W N
W. to the WSW. with Fogs, but indifferent
fmooth Water. This being New-Year's Day, e-
very Officer was wish'd a merry New-Year by our
Mufick; and I had a large Tub of Punch hot upon
the Quarter-Deck, where every Man in the Ship
had above a Pint to his fhare, and drank our
Owners and Friends Healths in Great Britain, to
a happy new Year, a good Voyage, and a fafe Re-
turn. We bore down to our Confort, and gave
them three Huzza's, wiſhing them the like.
Fan. 2. Fresh Gales from the WS W. to the
NW. with Fogs. Clothes and Liquor were now
an
From Grande towards Juan Fernandez.
107
an excellent Commodity amongst our Ships Com- 170.
pany, who are but meanly ftor'd: We had fix Tay-
lor's at work for feveral weeks to make them
Clothing, and pretty well fupply'd their Wants
by the ſpare Blankets and red Clothes belonging
to the Owners; and what every Officer could
fpare, was alter'd for the Mens Ufe. The like was
done on board the Dutchefs.
Fan. 5. Juft paft twelve Yeſterday it came on to
blow ftrong: We got down our Fore-Yard, and
reef'd our Fore-Sail and Main-Sail ; but there
came on a violent Gale of Wind, and a great Sea.
A little before fix we ſaw the Dutchefs lowering
her Main-Yard: the Tack flew up, and the Lift
unreev'd, fo that the Sail to Leeward was in the
water and all a-back, their Ship took in a great
deal of Water to Leeward; immediately they
laos'd their Sprit-Sail, and wore her before the
Wind I wore after her, and came as near as I
could to 'em, expecting when they had gotten
their Main-Sail ftow'd they would take another
Reef in, and bring to again under a two-reef'd
Main-Sail, and reef'd and ballanc'd Mizen, if the
Ship would not keep to without it: but to my
furprize they kept fcudding to the Southward. I
dreaded running amongſt Ice, becauſe it was ex-
ceffive cold; fo I fir'd a Gun as a Signal for them
to bring to, and brought to our felves again un-
der the fame reef'd Main-Sail. They kept on,
and our Men on the look-out told me they had an
Enfign in their Maintop-Maft Shrouds as a Signal
of Diftrefs, which made me doubt they had fprung
their Main-Maft; fo I wore again, our Ship work-
ing exceeding well in this great Sea. Juft before
night I was up with them again, and fet our Fore-
Sail twice reef'd to keep 'em Company, which I
did all night. About three this morning it grew
more moderate; we foon after made a Signal to
ſpeak
108
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
8
170 fpeak with them, and at five they brought to:
when I came within haile, I enquir'd how they all
did aboard; they anfwer'd, they had fhip'd a
great deal of Water in lying by, and were forc'd
to put before the Wind, and the Sea had broke in
the Cabin-Windows, and over their Stern, filling
their Steerage and Waſte,and had like to have ſpoil'd
feveral Men; but God be thank'd all was otherwiſe
indifferent well with 'em, only they were intolera-
bly cold, and every thing wet. At ten we made
fail, Wind at WNW. and moderate. Lat. 60. 58.
Jan. 6. Raw cold Weather, with fome Rain. A
great Sea from the N W. little Wind from the
NNW. to the Weft. I and Capt. Dampier went
in the Yall on board the Dutchefs, to visit 'em after
this Storm; where we found 'em in a very orderly
pickle, with all their Clothes drying, the Ship and
Rigging cover'd with them from the Deck to the
Main-Top: They got fix more Guns into the
Hold, to make the Ship lively.
•
Jan. 7. Fresh Gales of Wind, with hazy Wea-
ther and fome fmall Rain. Yeſterday about three
in the Afternoon John Veale a Landman died,having
lain ill a Fortnight, and had a Swelling in his
Legs ever fince he left Grande. At nine laſt night
we bury'd him; this is the firſt that died by Sick-
nefs out of both Ships fince we left England. Se-
veral of the Dutchefs's Men had contracted Illness
by the Wet and Cold. Wind from the N N W.
to the WNW.
Jan. 10. Strong Gales of Wind, with Squalls of
Rain and Hail, and a great Sea from the W. We
lay by with our Head to the Southward till 12 laſt
night, then came to fail under three-reef'd Courſes,
and fometimes the Maintop-Sail low fet, Wind from
the W. to the N. and thence to the N. W. We
have no Night here. Lat. 61. 53. Long. W. from
Lond. 79.58. being the furtheft we run this way,
and
Account of the Diſcovery of the South-Sea.
109
and for ought we know the furtheft that any one 170
has yet been to the Southward.
Jan. 14. Moderate Gales with cloudy Weather,
Wind veerable. This day the Dutchess bury'd a
Man that died of the Scurvy.
Fan. 15. Cloudy Weather, with Squalls of Rain,
freſh Gales at SW. We had an Obferv. Lat. 56. S.
We now account our felves in the South-Sea, be-
ing got round Cape Horne. The French Ships that
came firſt to trade in thefe Seas came thro the
Straits of Magellan: but Experience has taught
them fince, that it is the beſt Paffage to go round
Cape Horne, where they have Sea-room enough;
the Straits being in many places very narrow,
with ſtrong Tides and no Anchor-ground.
Here I think it proper to give an Account of
the firſt Diſcovery of the South-Sea, of the Paſſage
to it by the Straits of Magellan, of the chief of
thoſe who have pafs'd thofe Straits, and a fhort
Deſcription of the Country on both fides of 'em.
An Account of the Discovery of the South-Sea,
and of the Straits of Magellan, &c. from
Ovalle and other Authors.
T
a
HE firft European who difcover'd the South-
Sea, was Bafco or Vafco Nunes de Balboa a Spa-
niard, in 1513. He was the first who landed on the
Ifthmus of Darien, and made war with their Ca-
ciques or Princes; who not being able to refift his
Fire-Arms, and perceiving that the chief Defign
of the Spaniards was to find Gold, one of the Ca-
ciques told Vafco, that fince they were fo fond of
that which he and his Countrymen valu'd fo little,
he would conduct them over the Mountains to ano-
ther Sea, upon which they might find a Country
where the People had all their Utenfils of Gold.
This
110
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1
170. This was the first notice the Spaniards had of the
South-Sea. Vafco march'd on till he came near the
top of the higheſt Mountain, where he order'd his
Men to halt, becauſe he would have the honour
of firſt diſcovering that Sea himſelf which having
done, he fell down on his knees and thank'd God
for his Succefs, and call'd it the South-Sea, in op-
poſition to that on the other fide the Continent.
Having pafs'd theſe Mountains, he march'd down
till he came to the Coaſt, and took poſſeſſion of it
in the name of the King of Spain. When he re-
turn'd back, he found a new Spanish Governour in
Darien call'd Pedrarias; who being his Enemy be-
cauſe he envy'd the King's making him Governour
and Admiral of the South-Sea, he falfly accus'd
him of Treafon and cut off his Head, and fent
Gafpar Morales and Francis Pizarro to compleat the
Discovery, with a good number of Men, and large
Dogs that were as terrible to the Indians as the
Spaniards Fire-Arms. Here they difcover'd the
Inle of Pearls, and forc'd the Natives to filh
for them, and then diſcover'd the reſt of the
Coaſt. The firft who found a Paffage from the
North - Sea was Ferdinand Magaillans, who in
1519. fail'd on purpoſe by Commiffion from the
Emperor Charles V. to difcover it. In Lat. 52. S.
he found the Paffage, which from him has been
fince call'd the Straits of Magellan. Pigafetta an
Italian, who made the Voyage with him, fays that
in S. Lat. 49. at Port St. Julian, they found Gi-
ants whofe Waſte a middle-fiz'd Man could fcarce
reach with his Head: they were clad with the
Skins of Beaſts as monftrous as themſelves, arm'd
with huge Bows and Arrows, and of a Strength
proportionable to their Bulk, yet good-natur'd:
One of them feeing himſelf in a Looking-Glafs
on board the Ship, was fo frighten'd that he run
backward, and tumbled down feveral Men that
..
ſtood
Account of the Straits of Magellan.
III
ſtood behind him. The Crew gave Toys to fome
of them, at which being mightily pleas'd, they
fuffer'd them to put Shackles about their Arms
and Legs, which they took for Ornaments; but
when they found themſelves faft, bellow'd like
Bulls. One of them, he fays, made his Eſcape from
nine Men, after they had got him down and ty'd his
hands. Other Voyagers fay they have feen fuch
Giants in thofe parts, particularly Mr. Candifh,
Sebald de Wert in 1599. and Spilberg in 1614. but
the Reader may believe of this Story what he
pleafes. Pigafetta fays the Straits were 110 Ls.
long, in fome places very wide, and in others not
above half a League over. Magaillans pafs'd 'em
in Novemb. 1529. and being overjoy'd, he call'd
the Cape from whence he first faw the South-Sea
the Cape of Defire. After rambling almoſt four
months in the South-Sea, where he ſuffer'd extreme
Want, and loft many of his Men, he fail'd to the
Ladrones Iflands, and foolishly engaging 7000 Na-
tives in Mathan, which is one of them, he was
kill'd. One of his Ships forfook him as he pafs'd
the Straits, and return'd to Spain: of the other
four, only the Ship Victoria return'd to St. Lucar
near Sevil, under the Command of John Sebaftian
Cabot, who was nobly rewarded by the Emperor.
In 153,9. Alonso de Camargo a Spaniard pafs'd the
fame Straits, and arriv'd at the Port of Arequipa
in Peru; but much ſhatter'd, having loft one of
his Ships, and another leaving him, return'd to
Spain. After him feveral other Spaniards pafs'd
the fame way, and they planted a Colony and Ga-
rifon at the North End, to block up the Paffage
to other Nations; but without fuccefs, the Gari-
fon being all ſtarv'd or deftroy'd by the Indians.
The 15th of Novemb. 1577. the famous Sir Fran-
cis Drake fet out from Plymouth with five Sail, and
having touch'd at feveral places by the way, enter'd
the
1703.
n
112
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1703. the Straits the 21st of Auguft following. He found
them very dangerous, becauſe of the many Turn-
ings, contrary Winds, and fudden Blafts from
high Mountains cover'd with Snow on both fides,
and their Tops reaching above the Clouds, and no
anchoring but in fome narrow River or Creek.
The 24th he came to an Iſland in the Straits, where
there were fo many Fowls call'd Penguins, that his
Men kill'd 3000 in a day, which ferv'd them for
Provisions. The 6th of September he enter'd the
South-Sea, where he met with dreadful Storms,
and one of his Ships was drove back into the
Straits, thro which the return'd to England; as Sir
Francis Drake did July 24. 1580. being the firſt
Sea-Captain that ever fail'd round the World,
and brought his Ship home, which was accounted
a great Honour to the English Nation.
1
July 1. 1586. Mr. Tho. Candish, afterwards Sir
Thomas, fail'd from Plymouth with three Ships, and
the 6th of January after enter'd the Straits, hav-
ing met with a fevere Storm near the mouth of
'em. He took the Remainders of a Spanish Gari-
fon there, who from 400 were reduc'd to 23 by
Famine; and thofe of King Philip's City, which
had been built in the Straits, were in the fame
miferable Condition, fo that they abandon'd the
Place. They found Cannibals in fome part of the
Straits, who had eat many of the Spaniards, and
defign'd the like to the English, had they not been
kept off by their Guns. Mr. Candifh was ftop'd here
a confiderable while by a furious Storm and bad
Weather, which reduc'd him to Want of Provi-
fions, till the 24th of February that he got into the
South-Sea, and bought Proviſions of the Indians.
Mr. Candifh return'd to England, after having fail'd
round the World, the 9th of September next Year.
He again attempted the Paffage of the fame Straits.
in 1591. but without Succefs; as Mr. Fenton did
in
"Account of the Straits of Magellan.
113
in 1582. as Floris did at the fame time; the Earl of 1703.
Cumberland in 1586. Mr. Chidley in 1589. and Mr.
Wood in 1596. Sir Richard Hawkins pafs'd them in
1593. but was taken by the Spaniards; and Mr.
Davis the Difcoverer to the NW. pafs'd and re-
pafs'd thofe Straits, but was forc'd back by con-
trary Winds. So that our Countrymen, tho they
did not all fucceed in the Attempt, yet have been
the moſt fortunate in paffing them of any other
Nation: for the Dutch pafs'd them in 1597. with
five Ships, of which only one return'd. Five o-
ther Dutch Ships pafs'd them in 1614. when they
loft one of them. In 1623. the Dutch Naffawo
Fleet, fo call'd becauſe the Prince of Orange was
the greateſt Adventurer, attempted it with fifteen
brave Ships, and 2 or 3000 Men; but were re-
puls'd, wherever they came to land, by the Spa-
niards, fo that they could not ſettle there.
Other Nations attempted it likewife, and par-
ticularly Don Garcia de Loaifa, a Knight of Malta
and a Spaniard, with feven Ships and 450 Men;
and tho he pafs'd the Straits, he died himſelf, and
all his Ships were afterwards taken by the Portugueſe
or others. Vargas Bishop of Placentia fent 7 Ships
to attempt it, one of which only fucceeded, went
to Arequipa a Port on the South-Sea, and diſcover'd
the Situation of the Coaft of Peru; but went no
further. Ferdinand Cortez, the Conqueror of New
Spain, fent two Ships and 400 Men in 1528. to dif
cover the way to the Moluccas thro the Straits,
but without fuccefs. Two Genoefe Ships were the
first that attempted it in 1526. after Magellan, but
could not effect it. Sebaftian Cabet try'd it alſo by
Commiffion from Don Emanuel King of Portugal,
but could not do it. Americus Vefpufius was fent
by the fame Prince, but could neither find the
Straits nor the River of La Plata. Simon Alcafara
a Spaniard attempted it likewife with feveral Ships
I
and
114
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
$
170. and 440 Men, but came back without performing
it, his Men having mutiny'd. All thefe Attempts.
by the Spaniards, &c. happen'd before Sir Francis
Drake perform'd it.
In the Reports made of thofe Straits upon Oath
to the Emperor Charles V. thofe who attempted
this Paffage give the following Account, viz. That
from the Cape of 110co Virgins at the Entrance of
the North Sea, to the Cape of Defire at the En-
trance of the South-Sea, is Ico Spanish Ls. that
they found in this Strait three great Bays of about
7 Leagues wide from Land to Land, but the En-
trances not above half a League, and encompafs'd
with fuch high Mountains, that the Sun never fhines
in them, fo that they are intolerably cold, there
being a
Continual Snow, and the Nights very
long: That they found good Water with Cina-
mon-Trees, and feveral others, which tho they look
green burnt in the Fire like dry Wood: That
they found many good forts of Fifh, good Har-
bours with 15 fathom Water, and feveral pleaſant
Rivers and Streams: That the Tides of both Seas
meet about the middle of the Straits with a prodi-
gious Noife and Shock; but fome of the Portu-
guefe, who had pafs'd the Straits, fay they are
only high Floods which laft about a month, rife
to a great height, and fometimes fall fo low and
ebb fo faft, that they leave Ships on dry ground.
The Reader may find more of this in Herrera's
Hiſtory but others differ in their Accounts, and
particularly Spilberg a Dutchman, who mentions a
Port here that he call'd Famous, by way of Emi-
nency, the adjacent Soil producing Fruit of va-
rious Colours and excellent Tafte, and affording
Brooks of very good Water. He mentions 24
other Ports befides thofe that he did not fee, and
particularly the Piemento or Pepper-Harbour, fo
call'd becaufe of the Trees which grow there of
an
Acccount of the Straits of Magellan.
ah Aromatick Smell, whofe Bark taftes like Pep- 170.
per, and is more hot and quick than that of the
East-Indies. The Spaniards having brought fome
of it to Seville, it was fold there for two Crowns
a pound.
The laſt of our Countrymen who påſs'd them
was Sir John Narborough, who fet out from the
Thames, May 15. 1669, with two Ships. He had
K. Charles II's Commiffion, was furniſh'd out at
his Majeſty's Charge, and enter'd the Straits Octo-
ber 21. following. He fays, that from the En-
trance of this Strait to the Narrow there's good
Anchorage, and not much Tide, but in the Nar-
row the Tide runs very strong. The Flood fets
into the Straits, and the Ebb out, keeping its
Courfe as on other Coafts. It tifes and falls near 4
Fathom perpendicular, and it is high Water here
on the Change of the Moon at eleven a clock.
When he came to the Narrow, he found the Tide
very ſtrong, which endanger'd the running of his
Ships upon the steep Rocks on the North fide.
From the firft Natrow to the fécond is above 8
Ls. and the Reach betwixt them 7 Ls broad., He
found a Bay on the North fide at the Point of the
fecond Narrow, where one may ride in S Fathomi
Water in clear fandy Ground half a mile from the
Shore. In the Channel of the fecond Narrow he
found 38 Fathom Water, and feveral Bays and Cliffs
with little lands. He exchang' feveral Trifles
with the Natives for Bows and Arrows, and their
Skin-Coats,, They were of a middle Stature, well
limb'd, with round Faces, low Foreheads, little
Nofes, filialf black Eyes and Ears, black faggy Hair
of an indifferent Length, their Teeth white, their
Faces of an Olive-Colour, daub'd with Spots of
white Clay and Streaks of Soot, their Bodies pain-
ted with red Earth and Gréafe, their Clothing of
the Skins of Seals, Guianacoes and Otters, wrapt
Iz
about
116
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
170. about them like the Scotch Highlanders Plads.
They had Caps of the Skins of Fowls with the
Feathers on, and pieces of Skins on their feet to
keep them from the ground. They are very ac-
tive and nimble, and when about Bufinefs go quite
naked; only the Women have a piece of Skin be-
fore them, and differ, from the Men in Habit only
by want of Caps, and, having Bracelets of Shells
about their Necks. They feem to have no man-
ner of Government nor Religion, live by Hunting
and Fiſhing, and are arm'd with Bows and Ar-
rows; the latter 18 Inches long, and headed with
Flint Stones. Thefe People Sir John found in Eli-
zabeth-Ile, which lies near the fecond Narrow.
In Port Famine Bay, S. Lat. 53. 35. he found good
Wood and Water, and abundance of Piemento
Trees. Their Language is guttural and flow. Sir
John is of opinion, that the Mountains contain
Gold or Copper. He computes the whole Length
of the Straits at 116 Leagues. For the reft we re-
fer to him.
}
I have infifted the longer on theſe Straits, partly
becauſe they are fo much talk'd of, and partly to
juſtify our going to the South-Seas by the way of
Cape Horne, which is far more fafe: fo that in all
probability the Straits of Magellan will be little
frequented by Europeans in time to come.
The Land on the North fide of the Straits is
call'd Patagonia, and that on the South Terra del
Fuego, becauſe of the numerous Fires and the great
Smoke which the firſt Diſcoverers faw upon it. It
extends the whole Length of the Straits, and lies
from East to Weft about 130 Leagues, according
to Ovalle; and before the Diſcovery of the Straits
of St. Vincent, otherwife call'd Le Maire's "Straits,
was fuppos'd' to join to fome part of the Terra
Auftralis. Ovalle fays, that on the Continent of
Chili, near the Straits of Magellan, there's a People
call'd
Account of the Straits of Magellan.
117
call'd Ceffares, who are fuppos'd to be defcended from 170.
part of the Spaniards that were forc'd afhore in the
Straits, when the Bishop of Placentia fent the Ships
abovemention'd to diſcover the Molueca Iſlands.
'Tis fuppos'd they contracted Marriages with fome
Indian Nation, where they have multiply'd, and
taught them to build Cities and the Ufe of Bells.
Ovalle fays, that when he wrote the Hiftory of
Chili, he receiv'd Letters and other Informations
that there is fuch a Nation in thoſe parts, and
that one of the Miſſionaries had been in the Coun-
try with Captain Navarro, and found the People
to be of a white Complexion with red in their
Cheeks; by the Shape of their Bodies they
feem'd to be Men of Courage and Activity, and
by the Goodness of their Complexion 'twas, pro-
bable they might be mix'd with a Race of Flem-
mings, who had been ſhip-wreck'd in thoſe parts:
But there being no farther Account of thefe People
fince avalle's Account of Chili in the Year 1646.
we believe this Relation to be fabulous.
.
+
1
M. de Beauchefne Gouin, who is the laſt that at-
tempted the Paffage of the Straits of Magellan,
that we have have heard of, came to an anchor at
the Virgins Cape in the mouth of this Strait the
24th of Jane 1699. and the Wind being contrary,
he lay at anchor betwixt the Continent and Terra
del Fuego. He weigh'd again, the Winds being
ſtill contrary, and on. the third of July anchor'd
at Port Famine in the Straits, where the Spaniards
had built a Garifon, but were forc'd to quit it for
want of Provifions. He obferves, that from the
Mouth of the Straits to this place, the Climate
feem'd to be as, temperate as in France, tho now
the coldeſt Seaſon of the Year in thoſe parts. He
found abundance of Wood for Firing, but the
gréateſt Inconveniency he met with there, was
from
I 3
118
A Cruifing Koyage round the World,
Τ
10 from the great Storms of Snow, tho it did not
lie long, being carry'd off by Rains which come
from the Weft. He is of opinion that a Settlement
might eaſily be made here, in a part of the Coun-
tny extending above 20 Leagues; and that he was
inform'd the Iflands of St. Elizabeth.in the Straits
are proper enough for Corn and Cattel, if planted
with them. He fent his Sloop afhore on Terra del
Fuego, where he faw Fires, and found the favage
Natives by 50 or 60 together in Companies, and
fome of them came aboard. his Ship that lay 5 Ls.
from the fhore. They were very peaceable and
friendly, but more miferable than our Beggars in
Europe, having no Clothes but a ftrait Coat of
wild Beafts Skins, that comes no lower than their
knees, and pitiful Hutts made up of Pbles cover'd
with Skins of Beafts, and this is all the ſhelter
they have againſt the Extremity of the. Weather.
They came in fuch multitudes to beg from him, as
foon made him weary of their Company; fo that
he weigh'd again the 16th of August, and ſtopt at
Port Galand to leave fome Letters there for thoſe
who were to follow him from France, as had been
agreed on. And here he obferves, that both the
Climate and the Navigation of the Straits are very
unequal; and that from this place to the Entrance
of the South-Sea there's nothing but extraordinary
high Mountains on each fide, from whence come
very impetuous and frightful Torrents, and ſcarce
any place for Anchorage to be found, or one Day
without either Rain or Snow. He adds, that hẻ
found an Inland oppoſite to the Mouth of the Strait
of St. Jerom, that is fet down in none of our Maps.
This Ifland, he fays, has two good Harbours,
which may be of great confequence to. thofe who
pafs this way. He took poffeffion of it, call'd it
by the name of the Ifland Louis le Grand; the lar-
geft Harbour he nam'd Port Dauphin, and the leffer,
which
J
}
Account -of the Straits of Magellan.
119
which is very convenient, Port Philippeaux. After 170.
having given this Character of thofe Straits, he
fays one may be fure of a Paffage thro them, pro-
vided it be in the proper Seafon, but 'tis very dif
ficult in the Winter. He came out of thofe Straits
into the South-Sea on the 21st of January, 1700.
and went to view the Harbour of San Domingo,
which he fays is the Spanish Frontier, and the only
Place where a new Settlement can be made there,
the reft being all poffefs'd already. He arriv'd there
the 3d of February, 1700. and on the 5th anchor'd
on the Eaſt of an Ifland call'd by different Names,
but the lateſt Authors call it St. Magdalen's Iland.
He fent his firft Lieutenant to view and take pof-
feffion of it, who brought him word that it was
a very pleaſant place, and fhew'd him fome fine
beautiful Shrubs and Peafe-Bloffoms that he found
upon the Eaft fide of it; from whence he conjec
tures that it may be a proper place to inhabit, tho
he owns that the Climate is very moist, and they
have frequent Rains and Mifts, which he afcribes
to the high Mountains. He made ready to difco-
ver four other Iſlands, which lie in view of this
Ifle and the Main Land, and founded as he went
on, but durft not venture to go among 'em with
fo large a Ship, becaufe there blew a strong North-
Weſt Wind, follow'd by a thick Mift, which made
him lofe fight of Land; fo that to his great for-
row he could not compleat the Diſcovery of that
Frontier. He adds, that 'tis full of high Moun-
tains down to the very Sea; but was afterwards
inform'd by a Spaniard who winter'd in thoſe
parts, that there's a very good Harbour for Ships
to ride in, where they may be moor'd to tall
Trees, and that there are very few Inhabitants on
this Coaſt, but fome wandring Savages, like thofe
on the Straits of Magellan.
I 4
This
120
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1708.
This and the other Journals convince me intire-
ly that the beſt way to the South-Sea is round Cape
Horne, the Route we purfu'd in our Voyage.
Befides what I faid from my own Obfervation,
to prove how extenfive a Trade we might have in
thoſe Seas, I fhall add the following Obfervations
from M. de Beauchefne; who fays, that tho he was
look'd upon as a Free-Booter, and that the then
Spanish Governours on thofe Coaſts were forbid to
trade or fuffer the People to trade with any but
their own Subjects in thofe Seas, and that at Val-
divia and other places they fir'd at him when he
approach'd their Harbours, and deny'd fo much
as to fell him any Proviſions, or to fuffer him to
wood or water; yet at Rica fome particular Per-
fons traded with him to the Value of 50000
Crowns, and told him, That that place was not
fo proper for them to act fo manifeftly contrary to
Law, but if he went to a place more retir'd, they
would buy all he had, tho both his Ships were full
of Goods. Accordingly, when he came to Hilo, a
great number of Merchants bought all that he had
of Value at good rates. He owns that the Cloth
he had on board was half rotten, that the Mer-
chants were 'vex'd at their Difappointment, and
exprefs'd their Refentment that he fhould come to
thoſe parts fo ill provided: but in other places the
People bought all to the very Rags he had on
board, and brought him Provifions in abundance
to fell, tho they were forbid doing fo on pain of
Death; and the Officers themselves conniv'd at it.
the
He return'd by the way of Cape Horne in 58
deg. 15 min. January 1701. and had as good a
Paffage and Seafon as could be defir'd, but faw no
Land on either fide till the 19th of January 1701.
when he'diſcover'd a ſmall Ifland about 3 or 4 Ls.
round, in Lat. 52. odd min. not mark'd in our
Maps, with ftrong Currents near it; and on the
20th
Account of the Straits of Le Maire.
121
20th he came to the Ifle of Sebald de Wert, which 1708.
is a marfhy Land with fome rocky Mountains, no
Trees, but abundance of Sea-Fowl.
It is proper here likewife to give an Account of
the Straits of Le Maire, fo call'd from James Le
Maire an Amfterdam Merchant, their Diſcoverer
in 1615. They lie in S. Lat. 55. 36. and are form'd
by the Terra del Fuego on the Weſt, and an Iſland
by the Dutch call'd Staten-landt, or the Country of
the States, on the E. The Straits are 8 Leagues
wide, with good Roads on each fide, and plenty
of Fiſh and Fowl. The Land on both fides is high
and mountainous. The Diſcoverers faw very large
Fowls bigger than Sea-Mews, and their Wings
when extended above a Fathom long each. They
were ſo tame that they flew into the Ships, and
fuffer'd the Sailors to handle them. In Lat. 57.
they faw two barren Iſlands, which they call'd
Barnevelt; and the South Cape of Terra del Fuego,
which runs out in a Point to Lat. $7.48. they
nam'd Cape Horne. Some compute this Strait to
be only Leagues in Length.
!
em.
Ovalle fays, that in 1619. the King of Spain being
inform'd that Le Maire had difcover'd thefe Straits,
he fent two Veffels to make a further Difcovery of
Theſe Ships came to the Eaft fide of the
Straits of Magellan, where the Crew found a fort
of Giants higher by the Head than any Europeans,
who gave them Gold in exchange for Sciflars and
other Bawbles; but this can't be rely'd on. They
went thro this Strait in leſs than a day's time, it
being not above 7 Leagues in length.
I return now to my Journal.
Jan. 16. Fresh Gales of Wind with cloudy
Weather. Thefe 24 hours we had extraordi-
nary ſmooth Water, as if we were clofe under
+
Land:
}
}
122
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
170 Land: Indifferent warm Weather. Wind from
the WSW. to W by N..
January 20. Yesterday at three in the Afternoon
we faw high Land bearing E by N. dift. about 10
Ls. being the Land about Port St. Stephen's on the
Coaft of Patagonia in the South-Sea, defcrib'd in
the Draughts. S. Lat. 47.
Jan. 22. Fair Weather, with freſh Gales of
Wind from W by S. to the W NW. Laft night
George Crofs died; he was a Smith by Trade, and
Armourer's Mate. We and the Dutchefs have had
a great many Men down with the Cold, and fome
with the Scurvey; the Distemper that this Man
died of. The Dutchess had always more fick Men
than we, and have fo now: They buried but one
Man that died of Sicknefs, and tell us they hope
the reft will recover. We have but one Man
whofe Life we doubt of, tho most want a Har-
bour. This day Capt. Courtney and Capt. Cook din'd
with us. At two a clock we faw the Land on the
Coaſt of Patagonia, being very high, diftant about
14. Ls. Lat. 44. 9. S.
>
Fan. 26. Fresh Gales with Clouds and Rain.
We fpoke with our Confort this day, who com-
plains their Men grow worfe and worfe, and want
a Harbour to refreſh 'em; feveral of ours are alfo
very indifferent, and if we don't get afhore, and
a fmall Refreſhment, we doubt we fhall both lofe
feveral Men. We are very uncertain of the Lati-
tude and Longitude of Juan Fernandez, the Books.
laying 'em dowa fo differently, that not one Chart
agrees with another; and being but a fmall Ifland,
we are in fome doubts of ftriking it, fo defign to
hale in for the main Land to direct us.
Jan. 27. Fair Weather, fmooth Water, plea-
fant Gales of Wind, veerable from the W. to the
NW. had a good Amplitude, found the Varia-
tion
From Grande towards Juan Fernandez.
$23
tion to be 10 deg. Eaftward. This is an excellent 170.
Climate. Lat. 36. 36. S.
Jan. 28. We have had moderate Weather. At Island of
fix a clock we faw the Land, the Eaftermoft ap-
St. Mary.
pearing like an Iſland, which we agree to be the
Iland of St. Mary on the Coaft of Chili: it bore
E by N. dift. 9 or 10 Ls. Our Confort's Men are
very ill; their want of Clothes, and being often
wet in the cold Weather, has been the greateſt
cauſe of their being more fick than our Ships Com-
pany.
Fan. 31. Thefe 24 hours we had the Wind be- Juan Fer
tween the S. and SW by W. At feven this nandez
morning we made the Inland of Juan Fernandez;
Island.
it bore WSW. dift, about 7 Ls. at Noon W by S.
6 Ls. We had a good Obferv. Lat. 34. 10. S.
February 1. About two yeſterday in the After-
noon we hoifted our Pinnace out; Capt. Dover
with the Boats Crew went in her to go afhore,
tho we could not be lefs than 4 Ls off. As foon
as the Pinnace was gone, I went on board the
Dutchefs, who admir'd our Boat attempted going
afhore at that diſtance from Land: 'twas againſt
my Inclination, but to oblige Capt. Dover I con-
fented to let her go. As foon as it was dark, we
faw a Light afhore; our Boat was then about a
League from the Inland, and bore away for the
Ships as foon as fhe faw the Lights. We put out
Lights abroad for the Boat, tho fome were of opi-
nion the Lights we faw were our Boats Lights;
but as Night came on, it appear'd too large for
that. We fir'd one Quarter-Deck Gun and feve-
ral Muskets, ſhowing Lights in our Mizen and
Fore-Shrouds, that our Boat might find us, whilft
we ply'd in the Lee of the Iland. About two in
the Morning our Boat came on board, having been
two hours on board the Dutchess, that took 'em
up a-ſtern of us: we were glad they got well off,
becauſe
124
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
170
becauſe it begun to blow. We are all convinc'd
the Light is on the fhore, and deſign to make our
Ships ready to engage, believing them to be French
Ships at anchor, and we muft either fight 'em or
want Water, &c.
}
Febr. 2. We stood on the back fide along the
South end of the Iſland, in order to lay in with
the firſt Southerly Wind, which Capt. Dampier
told us generally blows there all day long. In
the Morning, being past the Ifland, we tack'd to
lay it in cloſe aboard the Land; and about ten a
clock open'd'the South End of the Iſland, and ran
clofe aboard the Land that begins to make the
North-Eaſt ſide. The Flaws came heavy off fhore,
and we were forc'd to reef our Top-fails when we
open'd the middle Bay, where we expected to find
our Enemy, but faw all clear, and no Ships in
that nor the other Bay next the NW. End Thefe
two Bays are all that Ships ride in which recruit
on this Iſland, but the middle Bay is by much the
beft. We guess'd there had been Ships there, but
that they were gone on fight of us. We. fent our
Yall afhore about Noon, with Capt. Douer, Mr.
Frye, and fix Men, all arm'd; mean while we and
the Dutchefs kept turning to get in, and fuch hea-
vy Flawscame off the Land, that we were forc'd
to let fly our Topfail-Sheet, keeping all Hands
to ftand by our Sails, for fear of the Wind's car-
rying 'em away: but when the Flaws were gone,
we had little or no Wind. Theſe Flaws pro-
ceeded from the Land, which is very high in the
middle of the Iſland. Our Boat did not return,
fo we ſent our Pinnace with the Men arm'd,
to ſee what was the occafion of the Yall's ftay;
for we were afraid that the Spaniards had a Ga-
rifon there, and might have feiz'd 'em. We
put out a Signal for our Boat, and the Dutchefs
how'da French Enfign. Immediately our Pinnace
Y
r
return'd
In the Road of Juan Fernandez.
125
Years and
return'd from the ſhore, and brought abundance of 1703.
Craw-fish, with a Man cloth'd in Goat-Skins, who Alexan-
look'd wilder than the firft Owners of them. He der Sel-
had been on the Iſland four Years and four Months, kirk a
being left there by Capt. Stradling in the Cinque- Scotch-
Ports; his Name was Alexander Selkirk a Scotch man found
Man, who had been Maſter of the Cinque-Ports, a of Juan
on the Iſle
Ship that came here laft with Capt. Dampier, who Fernan-
told me that this was the beſt Man in her; fo I dez, where
immediately agreed with him to be a Mate on he had
board our Ship. 'Twas he that made the Fire laft liv'd four
night when be faw our Ships, which he judg'd to 4 Months
be English. During his ftay here, he faw feveral alone.
Ships pafs by, but only two came in to anchor.
As he went to view them, he found 'em to be
Spaniards, and retir'd from 'em; upon which they
fhot at him. Had they been French, he would
have fubmitted; but chofe to rifque his dying a-
lone on the Iſland, rather than fall into the hands
of the Spaniards in thefe parts, becauſe he appre-
hended they would murder him, or make a Slave
of him in the Mines, for he fear'd they would
Ipare no Stranger that might be capable of dif
covering the South-Sea. The Spaniards had lan-
ded, before he knew what they were, and they
came fo near him that he had much ado to
efcape; for they not only fhot at him, but pur-
fu'd him into the Woods, where he climb'd to
the top of a Tree, at the foot of which they
made water, and kill'd feveral Goats juft by, but
went off again without difcovering him. He told
us that he was born at Largo in the County of Fife
in Scotland, and was bred a Sailor from his Youth.
The reaſon of his being left here was a difference
betwixt him and his Captain; which, together with
the Ships being leaky, made him willing rather to
ftay here, than go along with him at firft; and
when he was at laft willing, the Captain would not
receive him. He had been in the Ifland before to
wood
i
126 A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
170 wood and water, when two of the Ships Company
were left upon it for fix Months till the Ship re-
turn'd, being chas'd thence by two French South-
Sea Ships.
A
!
He had with him his Clothies and Bedding, with-
a Firelock, fome Powder, Bullets, and Tobacco,
a Hatchet, a Knife, a Kettle, a Bible, fome prac-
tical Pieces, and his Mathematical Inftruments and
Books. He diverted and provided for himſelf as
well as he could; but for the first eight months
had much ado to bear up against Melancholy, and
the Terror of being left alone in fuch a defolate
place. He built two Hutts with Piemento Trees,
cover'd them with long Grafs, and lin'd them
with the Skins of Goats, which he kill'd with his
Gun as he wanted, ſo long as his Powder lafted,
which was but a pound; and that being near fpent;
he got fire by rubbing two ſticks of Piemento
Wood together upon his knee. In the leffer Hutt,
at fome diftance from the other, he drefs'd his
Victuals, and in the larger he flept, and employ'd
himſelf in reading, finging Pfalms, and praying;
fo that he ſaid he was a better Chriſtian while in
this Solitude than ever he was before, or than, he
was afraid, he fhould ever be again. At first he
never eat any thing till Hunger conftrain'd him,
partly for grief, and partly for want of Bread
and Salt; nor did he go to bed till he could watch
no longer the Piemento Wood, which burnt ve-
ry clear, ferv'd him both for Firing and Candle,
and refresh'd him with its fragrant Smell.
He might have had Fish enough, but could not
eat 'em for want of Salt, becauſe they occafion'd a
Loofenefs; except Crawfifh, which are there as
large as our Lobſters, and very good: Thefe he
fometimes boil'd, and at other times broil'd, as
he did his Goats Flesh, of which he made very
good Broth, for they are not fo rank as ours: he
kept
In the Road of Juan Fernandez.
127
kept an Account of 500 that he kill'd while there, 1701.
and caught as many more, which he mark'd on the
Ear and let go. When his Powder fail'd, he took
them by ſpeed of foot; for his way of living and
continual Exercife of walking and running, clear'd
him of all grofs Humours, fo that he ran with
wonderful Swiftnefs thro the Woods and up the
Rocks and Hills, as we perceiv'd when we em-
ploy'd him to catch Goats for us. We had a Bull-
Dog, which we fent with feveral of our nimbleſt
Runners, to help him in catching Goats; but he
diſtanc'd and tir'd both the Dog and the Men,
catch'd the Goats, and brought 'em to us on his
back. He told us that his Agility in pursuing a
Goat had once like to have coft him his Life; he
purfu'd it with fo much Eagerness that he catch'd
hold of it on the brink of a Precipice, of which
he was not aware, the Bufhes having hid it from
him; fo that he fell with the Goat down the faid
Precipice a great height, and was fo ftun'd and
bruis'd with the Fall, that he narrowly efcap'd
with his Life, and when he came to his Senfes,
found the Goat dead under him. He lay there
about 24 hours, and was fcarce able to crawl to
his Hutt, which was about a mile diſtant, or to
ftir abroad again in ten days.
He came at laft to relish his Meat well enough
without Salt or Bread, and in the Seafon had plenty
of good Turnips, which had been fow'd there by
Capt. Dampier's Men, and have now overspread
fome Acres of Ground. He had enough of good
Cabbage from the Cabbage-Trees, and feafon'd his
Meat with the Fruit of the Piemento Trees, which
is the fame as the Jamaica Pepper, and fmells de-
liciously. He found there alfo a black Pepper call'd
Malagita, which was very good to expel Wind,
and againſt Griping of the Guts.
He
128
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1708.
!
!
'He foon wore out all his Shoes and Clothes by
running thro the Woods; and at laft being forc'd
to ſhift without them, his Feet became fo hard,
that he run every where without Annoyance: and
it was fome time before he could wear Shoes after
we found him; for not being us'd to any fo long,
his Feet fwell'd when he came firft to wear 'em
again.
-
After he had conquer'd his Melancholy, he di-
verted himſelf fometimes by cutting his Name on
the Trees, and the Time of his being left and Con-
tinuance there. He was at firft much pefter'd
with Cats and Rats, that had bred in great num-
bers from fome of each Species which had got a-
fhore from Ships that put in there to wood and
water. The Rats gnaw'd his Feet and Clothes
while afleep, which oblig'd him to cherish the
Cats with his Goats-flesh; by which many of them
became fo tame, that they would lie about him in
hundreds, and foon deliver'd him from the Rats.
He likewife tam'd fome Kids, and to divert himſelf
would now and then fing and dance with them
and his Cats: fo that by the Care of Providence
and Vigour of his Youth, being now but about 30
years old, he came at laft to conquer all the In-
conveniences of his Solitude, and to be very
eafy. When his Clothes wore out, he made him-
felf a Coat and Cap of Goat-Skins, which he
ftitch'd together with little Thongs of the fame,
that he cut with his Knife. He had no other Nee-
dle but a Nail; and when his Knife was wore to
the back, he made others as well as he could of
fome Iron Hoops that were left afhore, which he
beat thin and ground upon Stones. Having fome
Linen Cloth by him, he fow'd himſelf Shirts with
a Nail, and ſtitch'd 'em with the Worsted of his
old Stockings, which he pull'd out on purpoſe.
He had his laft Shirt on when we found him in the
Iland.
At
J
In the Road of Juan Fernandez.
129
At his first coming on board us, he had ſo much 1703.
forgot his Language for want of Ufe, that we
could fcarce underftand him, for he feem'd to
ſpeak his words by halves. We offer'd him a
Dram, but he would not touch it, having drank
nothing but Water fince his being there, and 'twas
fome time before he could reliſh our Victuals.
He could give us an account of no other Product
of the Iſland than what we have mention'd, ex-
cept ſmall black Plums, which are very good, but
hard to come at, the Trees which bear 'em grow-
ing on high Mountains and Rocks. Piemento
Trees are plenty here, and we ſaw ſome of 60 foot
high, and about two yards thick; and Cotton
Trees higher, and near four fathom round in the
Stock.
The Climate is fo good, that the Trees and
Grafs are verdant all the Year. The Winter lafts
no longer than June and July, and is not then fe-
vere, there being only a fmall Froft and a little
Hail, but fometimes great Rains. The Heat of
the Summer is equally moderate, and there's not
much Thunder or tempeftuous Weather of any
fort. He faw no venomous or favage Creature
on the Ifland, nor any other fort of Beaft but
Goats, &c. as above-mention'd; the firſt of which
had been put ashore here on purpofe for a Breed by
Juan Fernando a Spaniard, who fettled there with
fome Families for a time, till the Continent of
Chili began to fubmit to the Spaniards; which be-
ing more profitable, tempted them to quit this
Inland, which is capable of maintaining a good
number of People, and of being made fo ftrong
that they could not be eaſily diflodg'd.
Ringrofe in his Account of Capt. Sharp's Voyage
and other Buccaneers, mentious one who had
efcap'd afhore here out of a Ship which was caft
away with all the rest of the Company, and fays
K
he
:
$
130
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
170. he liv'd five years alone before he had the oppor-
tunity of another Ship to carry him off. Capt.
Dampier talks of a Moskito Indian that belong'd to
Capt. Watlin, who being a hunting in the Woods
when the Captain left the Iſland, liv'd here three
years alone, and ſhifted much in the fame manner
as Mr. Selkirk did, till Capt. Dampier came hither
in 1684, and carry'd him off. The first that went
afhore was one of his Countrymen, and they falu-
ted one another firft by proftrating themſelves by
turns on the ground, and then embracing. But
whatever there is in theſe Stories, this of Mr. Sel-
kirk I know to be true; and his Behaviour after-
wards gives me reafon to believe the Account he
gave me how he ſpent his time, and bore up under
fuch an Affliction, in which nothing but the Di-
vine Providence could have fupported any Man.
By this one may fee that Solitude and Retirement
from the World is not fuch an unfufferable State
of Life as moſt Men imagine, eſpecially when
People are fairly call'd or thrown into it unavoida-
bly, as this Man was; who in all probability muft
otherwiſe have perifh'd in the Seas, the Ship which
left him being caft away not long after, and few
of the Company efcap'd. We may perceive by
this Story the Truth of the Maxim, That Necef-
fity is the Mother of Invention, fince he found
means to fupply his Wants in a very natural man-
ner, fo as to maintain his Life, tho not fo conve-
niently, yet as effectually as we are able to do with
the help of all our Arts and Society. It may like-
wife inſtruct us, how much a plain and temperate
way of living conduces to the Health of the Body
and the Vigour of the Mind, both which we are
apt to deſtroy by Excefs and Plenty, efpecially of
ftrong Liquor, and the Variety as well as the Na-
ture of our Meat and Drink: for this Man, when
he came to our ordinary Method of Diet and Life,
!
tho
In the Road of Juan Fernandez.
131
Ї
1
·
tho he was fober enough, loft much of his Strength 1703.
and Agility. But I muft quit thefe Reflections,
which are more proper for a Philofopher and Di-
vine than a Mariner, and return to my own Sub-
ject.
We did not get to anchor till fix at night, on
Febr. 1. and then it fell calm: we row'd and tow'd
into the Anchor-ground about a mile off fhore,
45 fathom Water, clean Ground; the Current
fets moſtly along fhore to the Southward. This
Morning we clear'd up Ship, and bent our Sails,
and got them afhore to mend, and make Tents for
our fick Men. The Governour (tho we might as
well have nam'd him the Abfolute Monarch of the
Ifland) for fo we call'd Mr. Selkirk, caught us two
Goats, which make excellent Broth, mix'd with
Turnip-Tops and other Greens, for our fick Men,
being 21 in all, but not above two that we account
dangerous; the Dutchefs has more Men fick, and
in a worfe condition than ours.
Febr. 3. Yeſterday in the Afternoon we got as
many of our Men afhore as could be fpar'd from
clearing and fitting our Ship, to wood and water.
Our Sail-makers are all mending our Sails, and I
lent the Dutchess one to affift them. This Morning
we got our Smiths Forge put up afhore, fet our
Coopers to work in another place, and made a
little Tent for my felf to have the Benefit of the
Shore. The Dutchess has alſo a Tent for their fick
Men;
fo that we have a little Town of our own
here, and every body is employ'd. A few Men
fupply us all with Fiſh of ſeveral forts, all very
good; as Silver-fish, Rock-fifh, Pollock, Cavallos,
Oldwives, and Craw-fifh in fuch abundance,
that in a few hours we could take as many
as would ſerve fome hundreds of Men. There
were Sea-Fowls in the Bay as large as Geefe, but
eat fishy. The Governour never fail'd of getting
K 2
us
13 2
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
170% us two or three Goats a day for our fick Men,
by which with the help of the Greens and the
Goodness of the Air they recover'd very faft of
the Scurvy, which was their general Diftemper.
'Twas very pleaſant afhore among the green Pie-
mento Trees, which caft a refreſhing Smell. Our
Houſe was made by putting up a Sail round four
of 'em, and covering it a-top with another Sail;
fo that Capt. Dover and I both thought it a very
agreeable Seat, the Weather being neither too
hot nor too cold.
1
We ſpent our time till the 10th in refitting our
Ships, taking Wood on board, and laying up
Water, that which we brought from England and
St. Vincent being spoil'd by the Badnefs of the
Casks. We likewife boil'd up about 80 Gallons of
Sea-Lions Oil, as we might have done feveral
Tuns, had we been provided with Veffels, &c.
We refin'd and ftrain'd it for the ufe of our
Lamps and to fave our Candles, tho Sailors fome-
times ufe it to fry their Meat, when ſtraiten'd for
want of Butter, &c. and fay 'tis agreeable enough.
The Men who work'd afhore on our Rigging eat
young Seals, which they prefer'd to our Ships
Victuals, and faid was as good as English Lamb;
tho for my own part I fhould have been glad of
fuch an Exchange.
We made what hafte we could to get all Necef-
faries on board, being willing to lofe no time;
for we were inform'd at the Canaries that five ftout
French Ships were coming together to theſe Seas.
Febr. 11. Yeſterday in the Evening having little
or nothing to do with the Pinnace,, we fent her to
the South End of the Ifland to get Goats. The
Governour told us, that during his ftay he could
not get down to that end from the Mountains
where he liv'd, they were ſo ſteep and rocky; but
that there were abundance of Goats there, and
that
Account of Juan Fernandez.
133
that part of the Island was plainer. Capt. Dam-
pier, Mr. Glendal, and the Governour, with ten
Men, fet out in company with the Dutchess's Boat
and Crew, and furrounded a great parcel of Goats,
which are of a larger fort, and not fo wild as
thoſe on the higher part of the Ifland where the
Governour liv'd; but not looking well to 'em,
they eſcap'd over the Cliff: fo that instead of
catching above a hundred, as they might easily
have done with a little precaution, they return'd
this Morning with only 16 large ones, tho they'
faw above a thoufand. If any Ships come again
to this Iſland, the beſt way is to keep fome Men
and Dogs at that part of the Ifland, and fending
a Boat to them once in 24 hours they may victual
a good Body of Men; and no doubt but amongſt
thoſe Goats they may find ſome hundreds with
Mr. Selkirk's Ear-mark.
1703.
Febr. 12. This Morning we bent the remaining
Sails, got the laft Wood and Water aboard,
brought off our Men, and got every thing ready
to depart. The Inland of Juan Fernandez is neareſt The Island
of a triangular form, about 12 Leagues round; the of Juan
South-weft fide is much the longeft, and has a Fernan
fmall Iſland about a mile long lying near it, with dez de-
a few viſible Rocks clofe under the fhore of the fcribd.
great Island. On this fide begins a Ridge of high
Mountains that run croſs from the SW. to the
NW. of the Ifland; and the Land that lies out in
a narrow Point to the Weftward, appears to be
the only level Ground here. On the NE, fide'tis
very high Land, and under it are the two Rays
where Ships always put in to recruit. The beſt
Bay is next the middle on this fide the Ifland,
which is to be known at a diſtance by the higheft
Table Mountain right over this Bay. You may
anchor as near as you will to the fhore, and the
nearer the better. The beſt Road is on the Lar-
board
·K 3
134 A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709. board fide of the Bay, and neareſt the Eaſtermoſt
Shore: provided you get well in, you cannot mif-
take the Road. The other Bay is plain to be feen
under the North end, but not fo good for Wood,
Water, or Landing, nor fo fafe for riding. In
this Bay, where we rode, there's plenty of good
Water and Wood: the beſt Water is in a ſmall
Cove about a good Musket-ſhot to the Eaſtward of
the place I have defcrib'd. You may ride from a
Mile to a Bow-fhot off the Shore, being all deep
Water and bold, without any danger round the
Iſland, but what is visible and very near in. This
Bay where we rode is open to near half the Com-
paſs; the Eaſtermoft Land in fight bore E by S.
dift. about a mile and a half, and the outermost
Northweſt Point of the Iſland lies fomething with-
out our Bay, and bears NW by W. dift. a good
League. We were about a mile off the Shore,
and had 45 fathom Water, clean fandy Ground;
we defign'd to have ran farther in, and new
moor'd, but Mr. Selkirk inform'd us, that this
Month proves the 'faireft in the Year, and that
during Winter and Summer, the whole time he
was here, he ſeldom knew the Wind to blow off
from the Sea, but only in fmall Breezes that ne-
ver brought in a Sea, nor held two hours: but he
warn'd us to be on our guard againſt the Wind off
fhore, which blew very ſtrong fometimes. The
Bay is all deep Water, and you may carry in Ships
cloſe to the Rocks, if occafion require. The Wind
blows always over the Land, and at worft along
fhore, which makes no Sea: It's for the moſt part
calm at night, only now and then a Flaw blows
from the high Land over us. Near the Rocks there
are very good Fish of feveral forts, particularly
large Craw-fish under the Rocks eafy to be caught;
alfo Cavallies, Gropers, and other good Fifh in fo
great plenty any where near the Shore, that I
never
Account of Juan Fernandez.
135
1
never faw the like, but at the beſt fishing Seafon 1703.
in Newfoundland. Piemento is the beſt Timber,
and moſt plentiful on this fide the Iſland, but very
apt to ſplit till a little dry'd: we cut the longeſt
and cleaneſt to ſplit for Fire-wood. The Cabbage-
Trees abound about three miles in the Woods,
and the Cabbage very good; moſt of 'em are on
the tops of the neareſt and loweſt Mountains. In
the firft Plain we found ftore of Turnip-Greens,
and Water-Creffes in the Brooks, which mightily
refreſh'd our Men, and cleans'd 'em from the Scur-
vey: the Turnips, Mr. Selkirk told us, are good in
our Summer Months, which is Winter here; but
this being Autumn, they are all run to Seed, fo
that we can't have the benefit of any thing but the
Greens. The Soil is a looſe black Earth, the
Rocks very rotten, fo that without great care it's
dangerous to climb the Hills for Cabbages: befides,
there are abundance of Holes dug in feveral places
by a fort of Fowls like Puffins, which fall in at
once, and endanger the wrenching or breaking of
a Man's Leg. Mr. Selkirk tells me, in July he has
feen Snow and Ice here; but the Spring, which is
in September, October, and November, is very plea-
fant, when there's abundance of good Herbs, as
Parfly, Purflain, Sithes in great plenty, befides an
Herb found by the water-fide, which proy'd very
uſeful to our Surgeons for Fomentations; 'tis not
much unlike Feverfew, of a very grateful Smell
like Balm, but of a stronger and more cordial
Scent: 'tis in great plenty near the Shore. We
gather'd many large Bundles of it, dry'd 'em in
the fhade, and fent 'em on board, beſides great
quantities that we carry'd in every Morning to
ftrow the Tents, which tended much to the ſpeedy
Recovery of our fick Men, of whom none died
but two belonging to the Dutcheſs, viz. Edward
Wilts and Christopher Williams.
K 4
Mr.
136
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
E
170
Mr. Selkirk tells me, that in November the Seals
come afhore to whelp and ingender, when the
Shore is fo full of them for a stone's throw, that
'tis impoffible to pafs thro them; and they are fo
furly, that they'l not move out of the way, but
like an angry Dog run at a Man, tho he have a
good Stick to beat them: fo that at this and their
whelping Seafons 'tis dangerous to come near
them, but at other times they'l make way for a
Man; and if they did not, 'twould be impoffible
to get up from the Water-fide; they lin'd the
Shore very thick for above half a mile of ground
all round the Bay. When we came in, they kept
a continual noiſe day and night, fome bleeting like
Lambs, fome howling like Dogs or Wolves, others
making hideous noifes of various forts; fo that
we heard 'em aboard, tho a mile from the Shore.
Their Fur is the fineſt that ever I ſaw of the kind,
and exceeds that of our Otters.
Another ſtrange Creature here is the Sea-Lion:
The Governour tells me he has feen of them above
20 foot long and more in compafs, which could
not weigh less than two Tun weight. I faw feve-
ral of theſe vaft Creatures, but none of the above-
mention'd Size; feveral of 'em were upward of
16 foot long, and more in bulk, fo that they
could not weigh less than a Tun weight. The
Shape of their Body differs little from the Sea-
Dogs or Seals, but have another fort of Skin, a
Head much bigger in proportion, and very large
Mouths, monftrous big Eyes, and a Face like that
of a Lion, with very large Whiskers, the Hair of
which is ftiff enough to make Tooth-pickers.
Thefe Creatures come afhore to engender the lat-
ter end of June, and ſtay till the end of Septem-
ber; during all which time they lie on the Land,
and are never obferv'd to go to the Water, but
lie in the fame place above a Musket-fhot from the
Water-
1
i
Account of Juan Fernandez.
137
"
Water-fide, and have no manner of Suftenance all 1708.
that time that he could obferve. I took notice of
fome that lay a week, without once offering to
move out of the place whilft I was there, till
they were diſturb'd by us; but we faw few in com-
pariſon of what he informs us he did, and that the
Shore was all crouded full of them a Musket-ſhot
into the Land. I admire how thefe Monſters come
to yield fuch a quantity of Oil. Their Hair is
fhort and coarſe, and their Skin thicker than the
thickeſt Ox-Hide I ever faw. We found no Land-
Bird on the Iſland, but a fort of Black-Bird with
a red Breaft, not unlike our English Black-Birds;
and the Humming Bird of various Colours, and
no bigger than a large Humble Bee. Here is a
fmall Tide which flows uncertain, and the Spring-
Tide flows about ſeven foot.
I fhall not trouble the Reader with the Defcrip-
tions of this Iſland given by others, wherein there
are many Falfhoods; but the Truth of this I can
affert from my own knowledg. Nor fhall I infert
the Deſcription of the Cabbage and Piemento
Trees, being fo well known and fo frequently
done, that there's no manner of need for it. I
have infifted the longer upon this Iſland, becauſe it
might be at firft of great ufe to thofe who would
carry on any Trade to the South-Sea.
Febr. 13. At a Committee held on board the
Dutchess the 13th of February, 1703. it was agreed
as follows:
"Refolv'd to fteer from Juan Fernandez NE
" by E. for the Land; and when come within fix
"Leagues of the Shore, to keep that diſtance,
"teering along Shore to the Northward.
"The next Place we defign'd to ftop at, to
"build our Boats and land our Men, is the Ifland
" of Lobos de la Mar. In cafe of lofing Compa-
ny, to wait for each other 20 Leagues to the
ду?
North
138 A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
દ
"Northward of the place where we accounted
"we were when we feparated.
1708.
1
"Then to lie at fix Leagues diſtance from the
«Shore the ſpace of four days, and to proceed
"with an eafy Sail for Lobos, in cafe of not
"meeting; taking ſpecial care of the Rocks call'd
"Ormigos, lying about that diſtance off from
"Callo, the Sea-port of the City of Lima.
"In cafe of feeing one or more Sail, the Signal
"for chafing, if not out of call, is to clew up
"our Maintop-gallant Sheets, with the Yards a-
"loft. And the general method we defign to
"take in chafing, is, for the Ship that fails beſt,
..
or is neareſt the Chaſe, to chafe directly after
"the Sail diſcover'd, and the other to keep to
"or from the Shore at a convenient diſtance, as
"occaſion ſhall require, to prevent being known.
"And if the Ship that is neareſt the Chafe believes
her to be too big for one Ship alone, then to
"make the fame Signal, or any other plainer to
"be diftinguifh'd than the Signal for the Chafe:
"And if either Ship comes up with the Chaſe,
"and have her in poffeffion or under command, if
"in the day, to fhow a white Jack on the Maintop-
"Maft head; and if in the night, to make two
"falfe Fires, and carry as plain Lights as poffible.
"To leave off Chafe, the Signal by night is
"one good Light at the Maintop-Maft head; and
"to fire no Gun, but in a Fog, or very thick
"Weather, either night or day, to prevent being
" difcover'd.
"To leave off Chafe by day, the Signal is to
"haul down the Top-fails, keeping out our Main-
"top-gallant Stay-Sail; and in cafe of lofing
"Company, we refer our felves to our weekly
"Signals to diſcover each other.
૬૮
"In cafe either Ship in Chafe or otherways
"ſhould run into any danger of Shoal-Water or
« other
Departure from Juan Fernandez.
139
6
"other kind, then the Ship in fuch danger is to 170%.
"fire a Gun with a Shot, and to ſtand from it.
"In cafe of a Separation, each Ship as they
"enter Lobos to carry an English Pennant at the
"Foretop-Maft head; and if the other happens
"to be there, she muft fhow her English Colours.
"And if either Ship anchor fhort of the Road,
"fhe fhall put out three Lights, viz. at the Main-
σέ top-Maft head, Poop, and Boltſprit end.
66
"Either Ship arriving at Lobos, and not find-
"ing his Confort there, he is immediately to fet
up two Croffes, one at the Landing-place
neareſt the farther end of the Starboard great
"Iſland going in, with a Glass-Bottle hid under
"ground 20 Yards directly North from each
"Cross, with Intelligence of what has happen'd
"fince parting, and what their further Defigns
"are. This to be done and in readineſs, that if
"they give Chafe, or be forc'd out by the Enemy,
"the miffing Ship may not want Intelligence from
"her Confort."
We began this Method at Cork, to fecure the beſt
place we could poffible to rendevouz at; hoping
by this means and our Signals always to keep Com-
pany, and know each other thro the whole Voyage.
Thefe Directions being fomething particular,
made me infert them in the Journal.
Febr. 13. Yeſterday in the Afternoon we fent our
Yall a fiſhing, and got near 200 large Fish in a
very little time, which we falted for our future
fpending. This Morning we concluded what we
began laſt night, being the foregoing Agreement
to direct our Affairs from this place; and as all
our Succeſs depends on a ftrict Secrecy, the Pre-
cautions may not be uſeleſs.
Febr. 14. Yeſterday about three in the After-
noon we weigh'd, had a fair pleaſant Gale at SS E.
Mr. Vanbrugh came on board our Ship again, and
exchang'd
140 A Cruising Voyage round the World.
<
8
1709. exchang'd with Mr. Bath, I hope for the beſt.
Courfe N. Lat. 32. 32. Long. W. from London,
83.06.
Febr. 16. Had moderate Gales of Wind with
Calms. This Morning I went on board the
Dutchefs, with Capt. Dover and. Capt. Dampier,
and din'd there. Wind at S.
Febr. 17. Moft part of this 24 hours was calm,
and cloudy Weather. About ten a clock we
hoiſted our Boat out, and fetch'd Capt. Courtney
and Capt. Cook to dine with us: whilft they were
on board, we fettled and fign'd the following In-
ftrument, one for each Ship, further to fecure our
Methods, and to regulate the Affair of Plunder,
which if well follow'd will prevent the bad effects
of fo dangerous an Obſtacle to our good Proceed-
ings, which has prov'd too hard a Task for all
others in our time that have gone out on the fame
account, fo far from Great Britain: which I be-
lieve is chiefly owing either to want of Unity or
good Meaſures. God be thank'd we have a good
Concord between each Ships Company hitherto.
At a Committee held by the Officers of the
Duke and Dutcheſs, 17 Febr. 1703.
Mr. George Underhill,
Mr. Lanc. Appleby,
Mr. David Wilfon,
Mr. Sam. Worden:
You
Y the Duke, to be
OV being chofen by the Officers and Men on board
the Duke, to be Managers of the Plunder which
we may take in our Cruifing at Sea on the Coast of New
Spain, 'tis our Order that Mr. Lanc. Appleby and
Mr. Samuel Worden do go and continue aboard the
Dutchess, in the place of two other Men from them;
who are to ſearch all Perfons that return from fuch
Prize or Prizes that may be taken by either Ship: as
alfo all Perfons that the Captains of either Ship fhall
give leave, whofe Advice you are continually to follow,
and
Sailing from the Coafts 34
141
of Chili.
and apply to them for Affiftance, if occafion require; 1703.
and immediately to inform of any Perfons belonging to
either Ship, that ſhall be perceiv'd to use clandeftine
Methods to hide Plunder, or endeavour to avoid the
Searching them.
If the Ships Duke and Dutchefs are feparated when
any Prize is taken, then one of you is to be on board
the Prize, and the other to remain on board the Ship;
and in each place be very strict, and keep an exact
Account of what comes to your hands, and as ſoon as-
poffible fecure it in fuch manner as the Captain of
either Ship fhall direct: ftill obferving the Command
of the fuperior Officer on board the Prize, who is alſo
to affist you to the utmost of his power.
If any Perfon not concern'd in this Order, nor em-
ploy'd in the fame by Capt. Courtney, concerns himſelf
with the Plunder, except the Commanding Officer, you
are to forbid him; and if he disobeys, to give imme-
diate Information of fuch Perfon or Perfons.
You are not to incumber the Boats with Chefts or
Plunder out of any Prize at first coming aboard, but
mind what you fee. And the first thing you are to
do, is to take account of what you find aboard that is
Plunder, and remove nothing without the Captains of
either Ship's Orders; or in cafe of their Abfence, of
the chief Officer or Officers of either Ship that shall be
aboard the Prize, to avoid Trouble and Disturbance.
You are by no means to be rude in your Office, but to
do every thing as quiet and easy as poſſible, and to de-
mean your felves fo towards thofe emptoy'd by Capt.
Courtney, that we may have no manner of Disturbance
or Complaint: Still obferving that you be not overaw'd,
nor deceiv'd of what is your Due, in the behalf of the
Officers and Men.
The Perfons appointed to be Managers by the
Dutchefs, were the underwritten,
John Connely,
Simon Fleming,
To
Simon Hatley, Barth. Rowe.
142
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
170.
{
Officers ap
the Plun-
To whom the foregoing Orders were alfo given, and
fign'd by the Committee.
Tho. Dover, Prefident,
Woodes Rogers,
Stephen Courtney,
William Dampier,
Edward Cooke,
Robert Frye,
Charles Pope,
Tho. Glendall,
Carleton Vanbrugh,
John Bridge,
William Stratton,
John Rogers,
John Connely,
William Bath,
Geo, Milbourne,
John Ballet.
Febr. 17. Capt. Courtney and Capt. Cooke being a-
pointed to board, we agreed that Mr. Appleby fhould appear
Look after for the Officers on board the Dutchess, and Samuel
Worden for the Men: Mr. Simon Hatley and Simon
Fleming were to have the like Charge on board of
us, to manage the Plunder according to the fore-
going Orders.
der.
Cordille-
Chili.
Febr. 18. About three Yeſterday afternoon, we
faw the Main dift.9 Ls. it's very high Land, with
feveral Iſlands.
Febr. 28. Yeſterday afternoon we came within
about 6 Ls. of very high Land. This Morning we
put both Pinnaces in the Water, to try them un-
der Sail, having fix'd them with each a Gun after
the manner of a Patterero, and all things neceſſa-
ry for ſmall Privateers; hoping they'l be fervice-
able to us in little Winds to take Veffels. Wind
at S. and Sby E.*
}
March 1. Having little Wind and ſmooth Wa-
ter, we heel'd both Ships and tallow'd.
Mar. 2. We are in fight of Land, dift. 12 or 14
ra Moun- Ls. Within the Country there's a vaft high Ridge
tains in of Mountains, nam'd Cordilleras, all along this
Courſe; fome parts I believe are full as high, if
not higher, than the Pico Teneriff, with Snow on
the top. We had a good Obferv. Lat. 17. 03.
Longit. 80. 29. Weft from London.
'March
$
Our Approach near Lima.
143
Come to
Short Al-
March 4. Fine pleafant Weather, with fresh 1703-
Gales of Wind. This day we came to an Allow-
ance of three Pints of Water a Man per day, tho
we had a good ſtock aboard. My reafon for it was, lowance of
that we might keep at Sea fome time and take fome Water.
Prizes, and not be forc'd to diſcover our felves by
watring, before we attempted any thing afhore;
becauſe an Enemy being once difcover'd, there's Precauti-
nothing of Value, as I'm inform'd, puts to Sea ons taken
by the Spa-
from one end of the Coaſt to the other. They niards on
have great Conveniences of giving notice by Ex- the Coafts.
preffes and ftri&t Orders for all Officers on the
Shore to keep Lookers-out upon every Head-
Land.
Mar. 8. Fine pleaſant Weather, a brisk Gale at
SE. At three this Morning we lay by, and at fix
faw the Land diſt. about 14 Ls. after which I made
fail. The Dutchess had a Boy fell out of the Mi-
zen-top down on the Deck, and broke his Leg; of
which he is in a fair way to recover. Lat. 12.31.
Longit. 84. 58.
Lima.
Mar. 9. Fair Weather, a moderate Gale at SE. We ap
We go under an eafy Sail, in hopes of feeing rich proach
Ships either going or coming out of Lima, being
now near it. We keep about 7 Ls. from Shore,
to prevent our being difcover'd. We fhall not lie
long here, but defign to go for Lobos to build our
Boats, and get things ready to land at Guiaquil.
prevent
Mar. 10. Pleafant Weather, moderate Gales at Our Pre-
SE. This Morning, perceiving white Rocks at a cautions to
diſtance which look'd like Ships, we brought to, being dif-
and fent our Boats under the ſhore, having kept cover'd.
them ready a-ftern four days, that if we faw a
Sail near the Shore, they might take them, to pre-
vent their diſcovering us to thofe on the Continent.
Mar. 13. Fair Weather, moderate Gales at SE.
This Morning we ran near Land, and the Dutchess
kept in the Öffing, to fee if we could meet any
of
+
144
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1708. of the Traders; there being, as I am inform'd,
Ships of good Value fometimes on this Coaſt.
Our Men begin to repine, that tho come fo far,
we have met with no Prize in theſe Seas.
Nature of
the Cli-
mate.
'A ſmall
Prize ta-
ken.
Mar. 14. The Nights are very cold in compari-
fon of the Days, which are warm enough, but not
fo hot as I expected in this Latitude. Here's never
any Rain, but great Dews in the night, almoſt
equivalent to it, tho the Air be generally ferene.
At eight laſt night we hal'd up NNW. for the
Inland Lobos.
Mar. 15. We faw Land yeſterday, and fuppo-
fing it was Lobos, ſtood off and on all night. In
the Morning it prov'd very hazy till ten, when we
faw it again right a-head; we ftood nearer till
we were convinc'd it was not Lobos, but the main
Land of Peru within it: fo we ſtood off at twelve,
and had a good Obferv. Lat. 6. 55.
Mar. 16. Yeſterday afternoon we fpy'd a Sail;
our Confort being neareſt, foon took her. She
was a little Veffel of about 16 Tun belonging to
Payta, and bound to Cheripe for Flower, with a
fmall Sum of Mony aboard to purchaſe it. The
Maſter's Name was Antonio Heliagos, a Muftees,
begotten between an Indian and a Spaniard: his
Company was eight Men, one of them a Spaniard,
one a Negro, and the reft Indians. We ask'd them
for News, and they affur'd us that all the French
Ships, being ſeven in number, fail'd out of theſe
Seas fix months ago, and that no more were to
The Ha- return; adding, That the Spaniards had fuch an
tred of the Averfion to them, that at Callo the Sea-Port for
Spaniards Lima they kill'd fo many of the French, and quar-
at Lima rel'd fo frequently with 'em, that none were fuf-
fer'd to come afhore there for fome time before
they fail'd from thence. After we had put Men
aboard the Prize, we hal'd off clofe on a Wind
to the
French.
for
Sailing towards Lobos.
145
for Lobos, having fhot within it; and had we not
been better inform'd by the Crew of the Prize,
might have endanger'd our Ships, by running in
farther, becauſe there are Shoals between the Island
and the Main. The Prifoners tell us there had
been no Enemy in thofe parts fince Capt. Dampier,
which is above four Years ago. They likewife in-
form'd us that Capt. Stradling's Ship the Cinque-
Ports, who was Dampier's Confort, founder'd on
the Coaſt of Barbacour, where he with fix or ſeven
of his Men were only fav'd; and being taken in
their Boat, had been four Years Prifoners at Lima,
where they liv'd much worfe than our Governour
Selkirk, whom they left on the Iſland Juan Fernan-
dez. This Morning we faw the lfland Lobos,
which bore South about 4 Ls. at Noon it 'bore
S by W. diſt. 6 miles. We fent our Pinnace thi
ther mann'd and arm'd, to fee if there were any
Fiſhermen upon it and fecure 'em, left they fhould
difcover us to the People on the Main.
170
ވނ
8
A Danger
efcap'd.
Mar. 17. Yeſterday about five in the Evening Arrive at
we got well into anchor, but found no body at the the Isle of
Inland. We had 20 fathom Water, clean Ground Lobos.
in the Thorow-fair between the two Islands, a-
bove a Cable's length from each Shore. 'Tis a bold
going in and a good Road, the Wind blowing
conftantly over Land. We refolv'd here to fit Fit up our
out our fmall Bark for a Privateer, the being well Small Bark
built for failing; and this Morning we had her
into a ſmall round Cove in the Southermoft Island,
where we haul'd her up dry on the Land. The
Carpenters alfo got the Timber afhore, to build
our Boat for landing Men.
Mar. 18. In the Evening we launch'd our fmall
Privateer, having clean'd her Bottom well, call'd
her the Beginning, and appointed Capt. Cooke to
command her. We got a finall fpare Maft out of
our Ship, which made her a new Main-Maft, and
L
Our
for a Pri-
vateer.
146
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1
170. our Mizen-top Sail was alter'd to make her a
Main-Sail. The Dutchefs heel'd, and clean'd their
Land our Ship. This Morning I got all our fick Men afhore,
fick Men. and built Tents for them: the Dutchess alfo lan-
ded hers. We agreed to ſtay the building of our
Boat and fitting out the Privateer, while the
Dutchess cruis'd about the Iſland, and in fight of
the Main.
Mar. 19. Yefterday afternoon we fent the Yall a
fifhing, got the Bark rigg'd, and almoft ready,
with four Swivel-Guns and a Deck near finiſh'd.
This Morning the Dutchess fail'd a cruifing, and
appointed to meet the Bark off the South-Eaft
End of the Iſland.
Mar. 20. The Bark being got ready, this Morn-
ing we victual'd her out of our Ship, and put 20
of ours, and 12 of our Conforts Men aboard her
well arm'd. I faw her out of the Harbour with
our Pinnace, the looks very pretty, and I believe
will fail well in ſmooth Water, having all Mafts,
Sails, Rigging, and Materials, like one of the
Half-Galleys fitted out for her Majefty's Service in
England: They gave our Ship's Company three
Huzza's, and we return'd them the like at parting,
I told Capt. Cooke, if we fhould be forc'd out of
the Road, or give Chafe hence, we would leave a
Glaſs-Bottle bury'd near a remarkable great Stone,
that I fhow'd him, with Letters in it, to give an
account how it was with us, of the occafion of our
Departure, and where to meet again: I bid him
acquaint Capt. Courtney with it.
Mar. 22. This Morning a Spaniard belonging to
us, nam'd Silvester Ramos, died fuddenly, and we
buried him at night: Moft of our Men are healthy,
except two or three who are ill of the Scurvey.
Mar. 23. This Morning we began to fcrub our
Ship, and clear'd abundance of Barnacles off her
Bottom, almoſt as large as Mufcles. A Ship grows
foul very faft in thefe Seas.
Mar. 25.
In the Road of Lobos.
147
Mar. 25. We caught plenty of very good Fish. 1709.
The Seals are numerous here, but not ſo many as
at Juan Fernandez: A large one feiz'd a ſtout
Dutchman, had like to have pull'd him into the
Water, and bit him to the bone in feveral places,
in one of his Arms and Legs.
L
Mar. 26. This Morning the Dutchefs came in A Prize.
with a Prize call'd the Santa Jofepha, bound from
Guiaquil to Truxillo, Burden about 50 Tuns, full of
Timber, with fome Cocou, and Coco-Nuts, and
Tobacco which we diftributed among our Men:
The Dutchefs and Beginning took her between
this Iſland and the Main; he had very little of
Value on board.
Mar. 27. This Morning we gave our Ship a good
heel, and tallow'd her low down. A Dutchman
belonging to the Dutchefs died of the Scurvy a-
fhore, and was buried on the Iſland.
Mar. 30. Yeſterday afternoon we got the ſecond
Prize (which we call'd the Increaſe) aboard us, and
clean'd her. We brought all off fhore, and launch'd
our new Boat to tow at our ftern, and at ten a
clock came to fail, after we had put Mr. Stratton
to command the Beginning, and all our fick Men
and a Doctor of each Ship aboard the Increaſe, of
which Mr. Selkirk our fecond Mate, was appointed
Maſter.
and the
By Obſervation we had here, this Iſland lies in The Islands
Lat. 6. 50. S. the Variation 3.30. Eaſterly; and I of Lobos,
reckon it lies in the Longitude of 87.35. Weſt Road be-
from London. The two largeſt Iſlands, call'd Lobos twixt 'em,
de la Mar (to diftinguish them from others call'd defcrib'd.
Lobos de la Terra, within 2 Ls. of the Land) are
about 16 Ls. from the Main, and 6 Miles in length.
There's another fmall Iſland cloſe by the Eaſter-
moſt to Windward, not half a mile long, with
fome Rocks and Breakers near the Shore, all round
and off of each fide of the Entrance to the Road,
which
L 2
148
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
:
1709. which is bold and has no visible Danger. There's
a Paffage for Boats to Windward, to come into
the Road, which is to the Leeward of thefe Iflands
in a Sound between them. 'Tis not half a mile
broad, but above a mile deep has from 10 to 20 fa-
thom Water, and good Anchor-ground: there's no
coming in for Ships, but to Leeward of the Islands.
We went in with a fmall Weather-Tide, tho I never
perceiv'd it flow above 3 foot whilft we lay here.
The Wind commonly blows Southerly, veering a
little to the Eastward on the Eaſtermoft Iſland
(which was on our Larboard fide as we lay at an-
chor in the Sound) there is a round Hummock,
and behind it a fmall Cove very fmooth, deep, and
convenient enough for a Ship to careen in; there
we haul'd up, and fitted our little Frigat. The
higheſt part of the Iſland appears in the Road not
much higher than a large Ship's Top-Maft head.
The Soil is a hungry white clayifh Earth, mix'd
with Sand and Rocks. There's no fresh Water, or
green things on the Iflands: Here's abundance of
Vultures, alias Carrion-Crows, which look'd fo
tures. like Turkeys, that one of our Officers at landing
Abundance
of Vul-
1
$
blefs'd himſelf at the fight, and hop'd to fare de-
liciouſly here: He was fo eager, that he would not
ſtay till the Boat could put him afhore, but leap'd
into the Water with his Gun, and getting near
enough to a parcel, let fly at 'em; but when he
came to take up his Game, it ſtunk infufferably,
and made us merry at his Miſtake. The other
Birds here are Penguins, Pellicans, Boobys, Gulls,
An odd fort and a fort of Fowls like Teal, that neftle in holes
of Teal.
on the Land Our Men got Loads of 'em, which
they skin'd, and prais'd them for very good Meat.
We found abundance of Bull-Rufhes and empty
Jars that the Spanish Fishermen had left afhore:
All over this Coaft they ufe Jars inſtead of Casks,
for Oil, Wine, and all other forts of Liquids.
Here's
Deſcription of Lobos.
149
Here's abundance of Seals and fome Sea-Lions; 1709.
old Seals
the Seals are much larger than at Juan Fernandez, Livers of
but the Fur not fo fine. Our People kill'd feveral
with a deſign to eat their Livers; but one of our unwbole-
Crew, a Spaniard, dying fuddenly after eating 'em, fom.
I forbad the uſe of 'em. Our Prifoners told us,
they accounted thofe old Seals very unwholefom.
The Wind always blowing freſh over the Land,
brought an ugly noifom Smell aboard from the
Seals afhore; which gave me a violent Head-Ach,
and every body elfe complain'd of this naufeous
Smell: we found nothing fo offenfive at Juan Fer-
nandez.
Our Priſoners tell us, they expect the Widow
of the late Vice-Roy of Peru would fhortly em-
bark for Aquapulco, with her Family and Riches,
and ftop at Payta to refreſh, or fail near in fight
as cuſtomary, in one of the King's Ships of 36
Guns; and that about eight months ago there was
a Ship with 200000 Pieces of Eight aboard, the Informa-
reſt of her Cargo Liquors and Flower, which had tion of rich
pafs'd Payta for Aquapulco: fhe would have been a Ships.
welcome Prize to us, but fince ſhe is gone, it's not
worth while to follow her. Our Priſoners added,
That they left Signior Morel in a, ftout Ship with
dry Goods for Lima, recruiting at Payta, where
he expected in few days a French-built Ship, be-
longing to the Spaniards, to come from Panama
richly laden, with a Biſhop aboard. Payta is a
common Recruiting-place to thoſe who go to or
from Lima, or moſt Ports to Windward, in their
Trade to Panama, or any part of the Coaft of
Mexico. Upon this Advice we agreed to ſpend as
much time as poffible cruiling off of Payta, with-
out diſcovering our felves, for fear of hindring
our other Deſigns.
At theſe Iſlands Capt. Dampier in his laſt Voyage Cap.Dam-
left his Ship the St. George at anchor, and went to pier's Mi
L3
the fortune.
+
150
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
i
1709. the East-Indies in a Spanish Brigantine with about
25 Men: After he had plunder'd Puna in 1704.
and water'd his fmall Bark near it, he endur'd
many Hardſhips, and for want of his Commiffion
to fhow (which he loft at Puna) he was impri-
fon'd, and had all his Goods feiz'd in the Indies
by the Dutch.
A good Pre-
caution.
A Prize
aken.
A Prize
taken.
Before we came hither, we held a Committee,
and publish'd an Order in both Ships, forbidding
our Officers or Men on fevere Penalties to hold any
Correſpondence, or talk any thing that in the leaft
concerns the Voyage, with our Prifoners; which
was ſtrictly obferv'd, to prevent the Diſcovery of
our Deſigns to the Spaniards.
April 1. Small Gales, fair clear Weather. This
Morning I went in our Yall on board the Dutcheſs,
and afterwards fpoke with the Beginning: We a-
greed how to act, in cafe we fee more than one
Sail at a time to chafe.
April 2. Yeſterday in the Afternoon we were
furpriz'd with the Colour of the Water, which
look'd as red as Blood for feveral miles, occafion'd
by the Spawn of Fish. This Morning at Day-
break we fpy'd a Sail about 2 Ls. to Windward:
We immediately hoiſted out and mann'd our Pin-
nace, commanded by Mr. Frye my chief Lieutenant,
who by eight in the Morning took the Ship; fhe
was call'd the Afcenfion, built Galeon-faſhion, ve-
ry high with Galleries, Burden between 4 and
500 Tun, two Brothers being Commanders, viz.
Joſeph and John Morel. She was laden with dry
Goods and Timber, had above 50 Negroes, and
ſeveral Paſſengers bound from Panama to Lima.
April 3. We immediately mann'd this Prize,
took ſome of the Spaniards out of her, and put,
in Mr. Frye Commander. We found a good ſtock
of fresh Provifions on board. In the Evening we
faw another Sail, which the Beginning took, and
brought
į
From Lobos to the Northward.
151
brought her to the reft this Morning: She was a 1709.
Veffel of 35 Tuns, laden with Timber from Guia-
quil to Chancay near Lima; the Maſter's Name was
Juan Guaftellos, the Crew 11 white Men and 1 Ne-
gro. We agreed with the Dutchefs and Beginning
when and where to meet; and having all our Sta-
tions appointed, they left us. We were inform'd
by the Priſoners, that the Bishop of Chokeaqua, a
Place far up the Country in the South Parts of
Peru, was to have come from Panama in this Vef-
fel for Lima, in his way to the faid Bishoprick;
but the Ship fpringing a Leak at Panama, he went
on board a French-built Ship belonging to the Spa-
niards that was following them for Lima, but
would stop at Payta to recruit, as the Morels had
done. Being near that place, we refolve to watch
narrowly in order to catch the Ship with his
Lordſhip.
April 4. About fix in the Evening we parted
with Mr. Frye in the great Prize, having order'd
him with the two other Prizes to keep together,
and ply about 8 Ls. off fhore in fight of the Hum-
mocks call'd the Saddle of Payta, becauſe they ap-
pear in that ſhape with low Land betwixt 'em.
We ſtood in for the Shore, and next Morning faw
a Ship to Leeward, and gave chafe; fhe made a
Signal, by which we knew her to be the Dutchess;
but being at a diſtance, and we not having kept
out our Signal long enough, they did not fee it.
We kept on fail till we came near her, which
made them clear their Ship in order to fight: I did
this to furprize them, and at Noon went on
board.
April 5. I kept the Dutchefs company till the
Evening; and whilft I was on board her, the Begin-
ning came down to us. We agreed on an exa& Sta-
tion; the Beginning to keep cloſe in with Payta, the
Dutchefs 8 Ls. to Leeward, and I to lie right off of
L 4
Payṭa
152
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
>
1709. Payta about 7 or 8 Ls. a little to Windward. Juſt
as the Sun fet I left them; they fancy'd they faw
a Sail, and chas'd in great hafte; but we faw no-
thing except the blowing of a Whale, of which
there are abundance on this Coaft. Wind from
the SE by S. to the ESE.
Mr. Van-
April 6. We came up with our three Prizes a-
bout four a clock in the Afternoon, and found all
in good order. Mr. Frye had, fitted out the great
Boat we built at Lobos, which we call a Launch,
with Sails and Oars, ready to give chafe if they
faw any thing in little Winds, having Men enough
for that end, in thefe peaceable Seas, where they
are in no fear of an Enemy.
April 7. At eight this Morning the Saddle of
Payta bore ENE, 7 Ls. at Noon N E. dift. ro
Ls. I went on board the Galeon to Mr. Frye, and
'ftation'd him again, leaving Signals for the other
two, if he faw 'em; and after having din'd on a
good Quarter of Mutton and Cabbage with him,
which is a great Rarity to us here, I came on
board, in order to leave him the fecond time.
·
1
Mr. Vanbrugh threatning to fhoot one of our
brugh's Men at Lobos, only for refusing to carry fome
Mijcar- Carrion-Crows that he fhot, and having lately
riages.
abus'd Capt, Dover, as he faid; the latter defir'd
a Committee might be call'd to examine into Mr.
Vanbrugh's Conduct, and we came to the following
Iffue: That Mr. Vanbrugh had committed fundry
Mifdemeanours, and according to our Orders, we not
believing him a fit Person to be one of the Committee,
had chofen Mr. Samuel Hopkins in his ftead. Which
was fign'd, and agreed to by all the Committee in
both Ships.
A
At the fame time, while we were together, we
had a fecond Committee; which concluded as
follows.
We
From Lobos to the Northward.
∙153
W
E have examin'd and do approve of all the
Proceedings and Tranfactions fince our leaving
the Island of Grande on the Coaft of Brazile, both as
to punishing Offenders, our Diſpatch at Juan Fernan-
dez, and staying at Lobos to build our Boat, and act-
ing in all cafes for the best of our intended Voyage to
this time. In Teftimony of which, we have ſet our
Hands the Day and Year above-written.
Sign'd by all the chief Officers in both Ships.
April . Yesterday afternoon we all met aboard
the Duke, to confult how to act; for beginning to
grow fhort of Water, we can't keep the Sea much
longer.
1709.
aquil.
April 12. This Morning we came to a full Re- Diſpoſi-
folution to land and attempt Guiaquil. In order tions to at-
thereunto we fix'd two Barks, put Ammunition tack Gui-
and Arms on board them, with our four Quarter-
Deck Guns and Field-Carriages. And for the Ma-
nagement of this Expedition, we held a Commit-
tee, and refolv'd on the following Particulars.
At a Committee held on board the
WE
Duke-Frigot.
E have confulted and examin'd fundry Pilots
taken in Prizes, and had ſeveral Meetings on
this Occafion, being provided with convenient Veffels
to carry our Men, Guns, Arms, and other Neceffa
ries to Guiaquil: We refolve to attempt it, having
alfo confulted the most fecret way of managing our
Attempts on it without difcovery. We do approve and
appoint Capt. Tho. Dover, Capt. Woodes Rogers,
and Capt. Stephen Courtney, to command the Men
defign'd to land in three equal Parties; except 21
Men with Capt. William Dampier and Mr. Tho.
Glendall, who are to manage and take care of the
Guns,
154
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709. Guns, Ammunition, Provifions, &c. which we agree
to be lodg'd in a convenient place, as near as poffible
to the best Landing-place nearest the Water-fide, in or-
der to take care and help ship off the Effects that we
may take in the Town; who are alfo to ferve either
Commander, where most wanted.
We leave the Management of this Expedition wholly
to the prudent Conduct of the above Commanders,
whom we heartily wish and defire to confult each other
on all occafions, as the most promifing Method to fuc-
ceed and keep our Designs fecret; which is the only
way to prevent the Enemies removing their Wealth, or
giving us a vigorous Reception. This is our Opinion;
in witnefs whereof we have fet our Hands, the 12th of
April 1709.
Sign'd by all the chief Officers in both Ships.
Memorandum,
WE
E have confider'd the Opinion of the foregoing
Committee fign'd this Day, and do jointly
concur with them, and accordingly defign to profecute
it with our Lives and Fortunes to the utmost of our
Power and Judgment. Witness our Hands, this 12th
Day of April 1709.
Tho. Dover, Prefid.
Woodes Rogers,
Stephen Courtney.
April 13. We appointed an Officer to every ten
Men, to prevent Diſorders, and ftragling afhore.
The Committee having agreed on our Method
of Command, left it to us jointly and vigorouſly
to attack the Enemy afhore; we knew that Mif-
fortunes attend Sailors when out of their Element:
and hearing that they began to murmur about the
Encouragement they were to expect for Landing,
which they alledg'd was a rifque more than they
were ſhip'd for; to prevent their Deſertion, which
we
From Lobos towards Guiaquil.
∙155
we had reaſon to apprehend, fince they were a 1709.
mix'd Gang of most European Nations, we the
Commanders agreed on the moſt plaufible Methods
we could then think of, to form a good Diſcipline
among 'em, if poffible, and to give 'em all need-
ful Encouragement, that we might depend on
their good Order and Bravery; and therefore
came to the following Refolves.
WHEREAS it is agreed to land and take the Regula-
Town of Guiaquil, we fully refolve to do it tions about
Plunder,
with all manner of Privacy and Difpatch; and that and Encou-
we our felves and our Men may have full Encourage- ragement
ment to attempt it bravely and chearfully, we publish for the Men
this following Order.
Imprim. All manner of Bedding and Clothes with-
out ſtripping, all manner of Neceffaries, Gold Rings,
Buckles, Buttons, Liquors, and Provifions for our own
expending and ufe, with all forts of Arms and Am-
munition, except great Guns for Ships, is Plunder,
and fhall be divided equally amongst the Men of each
Ship, with their Prizes, either aboard or ashore, ac-
cording to the whole Shares.
2. It is alfo agreed, that any fort of wrought Silver
or Gold Crucifixes, Gold and Silver Watches, or any
other Movables found about the Prisoners, or wearing
Apparel of any kind, ſhall likewife be Plunder: Pro-
vided always we make this Referve, That Mony and
Womens Ear-Rings, with loose Diamonds, Pearls, and
precious Stones be excepted. And if any thing is short
and omitted in this Publication, we do hereby declare,
that when this Expedition is over, every particular
Man fhall have a Hearing; or the Perfons already
appointed for the Company of both Ships, may come to
us, and inſiſt on what is or ought to be deem'd Plun-
der, either more or less than what is here inferted;
and that a general Committee of the Officers of both
Ships fhall immediately meet, and at once refolve if
any
to land.
!
156
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
•
1709. any mors is or ought to be Plunder. And that we shall
give all manner of Encouragement, without Fraud to
the Owners, or Prejudice to our felves, Officers, and
Men, in the fame manner as agreed on at the land
of St. Vincent on this head: Provided always that
our Intent and Meaning for the Mens Encouragement.
be not made liable to a Conftruction prejudicial to the
Owners, or Ships Companies Intereft; and that under
pretence of the aforefaid Movables allow'd to be Plun-
der, no Perfon whatfoever do feize on, or clandeftine-
ly hide any wrought or unwrought Gold or Silver,
Pearls, Jewels, Diamonds, and other precious Stones,
which are not found about the Prifoners, or their wear-
ing Apparel; which shall be accounted a high Mifde-
meanour, and puniſh'd ſeverely: And that no Perfon
do prefume to keep any Plunder, but immediately de-
liver it to his Officers publickly, and carry it directly
to the Place appointed for Plunder.
In cafe this or any other Town, Fort, Ships, or the
like, be taken in this Expedition by Storm, then the
Same Encouragement fhall be allow'd each Man, as a-
greed on at St. Vincent, over and above the Gratuity
promis'd by the Owners, to fuch as ſhall ſignalize them-
felves in time of Action, as by their Inftrument appears.
But if any Party of ours, or the whole, or any ſeparate
Body Shall be engag'd with the Enemy on shore, and be-
come Victors, then all Prifoners, the Mony, Arms,
and Movables about 'em, are immediately on that place
to be brought to the Officer or Officers of that Body or
Party, and put, into a general Stock, to be divided
proportionably amongst thofe only of our Men that were
engag'd in that Action, who are to enjoy the whole Re-
putation and Right of it to themselves.
And tho there has been nothing yet taken worth a
Divifion of Plunder, we don't question but the effecting
this good Enterprize will equally encourage us all, and
that we shall gladly and expeditiously get the Wealth
of the Town brought to the places appointed on fhore.
There
Sailing towards Guiaquil.
157
There fhall at the fame time be feveral Places appointed, 1709.
and Men to receive Plunder, and a fufficient time be-
"fore we leave the Town allow'd to fhip it off by it felfo
and Men appointed to take care and an account of it;
which, with all other Piunder, fhall be enter'd in publick
Books: and when we come on board, we hope and defign
to divide it equally, to the Satisfaction of all concern'd.
1
And to prevent all manner of pernicious and mif-
'chievous Ill-Conduct that may accrue by Diſorders on
Shore, we preffingly remind you, that any Officer or
other that fhall be fo brutish as to be drunk afhore in an
Enemy's Country, shall not only be feverely punish'd, but
lofe all share of what foever is taken in this Expedition.
The fame Punishment fhall be inflicted on any that dif
obeys Command, or runs from his Poft, difcourages our
Men, or is cowardly in any Action, or prefumes to
burn or destroy any thing in the Town without our Order,
or for miſchief fake; or that ſhall be ſo ſneakingly barba-
rous to debauch themselves with any Prifoners on shore,
where we have more generous things to do, both for our
own Benefit and the future Reputation of our felves and
our Country. We shall always take care to keep Prifo-
ners of the best Note, as Pledges for our Men that
may be accidentally miffing: for as foon as any Man is
wanting, we shall engage the Spaniards to bring him
to us, or give a fatisfactory account of him. But we de-
fire no Man to trust to this, or be a moment from his
Officers and Poft. And if all the foregoing Rules be
Strictly follow'd, we hope to exceed all other Attempts
of this nature before us in thefe Parts; and not only to
enrich and oblige our felves and Friends, but even to
gain Reputation from our Enemies. Dated and fign'd
on board the Duke, the 13th of April, 1709.
Tho. Dover, Pref.
Woodes Rogers.
Stephen Courtney.
April 14. This Morning we got all our Arms,
Ammunition, and Provifions, with part of our
Men,
!
}
158
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709. Men, &c. aboard. Our Bark being, the lar-
geft, we took in part of Capt. Courtney's Men;
and his Bark carrying the reft, we ftood into the
great Bay of Guiaquil all night, deſigning to leave
the Ships a good diſtance at Sea, for fear of be-
ing difcover'd from the Town call'd Tombes,
which lying on the Starboard fide going in, would
ruin our Defign. Wind at South, but very little.
Lat. 4. 23. 85.42.
A Spaniſh
Ship at.
tack'd.
&
April 15. At Break of Day we faw a Ship be-
tween us and the Land: being calm, we fent off
both our Pinnaces mann'd and arm'd. But our
Men expecting no Reſiſtance from that Ship, they
hurry'd from us, left out their Swivel-Gun, and
carry'd but a flender Stock of Arms with them.
My Brother John Rogers being unfortunately a-
board our Ship, to affift me in getting ready, be-
cauſe he was to be Lieutenant of my Company a-
fhore, he ſtept into our Boat. I had before this
oppos'd his landing, which he reſented as a Slight;
and this hinder'd me ftopping him now, tho it
was not his buſineſs, he being fecond Lieutenant of
our Confort, and we having Officers enough of our
own for that Service: but Mr. Frye, who com-
manded the Boat, being related to us, was the
occafion of my Brother's Willingness to go as a
Volunteer with him. The Dutchess's Pinnace was
worſe provided than ours, and had not Arms e-
nough for their Men, as Capt. Cooke told me after-
wards. About nine a clock our Boat came within
fhot of the Ship, which prov'd to be the French-
built Ship belonging to Lima, the fame we have
been a cruiſing for. They hoisted their Spanish
Enfign in its place, and a Flag at their Top-Maft-
Head; which our Boats took to be the Bishop's
Banner, becauſe it was broad, made of white Sat-
tin and fring'd, which was unuſual Colours in Ships.
They fir'd a Gun at our Boat, which lay ftilla-
bove
1
17
Sailing towards Guiaquil.
159
bove half an hour before the Dutchefs Pinnace 1709.
came up, fhe not rowing fo well as ours. When
they came up, Capt. Cooke, Mr. Frye, and my Bro-
ther confulted how to begin the Attack with ad-
vantage: They agreed that our Boat fhould ply
her under the Stern, and the other on the Bow,
till they could get near enough to board at once.
But when they came up, the Spaniards brought a
Gun right aft, and upwards of twenty fmall Arms
pointed into the Boats; fo that the Fight began
before they could reach the Station agreed on, and
both were forc'd to engage the Enemy abaft,
where they had five Guns mounted. Our People
were conſtrain'd to fall a-ftern twice, after the
lofs of one Man kill'd and three wounded. The
Boats and Sails were much damag'd by the Enemies
Partridge-fhot, yet they again attempted to come
up and board her. At this Attack my unfortu- My Brother
nate Brother was shot thro the Head, and inftant- Lieut.Ro-
ly died, to my unfpeakable Sorrow: but as I began gerskiäd.
this Voyage with a Refolution to go thro it, and
the greateſt Misfortune or Obftacle fhall not deter
me, I'll as much as poffible avoid being thought-
ful and afflicting my felf for what can't be re-
call'd, but indefatigably purſue the Concerns
of the Voyage, which has hitherto allow'd lit-
tle Refpite. Our Men, upon this Difafter, left
engaging, and put all their fpare Men and Arms
into the Dutchess's Boat; who was to keep between
the Enemy and the Shore, to prevent them from
landing their Riches. Our Ships having little
Wind, were yet at a diſtance; and our Boat came
aboard after noon, with two dead and three woun-
ded Men.
April 16, We got poffeffion of the Spanish Ship The Spa-
about two yeſterday in the afternoon. She had nifh Ship
upwards of 50 Spaniards and above 100 Negroes, taken.
Indians, and Molattoes on board. They would
not ſtrike till within half-fhot of our Ships: The
Dutchefs
160
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
ken.
1709. Dutchess being fomewhat neareſt, fir'd two Shot
over her, and then fhe ftruck, and bore down to
us. But we miss'd the Bishop, who ten days be-
fore landed at Point St. Hellena, with his Atten-
dants, Plate, &c. defigning to ftop at Guiaquil.
Afmall This Morning we faw a fmall Sail under the fhore;
Prize ta- we fent our Pinnace and the Beginning, who
brought her off to us: fhe prov'd a fmall Bark from
Payta with Soap, Caffia, Fiftula, and Leather.
About twelve we read the Prayers for the Dead,
and threw my dear Brother over-board, with one
of our Sailors, another lying dangerously ill. We
hoiſted our Colours but half-maſt up: We began
firſt, and the reſt follow'd, firing each fome Vol-
leys of fmall Arms. All our Officers exprefs'd a
great Concern for the Lofs of my Brother, he be-
ing a very hopeful active young Man, a little above
twenty Years of Age.
April 17. We made ready to go ashore, and
read the Encouragement agreed on the 13th to the
Men, who all exprefs themſelves well pleas'd with
the Undertaking, and were fo forward to land,
that they make all the Intereft poffible to go afhore;
not confidering that we muft fecure a fafe Retreat,
by leaving a fufficient number on board our Ships to
man'em and guard our Prifoners: but it was a proof
of their Courage, fince the Advantage was alike,
either to ſtay on board or go ashore. To pre-
vent their ftragling when landed, we gave each
Man a Ticket, that he might remember what
Company he belong'd to; and appointed the beſt
and fobereſt Man we could pick to command every
ten Men under the Captains. Capt. Courtney and
I being willing to compliment our Prefident Capt.
Dover, agreed that he ſhould have the Preference
in Command at our Landing: being a confiderable
Owner in our Ship, he had an equal third part of
the Men allotted to be under his Command whilſt
afhore; we were afterwards to take it in turns.
April 18.
From Lobos towards Guiaquil in Peru.
161
Men that
April 18. Yefterday Afternoon Capt. Courtney 1709.
and I fettl'd every thing on board our Ships and
Prizes, and got all the Men defign'd for Landing
on board the Barks. We proportion'd the reft, and
put Irons on board every Ship, becauſe having
many more Priſoners than we could leave Men to
guard 'em, we muſt have 'em well fecur'd. We
agreed to leave on board the Duke 42 Men and
Boys, fick and well, Robert Fry Commander; 37
aboard the Dutchefs, Edward Cook Commander;
14 aboard the Galleon, John Bridge Mafter; 14
aboard the Havre de Grace, Robert Knowlman Ma-
fter; and 4 aboard the Beginning, Henry Duck Ma-
fter: The whole being III, and 201 were de- The Num-
fign'd for the Shore. The Prifoners on board are ber of the
above 300,more than one half Spaniards and Indians,
the reft Negroes. The Captain and 7 of the chief board, of
ftaid on
Spaniards taken in the laſt Prize I carried aboard the Prifo-
our Bark to go with us to the Town, fearing they ners, and
might be dangerous Perfons to leave behind us. of those
Laft Midnight we left the Ships, every thing being ed.
in good order aboard both Imbarkations. We were,
when we parted, about 9 Leagues diftant from the
Inland Sancta Clara, and not less than 36 from Guia-
quil. We order'd Capt. Cook and Fry to keep at
Sea undiſcover❜d 48 Hours, and then to make the
beſt of their way to Point Arena,and ftay there at an
Anchor till our Return, having engag'd Sen. Morell
and another Spañiard to be their Pilots. About 12 Iland S.
this Day we pass'd by the Iſland Sancta Clara, ha- Člara.
ving little Wind, and the Weather very hot. This
Iſland appears like a Corps extended, therefore the
Spaniards call it Mortho; it's not above two Miles
long: We left it on the Starboard-fide, which is
not the Ships Channel; for none enter that way
but Barks, by reafon of Shoals both on the Inland
and towards the Main,within it, to the Northward.
M
About
that land-
162
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709.
Iſle of
Puna.
About 10 laft Night we came to an Anchor in
fight of Point Arena with both Barks, not being
able to ftem the Tide. At 4 in the Morning we
weigh'd, when Capt. Courtney and I, with our
Boats and 40 Men, left the Barks, and order'd
'em to lie at Puna one Tide after us, that we might
have time to furprize Guiaquil before they ſhould
appear in fight of it to alarm them; for we had
notice, that they keep a Look-out a League below
the Town. We reach'd about half way to Puna,
and landed on the Ifland, where we ftaid during
the Ebb Tide, and hid our Boats under the Man-
grove Branches. This Ifland is not paffable, be-
ing full of thick Mangroves and Swamps, that
fwarm with Musketo's.
April 20. Yefterday in the Evening we rowed
and towed one another with the Flood, that if
feen in the Night, we might look like Drift Tim-
ber. We had an excellent Indian Pilot, that ad-
vis'd us to come to a Graplin about 11 at Night,
to lie in our Boats about a Mile fhort of the Town,
and to furprize 'em by Break of Day. We took
his Advice, but just as we got in by the Town,
faw two Lights by the Water-fide in Bark Logs,
which we fecured with all the Canoes; but an
The Town Indian eſcaping, he alarm'd the People about the
of Puna Church, who ran into the Woods before we could
furpriz'a reach the Houſes: However we fecur'd the Lieu-
tenant that governs here, with his Family, and
about 20 others, who affur'd us there could be no
body to give notice of us to Guiaquil, now we had
fecur'd them, and the reft being fled to the Woods.
We fent fome of our Men, who took the Look-outs
at their Pofts, and cut all their Canoes and Bark-
Logs to pieces there, and alfo at the Town. The
Day was hot, and two of our Men finding Li-
quors in the Houfes, got drunk betimes. This
Place has about 30 Houſes, and a fmall Chappel.
We
From Lobos towards Guiaquil in Peru.
163
13
being to
come into
dron.
French
We found a Spanish Paper here, that gave us fome 1709.
Uneafinefs; it was directed to the Lieutenant The Spa-
who had the chief Command here, and order'd niards had
him to keep a ſtrict Watch, fignifying that they had notice of
notice of Capt. Dampier's coming Pilot to a Squa- Dampier's
dron into theſe Seas. The Copy of this Paper
was fent from Lima to all inhabited Places on the thefe Seas
Coaſt of Peru, fignifying, that the French were on as Pilot to
the firſt notice to fit out after us; and the Bark a Squa-
that came from Paita told us of two great Ships
that lay in Callo Road, and one at Pifco, befides Notice of
two in Conception, a Port of Chili; being all French
Frigots in
Frigats from 40 to 50 Guns and upwards, notwith- thufe Seas.
ſtanding the Report of their not coming into theſe
Seas any more. But to our great Satisfaction we
are certain, that we were not difcover'd before this,
and that it's next to impoffible any fufficient Force
can arm out from Lima, to be here in leſs than 24
Days, by which time we hope to finish, and be
gone where they cannot find us. But fince we per-
ceive their Accounts of us imperfect, and that
they believe a Squadron comes under Capt. Dam-
pier's Pilotage, and he being known by the Peo-
ple, becauſe he furprized this Village when laft in
thefe Seas; we agreed amongst our felves how to
improve this Spanish Story of a Squadron, which I
hope will not only hinder their fitting out from
Lima, but even alarm them there. The Subftance
of this Spanish Advice Paper, in English, is as
follows.
M 2
To
164
A Gruifing Voyage round the World.
1709 To the Lieutenant General Don Hieronimo
Boza y Soliz, Corregidore and Judge of the
City of St. Jago de Guiaquil, under the Fu-
rifdiction of the Captain General for his
Majefty.
cr
6C
I
Have a Letter I received from his Excellency
the Lord Marquis de Caftel dos Reys, Viceroy,
"Governour, and Captain General of thefe King-
"doms, with the Copy of another of the tenor
"following.
CC
65
CC
66
CC
cc
CC
..
*
"In the Packet with Letters from Spain, which
"I have received, there are Orders from his Ma-
jefty, giving an account of a Squadron of 7 Sail,
getting ready at London by feveral Lords, from
ແ 44 to 74 Guns each, to fail to the South Sea,
…. under the Conduct of an English-man nam'd
Dampier: That they are firſt to fail for Ireland
in April to victual there, and afterwards to pof-
"fefs themſelves of an Ifland and Harbour in thefe
Seas, and particularly the Iſland of Juan Fernan-
des. You are to give an account to all thoſe
Provinces where 'tis neceffary, that they may
take proper Meaſures to guard the Coafts and
"Harbors. Order Don Hieronimo, as foon as he
"receives this, to give notice of it to the People
CC on all the Coafts under his Jurifdiction to with-
"draw their Cattle and Provifions, and that he
"don't neglect to put this in execution; that fo
&C the Enemies finding no Provifion, may be o-
"blig'd to retire from thefe Seas, whither they
can't bring Provifion enough to maintain them.
"for fo long a Voyage. And let the faid Don
Hieronimo place Guards on all the Coafts, and in
"all the Sea-ports where 'tis neceffary, with Or-
"ders to be vigilant, and carefully to obferve
CC
Co
re
every Sail that comes into any Port, and give
an account of their Numbers with the utmoft
"dif
From Lobos towards Guiaquil in Peru.
165
:
"difpatch to Don Hieronimo the Corregidore, that 1709.
" he may fend the fame from one Corregidore
cc
c
ce
to another till it come to the Viceroy's hands,
"without fail, all along the Coafts belong-
"ing to Don Hieronimo, and particularly that
"thofe he has given Orders to, do immediately
"diſpatch 'em for the King's Service. This I
"truft he will do to all that can give notice of the
CC Enemies Motions, that it may be impoffible for
"'em to get Provifions on the Coaft, when tis
"well guarded, or in the Villages of his Jurif-
diction; and I trust to his Activity and Zeal
"for the Royal Service in a Matter of fuch weight
"and confequence; and that he alſo give notice
if there be on the Coaſts or Ports in his Jurif-
"diction any French Ships, as we hear there is in
"theſe Seas, and give 'em warning of the Ene-
my's Squadron, take a Certificate that he gave
"'em fuch notice, and ſend it to me, that they
mayn't pretend to have been furpriz'd, if the
Enemy get any advantage of 'em. God pre-
"ferve Don Hieronimo, &c.
CC
t
CC
CC
Lima, March
20, 1709.
El. Marq. de Caftel de los Reyos.
Don Hieronimo Boza de Solis,&c.
"The like Orders are fent to the Lieutenant
"General, and the other Officers belonging to
"the Sea Coast, and the Lieutenant of Puna, &c.
April 21. At 2 Yeſterday Afternoon I left Capt.
Courtney and Capt. Dampier atPuna,and went in queſt
of the Barks, admiring they did not come in fight,
they being now a Tide and half behind. I carried
with me the Lieutenant of Puna, and went with the
great Launch and our Pinnace, defigning to join
Capt. Courtney and Capt. Dampier again, who are
to lie all Night in the River, to prevent being difco-
ver'd by any Advice going up before us to Guiaquil.
I found
M 3
1
166
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709. I found the Barks about 4 a Clock 4 Leagues be-
low Puna: They had been with us according to
Appointment, but laft Night were miſinform'd by
the Pilot aboard the Dutchess's Bark, who brought
'em to anchor with a fair Wind below that Place,
thinking they had got the Length of it; our Bark's
Pilot (who was the beft) being with us in the
Boats. We got other Pilots at Puna, and left him
aboard the Bark, where I puniſh'd one that I
brought aboard drunk from Puna, and had him ſe-
verely whipt before the whole Company as a Ter-
ror to the reft. I was not aboard above half an
hour before low Water, and had juſt time to im-
bark Capt. Dover and part of his Company in the
Launch, and as many more as we could carry in
our Pinnace to get before the Barks up the River,
We rowed till 12 at Night, judg'd it High Water,
and came to a Graplin: We faw Lights, which
we took to be Puna. It blow'd freſh, was very
dark, with a ſmall rolling Sea, and the Boat be-
ing deep laden and cram'd with Men, I had rather
be in a Storm at Sea than here; but in regard we
are about a charming Undertaking, we think no
Fatigue too hard. At Day-break we faw a Bark
above us in the River; we thought it to be a Stran-
ger, and fent our Pinnace to her: I was in the
Launch behind a Shole, which we were forc'd to
go round to get into the Channel where the Bark
was. By 8 a Clock I was aboard her, and found
it to be our Bark, which the honeft Pilot had
brought fo high the laft Tide. We have no fight
of the Dutchess's Bark fince we left her laft Night.
About 10 we came up with Capt. Courtney and
Capt. Dampier, who told us they had kept a good
Look-out, and that nothing had paſs'd them up
the River. About Noon it was High-water ; we
lay with the Boats under the Mangroves all the
Ebb, and the Bark off in the River. We were
now
At Guiaquil in Peru.
167
now about half way up to Guiaquil from Puna, and
might have gone farther, but that there was a
Plantation or Farm a little higher, which would
have diſcover'd us, and alarm'd the Town, fhould
we have gone higher before Night.
1709.
April 22. It was very hot Yefterday, and we
were pefter'd and ftung grievously by the Muski-
toes, as we lay under the Mangroves. At 6 in
the Evening the Bark and Boats made way up the
River. By 12 at Night we were in fight of the
Town with all the Boats, in which we had 110
Men. We faw a very great Fire on the top of an The Town
adjoining Hill, and Lights in the Town. In half alarm'd
an hour we were a-breaft of it, and ready to land, arriv'd.
before we
but faw abundance of Lights appear at once com- Our Offi-
ing down the Hill, and the Town full of 'em. cers differ
We enquir'd of the Indians, our Pilots, whether it in their
Opinion
was any Saint's Day, or what might be the Occa- about at-
fion of it, and they anfwer'd us, that it must be an tacking it.
Alarm. It was very dark whilft we lay ftill dri-
ving on the River, being juft High water, we
heard a Spaniard from the Shore, talking loudly
that Puna was taken, and that the Enemy were
coming up the River. This made us conclude it
was an Alarm. Immediately after we heard their
Bells making a confufed Noife, and then a Volly
of Small Arms, and two Great Guns. Above an
Hour was ſpent in Debate betwixt Capt. Dover,
Capt. Courtney, and my felf, whether we fhould
land. I asked the Confent of the Lieutenants in
all the Boats about Landing, telling 'em I fuppos'd
this to be the firft Alarm, and that we had beft
land during their Confternation; but they differ'd
in opinion, and few were for landing in the Night.
I asked Capt. Dampier how the Buccaneers behav'd
themſelves in fuch Cafes, and he told me they në-
ver attack'd any large Place after it was alarm'd.
It drew near two in the Morning, and the Ebb
M 4
run
168
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709. run ſo ſtrong, that the great Boat and Yall could
Fall down not row up to Land; fo that it being too late to
again attempt the Town, I adviſed to fall down the Ri-
from the ver out of fight of it, to meet our Barks, and
land with the Morning Flood. Upon this all our
Boats drove down with the Ebb about a League
Barks, and
tand with below the Town, where we lay till Day-break,
the Morn- and faw our Bark, Mr. Glendall Commander,
ing Flood. brought by the honeft Indian Pilot a Mile above us,
Town to
meet our
3
for we had paffed by him in the Night: We rowed
back to him, and recruited our Men as well as we
could. We found the Water freſh there, and drank
of it, tho' yeſterday it was a little brackish, The
Bark lay againſt a Wood of tall Trees cloſe by the
Shore, and we kept a File of Musketeers with their
Arms pointing into the Wood, with Orders to fire
if they faw any Men; and we kept firing a Musket
now and then into the Woods, to prevent Ambuf-
cades. About 2 our Yall and Launch came aboard,
for they could not row back with us to the Bark,
till the Tide flacken'd, and the Flood was coming.
At 1o we ſaw the Dutchess's Bark come in fight;
immediately I order'd the Anchor to be got up to
fall on the Town, which was about two Miles
Confulta- from us; but Capt, Dover oppos'd it, prefs'd that
tions and we might have a Confultation with as many of the
Debates Officers as were prefent, and to lie in the Boat a-
theOfficers ftern of the Bark, that what was debated might not
about at be overheard by the reft of our Company. We
acking immediately affembled there accordingly, and
the Town. Capt. Dover infifted on the Difficulty of attempting
Capt. Do- the Enemy now they had been fo long alarm'd ;
ver's Pro- alledging we ſhould but throw away our own and
pofal
!
betwixt
our Mens Lives, or elfe weaken our felves fo much,
as might occafion the Lofs of the remaining part of
the Voyage, that chiefly brought us from England,
and was our greateſt Dependance: That the Town
appeared large, and confequently was much more
able
At Guiaquil in Peru.
169
which was
able to hold out than we to attack it; and tho' 1709.
the Spaniards in theſe Parts had no extraordinary
fighting Character, yet if they armed the Mullat-
to's, as they generally did on the like Occafions,
we might find the Attempt very defperate, with
other Objections not fit to recite here. He con-
cluded, that our beft Method would be to fend a
Trumpeter with Propofals to the Enemy to trade
with us for the Cargoes of Negroes and other
Goods aboard our Prizes, that an immediate Meet-
ing ſhould be appointed, the Prices for the Negro's
and Goods fix'd, and good Hoftages given us for
the Performance within a limited Time, and if
they agreed to this, that we would not land. This
Propofal I withſtood by the beſt Arguments I My An-
could, and urged our landing immediately, leafter,
the Enemy gaining Time by our Delays, might approv'd
fend off their Wealth, and get leifure to ftrengthen by the
themſelves, ſo as to bid us defiance. This being Majority.
put to the Vote, the Majority was for landing,
and as an Obligation on Capt. Dover, who was a
part Owner in our Ships, we agreed he ſhould lead
on the Attack as he requested, and if he took the
Town, he ſhould give the Watch-word that Night,
and Capt. Courtney and I to take it in turns after
him: But this Refolution did not hold; for Capt.
Dover reflected on me, and faid I ſhould be anfwe- Capt. Do-
rable for all the Damage that might happen to us ver fill
on our Landing. By thefe Reflections, and fome oppofes
other Peoples Indifferency, I had reafon to doubt ing, fo
the Confequence of attempting the Enemy with that I was
Succefs, fince we were fo divided amongst our forc'd to
felves; therefore at length I yielded to fend comply
two of our Prifoners, inftead of a Trumpeter, as
Propofal
Capt. Dover first propos'd, with the foregoing Pro- in part.
pofals. The other Prifoners in our Bark oblig'd
themſelves for the Return of theſe two in lefs than
an Hour; and this Method every one feem'd to be
}
pleas'd
our Land-
with his
1
1.7༠
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709. pleas'd with; fo we put the Captain of the French-
built Ship, and the Lieutenant of Puna afhore in
Propofals
fent to the our Boat, and charged them to return from the
Town. Shore in less than an Hour, otherwife we would
land. In the mean while we ran up with the other
Bark, and lay against the Middle of the Town at
Four of the an Anchor. As we fail'd up we faw 4 Barks put
Enemies off from the Town to go higher up the River, and
Barks ta- juft as the limited Hour was paft, we fent our Boats
ken as en- well mann'd and arm'd after them, who foon took
ing to e- and brought 'em to us. Mean while our Prifoners
fcape up returned in a Boat from the Town, with the Spanish
the River. Mafter le Camp, who difcourfed with us, and told
deavour-
us, that at his Return afhore the Corregidore or
Governour, with another Gentleman, would come
off and treat with us. We foon put him afhore a-
We treat gain, and quickly after came off the Corregidore
with the with another Gentleman. Capt. Dover and I met
Corregi, them in our Boat, with a Linguift, and carried
dore of the
Town.
them aboard one of the Barks that our Boats had
taken as they endeavour'd to eſcape up the River.
April 23. We did nothing yesterday in the Af-
ternoon, but fecure the Barks, and treat with the
Governour. Several of our Priſoners told us they
did not doubt to find Credit here, and that they
would alfo deal with us; fo that we were in hopes
of more Profit by felling our Cargo's and Negro's
than if we had ranfack'd the Town. The Corre-
gidore and we had verbally agreed for the Goods
by the Lump, at 140 Pieces of Eight per Bale, one
fort with another, and talked of the Price for other
things. We parted about Five in the Afternoon,
he having defir'd to go afhore, that he might pre-
vail with the other Gentlemen to agree with him,
and promis'd to meet us three Commanders on
board one of our Prizes at 8 in the Evening. We
order'd our Linguift to get Candles lighted, and
the beft Entertainment we could provide for them;
but
#
1
At Guiaquil in Peru.
171
but the Time being elapfed, and they not appear-
ing, it gave us great reafon to fufpect we were
trick'd; therefore we fent our Boats again above
the Town, and alarm'd them afreſh in the Night.
Our Centinels hail'd a Boat after Midnight, that
came aboard us with a Gentleman, who told us he
was ſent from the Corregidore with a Prefent of
2 Bags of Flower, 2 Sheep and 2 Hogs ready kill'd,
2-Jars of Wine and 2 of Brandy; and to affure us
the Governour had been with us according to Ap-
pointment, but that one of the chief Merchants
concern'd was abfent;, yet he would come off in
the Morning by 7 a Clock, on board one of the new
Ships next the Shore, where he defir'd us to meet
him,and requeſted us to believe he was a Man of Ho-
nour; for tho' he had been confiderably reinforced
fince he left us, and that more Men were continually
coming into the Town he reſolved to diſcharge
yeſterday's Promiſe, and therefore hoped we would
forbear offering any Hoftilities above the Town,be-
cauſe the Women and Children were there in San-
&tuary, with little or no Wealth to prompt us to
plunder them. We the 3 Commanders return'd
our humble Service to the Corregidore, and our
kind Thanks for his Prefent, being forry we had
nothing to oblige him with by way of Return;
but defir'd he might be told from us, that we all
admir'd at his not keeping his Word according to
Appointment, and ftill depended that he would
convince us he was a Man of Honour, by meeting
us at 7 in the Morning where we agreed laſt Night,
otherwiſe our Treaty was at an end. We were
all uneafy till 7 in the Morning, when we faw a
Flag of Truce aboard the new Ship, and fuppo-
fing the Governour to be there, we mann'd our
Pinnace,and fent our Linguift to give our Promife,
that if the Corregidore came aboard the Bark our
Prize, he fhould be at liberty to return: Upon
1709.
1
this
172
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709 this he with three more came aboard, and we
order'd our 2 Frigats Barks to go cloſe under the
Shore next the beft Part of the Town, and that
every thing ſhould be kept in readineſs for Land-
ing, left we ſhould not agree with theſe Gentle-
men. Nothing elſe was tranfacted this Morning,
but our Conference with theſe Men: Our first
Propoſals were 50000 Pieces of Eight Contribù-
tion for the Town, and we would deliver them
their 2 new Ships that lay near the Shore, and 6
Barks, provided they would oblige themſelves to
buy our two Prizes Cargoes of Goods and Negroes,
and gave us fufficient Hoftages for Payment within
9 Days. The latter they gave us fome Hopes of
complying with, if we would take their Words
and two Hoftages, which we thought too little;
for tho' they came to our Price for the Goods, they
would not give near that Sum for the Town and
Ships, alledging they were not yet in our Power,
and confequently not liable to fo large Contribu-
tions; adding, that they had Men and Arms fuffi-
cient in the Town, and Ships to protect them.
We all concluded by their dilatory Treaty, that
they only deſign'd to trick us, and gain Time;
upon which we gave 'em this Anſwer: That the
Ships we could have in a Minute, or fet them on
fire; that we did not fear taking the Town at plea-
fure; that we look'd upon it as much our own, as
if it was in our Poffeffion, and muſt have the Mo-
ney or good Hoftages; otherwife before Night we
would fet it on fire. By Noon the Corregidore
and the other Gentlemen agreed with us to buy
both Cargoes, and to give Hoftages for 40000
Pieces of Eight for the Town, 2 new Ships, and 6
Barks But neither of us were to fign this Agree-
ment till it was confirm'd by the chief Men of the
Town afhore, which the Corregidore was to pro-
çure in an hours time.
April
At Guiaquil in Peru.
173
April 24. About One Yefterday Afternoon the 1709.
Governour was put afhore in my Pinnace: Some
infifted on our ſtopping him, becaufe not long be-
fore an Indian came in a Canoe from the Maſter le
Camp, and the other Officers afhore, to know whe-
ther the Governour had agreed. Becauſe our Barks
lay near the Shore the Spaniards kept to Arms,
expecting we might fall on them fuddenly; and
faid they wanted nothing but him, and if he
could not come, his Orders when to begin the
Fight with us, if we did not agree. This Meffage
was deliver'd in our Hearing, and occafion'd Dif-
putes among us about keeping him Priſoner; thoſe
who were for it urg'd, that if he went afhore the
Enemy would certainly fight us, and that as he
had broke with us laft Night, we might break with
him now; but I was utterly againſt it, fince we
had given him our Word of Honour to the contra-
ry; and at laſt we agreed, and fent him afhore.
The three Gentlemen ftaid with us as Hoftages,
upon requeſt of the Corregidore, neither they nor
we doubting but the Agreement would be ratified
afhore. The Time allotted for Anfwer being paft,
a Meffenger from the Town came to inform us,
they could raife but 30000 Pieces of Eight, and
not a word of the Trade; fo we fent our Linguift
and a Priſoner with our final Anſwer, that if they
did not in half an hour ſend us three more good
Hoftages for the 40000 Pieces of Eight agreed on,
we would take down our Flag of Truce, land,
and give no Quarter, and fire the Town and Ships. The Treaty
In the mean time we faw the Spaniards quit the broke off
new Ships, and we took poffeffion of them; our
Meffenger return'd, and in half an hour 3 Men
ཏཱ Men Treachery
more from the Town came to the Bank againſt our Town.
Barks, holding out a white Handkerchief to parley
again: They told us their Refolution was to give
us 32000 Pieces of Eight, and no more; fo we
by the
of the
order'd
174
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709. order'd our Linguift to tell 'em we had done treat-
ing, and bid the Spaniards afhore retire forthwith,
the Town.
}
3
and keep out of fhot of us, if they defign'd to fave
We land their Lives. We all at once hal'd down our White
and attack Flag of Truce, and let fly our English and Field
Colours. I order'd 2 of our Guns of about 600
Weight each, mounted on Field Carriages, into
the Great Launch to land before their Faces, and
we fill'd our Boats full of Men. I went in our
༣
Pinnace, Capt.Dover in the Launch,and Capt.Court-
ney in his Pinnace, the Boats landing about 70
Men: We towed the Launch afhore, Mr. Glendal,
3d Lieutenant of our Ship, tarried aboard our Bark
with ro Men, to ply our Guns over our Heads
into the Town as we landed. The Enemy drew
up their Horſe at the End of the Street which
fronted our Men and Barks, and alfo lin'd the Hou-
fes with Men within half Musket-fhot of the Bank
where we landed. They made a formidable Show
in reſpect to our little Number that was to attack
them. We landed, and fired every Man on his
Knee at the Brink of the Bank, then loaded, and
as we advanc'd, call'd to our Bark to forbear firing,
for fear of hurting our Men. We who landed kept
loading and firing very faft; but the Enemy made
only one Diſcharge, and retir'd back to their Guns,
where their Horfe drew up a fecond time; we got
to the firſt Houſes, and as we open'd the Streets,
faw 4 Guns pointing at us before a fpacious
Church; but as our Men came in fight, firing, the
Horſe ſcower'd off. This encourag'd me to call to
our Men to run and feize the Guns, and I imme
diately haften'd towards 'em with 8 or 10 of our
Seize the Men till within Piftol-fhot of the Guns, when we
Enemies all fir'd, fome at the Gunner, and others at the Men
in Arms in the front of the Church, where they
appear'd very numerous; but by the time we had
loaded, and more of our Men came in fight, the
J
Guns.
•
Ene-
1
At Guiaquil in Peru.
175
1
+
Town.
Enemy began to run, and quitted the Guns, after 17.09.
they had fired them with round and Partridge
Shot, one of the laft was diſcharg'd at us very near,
but Thanks to God did us no Hurt, and they had
not Time to relade them. We that were foremoſt
ran into the Church, and feized about 10 or 12
Prifoners. By that time many of our Men were
coming up, and Capt. Courtney and Capt. Dover,
with the reft of their Company came all to the
Church, where I ftaid to fecure that Poft with a
few Men, the reft march'd with them to the other
End of the Town. From the Time we landed till Beat 'em
we took their Guns, and Poffeffion of the Church out of the
(which lies above a Furlong from the Water-fide)
I believe was not much above half an hour: I poft-
ed Capt. Dampier and above 25 Men with the Guns,
which we turned on the Enemy, who run clear
out of the Town. By this time the remaining
part of our Men were landed, and joined me at
the Church; then I marched after Capt. Courtney
and Capt. Dover with this latter Gang; for moſt of
thoſe that got to the Church with me firſt I could
not ftop, after I had fecur'd the Guns; fo that 7
of them ran into the Valley and Woods adjoining
to purſue the Spaniards, and having Cowards to
deal with came well back; but being offended at
their Boldness, I reprimanded them, and they pro-
"
mis'd never to be guilty of the like Folly again. Our Mens
All the Men in general behav'd themſelves with Bravery.
great Courage, but like Sailors could be kept under
no Command as foon as the firft Piece was fired;
however it happen'd much better than we could
•
expect, for now the Attack is over, they keep
handfomly together, and forbear immoderate We poft
Drinking. I overtook Capt. Dover and Capt. Court- Guards.
ney at the other End of the Town, and left Capt.
Dover to keep guard at a Church there; as I
march'd back with Capt. Courtney, I left him in
the
176 A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1709. the Middle of the Town at another Church, and
Town.
ger.
fo
I came to my firft Poft at the Church where the
Guns were planted, and fent Capt. Dampier with
his Men to reinforce Capt. Courtney and Capt. Do-
ver. Thus we were in quiet poffeffion of the
Town by Sun-fet, and pofted our Guards, having
Secure the had no Oppofition after the Enemy quitted the
Hoftages
on board. great Church. In the Evening I went on board
our Barks, fettl'd a good Watch, and fecur'd the
Spaniards the Corregidore left behind him; then I
Capt. Do- return'd afhore to the Church. Capt. Dover fet
ver fires the Houſes on fire that fronted the Church where
part of the
he was pofted, which burnt all Night and the next
His Dan- Day. There was a Hill near his Quarter, and
thick Woods within half Shot of the Church;
that the Enemy were almoft continually popping
at him all Night. He told me that the next Day
fome Parties appear'd out of the Woods; but when
he fired a Volley at 'em, they retir'd, our Quarters
were quiet, and out of hearing all Night. The
Enemy might have done him Mifchief, had they
been couragious, fince we were not near enough
to affift him in the Night. For the Town being
long, we could not keep the whole without divi-
ding at ſuch a diſtance; but his firing the Houfes
cover'd the worst part of his Quarters that Night,
which was of great fervice to him. Capt. Courtney
relieved him at Day-break, and they both quitted
We fend a Capt. Dover's Quarters, as being too much ex-
Boat up pos'd to the Enemy. An Indian that I had taken
the River Prifoner told us, that he knew of much Money up
in quest of
the Trea- the River in Bark-logs and Houfes ; upon which
fure car- Capt. Courtney and I laſt Night detached 21 Men
ried out of out of our Companies, and fent 'em in his Boat up
the Town, the River under the Command of his new fecond
1
Lieutenant Mr. Connely: I would fain have fent
both Pinnaces to make the beft ufe of our time,
and feize that Wealth, finding little or none in the
Town;
At Guiaquil in Peru.
177
der the
Town.
Town; but the reft would by no means confent, 1709.
to it, left the Enemy might engage us next Morn-
ing, and then we fhould want our Boats and Men.
When I could not poffibly prevail for another Boat,
and Men enough to mann both Pinnaces, I de-
fired Capt. Courtney's Boat might go, becauſe the
largeft, and fhe was mann'd out of both our Com-
panies. In the Morning we began with Iron We plan
Crows and Mauls to break open the other two
Churches, and all the Store-houfes, Cellars, &c.
which was foon done, for no body was left at
home, nor much of Value to be found, but Flower,
Peas, Beans, and Jars of Wine and Brandy in great
Plenty. We began to carry it to the Water-fide;
but having fultry hot, wet and unhealthful Wea-
ther, and our Men being fatigued, they became fo
weak that they could not work very well at this
new Imployment. They would fain have had the
boarded Floor of the Church taken up to look a-
mongst the Dead for Treaſure, fancying the Spa-
niards might hide their Money there; but I would
not fuffer it, becauſe of a contagious Diftemper that
had ſwept off a great Number of People here not
long before; fo that the Church Floor was full of
Graves. We have yet found but two of the Ene- The Ene-
my kill'd in the Town, and one Prifoner, who my's Lofs
was flightly wounded in the Head; but this Day If Mens
heard 15 of 'em were kill'd and wounded, amongst
whom was the chief Gunner, an Irish-man, that
fired the laſt Gun at us, who had lived fome Years
amongst 'em. On our fide we had but two Men We had
wounded, one of 'em Yerrick Derrickson, a Dutch- but 2 Men
, wounded,
man, belonging to my Company, was fhot thro'
between the lower Part of his Neck and Shoulder, mortally.
one of 'en
but I believe not mortal; and one John Martin a
Portugueſe, mortally wounded aboard the Bark, oc-
cafion'd by a Cohorn Shell, which ſplit as foon as
fired out of our Cohorn Mortar. The Spaniards
N
Force
178 A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
A
1709. Force being variouſly reported by our Prifoners,
I'll not infert it till I am better inform'd. The Fa-
tigue I have had fince I left our Ships in this hot
Weather has weaken'd and diſorder'd me very
much.
April 25. We kept our Colours flying on the
Tower of the Church, Capt. Dover keeping Guard
there all Day, whilft I and Capt. Courtney took care
to get every thing we found ufeful carried to the
We fend to Water-fide. Yefterday in the Afternoon we fent
the Enemy the Lieutenant of Puna and another Priſoner into
in the
the Country, with Propofals to ranfom the Town,
Woods to
ranfom the a great part of the Enemy being in the Woods about
Town. a League from us; they have but ordinary Quar-
ters, becauſe of the great Rain. Their Horfes be-
ing in Parties, and continually in fight, alarm us
ſeveral times in a day. The Priſoners return'd to
us in the Evening with an ambiguous Anſwer; but
defir'd they might go again in the Morning to pre-
vent burning the Town. About 10 laſt Night the
Boat return'd that we had fent up the River, ha-
ving been from us about 24 Hours; they were 7
Leagues up, and 16 of 'em landed at 6 feveral Pla-
ces, the other 5 kept the Boat, having a Swivel
Gun to defend themfelves. At one place they fc-
parated, and Mr. Connely with 3 others rambled fo
༡
far in the Woods to look for Wealth, that after 3
Our Boat hours fearch they could not find the Way back to
the reft, but by Accident met again, and got
with fome to the Boat. William Davis, one of my Men, was
Plunder. fhot through the hinder part of the Neck by the
Enemy, the Wound not dangerous, and none of
the reft hurt; they chafed Horſemen well arm'd,
35
that were coming to help thofe of Guiaquil. The
Houſes up the River were full of Women, and par-
ticularly at one place there were above a Dozen
handfom genteel young Women well drefs'd, where
our Men got feveral Gold Chains and Ear-rings,
returns
$
but
.
At Guiaquil in Peru.
179
mens Civi-
but were otherwiſe ſo civil to them, that the Ladies 1709
offer'd to dreſs 'em Victuals, and brought 'em a Cask
of good Liquor. Some of their largeft Gold Chains
were conceal'd, and wound about their Middles,
Legs,and Thighs,&c. but the Gentlewomen in thefe
hot Countries being very thin clad with Silk and fine
Linnen, and their Hair drefs'd with Ribbons very
neatly, our Men by preffing felt the Chains, &c. with The Sea-
their Hands on the Out-fide of the Lady's Apparel, lity to the
and by their Linguift modeftly defired the Gentle- Spanish
women to take 'em off and furrender 'em. This I Ladies.
mention as a Proof of our Sailors Modefty, and in
reſpect to Mr. Connely and Mr. Selkirk the late Go-
vernour of Juan Fernandoes, who commanded this
Party For being young Men, I was willing to do
'em this Juftice, hoping the Fair Sex will make
'em a grateful Return when we arrive in Great Bri▪
tain, on account of their civil Behaviour to theſe
charming Priſoners. They call'd at this Houfe
for Proviſions as they return'd down the River, and
being fo civil at first, they gave their fair Landla-
dies no Uneafineſs nor Surprize at a 2d Viſit:
They took a large empty Bark, but left her up
the River, and brought with 'em in Gold Chains,
Ear-rings and Plate, I believe above 1000 l. Value, The Value
with a Negro that had been ferviceable in difcove- of the
ring part of the hidden Treafure; but they all a- &c. they
gree that the Want of another Boat loft much more found ous
than they got; for while they fearch'd and plun- the Ladies.
der'd one Side, the Canoes and Bark-logs did cross
the River, and carry the People and Purchaſe out
of their reach, for want of another Boat to pre-
vent it. They alfo inform'd us, that in the Places
where they had been above the Town, they faw
more than 300 arm'd Horfe and Foot in feveral Par
༡༠༠
ties; fo that we apprehended the Enemy defign'd to
gain Time by pretending to ranfom, till with a vaft
Odds they might attack us, and reckon'd themfelves
N 2
fure
Chains,
!
180
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709. fure of Victory; but we for fear of being furpri
zed, agreed to affemble in a Body at every Alarm,
which was beat feveral times a day on the fight of
large Parties, tho' it hinder'd our Bufinefs. We
found 5 Jars of Powder, fome Match and Shot,
with a good Quantity of ordinary Arms, 3 Drums,
༢
with feveral Swords and Launces, in the Church,
where I pick'd up the Corregidore's Gold-headed
Cane, and another Captain's with a Silver Head ;
for among the Spaniards none carry a Cane but the
chief Officers, and of thoſe none under a Captain
must wear a Cane with a Silver or Gold Head: So
that thofe Gentlemen were much in hafte to leave)
the Badges of their Office behind them. After
Capt. Dover had quitted his Poft yesterday Morn-
ing, one of our Men came to tell me, that the
Enemy was coming down the Hill that way upon
us: We beat an Alarm, and leaving part of our
Men with the Guns, I march'd with the reft, and
met Capt. Courtney and part of his Company on the
Bridge retiring: He told me the Enemy was nu-
merous and well arm'd in the North End of the
Town; I defir'd him to join us, and we would
vifit them; he left his chief Lieutenant and the
reft of his Men at Arms in his Quarters, and we
went together with 70 Men to face the Enemy.
As we march'd forward, they retir'd only now and
then they fhot at us out of the Woods. We look'd
into the two Churches, and feveral Houſes, but
found no body. The Woods were very thick, and
join'd to the Backs of the Houſes, from whence we
had feveral Shot all round us, which we return'd
at a venture, but none of 'em touched us, which
was a very great Providence, for it was really
ftrange that they miss'd us. Capt. Courtney and I
could not agree to keep that End of the Town,
fo we march'd back again, took what we lik'd beſt
into our Boats, and carried it aboard the Barks.
:
April
At Guiaquil in Peru.
181
April 26. About one Yefterday in the After-
noon our Priſoners return'd with an Offer of 30000
༡༠༠༠༠
Pieces of Eight for the Town, with their Ships and
Barks, to be paid in 12 Days, which we don't ap-
prove of, nor fhould we ftay fo long for a greater
Sum. By theſe Delays they defign to gain Time,
that if they don't fight us, they may draw their
Forces from Lima; for we know an Exprefs was
diſpatch'd thither immediately on our Arrival.
This Morning we fent our final Anfwer, viz. that
they ſhould ſee the Town all on fire by 3 in the
Afternoon, if they did not agree, and give us fuf-
ficient Hoftages for the above-mention'd Sum, to
be paid within 6 Days. During which time we
would grant a Ceflation of Arms between Guia-
quil and Puna, where we expected they would meet
us, and purchaſe our Cargoes. A French man be-
longing to my Company, whom I fent with others,
by request of Capt. Courtney, to ftrengthen his
Quarters, being put Centinel laft Night, fhot
Hugh Tidcomb, one of their Men, fo that he died.
The Accident happen'd by a too fevere Order at
their Quarters to fhoot any in the Night that did
not answer; and neither this Man nor the Centi-
nel, as I am informed, understood how to ask or
anſwer the Watch-word, by which Neglect a Man
was unaccountably loft. Mr. Gardner, one of their
Officers, and 9 Men more, yeſterday in the After-
noon engag'd at the North-end of the Town with
a Party of Spaniards, whom they chafed into the
Woods, but following 'em too far, were attack'd
by others, and one of our Men fhot through the
Calf of his Leg, and another of them, while
he ftopt to relade his Piece, was fhot against the
Middle of the Pole-ax that hung at his Side, which
made an Impreffion on the Iron, and bruifed the
Part under it, fo that it prov'd a Piece of Armour
well placed. The other Man who was wounded
170y.
N 2
30
182
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709 in the Leg, by his Irregularity and hard drinking
fell into a Fever that carried him off. At the fame
time Mr. Stratton, Capt. Courtney's chief Lieutenant,
having his Piſtols hanging at his Side, one of them
unluckily diſcharg'd ie felf againft the Outfide of
the thickest part of his Leg, and left a Bullet in
the Fleſh; but there's little Danger of his Life: He
being by this Accident difabled to make a quick
Retreat, if occafion requir'd, his Captain imme-
diately order'd him on board the Bark. Upon
thefe Accidents, and perceiving the Enemy to in-
creaſe and grow bolder, Capt. Courtney brought his
Company to my Quarters. Laft Night we all lay
in the Church, round which we kept Centinels
within a Musket-fhot; the Centinels, as cuftoma-
ry, calling to each other every Quarter of an Hour,
to prevent their fleeping, and our being furprized
in the Night. Every Man kept his Arms and Am-
munition in exact Order by him, and was ftrictly
charged to riſe at the leaft Alarm. We unhung a
finall Church-Bell, and fent it aboard for our
Ships Ufe. We have done little this 24 Hours to-
wards fhipping off Goods, becauſe the Enemy were
continually popping at us from the Woods. The
Weather was very wet, hot and faint, the Streets
deep and flippery, and the Ways to the Water-fide
very bad, which mightily incommoded us.
!
April 27. Yesterday about 2 in the Afternoon
our Prifoners return'd with two Men on Horfe-
back from the Enemy's forry Camp, and told us
the Agreement was concluded as we laft propofed,
that if we fufpected them, they would ftay for
Hoftages, and that the Lieutenant of Puna, who
as a Meffenger forwarded the Treaty, with an old
Gentleman already on board our Bark, were to be
the other two. We contented our felves with the
latter, and let the two Strangers return to their
Camp with our Meffenger, who was to bring
back
At Guiaquil in Peru.
1831
back the Agreement fign'd; but they fent another 1709.
back to us, fignifying that we had omitted to take
Our Agree-
notice that the Town was taken by Force of Arms, ment with
which we afterwards inferted both in the Spanish the Town
and English Paper. This Morning the Spanish A-for Ran-
greement was brought back fign'd by 'em, and we fom.
fent ours in English fign'd to them as follows:
CC
(C
'
Hereas the City of Guiaquil, lately in
fubjection to Philip V. King of Spain,
" is now taken by Storm, and in the Poffeffion of
"the Capts.Thomas Dover, Woodes Rogers,and Stephen
"Courtney, commanding a Body of Her Majefty
"of Great Britain's Subjects: We the underwritten
"are content to become Hoftages for the faid
City, and to continue in the Cuſtody of the ſaid
"Capts. Tho. Dover,Woodes Rogers, and Stephen Court-
CL ney, till 30000 Pieces of Eight fhall be paid to
"them for the Ranfom of the faid City, 2 new
Ships, and 6 Barks; during which time no Ho-
"ftility is to be committed on either Side between
"this and Puna. The faid Sum to be paid at Puna
" in fix Days from the Date hereof, and then the
Hoftages to be diſcharg'd, and all the Prisoners
to be deliver❜d immediately, otherwife the faid
Hoftages do agree to remain Prifoners till the
faid Sum is difcharg'd in any other Part of the
"World. In witnefs whereof we have volunta-
rily fet our Hands this 27th Day of April, Old
Stile, and the 7th of May, S. N. in the Year of
"our Lord, 1709.
c
CC
r
re
The two Hoftages lay this Night at our Quar-
ters, and we ſhip'd 'em off, with all we had got to-
gether, by 11 à Clock, and march'd towards our We march
Barks with our Colours flying, while the Spaniards off :0 our
return'd to their Houſes. I march'd on the Rear Barks.
with a few Men, and pick'd up Piſtols, Cutlafhes
N 4
and
184
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709.
The Plun.
dey we
found at
Guiaquil.
and Pole-axes, which fhew'd that our Men were
grown very careless, weak, and weary of being
Soldiers, and that 'twas time to be gone from
hence. The hardeſt Work we had was to get the
Guns down to the Water, the Earth being fo foft,
that they who help'd to carry them funk half Leg
deep. To make it as eafy as I could, I contriv'd a
Frame of Bamboe Canes, under which 60 Men
could ftand, and bear equal Weight on their Shoul-
ders. Tho' they were large 4 Pounders, the Gun
and the Frame did not exceed 15 C. Weight; but
had not the Prifoners we took help'd us (tho' it
had been an eaſy Task in a cold Country) I could
hardly have pick'd Men enough of our own for the
Work. John Gabriel, one of my Company, a Dutch-
man was miffing.
April 28. Yeſterday in the Afternoon we fettl'd
every thing on board the Barks as well as we could,
and feparated our Men aboard the Prizes, where
we had put most of our Town Goods and Plunder,
being about 230 Bags of Flower, Beans, Peas and
Rice, 15 Jars of Oil, about 160 Jars of other Li-
quors, fome Cordage, Iron Ware, and fmall Nails,
with about 4 half Jars of Powder, about a Tun of
Pitch and Tar, a Parcel of Clothing and Neceffa-
ries, and as I guefs about 1200 l. in Plate,Ear-rings,
c. and 150 Bales of dry Goods, 4 Guns, and a-
bout 200 Spanish ordinary uſeleſs Arms and Musket
Barrels, a few Packs of Indigo, Cocoa and Anotto,
with about a Tun of Loaf Sugar. We left abun-
dance of Goods in the Town, befides Liquors of
moſt forts, and Sea-Stores, with feveral Ware-
houfes full of Cocoa, divers Ships on the Stocks,
and 2 new Ships unrigg'd, upwards of 400 Tun,
which coft above 80000 Crowns, and then lay at
Anchor before the Town. We are alfo to deliver
4 Barks afhore, and leave two here to bring down
the Ranfom. By this it appears the Spaniards had a
good
At Guiaquil in Peru.
185
good Bargain; but this Ranfom was far better for 1709.
us than to burn what we could not carry off. A.
bout 2 yeſterday Afternoon our Dutch-man that was
miffing rofe out of his Brandy-wine Fit, and came
aboard; he was diſturb'd by the honeft Man of
the Houſe where he lay, who firft called in his
Neighbours, and cautioufly feized his Arms, then
gently rais'd him, and when his Eyes were open,
told him there was his Arms again, and bid him
haften aboard to us. This is the only Man that I
know of fince we took Guiaquil, who had fo much
tranfgreffed our Orders by drinking beyond his
bearing. This Morning about 8 we weighed, and Our Fare-
failed with all our Barks, and at parting made what wel to the
Shew and Noife we could with our Drums, Trum-
pets and Guns, and thus took our Leave of the Spa-
niards very cheerfully, but not half fo well plea- Our great
fed as we ſhould have been, had we taken 'em by Lofs in
not taking
Surprize: For I was well affur'd from all hands, it by Sur-
that at leaſt we fhould then have got above 200000 prize.
Pieces of Eight in Money, wrought and un-
wrought, Gold and Silver, befides Jewels, and a
greater Plenty of fuch Neceffaries as we now found,
tho' the Place has not been poorer theſe 40 Years,
by reaſon that a fudden Fire about 18 Months ago
had deftroy'd the better half of the Town, which
is now moſtly rebuilt. Before I go any further,
tis
proper to defcribe the Town.
'TIS
A Defcription of Guiaquil.
IS the Metropolis of its Province, about a
Mile and half long, and divided into Old
and New, joined by a wooden Bridge above half
a Mile in Length, but paffable only by People on
foot. There are fome Houfes at a diftance on each
fide the Bridge, and thofe of both Towns may be
about
Town.
186
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709. about 4 or 500 in the whole, befides 5 Churches,
and the Inhabitants about 2000 in all. Their
chief Church is that of St. Jago or St. James the
Apoftle, which has 7 Altars, and before it a hand-
fom Square; the others are thofe of St. Augustin,
St. Francis, St. Dominick, and St. Ignatius. The
latter belongs to the Jefuits. Before that of St. Do-
minick, which is not quite finiſhed, there is alſo a
Square, with a Half-moon, upon which they for-
merly planted Guns, but none were mounted there
when we took it. Three of thefe Churches were
very lofty, one of them of Stone, and all adorn'd
with Altars, carv'd Work, Pictures, &c. and there
was an Organ in that of St. Augustin; but the Priests
and their Scholars had carry'd off all the Plate be-
longing to thofe Churches, and retir'd with it in-
to the Woods before we landed. Some of the
Houſes of the Town were very high, feveral built
of Brick, but most of them of Timber, and the
meaner fort of Bamboes. There is but one regu-
lar Street along the Side of the River to the Bridge,
and from thence along the Old Town. The Situ-
ation is in a low boggy Soil, fo dirty in Winter,
that without the Bridge they could ſcarce go from
one Houſe to another. The Town is govern'd
by a Corregidore, who is their chief Magiftrate,
and appointed by the King. His Name was Dons
Feronymo Bos, a young Man of about 24 Years of
Age, and a Native of the Canaries. The Town
is well feated for Trade, and building of Ships,
for which they have Sheds to cover the Work-
men from the Sun. It lies 14 Leagues up from
Point Arena, and 7 from Puna. The River is
large, receives feveral others, has many Villages
and Farm Houfes on its Banks, with abundance
of Mangroves and Sarfaparilla, which impreg-
nates its Water, and makes it good againſt the
French Pox, but in the Time of Floods it is un-
wholeſome,
At Guiaquil in Peru.
187
I
wholeſome, becauſe of the poyſonous Roots and 1709.
Plants waſh'd down from the Mountains. They
have Plenty of Provifions, black Cattle, Sheep,
Goats, Swine, Poultry, feveral forts of Ducks un-
known in Europe, and Store of Horfes. The Wa-
ter of the River is freſh at low Water, almoft as far
as Puna. An Englishman who had liv'd here fome
time, came over to us, inform'd us of many Parti-
culars, and told us that in December laft they had 3
Weeks Rejoycings for the Birth of the Prince of
Afturias, when they mufter'd 1100 Foot and 500
Horſe in Arms, befides a much greater Number
that had none; but moft of thofe Troops came
from the adjacent Country. During this Solem-
nity, they baited many Bulls to Death, after the
manner of Spain, and run at the Ring, &c. which
are their chief Diverfions: He told us likewife that
Ships are frequently built here for the King. The
Hostages inform'd us, that during the Treaty,
80000 Dollars of the King's Money was fent out
of the Town, befides their Plate, Jewels, and o-
ther Things of greateft Value: But they were
robb'd of a great deal by the Blacks, to whom they
had given it in the Hurry to carry off: We took
feveral of 'em with ftoln Goods, as we went the
Rounds by Night; and therefore we made a
Signal to the Inhabitants to return, as we march'd
off, that they might not fuffer any more Lofs by
thofe Villains.
The French, by their Commerce in thefe Seas, The Fr
as the Spaniards in general told us, damage their ruin the
Trade fo much, that their Sea-ports are fenfibly Spain in
Trade of
impoverish'd,and this Town wasmuch richer 6 Years thefe Sear.
go than now. A mile below I took my Leave of
the Barks, with the Pinnace double mann'd, defign-
ing to get before them to the Ships at Point Arena.
The Day came on very hot, and we faw many
Alligators in the River.
Apr.
Many Al-
ligators in
the River.
188
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709.
Apr. 29. Laft Night I reached Puna, and met Mr.
Duck and Mr. Hatley in the Beginning, and an empty
Bark which the Duke's Yall had taken in our Ab-
fence; the Spaniards having run afhore and left her
at Anchor off of Point Arena. Our People were
concern'd at our being abfent fo long, and hearing
no News of us, the Scarcity of Water had made
'em give the Priſoners but a Pint a Day for fome
time; and they funk the laſt ſmall Prize we took
coming from Payta, to prevent the Prifoners run-
ning away with her, for they had not Men to
fpare for manning her themſelves. By Day-light
I got aboard, where I found all our People over-
joyed at our Meeting again, after 12 Days Ab-
fence on an Undertaking fubject to fo many fatal
Accidents, which we happily eſcaped. Captain
Cook and Frye were very uneafie in our Abfence, and
The Treat- had their full Share of Care and Fatigue. They u-
ment of fually gave the Prifoners Liberty by Day, but
the Prifo-
kept their Arms always ready, and the after Part
of the Ships to themfelves; At Night they fhut 'em
up in the Fore-Caftle, or between Decks; but a-
board the Prize, which was not fo fecure, they
put them in Irons every Evening, and let 'em out
in the Morning; but never fuffer'd any Corre-
fpondence between the Prifoners in the feveral
Ships, by which Means they neither knew their own
Strength, nor our Weakness, any further than in
Two of our the refpective Ships they were confin'd to. Roger
Men die Booth, one of the Dutchess's Men, who was wound-
of the
Wounds ed through his Wind-pipe, in the Engagement
they recei- with the Havre de Grace, died the 20th Inftant.
ved when William Effex, a ftout Sailor, one of our Quarter-
they took Mafters, being wounded in the Breaft in the fame
de. Grace. Fight, died the 24th Inftant: So that out of both
Ships we loft 4 Good Men, including my dear
Brother, by that Engagement. Mr. James Stratton,
á Quarter-Mafter belonging to the Dutchess, that
ners a-
board in
my Ab-
fence.
the Havre
was
At Guiaquil in Peru.
189
was wounded at the fame time, by a Musket-Ball 1709.
w
in his Thigh, is now out of Danger, The wound-
ed in theſe Parts, are more frequently attended
with Fevers, and other dangerous Accidents, than
in Europe.
Prize ta-
ken.
Apr. 35. About 3 Yeſterday Afternoon a Sail from
under the Main appear'd in fight running up the
Channel to Guiaquil; Capt. Cooke fent the Havre de
Grace's Boat in purſuit of her,but my Pinnace failing
better, followed and took her before Sun fet: She
was a Bark of above 30 Tuns, from Sania, call'd
the Francifco la Salma, Senior Jacomo de Brienas Another
Maſter, with 6 Men on board: She was laden
with about 270 Bags of Flour, Beans and Peaſe;
near 200 Sugar-Loaves; feveral Frails of Quinces,
Marmalet, Sugar-plumbs, and other Sweetmeats,
with a good Quantity of large Pomegranates, Ap-
ples and Onions; a little of this Country Cheefe,
and dried Beef: They had been out 7 Days, and
heard nothing of us; but confirm'd the Story of an
English Squadron expected in theſe Seas, and that
there were ſeveral ftout French Ships in their Har- An Ac-
bours, particularly two at Lima, and one at Pifco, count of
befides others in the Harbours of Chili: That at Che-Ships in
nipe, whence they came, being the Sea-port to Sa- thoſe Seas.
nia, there was a ftrict Order lately fent from Lima
to the chief Officer there, to be on his Guard, and
keep continual Watch in the fame Manner as I
have before noted, in the Order we found direct-
ed to the Lieutenant or Governour of Puna. This
Morning, at 7, the Beginning came to an Anchor
by us, from Puna, with a few Jarrs of Water,
which we mightily wanted.
› French
Mr. Goodall and others told me, there were no o-
ther Barks coming down but what went up with
his, from the Ships for Water, and that he did not
know the Reaſon why the reft ftay'd there: He
told me, he had a Letter from Capt. Courtney to his
Second,
190
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709. Second, Capt. Cook, but no Meffage or Letter
from him or Capt. Dover to me; adding, he heard
lect of our one of them fay that they expected this Bark would
Captains meet the Ships half way coming up to Puna, and
at Puna. that they looked for me hourly. This unexpected
The Neg-
Story furpriz'd me, but I fuppos'd they might now
have fome Hopes of difpofing our Cargo to the
Spaniards at Guinquil, which occafion'd their Stay-
ing, and Expectation of my Return. I diſcours'd
it with Capt. Cooke and Mr. Frye, and faw Capt.
Courtney's Letter, but not a Word of Advice to me:
However, Irefolved to haften away the Beginning,
with fome Negroes (the most troublefome Goods
we had) to difpofe of, that they might be at Pund
before me. I began to unmore the Havre de Grace,
in order to go up with the Flood, hoping to fell
her Cargo, or good Part of it, while our Ships took
in Water, refolving to fave as much Time as poffi-
ble. Mean while the other Water Bark arriv'd,
but without any manner of Advice to me when
thofe above defign'd to come down, or to fend the
Mén that were fo much wanting aboard, to put
things in order for our going to Sea.
May 1. Yefterday, in the Afternoon, I took Sen.
Morell for a Pilot, and weigh'd with the Havre de
Grace, but having little Wind, and being neep
Tides, I did not get one Third of the Way up to
Puna, with that Flood: I was likewife but ill
mann'd; becauſe I was obliged to leave the Pin-
nace and Crew that came down with me for the
Security of our Ship. We weigh'd again with the
Morning Flood, and met the Dutchess's Bark
coming down, but without the leaft Advice to me
from the 2 Captains at Puna, which farther con-
firm'd me that they waited for my Company, and
fail up the the Ship, to fell her Goods: I was pleas'd at the
River of Thoughts of this, for I concluded, that had it been
Guiaquil. otherwife, one, or both of them, would have
The best
Way to
come
;
:
1.
At Guiaquil in Peru.
191
come down, or have fent all the Barks, except one 1799.
to stay for the Ranfom. We were forced to anchor
again before high Water; and the Tide fhot us
over towards the Ifland. There is a Shole Sand
above half Way up to Puna, near mid Channel,
over on that fide, which 'tis difficult to avoid, un-
lefs we have a commanding Gale to keep in the
Channel which is neareft the Main; 'tis the Star-
board Shore as you go up, and there are gradual
Soundings on both fides to the Shoal on the Lar-
board fide, or the main Land on the Starboard
fide, keeping between 4 and 7 Fathom Water;
the Coaft clear of all is N. E. up the Channel,
bearing about two large Leagues off Point Arena,
where it's bold,and all athwart, till we get 2 Leagues
higher than Point Arena; and as we come againſt,
or a little above, the white Chalky Cliff, near the
Point or upper End, and the higheſt part of the
Iſland of Puna, we muft hall over for the Ifland,
and come to an Anchor before the Houſes, that
are plain to be feen, when we get above the high
Point, which is eaſily known, becauſe all the Land
on the Iſland is even with the Water, and elfewhere
there's nothing to be feen but Trees, down to the
River. We must keep neareſt the Starboard Shore,
going up, which is the only Channel for Ships;
'Tis above 8 Leagues from Point Arena to the Town
of Puna; which lies on the upper End of the Iſland
of that Name..
1
May 2. We got up to an Anchor before Puna, by
10 this Morning, where I found 4 of the Barks that Part of
came down from Guiaquil. Capt. Dover and Court- the Ran-
ney came on Board, and contrary to Expectation om of
told me, they had not heard one Word from the brought to
Guiaquil
Spaniards fince we left them. This being the laft us.
Day appointed for Payment, a Boat came
and brought us upwards of 22000 Pieces of 8,
in part of the Ranfom, which we immediately re-
ceiv'd
1
192
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
!
1709. ceiv'd, and diſpatch'd the Boat back, telling them,
we defign'd to leave this Place in the Morning, and
would carry off the Hoftages, if they did not come
time enough with the reft of the Mony to pre-
vent it.
May 3. Yeſterday in the Afternoon Capt.Courtney
took Charge of the Havre de Grace, and I agreed to
follow him in the Morning, to Point Arena, after
I had fhip'd off 7 live Black Cattel, fome Sheep,
We dif- Hogs and Fowls, with a good Quantity of Plan-
charge the
Governor tains, about 80 Jarrs and fome Casks of Water, 24
of Puna Packs of Cocoa, 2 Sails, and 4 large Braſs Pate-
and fome reroes. Two Barks fail'd about Midnight with
other Pri- the Marquifs. I began again early in the Morning,
foners
gratis.
The Ha-
vre de
and by 9 got all aboard. We agreed to leave the
Lieutenant of Puna here, giving him 4 old fick Ne-
groes, and a damag'd Bail of Goods for what we
had taken from him, being a Man we had fome
Refpect for: We alfo parted very friendly with fe-
veral of our Priſoners we took at Sea, particularly
an old Padre that I had treated civilly at my own
Table, ever fince we took him, for which he was
extremely thankful.
About a League before the Town I faw the
Havre de Grace at Anchor, near the Edge of a Shoal,
Grace in and the Dutchess's Pinnace coming from her, with
danger,
Captains Courtney, Dover, and Dampier, who had
quitted the Havre de Grace, and defired to exchange
with me, which I did.
but I got
ber off.
May 5. I went aboard the Havre de Grace about 2
in the Afternoon,and got her out of Danger into the
Channel, but came to an Anchor again, by the
Advice of Senior Morell and the Indian Pilot: I
encourag'd 'em and the Men to affift me as much
as poffible to get her under Sail, becauſe we were
in haft to be gone, but there being little Wind, I
could not make ufe of half the Ebb, before I was a-
gain in ſhole Water, and came to an Anchor,
where
At Guiaquil in Peru.
193
where for the want of Wind we lay for the reft of 1709.
thefe 24 Hours
May 5. This Morning I got the Length of our
Ships again, and foon after Day went aboard the
Duke, being quite fick by my long Fatigue. Capt.
Courtney came to me aboard, and we agreed to throw
the Timber and great Boat between Decks in the
Galeon overboard, to make room for the Flour and
Guiaquil Goods which were yet in the Barks. We
gave the Flour Prize to the Prifoners whom we
let go, to carry to the Inhabitants of Guiaquil, and
took in as much Water as we could get. Moft of
it was fetch'd half Way above Pana, in the River
towards Guiaquil, and tho' but very indifferent,
we had not half enough for want of Time.
down the
Courtney
May 6. Our Hoftages are very uneafy, fearing
the Mony will not come in Time to redeem them,
and it's worſe than Death, they fay, to be carried
to Great Britain. We got all aboard laft Night, by We fail
7 a Clock, our People being fatigued, I was wil- Riger of
ling to reft my felf and them one Night before we Guiaquil.
failed; but Capt. Courtney was in too much haſt,
and my Second, Capt. Dover, and my Pilot Dam- Captain
pier forfook me to go along with him. They fail- &c. need-
ed at Midnight with the Havre de Grace, leaving lefly buy-
me and the reſt at Anchor. Mr. Connely, who went ried, lejt
in the Bark for Water, did not return till the Morn- the Ene-
my's Ships
ing, when we faw our Confort and Prize at An-ould at-
chor; for the Weather falling calm, they did not tack u
get 2 Leagues from us that Ebb. At high Water,
about 10 this Morning, all the rest of us came to
fail. Our fmali Bower Cable was cut with the
foul Ground, and we loft our Anchor.
I endeavour'd, but in vain, to convince the other
Captains that we were not yet in any danger from
the Enemy, becauſe it was not poffible that the
French and Spaniards could have Notice of us, and
arm out time enough from Lima to attack us.
Q
May
:
194
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709.
May 7 Yeſterday about 4 in the Afternoon
we came to an Anchor again, in 13 Fathom Wa-
ter, about 4 Leagues below Point Arena.
At 2
this Morning, with a very fmall Breeze, we came
to fail: Sometime after Senior Morell, that went
with us up to Guiaquil from Puna, and a Gentleman
of that Town related to our Prifoners, brought us
Some more about 3500 Pieces of 8, in Plate, towards the
of the
Ranfom They came as far as Point Arena in a
Ranfom
broughtus. Boat, and thence follow'd in one of the 4 Barks
that we left by Agreement.
of us, and we th
May 8. Yefterday, in the Afternoon, we dif
charg'd all our Prifoners, except the Morells, a lit-
tle Dutchman, and a Gentleman's Son of Panama,
with our Indian Pilots, that I took aboard to amuſe
the People of Guiaquil, that we fhould return thi-
ther, and 2 more that defir'd to ſtay with us, be-
fides the 3 Ranfomers. The Gentleman that came
from Guiaquil had a Gold Chain and fome other
Moveables, with which he purchaſed the Beginning
the Captain of the Havre de
Grace 3 Negroe Women, and Senior Morell, and
Senior Ignatius, one a piece, and to all of them
good part of their waring Apparel: So that we
4 Gentle parted very friendly. They told us, A Priſoner
wax of
Guiaquill we put a fhore at Puna, call'd Senior Don Pedro
bought Sinfuegos, was a Man of great Credit at Guiaquil;
Goods of that he had got a good Sum together before they
came thence in order to buy Goods of us, and that
move were they expected him in lefs than 12 Hours; adding,
coming on that there were feveral others coming down to
the fame trade with us, but the Majority of our Officers
Account; would not believe 'em, being refolved to make the
utmoſt Diſpatch for the Gallapagos Islands: They
Oficers
were in prefs'd to know where they might meet us to trade,
too much but every one was against informing them of the
Isale co
Place where we defign'd to rendezvous, left they
fhould diſcover it to the Enemies Ships of War,
us, and
told us
bret our
Lay.
At
At Guiaquil in Peru.
195
1709.
We anchor
At 8 laft Night we came to an Anchor in 16
Fathom Water. The Island Santa Clara bore
N. E. by N. 5 Leagues. At 2 this Morning we near S.
weighed with the Flood, Wind at S. W. at 6 the Clara I-
Iſland bore N. by E. 4 Leagues diſtance.
A Deſcription of the Province of
Guiaquil.
T
J
HE City or Town of Guiaquil is the Me-
tropolis of a Province of that Name in Peru,
govern'd by a Prefident with 5 or 6 Orderes,
which makes a Royal Audiencia or chief Court of
Judicature, accountable only to the Viceroy in
military Affairs. Every Province has a Govern-
ment of the fame Nature.
*
fland.
Thefe Governors are commonly appointed, or,
to ſpeak more properly, purchaſe their Offices in
Old Spain, for Life, or good Behaviour; and in
cafe any die, or misbehave themfelves, the Vice-
roy may name another during his Time, which
ought to be but 5 Years; but fometimes he gets
thefe Officers of his own placing confirm'd by an
Order from Spain, which is a confiderable Part of
the Vice-roy's unknown Profits. The late Vice-
roy continued 14 Years, feveral new ones having
died by the Way. The King of Spain himſelf
ſcarce lives in more Splendor than his Vice roy in
the City of Lima, where the chief Courts of Judi-
cature are kept, and Appeals are brought thither
from all Courts and Provinces of this extenſive
Kingdom. I fhould not here mention the vaft The vast
Wealth the late Vice-roy obtain'd during his Go- Alvinta-
vernment; the Sum being fo large that I thought ges that
it fabulous, but that I was inform'd of it by fo ma- belong to
ny Hands, who told me, that about 4 Years ago roy of Pe-
+
÷
O 2
the Vice-
he ru
196
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1709.
'The im-
he died at least worth 8000000 Pieces of 8, and
left it to his Widow and Children, but the greateſt
menfe Part to his eldeft Son, the Conde de la Monclo, be-
Riches of fides vaft Sums he gave away in Charity, during
the late his Life-time, and the many Churches, Fryaries,
Vice-roy. and Nunneries that he built.
He left a better Character behind him than any
Vice-roy had done for an Age paft. The Conde,
his eldeſt Son, waits here, expecting to fucceed
the prefent Vice-roy of Peru or Mexico, if the Go-
The pre- vernment holds in Old Spain; but I and every En-
Jent Vice-
Toy of Pe-glishman, ought earnestly to hope, that K. Charles III.
will happily recover that Monarchy, and grateful-
Friend to ly place a Vice-roy here that will fhew himſelf as
the Fr. good a Friend to,the English Trade, as the prefent
Trade, and Vice-roy does to the French; for he openly efpoufes
the Spani- their Intereft, and encourages them; whereas the
ards. Spaniards fay, he racks and heavily oppreffes their
own Countrymen.
Tu a
opprejfes
The Corre-
gidores
private
Traders.
Trade be-
Mexico
The Corregidore that laft died at Guiaquil, tho'
he had poffefs'd the Office but 5 Years, had rak d
together 300000 Pieces of 8, tho' his Poft was not
allow'd to exceed above 2000 Pieces of 8 per Annum
but all the Corregidores make vaft Advantages by
Seizures, and trading privately themfelves.
The Trade to and from Mexico is forbid here,
twixt under the fevereft Penalty, especially tranfporting
and Peru Quick-filver from Peru thither, becauſe Quantities
forbid, ef-are brought from Old Spain, which is impos'd on
pecially in the Refiners at great Rates. Here are many Ships
Quickfil- employ'd coafting in this Kingdom; but a Trade
ver.
is fo feverely prohibited between 'em and Mexico,
that all the Commodities with Silver and Gold in
Returns, may have little other Circulation in theſe
vaft Countries, but by the Flota and Galeons to and
from Old Spain. Yet notwithstanding the Severi-
ty us'd againſt private Traders, by the Vice-roys
and Corregidores, there are fome that ufe it, who
have
1
At Guiaquil in Peru.
197
have no Mercy fhew'd 'em if caught, all being
feiz'd in the King's Name, tho' his Majefty has
little or no Share of it; All fuch Seizures (as
I am told) being divided amongſt theſe Officers,
and the poor Sufferer banifh'd or confin'd to a
Goal.
}
1709.
and Dutch
the
All English and Dutch Goods, except what comes Engliſh
by the Galeons, are prohibited here, fo that the Goods, ex-
private Traders, after they have by ftealth purcha- cept impor-
fed 'em in the North Seas, muft vend 'em in like ted by
manner all over Peru, and if the wholefale Mer- Galleons,
chants have not a good Certificate from the Com-Prohibited.
merce of Sevilia, that their Commodities came by
the Flota or Galeons; whenever the Goods are
queftion'd, they muft difown them, for fear of a
worſe Puniſhment, unless they have a good Inte
reft in the Vice-roy, which cofts dear to purchaſe,
and preferve; fo that the Trader makes little Pro-
fit, but where the chief Officers have a feeling :
yet tho' thefe mercenary Vice-roys are fo fevere on
others, they themſelves employ the Corregidores The Vice-
Toys way
to negotiate a Trade for them by a 3d Hand, which in
of trading
cannot be done to the Purpofe, without being pub-
lickly known; fo that Ships are conftantly imploy-
ed on their Account, and carry Quick filver and
all manner of prohibited Goods to and from Mexi-
co out of By-ports. Thus, being their own Judges,
they get vaft Eftates, and ftop all Complaints in
Old Spain, by Bribes, The Goods they trade for
have a free Paffage and Sale through the Conti-
nent, whilft others, if they do but offer at it, are
puniſh'd as above.
Their other Ways of getting Money unjustly are
too many; but in fhort, in my Opinion, there's no
Country naturally more rich, nor any People more
terribly opprefs'd.
The Spaniards fay, and I believe, not without
Reafon, That a Vice-roy, after purchafing his
0 1
Place
1
ì
198
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1
1709. Place with all that he has, and quitting Old Spain
as poor as Job, comes here like a hungry Lion, to
devour all that he can; and that every Officer un-
der him in the Provinces (who are ten times more
than are neceffary) are his Jackals to procure
Prey for him, that they may have a Share of it
themſelves.
To this we may add, the Burthen of a numerous
and luxurious Clergy, that indulge their Pride,
Sloth, Effeminacy and Bigottry, more than in the
Romish Countries of Europe: So that were this Coun-
try poffefs'd by an induftrious and well govern'd
People, we might have reafon to fear, that Silver
and Gold would become fo plentiful, and by con-
fequence of fo little Value, that the World would
be at a Lofs to find a lefs troubleſome and more ac-
ceptable Species to fatisfy Avarice and Luxury.
The River The River of Guiaquil, from about 2 Leagues)
of Guia- above Funa to Point Arena, is fo broad, that a
quil far-
ther de- Man can fcarce fee cross the Channel; the Land
fcrib'd,
down to the Water fide, is low and cover'd with
Mangrove Trees; the Tide flows above; Fathom,
and an East and Weft Moon, as near as I could
guefs, makes High-water at Pund. The Tide has
a quick Current, much ftronger than in the Thames,
and I believe the Ebb is little inferior to that at
Bristol, and the Water as thick, and as much dif
colour'd. Not being able to defcribe the Channel
plain enough to direct Strangers, I fhall give a
View of it from a Spanish Draught; for I had not
time enough to draw the Channel, or found it all
along. There's need of a good Pilot to carry a
How far Veffel to the Town. The River is 14 Leagues
navigable. navigable beyond it, and the Tide flows 20 Leagues
above it, but Canoes and Bark-Logs go much
higher,
The Province abounds with feveral forts of good
Timber, which makes it the chief Country of Peru
for
At Guiaquil in Peru.
199
treme
cheap.
for building and repairing Ships; there's feldom 1799.
less than 6 or 7 at a time on the Stocks before the
Town of Guiaquil. The chief Commodity this
City and its Province afford is Cocoa, which is fo The Pro-
duce of the
plentiful, as to fupply moft Places on the South Sea; Province.
they fay there's never lefs exported in a Year than
30000 Cargaus, each Cargau 81 Pound Weight, Cocoa ex-
and ſometimes double the Quantity: It was pur-
chas'd generally at half a Ryal per Pound, but now
much cheaper, fo that the Cargau may be bought
for 2 Pieces of Eight and a half. Their coafting
Trade is for Salt and Salt Fish, from Point
Santa Helena, and moft vended at Quito and o-
ther diftant Places within Land. A vaft quantity
of Timber is laden here for Truxillo, Chancay, Lima,
and other Sea-ports, where 'tis fcarce; it pays a
great Freight, and is a profitable Trade: They
export alfo from hence Rice, Cotton, and fome
dry'd Jerkt Beef. There are no Mines of Silver
or Gold in this Province, but Plenty of all forts of
Cattle, and very cheap, efpecially on the Ifland
Puna, where we fupply'd our felves with what we
could ftow conveniently. Here's no other Corn
but Indian, ſo that all their Flower is brought Import.
from Truxillo, Cheripe, and other Places in the
Windward Parts, it blows here always Souther-
ly. They are alfo fupplied with ſeveral forts
of Woollen Cloth, and very good ftrong Bays
made at Quito; their Wine, Brandy, Oil, Olives
and Sugar, c. come from Pifcola, Nafca, and other
Places to Windward. All forts of European Goods
come hither from Panama, whither they are
brought over Land from Portobello out of the North
Seas; ſo that the Number of Ships that come and
go from hence, without including the Coafters, are
no less than 40 Sail every Year, which fhows that
the Port of Guiaquil is no mean Place of Trade in
this Part of the World. A Market is alfo kept on
04
Bark-
Their
Trade of
t
( 200
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
!
179. Bark-Logs and Boats in the River every day before
the Town, with all that the Country affords in
great plenty,
}
Having thus given an account of the Wealth and
Trade of the Town and Province from my own
Knowledge, or good Information, I fhall now
proceed to give a further Account of the Strength
and Government of the Province. The Corregi-
dore is Governour in all Civil and Military Affairs
of the whole; the next is his Lieutenant, call'd by
the Spaniards Lieutenant General, and all the chief
Officers refide in or near Guiaquil,
A further Their Method of trying Civil and Criminal Cau-
Account of fes being different from ours, I fhall give as clear
the Go-
an Idea of it as I can. When any Court is held,
vernment
of the Pro- or urgent Affair happens, the following Perfons
vince of are fummon'd to the Council in Guiaquil. Firſt,
Guiaquil, the Corregidore, the Lieutenant General, 2 Al-
caldes or Juftices, who are generally Men vers'd
in the Law, and ferve in the nature of Mayors and
Juftices by turns every Year; the next is the Al-
gozil Major, with 8 Regidores or Common
Council-men, who fupply the room of the fu-
perior Officers, in cafe of Abfence or Death, till
the Viceroys Pleaſure be known, and always give
their Votes in publick Affairs; in Cafes of Law
they are a ftanding Jury, and the Corregidore is
Judge, but generally follows the Advice of the Al-
calds. The Plaintiff or Defendant may appeal
after Trial to the Supream Court of Lima, which
is encourag'd' by the Gentlemen of the Law, who
improve Suits to fuch a Degree, that tho' they are
Lawyers almoft as numerous as the Clergy, yet they are a
numerous thriving Society, feldom want Imployment, and
and cave- have large Fees. There are 2Attorneys call'd Clerks
Their
tous.
of the Court, and 4 Algozils or Serjeants. All
Lawyers are allow'd to practife here, and have a
Sallary from the King befides their Fees, and fince
Money
At Guiaquil in Peru,
201
Money abounds here, many of 'em don't fcruple 1709.
taking Fees on both Sides,
cruel.
The Inquifition rages worfe here than in Old Their In-
Spain; their chief Court is at Lima, but 4 Officers quifition.
from that Court are fettl'd at Guiaquil, befides 24
Clergy belonging to the Town, who inform a-
gainst any Perfon that they fufpect of Opinions
contrary to the Roman Church, and with a violent
Zeal profecute 'em almoft without any Formality.
The Offenders are ſpeedily fent to the chief Court
at Lima, where nothing but a great deal of Money
can fave 'em, if found guilty in the leaft degree.
Their Military Men affect great Titles, and Their Mi-
their Strength is as follows.
The Corregidore is General, Don Hieronimo Bofo.
Mafter le Camp,
{
Don Christopher Ramadeo de
Areano.
Serjeant Major, Don Francifco Gantes.
Commiffaria de la Cavalaria, Don Antonio Calabria.
་
litary
Force and
Titles.
They haves Dons all Captains of Infantry,
and each of 'em a large Company: One Don is
à Captain of near 200 Horfemen, and there are
Lieutenants, Enfigns, Serjeants, Corporals and
Drummers to each Company, as cuftomary among
the Spaniards. By the moft reaſonable Computa-
tion of their Force, they could in a few days bring
together 900 armed Horfe and Foot Militia; and
I was inform'd by them they had not less than 500
of theſe in a Body before we landed, and beat 'em
out of the Town, there being always that Num-
ber ready in the Towns and adjacent Parts upon an
Alarm. Theſe and many more form'd a forry
Camp within a League of us in the Woods, whilft
with about 160 Men we kept the Town till they
ranfom'd it. An English-man that run over to us
after the Fight, who had lived 2 Years in the
Town, and faw their Force, told us there were
many
202
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709. many more than what the Spaniards acknowledge
by the abovemention'd Account, and that he faw
at one time, a few Months before, upwards of
1100 Horſe and Foot drawn up and mufter'd before
the Town.
The other. Their other Towns are govern'd by Lieutenants
Towns and deputed by the Corregidore; above half of 'em
Lieute- border on the fame River and its Branches, fo that
nancies of they can join thofe of the Capital in 2 Tides, tho
vince of at feveral Leagues diftance. Thefe Towns and
Guiaquil. Lieutenancies are as follow.
the Pro-
A LIST of the Lieutenancy of this
Province.
Aquache, govern'd by a Lieutenant,
diftant from Guiaquil
Bava
Pemocho has 6 Brafs Guns of 16 Pound Ball,
Leaguès.
7
12
both govern'd by the fame Lieutenant. -14
Puna,
Narangbal, By the fame Lieutenant
Machala,
Daule, a Lieutenant-
9.
J
14
14
7
Point St. Hellena,
·30
Colonche,
•20
Chongong,
by the fame Lieut.
- 7
Chandoe,
ΤΟ
Sheba,
Babaoya,
>by the fame Lieut.
S
21
16
Chilintoam,
14
Porto Vaco,
34
Charapeto,
36
Peco Affaa,
by the fame Lieut.
25
Manta,
40
}
Hepe Hapa,
30
Porta
At Guiaquil in Peru.
203
Porto Vaco was formerly the Metropolis of the
Province, before the Government was removed to
Guiaquil.
1709.
Eleven
In the Towns and the whole Province the Spa forts of
niards compute at leaſt 10000 Inhabitants; but I People in
believe there are many more. They are diftin- this Coun
guiſh'd by themſelves into 11 Claffes or Sorts, try.
which being particular; and worth remarking, I
fhall add a Defcription of them, for the Informa-
tion of fuch as have not been in thofe Parts.
The first and chief is the original Spaniards, never
yet mix'd with other People (at least as they pre-
tend) and theſe are moft refpected.
2. The Muftees, begot by Spaniards on Indian
Women.
3. Fino Muftees, their Children married again
with the Spaniards.
4. Terceroons de Indies, their Children again mix'd
with the Spaniards.
5. Quarteroons de Indies, their Pofterity again
mix'd with the Spaniards. Thefe laft are allowed to
be Primitive Spaniards again..
6. Mullattoes, begot by a Spaniard, or any Euro-
pean, on a Negro Woman.
7. Quarteroon de Negroes, again mixt with the
Spaniards, and efteem'd no better than Mullattoes.
8. Terceroon de Negroes, a third Mixture with the
Spaniards, ftill call'd Mullattoes, becauſe they will
not allow 'em the Privilege or Title of Spaniard
after once debas'd with the Negro Breed, tho' fome
of 'em are as white as themſelves; but they can't
get off the ugly Name of Mullatto, unless they hide
their Defcent, which is no hard Task, if they re-
move their Abode to another Place where they are
not known, which is often practis'd and conniv'd
at by the Fathers of the Church, to increaſe the
Number of good Catholick Spaniards.
1
9. The
·204
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709.
1
9. The 9th Sort is Indians, who are all of a dark
Olive-tawny Colour; thefe (tho' the true and an-
tient Proprietors of the Country) are placed a
Clafs below the worst of the Spanish Defcendants,
which are generally begot without Marriage on
their Servants and Slaves.
J
10, Negroes,
A
11. All the Species and Breeds between the Ne-
groes and Indians are call'd Sambes, tho' by mixing
their Breed as they do, they commonly differ little
or nothing to the Eye from the Spanish mix'd De-
fcendants.
Theſe 11 are the common Sorts, tho' fome of
'em feem, not very regularly diftinguifh'd; But
they have rung Changes fo often in thofe Peals of
Generation, that there is no End of their Di-
ftinctions. The Spaniards are the feweft by far
of all the Inhabitants; and were it not for thoſe
Mixtures, which the Fathers of the Church keep
united, the Indians might again take poffeffion of
their Country, for the Spaniards would be too few
to keep it, and much more uncapable of peopling
it. Few of thofe Prifoners that fell into our hands
were healthy and found; near half of the Spaniards
diſcover'd publickly to our Doctors their Malady,
in order to get Phyfick from them againſt the
French Difeafe, which is fo common here, that
they reckon it no Scandal to be deep in the Pow-
dering Tub, and the Heat of the Country facili-
tating the Cure, they make very light of it. All
the Spaniards I difcours d allow that this rich Coun-
try is not a tenth peopled, nor are half the Indians
far within Land civilized, tho' they affirm their
King has in the West Indies more Subjects of feveral
Colours, than in all Spain, or the reft of his Domi-
nions in Europe (which may be true) and I believe
they are fuch Subjects as no Chriftian King can
boaft of; for the King of Spain is able to match
the
From Guiaquil towards the Gallapagos.
205
the Skins of his Americans to any Colour, with more 1709.
Variety and Exactnefs than a Draper can match
his Cloth and Trimming.
defcrib'd
took it zz
The Account that the French Buccaneers, alias Guiaquil
falfly
Pirates, gave of this Place, is fo falfe, that there's
not the leaft Truth in it; fo that by their Defcrip- by the
tion it would not appear to be the fame Place, had French
they not left infamous Marks of their being here: Bucca-
For when they took the Town of Guiaquil about 22 neers, who
Years ago, they diſcover'd little or no Bravery in Years ago.
the Attack (tho' they loft a great many Men) and
committed a great deal of Brutiſhneſs and Murther
after they had the Place in their Power, which
was above a Month here and at Puna. The
Seaſons here are improperly call'd Winter and The Sea-
Summer; the Winter is reckon'd from the Begin-fons here.
ning of December to the laft of May, and all that
Seafon is fultry hot, wet and unhealthy. From
the latter End of May to December 'tis ferene, dry
and healthy, but not fo violently hot as what they
call Winter.
Their Cocoa is ripe, and moftly gather'd between
June and August, and of the other Fruits natural to
thefe Climates, fome are ripe and others green all
the Year. But I return to my Journal, and the
Account of our Voyage to the Gallapagoes Iſlands.
May 11. A freſh Gale at S.S.W. We had up- Many of
wards of 20 Men that fell ill within thefe 24 Hours, our Men
and our Confort near 50, of a malignant Fever,
fall fick.
contracted as I fuppofe at Guiaquil, where I was
informed, that about a Month or Weeks before
we took it, a contagious Diſeaſe which raged
there ſwept off 10 or 12 Perfons every Day for a
confiderable time; fo that the Floors of all the
Churches (which are their ufual Burial Places)
were fill'd fo faft, that they were obliged to dig a
large and deep Hole of about a Rod fquare, clofe
by the great Church, where I kept Guard; and
1
this
206
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1709. this Hole was almoft fill'd with Corps half putrified.
The Mortality was fo very great, that many of the
People had left the Town, and our lying fo long
in the Church furrounded with fuch unwholfom
Scents, was enough to infect us too.
We fee the
Gallapa-
gos Iſlands
Capt. Courtney was taken ill, and Capt. Dover
went on board the Dutchefs to prefcribe for
him.
May 14. This Day we faw a great many Alba-
cores in purſuit of Flying Fifh, and a very large
Albacore leap'd into one of our Boats. We have
now about 50 Men down, and the Dutchefs upwards.
of 70; but I hope the Sea Air (which is very freſh)
will make the Climate more healthy.
May 15. At 6 laft Night Mr. Samuel Hopkins,
Dr. Dover's Kinfman and Affiftant, died; he read
Prayers once a Day ever fince we pafs'd the Equi-
nox in the North Sea: He was a very good tem-
per'd fober Man, and very well beloved by the
whole Ship's Company.
May 17. This Morning we ſaw the Land bear-
ing S.S.W. about 10 Leagues diftant. It ſeems a
large Iſland, and high Land: We tack`d and ſtood
E. by S. Wind at S. by E. to turn up to Windward
for the Island. Our Men in both Ships continue
very ill; we have near 60 fick, and the Dutchefs
upwards of 80. We had a good Obfervation,
Lat. oo. 37". S.
1
May 18. At 6 laft Night the End of the Ifland
bore S. by E. diftant about 5 Leagues. Edward
Downe died at 12 at Night. When Day broke we
were within 4 Leagues of 2 large Iſlands almoft
joining together, having paffed the other that we
faw yeſterday. We fent our Boat afhore to look
for Water, and agreed with our Confort where to
meet in caſe of Separation. They turn'd towards
Defcrip- an Inland we faw to Windward, and left us to try
tion of
them, this Iſland for Water: All our Prizes were to stay
TE
near
1
At the Gallipagos Islands.
207
near us under Sail by a remarkable Rock.
J
May 19. Yeſterday in the Afternoon the Boat
return'd with a melancholy Account, that no Wa-
ter was to be found. The Prizes we expected
would have lain to Windward for us by the Rock,
about 2 Leagues off Shore; but Mr. Hatley in a
Bark, and the Havre de Grace, turn'd to Windward
after our Confort the Dutchess; fo that only the
Galleon and the Bark that Mr. Selkirk was in ftaid
for us. We kept plying to Windward all Night
with a Light out, which they follow'd. At 5 in
the Morning we fent our Boat afhore again to
make a further Search in this Iſland for Water.
About 10 in the Morning James Daniel our Joiner
died, We had a good Obfervation, Lat. oo°
3211. S.
May 20. Yefterday in the Evening our Boat re-
turn'd, but found no Water, tho' they went 3 or 4
Miles up into the Country: They tell me the Iſland
is nothing but loofe Rocks, like Cynders, very rot-
ten and heavy, and the Earth fo parch'd, that it
will not bear a Man, but breaks into Holes under
his Feet, which makes me fuppofe there has been
a Vulcano here; tho' there is much fhrubby Wood,
and fome Greens on it, yet there's not the leaft
Sign of Water, nor is it poffible, that any can be
contain❜d on fuch a Surface. At 12 laft Night we
loft fight of our Galleon; fo that we have only one
Bark with us now.
May 21. Yefterday in the Afternoon came down
the Dutchefs and the French Prize. The Dutchess's
Bark had caught feveral Turtle and Fish, and gave
us a Part, which was very ſerviceable to the fick
Men, our freſh Provifions that we got on the main
Land being all ſpent. They were furpriz'd as
much as we at the Galleon, and Hatley's Bark be-
ing out of Sight, thinking before they had been
with us. We kept Lights at our Top-maft's
Head,
1709.
1
208
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709. Head, and fir'd Guns all Night, that they might
either fee or hear how to join us, but to no
Purpoſe.
Capt. Courtney being not yet quite recover'd, I
went on board the Dutchefs, and agreed with him
and his Officers, to ftay here with the Havre de
Grace and Bark, whilft I went in queſt of the mif-
fing Prizes. At 6 in the Morning we parted, and
ſtood on a Wind to the Eastward, judging they loft
Strange us that way. Here are very ftrange Currents a-
Currents mongst thefe Iflands, and commonly run to the
among the Leeward, except on the Full Moon I obferved it
Gallapa-
ran very strong to Windward; I believe 'tis the
fame at Change.
gos Iflands.
May 22. Yeſterday at 3 in the Afternoon we
met with the Galleon under the Eaft Ifland, but
heard nothing of Mr. Hatley's Bark. At 9 laft
Night Facob Scronder a Dutch-man, and very good
Sailor, died. We kept on a Wind in the Morn-
ing to look under the Weather Iſland for Mr. Hat-
ley, and fired a Gun for the Galleon to bear away
for the Rendevouz Rock, which ſhe did.
May 23. Yeſterday at 3 in the Afternoon we faw
༡
the Weather Inland near enough, and no Sail a-
bout it. We bore away in fight of the Rock, and
faw none but our Galleon; we were in another
Fright what became of our Confort, and the 2
Prizes we left behind; but by 5 we faw 'em come
from under the Shore to the Leeward of the Rock.
We spoke with 'em in the Evening; we all be-
wail'd Mr. Hatley, and were afraid he was loft:
Mr. Hat- We fir'd Guns all Night, and kept Lights out, in
ley and hopes he might fee or hear us, and refolved to
our Bark leave thefe unfortunate Iſlands, after we had view'd
miffing.
two or three more to Leeward. We pity'd our 5
Men in the Bark that is miffing, who if in being
have a melancholy Life without Water, having no
more but for 2 Days, when they parted from us.
Some
At the Gallapagos Iſlands.
200
3
Some are afraid they run on Rocks, and were loft 172.
in the Night, others that the 2 Prifoners and 2 Ne-
groes had murder'd 'em when alleep; but if o-
therwiſe, we had no Water, and our Men being Our Men
ftill fick, we could ftay little longer for them.very fickly.
Laft Night died Law. Carney of a malignant Fever.
There is hardly a Man in the Ship, who had been
afhore at Guiaquil, but has felt fomething of this
Diftemper, whereas not one of thofe that were not
there have been fick yet. Finding that Punch did
preſerve my own Health, I prefcribed it freely a-
mong fuch of the Ships Company as were well, to
preferve theirs. Our Surgeons make heavy Com-
plaints for want of fufficient Medicines, with which
till now I thought we abounded, having a regular
Phyfician, an Apothecary, and Surgeons enough,
with all forts of Medicines on board. Our Own-
ers believed fo too, and did often at home fet forth
the uncommon Advantage we had in being fo care-
fully provided for this tedious Voyage; but now
we found it otherwife, and had not fufficient Me-
dicines to adminifter for the Recovery of our fick
Men, which ſo many being fick in both Ships,
makes it a melancholy Time with us.
ONF
ais.
such
May 21. Yesterday at 5 in the Afternoon we
ran to the Northward, and made another Ifland,
which bore N. W. by W. diftant 5 Leagues; and
this Morning we fent our Boat afhore, to fee for
the loft Bark, Water, Fiſh or Turtle. This Day Tho, Several of
Hughes a very good Sailor died, as did Mr. George
Underhill, a good Proficient in moft parts of the
Mathematicks and other Learning, tho' not much
above 21 Years old: He was of a very courteous
Temper, and brave, was in the Fight where my
Brother was kill'd, and ferved as Lieutenant in my
Company at Guiaquil. About the fame time ano-
ther young Man, `call'd John English, died aboard
the Haver de Grace, and we have many ftill fick. If
P
we
210
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709.
we had ftaid in the Harbour, we fhould in all pro-
bability have loft near half of our Men. We had
a good Obfervation, Lat. oo. 14. N.
May 25. Yefterday at 6 in the Evening our
Boat return'd from the Iſland without finding any
Water, or feeing the Bark. About 4 in the
Morning we ftood to another Ifland, that bore
about N. E. diftant 4 Leagues, and the Dutchefs
went to view another to the S. W. of it. Laft
Night Peter Marshal a good Sailor died. This
Morning our Boat with Mr. Selkirk's Bark went to
another Ifland to view it. We had an Obferva-
tion, Lat. oo. 35". N.
May 26. Laft Night our Boat and Bark return'd,
having rounded the Ifland, found no Water, but
Plenty of Turtle and Fifh. This Morning we
join'd the Dutchefs, who had found no Water. A-
bout 12 a Clock we compar'd our Stocks of Water,
found it abfolutely neceffary to make the beſt of
our way to the Main for fome, then to come off a-
gain; and ſo much the rather, becauſe we expect-
ed that 2 French Ships, one of 60, and another of
40 Guns, with fome Spanish Men of War, would
fuddenly be in queft of us.
May 27. At-6 laft Night the Body of the Eafter-
moſt iſland bore S.E. by S. diftant 4 Leagues,
from whence we took our Departure for the Main.
Laft Night died Paunceford Wall, a Land-man. A
frefh Gale at S. E. with cloudy Weather.
May 30. Fair Weather with moderate Gales from
the S. S. E. to the S. by E. We are forced to wa-
ter the Bark and Galleón every Day with our
Yall: 'Tis a very great Trouble to hoift our Boat
out daily; now that our Men are ſo very weak.
Senior Morell, and the other Prifoners, tell us, that
Calms fre it frequently proves Calm between thefe Iſlands
and the Terra firma, at this time of the Year, which
if it fhould now happen, but for a few Days,
quent.
would
From the Gallapagos Islands towards Peru.
211
l'Aquada
The Ac-
count of
would very much incommode us for Want of Wa- 1709.
ter. Had we ſupplied our felves well at Point A-
rena, we fhould, no doubt, have had time enough
to find the Iſland S.Maria de l'Aquada,reported to be Ile of St.
one of the Gallapagos, where there is Plenty of good Maria de
Water, Timber, Land and Sea Turtle, and a fafe
Road for Ships. This was the Place we intended
for, and would have been very fuitable to our Pur-
poſe, which was to lie fome Time concealed. It's
probable there is fuch an Ifland, becauſe one
Capt. Davis, an Englishman, who was a buckaneer-
ing in theſe Seas, above 20 Years ago, lay fome the Gilli-
Months and recruited here to Content: He fays, pagos Illes
that it had Trees fit for Mafts; but theſe fort of by former
Men, and others I have convers'd with, or whoſe Journals
Books I have read, have given very blind or falfe faife.
Relations of their Navigation, and Actions in thefe
Parts, for fuppofing the Places too remote to have
their Stories difprov'd, they impofed on the Cre-
dulous, amongst whom I was one, till now I too
plainly fee, that we cannot find any of their Rela-
tions to be relied on: Therefore 1 fhall fay no
more of theſe Iſlands, fince by what I faw of 'em,
they don't at all anfwer the Defcription that thofe
Men have given us.
ners to
Nothing more remarkable happen'd till the 6th
of June, but that Thomas Morgan, a Welch Land-
man, died the 31ft of May; George Bishop, another
Land-man, the 4th of June; and that we had Ad- A Plot by
vice from fome of our Men on board the Galeon, the Prifo-
that the Prifoners and Blacks there had form'd a Plot murder
to murder the English, and run away with the Ship our Men
in the Night. We examin'd the Spaniards who po- on board
fitively denied it; yet fome of the Blacks own'd the Galeon
there had been fuch a Difcourfe betwixt fome Ne- her off.
groes and Indians, but they did not believe they
were in earneft: So we contented our felves
to difperfe thofe Prifoners into feveral Ships, as
the best Way to break the Cabal. P 2
June.
and carry
}
212
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709.
June 6. Yefterday at 4 a Clock in the After-
noon we ſpied a Sail, and at the fame time faw
the Land, the Dutchess being a Mile a Head, gave
chafe firft, we followed, and about 7 in the Eve-
A Prize ning the Dutchefs took her; we immediately fent
taken.
Ifle of
Gallo.
Gorgona
Ifland.
our Boat aboard, and took out fome of the Prifo-
ners. She was a Veffel of about 90 Tun, bound
from Panama to Guiaquil, call'd the St. Thomas de
Villa nova and St. Demas, Juan Navarro Navaret
Commander. There were about 40 People aboard,
including 11 Negro-Slaves, but little of European
Goods, except fome Iron and Cloth. Captain
Courtney ſent to tell me, the Prifoners he had knew
nothing of our being in theſe Seas, and brought
no News from Europe, but confirm'd the Story that
they expected the Arrival of a Squadron from Eng-
land, my Lord Peterborough, Admiral and General,
by Sea and Land, which was dreaded every Day,and
that they were inform'd he deſign'd to fecure fome
Port in the North Sea, and fend part of his Squa-
dron to the South Sea. They had a Paffenger of
Note on board, call'd Don Juan Cardofo, he was
going to be Governour of Baldivia, and faid he
had been taken not long before in the North Sea,
by Jamaica Cruifers. We bore away by Agree-
ment for the Island Gorgona. This Morning we
faw Gallo, near the Shore, a fmall Iſland, and the
Main to the North of it, which by the Shore is
low Land. Our late Prize ran aboard the Havre
de Grace, and loft her Main Top-maft, but did lit-
tle Damage to the other Ship. The Dutchefs took
the Prize into a Tow. We had a good Obfer-
vation. Lat. 2°. coll. N.
June 7. Yesterday at 2 in the Afternoon we made
the Ifland of Gorgona; about 4 the Body bore E. N.E.
5 Leagues.
June 8. Yefterday at 4 in the Afternoon we got
to an Anchor, about a good Cable's Length from
the
In Gorgona Road.
213
the Shore in 30 Fathom Water, on the Eaft fide,
of the Iſland; the Southermoft point of it in fight
bore S. E. about 3 Miles, and the Rocks off the
North Point bore N. half W. a Mile and a half.
June 8. At 8 this Morning we ſpied a Sail to the
Southward of the Iſland, between it and the Main ;
our Pinnace being a fhore for Water, the Dutchess's
Boat went first after her, ours followed on the o-
ther fide of the Iſland, that if the Prize bore away,
fhe might meet her on the Weft Side. In the mean
time I took in Water from the Iſland.
1709.
Prize ta-
s ken.
June 9. Yeſterday in the Afternoon our Boats
return'd and brought the Prize with them, being
a fmall Bark of about 35 Tuns, call'd the Golden Another
Sun; fhe belong'd to a Creek within this Ifland,
on the Main, and was bound for Guiaquil, Andros
Enriques Mafter, with 10 Spaniards and Indians,
and fome Negroes; no Cargo but a very little Gold
Duft, and a large Gold Chain, together about
sool. value, which were fecur'd aboard the Dutch-
efs. The Prize defign'd to purchaſe Salt and Brandy
with 'em. The Priſoners faid they had no Notice
of us, fo that News does not fpread in this Coun-
try fo faft as we believ'd, efpecially this Way;
the Land being, as I am informed, full of Woods Malaga I
and Rivers, and bad for Travellers or Pofts. A-fland,
bout 6 in the Evening there was a Confultation on
board the Dutchefs, with fome of my Officers, Capt.
Dover and others; being difcompos'd I was not
with them, but refolved to act in confortſhip, ac-
cording to their Agreement. After they had exa-
min'd the Prifoners, they refolved to go to Malaga,
an Iſland which had a Rode, where we defign'd tọ
leave our Ships, and with our Boats row up the Ri-
ver, for the rich Gold Mines of Barbacore, call'd alfo Gold
by the Spaniards, the Mines of St. fuan, from a Vil- Mines of
lage about two Tides up the River of that Name;
there we deſign'd to furprize Canoes, as fitter than
Birba
core.
P3
our
214
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709.
ļ
•
و
our Boats to go against the Stream; for this Time
of the Year being fubject to great Rains, which
makes a ſtrong Freſh down the River, our Pilot,
an old Spaniard, did not propofe to get up to the
Mines in less than 12 Days. I had often before
ſuſpected his Knowledge, but according to their
Refolutions on board the Dutchefs we came to fail
about 12 a Clock at Night, and fteer'd N. E. for
the Place. In the Morning I difcours'd Captain
Morrel, as I had done feveral Times before, and all
the reft of the Prifoners, who agreed that this Ifland,
Malaga call'd Malaga, was an unfrequented Place, and not
and de- fit for Ships, that ever they heard of. I had alfo 2
fcrib'd.
Priſoners aboard, that were taken in the laft Prize,
who had been at the faid Iſland very lately; I exa-
min'd 'em ſeparately, and they agreed, that a Ship
could not be ſafe there, and the Place being fo nar-
row, 'twas impoffible to get in, but with the Tide,
which ran very strong; that the Entrance was full
of Shoals, and had not Water enough, but at Spring
Tides, for our Ships to get out or in; befides that
ifa Ship gets loofe (as we muft moar Head and
Stern) fhe would turn all adrift, and very much
endanger the whole; they added that the River was
fo narrow before we could get to the Mines, that
the Indians and Spaniards might fell Trees a cross,
and cut off our Retreat, there being thick Woods
on the Banks of the River, from whence the Indi-
ans would gall us with their poifon'd Arrows; for
thoſe about the Mines were in Amity with the Spa-
niards, and a bold and a very numerous People.
Upon this Information I was furpriz'd that the
Council had not inform'd themfelves better before
they refolved on going to this Place, and immedi-
ately fent Mr. White our Linguift with the two
Priſoners, on board the Dutchess, to undeceive Capt.
Courtney and his Officers, and to defire his Compa-
ny with ſome of the reft without Lofs of Time,
The
Danger
of attack-
ing the
Mines of
Barba-
core.
that
Return to Gorgona in Peru.
215
1
that we might agree how to act for our Safety and 1709.
Intereft, and not to proceed farther on this hazard-
ous Enterprize.
June 10. Yeſterday Afternoon Capt. Courtney and
Capt. Cook came aboard us. We immediately a- Agree to
greed to return to Gorgona, to refit our Prizes, and return to
Gorgona.
that there we would come to a final Refolution.
We ſaw the Iſland at 6 in the Evening, bearing
S.W. Diſtance about 8 Leagues. In the Night, we
had much Rain withLightning and Squalls of Wind,
by which the Havre de Grace loft her main Top-
maft. This Morning died Jonathan Smyth, a Smith
by Trade, and Armourer's Mate of our Ship. I
went on board the Havre de Grace and Dutchefs, and
lent them what was neceffary for their Affiftance.
Our Men being very much fatigued, many of them
fick, and ſeveral of our Good Sailors dead, we are
fo weak, that ſhould we meet an Enemy in this
Condition, we could make but a mean Defence.
Every thing looks dull and difcouraging, but it's in
vain to look back or repine in theſe Parts.
June 11. We had good Soundings, but came no
nearer the Shore than 36 Fathom Water, it being
uncertain Soundings, and dangerous for Ships to
venture within that Depth here.
June 12. Had rainy Weather, with little or no
Wind. At 8 this Morning faw the Ifland of Gor-
gona; bore S. half W. diftant about 9 Leagues.
We impatiently long to be there again, at an An-
chor, being in an ordinary Condition to keep the
Sea, tho' when there, we are open to all Advantages
against us, if the Enemy is out after us, which we
expect, and that this is a Place they will fearch,
but having no other Place fo convenient, we muit
run the Rifque of it.
June 13. About 4 in the Morning we came to an
Anchor again at Gorgona, in 40 Fathom Water, and
moſt of both Ships Officers having fome Thoughts
P 4
of
216
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
09.
of Careening here. We held the following Com-
mittee:
GORGONA: 13 June, 1709.
At a Committee held on Board the Duke.
WE bave agreed on Mr. Lancelot Appleby to fuc-
1
ceed Mr. Samuel Hopkins, and Mr. Robert
Knowlefman to fucceed Mr. John Rogers, who being
deceased, these we approve as the fittest Men to be Members
of a Committee in their Places; and having at the fame
time confider'd the Neceffity of cleaning our Ships, we do
defire Capt. Courtney to use all manner of Dispatch to get
ready for a Careen, and that the Men and Officers afſiſt
him as much as poffible, and then he to affift the Duke,
as foon as his Ship is compleated, and off the Careen, be-
cauſe one Ship ought to be in a Readiness to protect the other
whilst on a Careen, in cafe we be attack'd by the Enemy.
Tho. Dover, Préf.
Woodes Rogers,
Step. Courtney,
Wm. Dampier,
Edw. Cooke,
Rob. Frye,
Wm. Stratton,
Cha. Pope,
Tho. Glendall,
John Connely,
John Bridge.
While we were together, we agreed to fit out
the Havre, de Grace with twenty Guns, and put
Men out of each Ship aboard her, under Captain
Cock's Command, refolving to carry her home with
us, and to make a third Ship to cruife in our Com-
pany, whilft in thefe Seas.
June 14. I propofed before, we fhould careen at
Port a Penees, becauſe it was an unfrequented Place,
and good Harbour, where we might lie fometime
undiſcover'd, and from thence go to the Bay of
Panama, when ready; but confidering our preſent
Condition, every body feem'd most inclinable to
ſtay
{
At Gorgona in Peru.
217
ftay here, which I the more readily agreed to, 1709.
becauſe it was pleafing to the reft, and that,
if any Cafualty happen'd, I might not be reflected
on, if I had over-perfwaded them to go elsewhere.
We began, according to agreement, to careen the
Dutchess firft, and I to lye on the Guard the mean
while, in caſe of being attack'd, which we had
reafon to fear, having been fo long from Guiaquil.
The Dutchess began to make ready for a Careen.
Captain Courtney and I went a fiſhing together, and
had pretty good Luck, Fiſh being plenty here.
June 15. We had indifferent fair Weather, but
very fultry. We put all our fick Men, with our
Confort's on board the Galeon, being about 70
in Number, befides fick Officers, whom we put on
board the Havre de Grace.
June 16. We built a Tent a-fhore for the Ar-
mourer and Cooper; fet feveral Men to cutting of
Wood, and clearing a Place for the fick Mens
Tents.
}
Nothing remarkable pafs'd from the 16th, but
that we had frequent Thunder, Lightning and
Rain, which retarded our Careening the Dutchess,
till the 21ft that we finifh'd her, and began upon our
Ship: We were forc'd to carry moft of our Stores
afhore, for want of Barks, which are full of the
Dutchess's Provifions and Materials. We feldom
mifs catching good Fish daily, and keep a Boat
and Men imploy'd for that purpoſe, there being
very little Refreſhment in the Iſland. We ſpent
till the 25th in careening; the Sea ſwelling into the
Road hinder'd us heaving our Keel wholly out;
however we clean'd within lefs than 2 Streaks of
the Keel; and being upright again,
June 28. We got our Provifions aboard, and
mounted all our Guns; fo that in 14 Days we had
calk'd our Ships all round,careen'd,rigg'd and ftow'd
them again, both fit for the Sea; which was great
Dif
218 A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
;
1709. Diſpatch, confidering what we had to do was in an
709.
open Place, with few Carpenters, and void of the
ufual Conveniencies for careening. The Spaniards
our Priſoners being very dilatory Sailors, were a-
mazed
Our Expedition, and told us, they uſually
take 6 Weeks or 2 Months to careen one of the
King's Ships at Lima, where they are well provided
with all Neceffaries, and account it good Diſpatch.
June 29. Yeſterday in the Afternoon we built a
Tent afhore for the Sick, who are now much bet-
ter than when we came to the Ifland, neither the
Weather nor the Air here being half ſo bad as the
Spaniards reprefented, which made us think 'twould
be worſe than we found it. This Morning we got
the fick Men into their Tents, and put the Doctors
afhore with them: We unloaded the Havre de Grace,
and choſe a Place very eafy to lay her afhore, to
clean her Bottom. A clear Sand about a Mile and
half from the Place where we rode, near the South
End of the Ifland. -
June 30. I went to her this Morning, and left
Capts. Courtney and Cooke, with the Carpenters,
&c. to grave her Bottom, whilft I took the moſt
experienced Prifoners, and walked through the
The Iland Inland (which is every where full of Wood) to
full of
Wood.
look out Mafts for her. The Spaniards knew beft
what Wood was moſt fit for this Purpoſe here. We
found one Tree proper to be a Fore-maft, having
before that cut down a great Tree big enough, but
a wrong fort of Wood. All the Timber here is too
heavy, but we muft ufe it, her old Mafts and Yards.
being unferviceable, her Sails rotten, and very
little of her Cordage fit to be us'd; fo that it's
near equal to rigging out a-new. She is a very
fharp Ship, but lies eafy on foft red Sand, which
is dry at little more than half Tide. The Worms
had not much damag'd her Bottom, but her Rud-
der and Cut-water were eaten to pieces. It flows
19. Foot at Spring Tides.
July
At Gorgona in Peru.
219
July 1. We have Men imploy'd in our Tents 1709.
afhore, to prepare the Rigging as faft as poffible;
a Rope-maker at work to make twice-laid Cor-
dage, and a Smith, Block-maker and Sail-maker
at the fame time; fo that we want no Tradeſmen
to fit her out. Neceffity makes us of all Trades on
this occafion.
;
the French
The Natives of Old Spain are accounted but or-
dinary Mariners, but here they are much worfe
all the Prizes we took being rather cobled than
fitted out for the Sea: So that had they fuch Wea-
ther as we often meet with in the European Seas in
Winter, they could ſcarce ever reach a Port again,
as they are fitted, but they fail here hundreds of
Leagues. The French us'd her as a Victualling The good
Ship, and fold her at Lima, as they have done fe- Manage-
veral others, for 4 times the Money they coft in ment of
Europe. 'Tis certainly a good Method they took Traders in
at first trading hither, to bring a Victualling thofe Seas.
Ship with no other Goods but Provifions and
Stores along with 'em. Generally one of theſe
fmall Ships comes out with two Traders, and fince
in fix, nine, or 12 Months time, which they ſtay
in theſe Seas, they expend their Proviſions, and
leffen their Men by Mortality or Deſertion, they
fell their Victualling Ship, and being recruited
with Men and Provifions out of her, they return
well victualled and mann'd to France. But now
they put into Chili, where they fell the remaining
Part of their Cargo, and falt up a new Stock of
Proviſions for their homeward bound Paffage, fo
that they need bring no more Victuallers.
July 2. We had Showers of Rain, with Thunder
and Lightning laft Night, and few Nights are with-
out Rain, but 'tis pretty dry in the day-time. This
day I got a fine Tree for the Main-maft; the
Inland is fo cover'd with Trees, that we are forced
to clear a Place for a Yard to work in. The Wood
that
220
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709 that we us'd for Mafts and Yards is 3 forts, but the
beft is Maria Wood, of the Colour and Grain of
our English Oak, all of the Cedar Kind, good Tim-
ber, but very heavy. There are feveral other forts
fit for Mafts, but Care must be taken not to uſe
any that is ſhort-grain'd, or foft and white when
green.
The Ha-
vie de
July 3. The Prize Flower we took in Bags be
ing much damag'd by the Rats, I order'd the Coo-
pers to put it up in 36 Casks: The little English
Bread we have left is eaten as hollow as a Honey-
comb, and fo full of Worms, that it's hardly fit for
Ufe. Laft Night we met aboard our Ship to con-
fult of the quickeft Method for Diſpatch, and the
Officers agreed each to take his Share of looking
after the Ships, and forwarding the feveral Work-
men: So that most of our little Commonwealth
being afhore very bufy, 'twas a Diverfion for me
to overſee the ſeveral Companies at work in our
Yard, from Break of Day till Night, which other-
wife in this hot Country would have been very
burthenfome to me.
We were imploy'd till the 9th in refitting the
Havre de Grace, and when finifh'd call'd her the
grace Te- Marquis. We faluted each of the other Ships with
fitted, and
called the 3 Huzzas from on board her, diftributed Liquor
Marquis. among the Company, drank her Majefty's and our
Owners Healths, and to our own good Succefs.
The Ship look'd well, fo that we all rejoic'd
in our new Confort to cruize with us. The
next thing we did was to clear Mr. Selkirk's
Bark to carry our Prifoners to the Main, who be-
ing 72 in Number, were very chargeable to main-
tain; but we could not diſcharge them fooner, left
they ſhould have allarm'd the Country, and in-
form'd the French and Spanish Men of War where
to find us. But being now almoft ready to depart,
we call'd a Committee, and came to the following
Refolutions.
A¿
In Gorgona Road.
221
At a Committee held on board the Duke,
riding at Anchor in the Road of Gorgona,
July 9. 1709.
E think it convenient to turn all our Prifoners
afhore, in a Bark already provided for that pur-
pofe, and at the fame time to Plunder the Settlements on
the Main oppofite to this Ifland, and do defire Capt. Tho-
mas Dover, Mr. Robert Fry, and Mr. William Strat-
ton to command the Bark and 45 Men on the fame Ex-
pedition, and to make what Difpatch they can, and re-
turn hither with fuch Refreshments, &c. as they can get
for our fick Men:
Tho. Dover, Pref.
Woodes Rogers,
William Stratton,
Cha. Pope,
Stephen Courtney,
John Connely,
John Ballett,
John Bridge,
Lan. Appleby.
William Dampier,
Edw. Cooke,
Robert Frye,
After this we gave them the following In-
- ftructions.
Capt. Tho. Dover,
Mr. Robert Frye,
Mr. W. Stratton,
Gentlemen,
W
Gorgona, 9 July, 1709.
E having agreed with you in a Committee, That
you take a Bark under your Care, and tranfport
our Priſoners to the Main, and having order'd about 45
Men under your Command to proceed with and at-
tempt the Plundering where you judge moft convenient:
We only recommend the utmost Dispatch, and that you
you,
keep
1709.
222
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709. keep in mind, we hope to be ready in 8 Days, and shall
earnestly expect you as much as poffible within that Time.
Other things relating to this you'll know better how to act
than we can bere direct.
but in
vain.
·Should a powerful Enemy attempt us in your Abfence,
we'll be certain to leave a Glass Bottle buried at the Root
of the Tree whence the Fore-maft was cut, to acquaint
you, then Quibo is the Place we will wait for you at,
if we are well, and you must leave a Glass Bottle at
this Place in cafe we return hither again: But this we
don't expect,
expect, if once chas'd away.
Woodes Rogers,
Stephen Courtney,
William Dampier,
Edward Cooke,
William Bath,
Cha. Pope,
Tho. Glendall,
John Connely,
Geo. Milbourne,
John Bridge,
John Ballett,
July 10. Early this Morning we put our 72 Pri-
We treat foners aboard the Bark. We had feveral times dif-
with our cours'd our Priſoners, the two Morells, and Don
Prifoners Antonio about ranfoming the Goods, and were in
about fel-
ling the hopes of felling them to advantage, but deferr'd
Cargo and coming to Particulars, till now that we plainly
ran/oming faw, unleſs they could have the Cargoes under a
the Ships,
quarter Value, they would not deal with us. I
propos'd going to Panama, and to lie 6 Days as
near it as they pleas'd, till they brought the Mo-
ney we ſhould agree for at a moderate Rate; pro-
vided they left a Hoftage aboard us, whom on fai-
lure we would carry to England. To this they
would have agreed, provided we would take 60000
Pieces of Eight for all the Prize Goods. Then I
propos'd their ranfoming the Galleon, and putting
good part of the Goods aboard her, provided one
of them three and another they could procure
would be Hoftages for the Sum. They anfwer'd,
That neither of them would go Hoftage to England
for
At Gorgona in Peru.
223
for the World. Then I propos'd delivering the 1709.
Galleon and Cargo to them here, provided 2 of
them would be Ranfomers to pay us the Money at
any other Place but Panama or Lima, in Six
Days, if they would give us 120000 Pieces of
Eight, being the lowest Price we could take for
all the Prizes and Goods, Negroes, &c. They
told us that Trade with Strangers, eſpecially the
English and Dutch, was fo ftrictly prohibited in
thofe Seas, that they must give more than the
prime Coft of the Goods in Bribes, to get a Li-
cenfe to deal with us: So that they could not af
fure us of Payment, unleſs we fold the Goods very
cheap; therefore not finding it worth our Time,
and knowing the Danger we muſt run in treating
with them, we defifted, and order'd them all aſhore,
ftill hoping that this would neceffitate the Morells
and Navarre to get Money for us, and prevent our
burning the Ships, and what we can't carry away.
Every one now wiſh'd we had kept fome others of
the topping Priſoners, to have try'd whether they
had a better Foundation and Method to trade;
the Goods being of little value to us here, and we
must fill our Ships fo full, that we fear 'twill fpoil
our failing.
ners.
July 11. Yefterday our Bark and 2 Pinnaces Send o
fail'd with our chief Priſoners. Don Antonio, the our Prifo-
Fleming, Sen. Navarre, and the Morells, who did
not expect to part with us fo fuddenly, but by con-
tinuing with us, and knowing we could not carry
away all the Prizes and Goods, they hop'd we
fhould of courfe have freely given them what we
could not keep. We apprehended that was the
principal Reafon of their not clofing with our
Terms, which were advantageous to them. Be-
fides, fhould we have been attack'd, they believ'd
we must then put them in poffeffion of their Ships,
which were of no ufe for fighting. But to obviate
all
224
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709. all their Hopes of benefiting themſelves at this eafy
Rate, without our participating of their Money,
the Magnet that drew us hither, I made them
fenfible at parting, that as we had treated them
courteouſly like generous Enemies, we would fell
them good Bargains for whatever Money they
could bring us in 10 Days time, but that we would
burn what we did not fo difpofe of or carry away.
They beg'd we would delay burning the Ships,
and promis'd to raiſe what Money they could, and
return within the time to fatisfy us.
One of the chief Prifoners we now parted with
was Don Juan Cardofo,defign'd Governor of Baldivia,
a brisk Man of about 35 Years of Age; he had ſerv'd
as a Collonel in Spain, had the Misfortune to be
taken in the North Seas by an English Privateer
near Portobello, and carried to Jamaica, from whence
he was fent back to Portobello: He complain'd hea-
vily of the Uſage he met with from the Jamaica
Privateer; but we parted very good Friends, and
he returned us his hearty Thanks, and a Stone
Ring for a Preſent to one of the Dutchess's Lieute-
nants that had lent him his Cabbin while he was
fick on board.
We allow'd Liberty of Confcience on board our
floating Commonwealth to our Priſoners, for there
being a Prieſt in each Ship, they had the Great
Cabbin for their Maſs, whilft we us'd the Church
of England Service over them on the Quarter-deck,
fo that the Papifts here were the Low Church-men.
Our Boats July 13. This Morning our Veffels return'd from
plunder a landing our Prifoners, and brought off 7 fmall
Village. Black Cattle, about 12 Hogs, 6 Goats, fome
Limes and Plaintains, which were very welcome
to us; they met with little elfe of Value in the
Village they were at, and the others being far up
the River, they did not think it worth while to
viſit them. The Country where they landed was
fo
In Gorgona Road.
225
fo poor,
that our Men gave the Prifoners 5 No
groes, fome Bays, Nails, &c. to purchaſe them-
felves Subfiftance. The Inhabitants afhore had
notice of our taking Guiaquil, and were jealous of
our being at this Ifland, becauſe they heard our
Guns, when we fired in order to ſcale them after
careening. This Place bears S. E. about 7 Leagues
from the Body of Gorgona, is low Land full of Man-
grove Trees; but within the Country the Land is
very high. The River is hard to be found without
a Pilot, and has Shole Water for above 2 Leagues
from Shore. There are fome poor Gold Mines near
it, but the Inhabitants agree that thofe of Barba-
core are very rich, tho' difficult to be attempted, as
we were informed before.
1709.
from the
maica to
the bot-
July 16. Yeſterday about Noon came aboard A Negro
one Michael Kendall, a free Negro of Jamaica, who eſcaping
had been fold a Slave to the Village we plunder'd;
SVillage,
but not being there when our People were afhore, gave an
he follow'd them privately in a fmall Canoe; and Account of
the Account he gave of himſelf was, that when a Defign
the laſt War was declared at Famaioa, he embark'd from Ja-
under the Command of one Capt. Edward Roberts, feize the
who was join'd in Commiffion from the Governour Mines of
of Famaica with Capts. Rafh, Golding and Pilkington; St. Jaco at
they had 106 Men, and defign'd to attempt the tom of the
Mines of Jaco at the Bottom of the Gulph of Da- Gulph of
rien: There were more Commanders and Men Darien,
came out with them, but did not join in this De- which mif-
carried.
fign. They had been about 5 Months
out, when
they got near the Mines undiſcover'd; they fail'd
15 Days up the River in Canoes, and travel'd
10 Days by Land afterwards. By this time the
Spaniards and Indians being alarm'd, laid Ambuſhes
in the Woods, and fhot many of them. The Ene-
my haying affembled at leaft soo Men, and the
English being diminish'd to about 60, including
the Wounded; the Spaniards fent them a Flag of
..
e
Trace,
226
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
the English
1709. Truce, and offer'd them their Lives after a fmall
The Bar- Skirmish, wherein the English loft 4, and the Ene-
barity of my about 12 Men. The English being in want of
the Spani- Provifions, quite tir'd out, and not knowing their
ards and Way back, agreed to deliver their Arms, on con-
Indians to dition to be us❜d as Prifoners of War. Having thus
Prifoners yielded, the Spaniards and Indians carried them in
of War. Canoes 3 Days up the River, that leads to the fame
Mines they defign'd to attempt, treated them ve-
ry well, and gave them the fame Food that they
eat themſelves; but the 4th Day, when they came
to a Town beyond the Mines, and thought all
Danger had been paft, an Order came from the
chief Spanish Officer to cut them all off, which the
Indians and Spanish Troops did, as thoſe poor dif-
arm'd Wretches fat at Victuals; fo that in this bar-
barous manner they were all maffacred in a few Mi-
nutes, except a Scots, a French, and an English Boy,
with 12 free Negroes, which at the Interceffion of a
Prieft they kept for Slaves. This Man being one
of 'ein, happen'd to be fold, firft to the Mines,
where he fays he clear'd at leaſt 3 Pieces of Eight
a day for his Mafter, and from thence he was fold
to this Place. By this we may fee what a mighty
Advantage the Spaniards make of their Slaves to
imploy at theſe Mines, which are accounted the
richeft in New Spain. The reft of the free Negroes
being farther up the Country, could have no Op-
portunity to efcape. This is enough to fhew what
merciless and cowardly Enemies we have to deal
with in theſe Parts of the World. I have heard of
many fuch Cruelties in the Spanish Parts of America,
to the eternal Scandal of thoſe who encourage or
connive at them.
¡
The Mo:
come to
1
July 17. About 10 this Morning, the two Mo-
rels, &c. rells, Mr. Navarre, and his Son in-law, our old Pri-
Farfom foners came in a large Canoe, with fome Money
Jome of the to ranfom what they could of us: We told them of
Goods:
the
In Gorgona Road.
227
the Barbarity of their Countrymen, and of the 1759.
different Treatment they met with from us; and
that we had reafon to apprehend, that if we be-
came Priſoners here, that few of us would ever
return to our native Country.
A
Snake.
Fuly 18. A Negro belonging to the Dutchess was 4 Negro
bit by a ſmall brown fpecklid Snake, and died kill by a
within 12 Hours, notwithſtanding the Doctor us'd
his utmoft Endeavours to fave him. There's a-
bundance of Snakes on this Ifland, and the Spani-
ards fay fome are as thick as the Middle of a Man's
Thigh. I faw one as big as my Leg, and above
Yards long; their Bite proves generally mortal.
Yeſterday in the Afternoon we had a Confultation,
and agreed that the ſmall Bark we took belonging
to the Main right againſt this Iſland, fhould be gi-
ven the Lieutenant's Brother that we plunder'd,
and who came over with our Bark; for being a
Man in fome Authority afhore, we hope this Fa-
vour will have fome Influence on 'em to trade with
us whilſt we are here. This Morning Mr. Morell
and Navarre went a fecond time in our Bark for
Money. One of the fame fort of Snakes that kill'd
the Negro was found on our Forecaſtle this Morn-
ing, and kill'd by our Men; we fuppofe it came
aboard on the Cable, they being often feen in
the Water.
Abun-
dance of '
Pope's
July 19. We continued diſcharging the Galleon,
and lading the Marquifs, and put a Part aboard of
us and the Dutchefs. We found in the Marquifs near
500 Bales of Pope's Bulls, 16 Reams in a Bale.
This took up abundance of Room in the Ship; wè Bulls
throw'd most of them overboard to make room forfound in
better Goods, except what we uſed to burn the the Mar-
Pitch of our Ships Bottoms when we careen'd 'em.
quifs,
Thefe Bulls are impofed upon the People, and fold
here by the Clergy from Ryals to 50 Pieces of
Eight a-piece, according to the Ability of the Pur-
Q 2
chafer.
228
A Cruifing Voyage round the World,
1799. chafer. Once in two Years they are rated, and
all the People obliged to buy them against Lent;
they cannot be read, the Print looking worfe than
any of our old Ballads, yet the Vulgar are made
believe it's a mortal Sin to eat Fleſh in Lent, with
out being licenſed by one of theſe Bulls, the Ne-
gro Slayes not being exempted. This is one of the
greateſt Branches of Income the King of Spain has
in this Country, being a free Gift from the Pope
to him, as the Spaniards and Natives told us. We
fhould have made fomething of them, if we had
taken the Biſhop before mentioned; but now they
are of no uſe to us.
July 20. At Noon Navarre return'd with a little
more Money, fome Limes, Fowls, &c. He told
us he had left Mr. Morell to get more, and that he
would be foon with us.
July 21. We fent aboard the Marquifs 2 of our
Main Deck Guns, and the Dutchefs did the like,
which with 4 we took at Guiaquil, and 12 taken
in the fame Ship, make 20 good ones, The Car-
riages are all new, or very much repair'd, and as
good and strong as if mounted in England. Ano-
People
ther Canoe came with Limes, Guavas, and other
from the Fruit, and brought a little Money to trade with us.
Main buy The Main here is a poor Country, and I believe
Goods of the
we might have pick'd up a good Quantity of Mo-
ney any where elfe on this Coaft, notwithstanding
their fevere Orders against trading with us,
765.
away.
Some No-
July 22. Two of our Negroes, and three of the
eroes vun Dutchess's ran into the Woods to hide themfelyes,
and go to the Spaniards after we are gone: We
caught one of 'em to day, and punish'd him fe-
verely.
-46
July 23. At 6 laft Night our Stream Cable broke,
and we loft our Anchor: The Ground here is a
black Mud, which in all hot Countries rots Cables
in a very little time. We have often Thunder,
Rain,
*
In Gorgona Road.
229
1
The Cli-
Rain and Lightning all the Night, tho' clear dry 17c9.
Days. This is accounted by the Spaniards the worſt
part of all the Coaft for wet dirty Weather. We mate of
have had enough of it, but God be thank'd are Gorgona,
now pretty well, there not being above 30 Perfons
in all our Ships unhealthy.
July 24. We caught our Negroes that ran away,
and one of the Dutchefs's, Hunger having brought
'em out of the Woods.
July 25. I put 35 Men aboard the Marquifs,
and Capt. Courtney 26, fo that her Complement
will be 61 White Men, and 20 Negroes. Cap-
tain Edward Cooke Commander, and our Second
Lieutenant, Mr. Charles Pope, his Second. We
defign to agree, that the Captain with his Offi-
cers and Men fhall have equal Wages with others in
the like Pofts, to encourage them.
July 26. Laft Night the Marquifs fprung a Leak,
and made 8 Inches Water in an Hour; but the Car-
penters ftopt it. A Canoe came from the Main,
and bought fome Negroes of us.
July 27. At 8 this Morning, the Canoe return'd,
with Mr. John Morell, who defir'd he might go a-
fhore to his Brother,and forward his getting of more
Money to deal with us for Goods, fince he faw
that we were refolved to leave nothing of Value
behind us.
our Land-
ing.
July 28. Yeſterday Afternoon, Mr. John Morell The Conf
return'd, having met his Brother coming with what guarded
Money he could get; he told us the Country being to prevent
alarm'd, he had much ado to get Leave to come to
us; that the Governour of Barbacore was at the Wa-
ter-fide, with above 200 Men commanded by him-
felf,to prevent our Landing, or that any thing should
be brought to us; and that all the Shore was lined
with Men for that End. We have took out of the
Galleon 320 Bails of Linnen, Woolen, a little
Silks, and moft Sorrs of Goods, ufually in Bails,
befides
Q 3
A
2:30
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
Goods
1709. befides Boxes of Knives, Scizzars, Hatchets, &c.
The Dutchefs and Marquifs have alfo taken what
found on they can; fo that all our 3 Ships are full. We
board the found aboard the Galeon a great Quantity of Bones
Galeon we in fmall Boxes, ticketed with the Names of Romish
took. Saints, fome of which had been dead 7 or 800
Popiso
Years; with an infinite Number of Brafs Medals,
Trinkets Croffes, Beads, and Crucifixes, religious Toys in
on board Wax, Images of Saints made of allforts of Wood,
the Gale- Stone, and other Materials, I believe in all near
on.
Spaniards
towards
30 Tun, with 150 Boxes of Books in Spanish, La-
tin, &c. which would take up much more Stow-
age than 50 Tuns of other Goods: All this came
from Italy, and moft from Rome, defign'd for the
Jefuits of Peru; but being of fmall Value to us, we
contented our felves to take only a Sample of moft
Sorts to fhew our Friends in England, and left the
The blind reft. A large wooden Effigies of the Virgin Mary
Superſtiti- being either dropt or thrown over board, from the
on of the
Galeon, and drove afhoar near the North Point of
the Iſland, the Indians that came in the Canoes with
an Image Senior Morell, &c. from the main Land, being
of the Vir- then a Fishing, took up the Image, and brought
gin caft or her in the Canoe to the Shoar juft over againſt our
ver board.
Ship, where we gave our Prifoners: Liberty to
walk that Day: As foon as they faw her, they
crofs'd and blefs'd themſelves, and fancied that this
muſt be the Virgin Mary come by Water from Lima
or Panama, to relieve them in their Neceffity.
They then fet it up on the Shoar, and wip'd it
dry with Cotton; and when they came aboard,
Afancied told us, that tho' they had wip'd her again and a-
Miracle. gain, the continued to fweat very much; and all
but thofe employ'd in wiping her, ftood around
devoutly amaz'd, praying and telling over their
Beads: They alfo fhew'd the Cotton to our Lin-
guift and the Ranfomers, wet by the exceffive
Sweat of the holy Virgin, as they fondly feem'd
to
In Gorgona Road.
231
to believe, and kept it as a choice Relick. The 1709.
Morells perceiving me laugh at the Story, they
told me a much ftranger, in order to convince me,
viz. That a few Years ago, at a Proceffion in the A Story of
Cathedral Church of Lima, which was at that time another
falfe Mi-
very richly furniſhed, and worth fome Millions of race,
Pieces of 8 in Gold, Silver and Jewels; the Image.
of the Virgin was more richly adorn'd with Pearls,
Diamonds and Gold, than the reft; and thoſe Or-
naments being left in the Church, according to
Cuftom, till the Night after Proceffion, without
any Guard, becaufe the People concluded that none
durft be fo facrilegioufly impious as to rob the
Church; an unfortunate Thief, refolving at once
to enrich himſelf, got into the Church at Mid-
night, and made up to the Image; but whilft he
was going to take off a rich String of Pearls from
the Virgin's Wrifts, fhe caught him faft by the
Arm, and held him, till being found in that Pofture
he was apprehended and executed. This Story was
confirm'd as an unquestionable Truth by all the o-
ther Priſoners, who affured us, That all the Fa-
thers of the Church at Lima confidently affirm the
fame, as well as a confiderable Number of Lay-
Brethren, who (they fay) were Eye Witneffes of
it; fo that it paffes amongst them as currant, as an
Article of their Faith: By this we may fee how the
Belief of thofe falfe Miracles, by the Cunning of
the Romish Clergy in thefe Parts, obtains Credit a-
mong thoſe Men who are not fo eafily impofed on
in their worldly Affairs. Thus I am apt to believe
thoſe Gentlemen invented the Story of the fweating
Miracle, out of Zeal to their Church, and thinking
thereby to deter us from carrying away any more
of the Relicks out of Senior Morell's Galeon. Be-
fore this, when I heard fuch Stories, I took 'em to
have been invented meerly to ridicule the Roman
iſts, but when I heard fuch filly Stories related by
8 grave
Q 4
232
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1
1709. 8 grave Men, of a handfome Appearance and good
Reputation amongst the Spaniards, I was convinc'd
of the Ignorance and Credulity of the Papifts.
for Plun-
der.
July 29. Having for a long time been importun'd
by the Companys of each Ship, to divide what
we was forc'd to agree to as Plunder, we refolved
on a Committee to be called to morrow to fettle that
Affair, which we did in the following Manner.
A new Re-At a Committee on board the Duke, the
gulation
29th Day of July, 1709. It's agreed, that
the following Articles fhall regulate Plun-
der, and be in part a Satisfaction allow'd
by the Committee of the Duke and Dutch-
efs, for paft Services, more than each
Man's Agreement with the Owners.
Impr.G & Goldsmith's Shop, is Plunder. All Arms,
OLD Rings found in any Place, except in
a
Sea Books and Inftruments, all Cloathing and Movea-
bles, ufually worn about Prifoners, except Women's Ear-
rings, unwrought Gold or Silver, loofe Diamonds, Pearls
or Money; all Plate in ufe aboard Ships, but not on
Shoar, (unlèfs about the Perfons of Prisoners) is Plunder.
All manner of Clothes ready made, found on the upper
Deck, and betwixt Decks, belonging to the Ships Com-
pany and Paſſengers, is Plunder alfo, except what is a-
bove limited, and is in whole Bundles and Pieces, and
not open'd in this Country, that appears not for the Per-
fons afe that owns the Cheft, but defign'd purposely for
Merchandize, which only fhall not be plunder. And for
Encouragement, we shall allow to James Stratton 40
Rupees to buy him Liquor in India, in Part of Amends
forbis fmart Money. To William Davis and Yerrick
Derrickfon 20 Rupees each, as Smart Money, over
and abovetheir Shares. We also give the Boats Crew's ovLY
and above their Shøres, that were engag'd with the Mar
quifs
In Gorgona Road:
233
quifs, when taken, four Bails of Goods, to be fold when
and where they think convenient; which Bails fhall be
I of Serges, I of Linnen, and 2 of Bays; and this over
and above their respective Shares. Also a good Suit of
Clothes to be made for each Man that went up the River
above Guiaquil, the last time in the Dutchess's Pinnace.
In witneſs whereof, We have hereunto fet our
Hands the Day and Fear above-mentioned.
?
Tho. Dover, Pref.
Woodes Rogers,
Stephen Courtney,
William Dampier,
Edw. Cooke,
Rob. Frye,
William Stretton,
John Connely,
William Bath,
Tho. Glendal,
Geo. Milbourne,
John Bridge,
John Ballett,
Lan. Appleby.
1709.
The Cauſe why we delay'd adjuſting what fhould The Rea-
be Plunder fo long, was the unreaſonable Expecta-fons why
tions of fome among us: This made us wait till lation war
this Regu
now we had a proper Opportunity, and could bet- fo long de.
ter infift on our Owner's Intereft: Befides, we lay'd.
were not willing that any Difference fhould arife
about this knotty Affair, when the Prifoners were
on board, nor till we had finifh'd the Rigging of
our Ships, left it should have put a full Stop to our
Bufinefs, or at leaſt have hinder'd our Proceeding
chearfully.
V
July 30. We over hall'd our Plunder-Chefts, and
what was judged to be Plunder, (by Men appoin-
ted with the Owners Agents) was carried aboard
the Galeon, which was kept clear between Decks,
in order to divide it. Mr. Frye and Mr. Pope were
to be Appraiſers for the Duke, and Mr. Stratton and
Mr. Connely for the Dutchefs, fo I hope to get over
a troubleſome Job peaceably.
July 31. Mr. Navarr's Bark grew leaky, and
Benjamin Parfons, one of our Midshipmen, that had
charge
234 A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1709. charge of her, ran her a ſhore without Orders,
but pre-
at high Water, thinking to have ftop'd her Leak
at low Water, and got her off the next Tide; but
contrary to his Expectation, the Veffel ftrain'd
and funk; fo that we had much ado to get
out what we had a-board her Time enough; and
were forced to leave in her 10 Bails of damag'd
Bays, and a great deal of Iron Work, which we
gave Senior Navarr, in part of Payment for what
we have received of him from the Settlement on
the Main.
Auguſt 1. The Officers we appointed to praiſe
the Plunder met on board the Galeon, and va-
lued the Cloathing, in order to divide it amongſt
the Officers and Men of each Ship, according to
their reſpective Shares.
August 2. We continued appraiſing the Plunder,
and found it a very troublefome Task.
Auguft. Capt. Cooke told me they had diſcover'd
another Leak, and was troubled at ſo many Leaks
in a Harbour; fo that I began to dread that all our
Labour and Time was loft on the Marquifs, but
hop'd for the beſt.
August 4. Yeſterday in the Afternoon they made
an End of appraising the Clothes at a very low rate,
amounting to upwards of 400 l. and the Silver-
handled Swords, Buckles, Snuff-Boxes, Buttons,
and Silver Plate in ufe aboard every Prize, we took,
and allow'd to be Plunder at 4's. 6 d. per Piece of 8,
amounted to 7431. 15 s. befides 3 tb 123 of Gold,
which was in Rings, Gold, Snuff-boxes, Ear-
rings, and Gold Chains, taken about Priſoners.
This I believe to be an exact Account.
A Mutiny This Morning we had like to have a Mutiny a-
defign'd mongst our Men: The Steward told me, that fe-
veral of them had laft Night made a private A
greement, and that he heard fome Ring-leaders by
way of Encouragement, boaft to the reft, that 60
vented,
Men
In Gorgona Road.
235
1
?
Men had already fighed the Paper. Not knowing 17994
what this Combination meant, or how far it was
defign'd, I fent for the chief Officers into the Ca-
bin, where we arm'd our felves, fecured two of the
chief of thofe mutinous Fellows, and preſently
feized two others. The Fellow that wrote the
Paper we put in Irons; by this time all Hands
were upon Deck, and we had got their Agree-
ment from thoſe who were in the Cabin, the Pur-
port of which was to oblige themſelves; not to take
their Plunder, nor to move from thence till they
had Juftice done them, as they term'd it. There
being fo many concern'd in this Defign, Captains
Dover and Fry defired I would difcharge thoſe in
Confinement upon their asking Pardon, and faith-
fully promifing never to be guilty of the like, or a-
ny other Combination again. The Reafon we
fhewed 'em this Favour was, that there were too
many guilty to punish them at once: And not
knowing what was defign'd a-board the Dutchefs
and Marquifs, we were of Opinion they had con-
certed to break the Ice firft a-board the Duke and the
reft to ſtand by them. Upon this I us'd what Argu-
Arguments I could offer, fhew'd them the Danger to appease
and Folly of Combinations, and exhorted them to the Muti-
believe they would have Juftice in England; fhould neers.
any thing ſeem uneafy to them now, or in the
whole Courſe of the Voyage; adding that we had
done all that we could for their good, and would
continue our Endeavours, not doubting their good
Intentions, provided they were not mif-led. With
theſe and other healing Arguments, all appear'd
eafy and quiet, and every Man feem'd willing to
ftand to what had been done, provided the Gentle-
men that were Officers, and not Sailors, amongſt
us, had not fuch large Shares, which they alledga
was unreaſonable, and that they could not poffibly
in a Privateer deferve what they were allow'd, in
*
+
proportion
ments us'd
236 A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1709. proportion to the rest of the Ships Company: This
!
1
!
we did in part yield to, in order to appeaſe thoſe
Malecontents, by making fome Abatements on
Mr. White's, Mr. Bath's, and Mr. Vanbrugh's Shares;
fo that we hoped this difficult Work would, with
leſs Danger than we dreaded, be brought to a good
Conclufion: For Difputes about Plunder is the
common Occafion of Privateers Quarrelling a-
mongſt themſelves, and ruining their Voyages!
Sailors uſually exceed all Meaſures when left to
themſelves, and account it a Privilege in Priva-
teers to do themſelves Juftice on thefe Occafions,
tho' in every thing elſe I muft own, they have been
more obedient than any Ship's Crews engag'd in
the like Undertaking that ever I heard of. Yet we
have not wanted fufficient Tryal of our Patience
and Induſtry in other things; fo that if any Sea-
Officer thinks himself/endowed with theſe two Vir-
tues, let him command in a Privateer, and dif-
charge his Office well in a diſtant Voyage, and
I'll engage he fhall not want Opportunities to im-
prove,if not to exhauft all his Stock.Had Capt.Courts
ney and I kept what is always allow'd to be Plun-
der in Privateers, and not voluntarily given our
Parts amongst the Men, but for a greater and more
generous Deſign in view, (viz. The Good of the
Voyage, our Parts of the Plunder would have been
above 10 times fo much as now it is, becauſe very
little valuable Plunder was taken out of any Place
but the Great Cabbins; and all this in every Prize
is of right due to the Commander that takes it ;
but if we had acted thus, we forefaw the fatal Con-
fequences that we muſt have ſuffer'd by it, for the
Officers and Crews would plunder unaccountably,
as is too often practis'd in Privateers to keep their
Men together, tho' but meanly to their Duty; fo
that we (to preferve a good Difcipline) gave an e-
minent Example to them, of preferring the common
Intereſt
In Gorgona Road.
237
Intereft before our own, to our particular Lofs.
We have had lately almoſt a general Miſunder-
ftanding amongst our Chief Officers, and fome
great Abuſes, which I fuppofe fprung at firft from
feveral unhappy Differences arifing at and before
our Attempt on Guiaquil. This made me fo par-
ticularly relate all that pafs'd material in that At-
tempt, fo that I doubt not any ones contradicting
this Journal to my Diſadvantage; yet in Differen-
ces of this kind amongst the Sailors we all join,
and I hope agree: Tho' I long for a Reconcilia-
tion and good Harmony amongft Us, which is fa
effential to the Welfare of the Voyage; but not
being willing to make the Reader a Party-taker,
or trouble his Patience to read over unreaſonable
Feuds, I have left 'em as much as poffible out of
my Journal.
Capt. Morell, that went for the Main to get Vi-
tuals, return'd. The Negro we caught firft and
punifhed, we kept in Irons, but this Night mifs'd
him. We fuppofe he got his Irons off, and ſwam
afhore.
We held the following Committees, confirmed
the Officers of the Marquifs, agreed to fell the
Bark and her Cargo, got off all our Wood and
Water, and made Preparation for Sailing. We de-
fign to leave the Launch we built at Lobos with Sen.
Morells and Navarre, being of no farther uſe to us,
tho' hitherto ſhe had done us very good Service.
Here follows what we agreed on in Council.
1709.
{
1
At
238
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1709
7?
At a Committee held on board the Dutchess,
riding at Gorgona, Auguft 6. 1709.
WE whoſe Names are hereunto ſubſcribed, appoint-
ed as a Committee on board the Ships Duke and
Dutchefs, do hereby impower and order Capt, Cooke
to command the Marquifs, Mr. Charles Pope Lieute-
nant, Mr. Robert Knowlman Mafter, Mr, William
Page Chief Mate, Jofeph Parker Second Mate, Mr.
John Ballet Doctor, Benjamin Long Boatswain,
George Knight Gunner, Edward Gormand Carpen-
ter, and other Officers as the Captain ſhall direct a-
board the Marquifs: Each of the above Officers, or the
others, on their good Behaviour, to have fuch Wages as
thofe in the fame Offices on board the Duke and Dut-
chefs, and to cruise on this Coast in our Company, or
where elfe Capt. Cooke fhall think convenient, in his
Return to Briftol, fhould he be unfortunately separated
from us. Witness our Hands.
Tho. Dover, Pref
Woodes Rogers,
Stephen Courtney,
William Dampier,
Robert Frye,
William Stratton,
Memorandum,
W
Tho. Glendall,
John Connely,
William Bath,
Geo. Milbourne,
John Bridge,
Lan. Appleby.
E have now done careening, fixing, and loading
our Ships, with the Marquifs, and taken all
manner of Goods out of our Prizes, as much as our Ships
can carry, having received a valuable Confideration of
Mr. Morell and Navarre, the Masters of our 2 Prizes,
we are all of opinion we had beft leave them in poffeffion
of their Ships, and what Negroes we can't carry hence ;
our
In Gorgona Road.
239
our prefent Circumstances and the Condition of the Prizes 1709.
not allowing us to remove them from this Place, could
we make ever fo great advantage of 'em elsewhere. So
judge it our prefent Intereft to ply to Windward, to try
for other Purchases and Sale of the Goods, and if poffible
to take or buy Provifions. We all agree to land one of
the Guiaquil Hoftages at Manta, in order to procure
Money to pay for the Ranfom of the Town, and a Bark
we have fold the fame Man, laden with Prize Goods.
Witneſs our Hands this 6th of Auguſt, 1709.
..
Tho. Dover, Pref.
Woodes Rogers,
Stephen Courtney,
William Dampier,
Edw. Cooke,
Robert Frye,
Cha. Pope,
William Stratton,
Tho. Glendall,
John Connely,
William Bath,
John Ballett,
Lan. Appleby.
I drew up the following Agreement, to which
we Officers fwore on the Holy Evangelifts, be-
cauſe I thought it the moſt proper Method to pre-
vent the Confufions which were like to happen a-
mong us, becauſe of the Jealoufies that were enter-
tain'd of one another, and came to fuch a height,
that I fear'd a Separation.
WE
E having made a folemn Agreement, do this In-
ftant fign voluntarily, and give each other our
Oaths on the Holy Bible; and as we hope for Forgive-
nefs of Sins, and Salvation by the alone Merits and In-
terceffion of our Bleſſed Lord Fefus Christ, to keep feverely
and strictly this ferious concerted Memorandum. First
we agree to keep company, and affist each other on all Oc-
cafions, and with all Neceffaries, as far as our Abilities
reach, and our common Safety requires. Secondly, that
in cafe we engage at any time with the Enemy, we defign
it in Confortship, and that each Commander and Second
in
240
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709. in each Ship, bereto fubfcribed, shall on all Occafions,
without the leaft Referve, and to the utmost of his Power,
be forward and ready to affift, rescue or defend each other,
with the utmost Dispatch, Bravery and Conduct, even
to the apparent Hazard of his Ship and all that is dear
to him: Well knowing all of us, that on whatever Oc-
cafion should either of our Ships be deferted by the other
two, and taken or lost in these barbarous and remote
Parts, it's very improbable ever the Men will get home,
and the Survivors would be in as bad, if not in a worfe
Condition than the Dead.
On theſe and the like Confiderations we do hereby fo-
lemnly agree never to defert each other in time of Need,
if poffibly we can avoid it, and to be to the utmost of
our Power and Knowledge alike brave in attacking or
defending our felves against the Enemy to the last Ex-
tremity.
But if we are fo unfortunate to fee one Ship inevitably
perish, then the two remaining (after they have us'd their
utmoft Endeavours for the distress'd Ship, and find all
past Recovery) may then agree on the beſt Methods for their
own Security. The like for one Ship if two are loft, but
for no other Reafon to defert this firm and folemn Agree-
ment of Confortfhip; and to fhew that none of us is foun
becoming a Man as to shrink back, or flight this Agreement
in time of Action, we agree it shall not be alter'd with-
out the Confent of all us three Commanders, and the ma-
jor part of the Officers bereto fubfcrib'd, and to a Dupli-
cate in each Ship of the fame Date in Gorgona, the
fixth Day of Auguft, 1709.
Tho. Dover, Pref.
Woodes Rogers,
Stephen Courtney,
Edward Cooke,
Rob. Fry,
William Stretton,
Charles Pope,
John Connely,
Tho. Glendale,
Ano-
•
From Gorgona towards Manta in Peru.
241
Another Paper was alfo drawn up for every Man
to fwear what Clothes, Goods, &c. he had re-
ceived of the Agents, and to restore whatever he
had taken without the Agents Knowledge, in order
to a juſt diſtribution of the Plunder, and every one
was to oblige himſelf in a Penalty of 20 s, for every
Shilling Value that fhould be found about him
conceal'd, befides the former Penalty agreed on of
lofing his Share of any Prize or Purchafe for con-
cealing above the Value of half a Piece of Eight;
and for the Incouragement of Difcoveries the In-
former was to have half the Penalty, and the Pro-
tection of the Commanders. This Paper was ob-
jected against by feveral of the Officers, who in-
fifted, that there ought to be a greater Latitude
allowed them to advantage themſelves, fince they
had ventured their Lives hither on fo difficult an
Undertaking, which made us defer the figning it
till a better Opportunity; for unlefs fuch, Agree-
ments as thefe had been conftantly promoted, as OC-
cafion required, the Temptation of Intereft wou'd
have made us fall into irrecoverable Confufions a-
broad, which generally end in a Separation, or
worſe...
·
Aug. 7. We gave Sen. Morell and Navarre their
Ships, and all the Goods we could not carry away,
for what Money our Agents receiv'd of 'em, tho
they expected to have had 'em at an eafier Rate. We
came to fail this Morning; the dividing the Plun-
der has took up more Time than we were willing
to ſpare; but 'twas abfolutely neceffary to do it.
We took Sen. Navarre with us before we came to
fail: I went afhore, and fhew'd Sen. Morell how
we lett things between his Ship and the other Prize.
Mr. Navarre left his Son-in-law in charge of this
Veffel and Goods, then came with me on board
our Ships, expecting to have the Bark betwixt
him and our Ranfomers, if they paid us at Guiaquil.
170y.
W
R
Wind
242 A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709. Wind veerable in the South West Quarter, a Lee
Current.
August 8. Yeſterday at 6 in the Evening the
Ifland of Gorgona bore S. by E. diftant 6 Leagues.
Juft before Night we took our Men out of the Bark,
and left her in poffeffion of an old Indian Pilot, and
fome Negroes and Indian Prifoners, putting our
ordinary Ranfomer aboard to go in her, as we a-
greed on before we came out. I and Capt. Dover
fign'd a Paper to protect them from being feiz'd by
the Spaniards, if they fhould lofe Company with
us; but order'd them not to ftir from us. I alſo
defir'd the Spaniards aboard the Duke, who had a-
greed for her, strictly to charge the Crew in the
Bark not to leave us willingly, which they did,
becauſe our Agreement was not in Writing, but
only Verbal, promiſing us 15000 Pieces of Eight
for the Bark and her Cargo, including the Remain-
der of the Towns Ranfom, we defigning to have
it under their hand in Spanish and English to mor-
row, before we would wholly let go the Bark:
But this Morning, to our furprize, the Bark was
out of fight. The Marquifs is very crank, and fails
heavy on a Wind. We held the following Com-
mittee to endeavour to help the Marquifs's failing.
At a Committee held on board the Dutchefs
at Sea, off the Ifland Gorgona, August 8th,
1709.
Memorandum,
T
HE Marquifs not answering our Expectations, but
proving crank and failing heavy: We now adviſe
Capt. Cooke to heave the Dutchess's two heavy Guns
overboard, and 20 Boxes of Snuff, with two fpare Top-
mafts, and bring his Ship more by the Stern, ftowing
every
From Gorgona towards Manta in Peru. 243
every thing as low as poſſible in the Ship, to endeavour 1709.
to make her stiffer, and if he finds any thing more necef-
fary for the Benefit of the Ship, we defire him to do it.
Witness our Hands.
Signed by the Majority of our Council.
to fome
Amongſt our Priſoners taken on board Sen. Na- The Civil
varre's Ship from Panama, there was a Gentlewo Behaviour
man and her Family, her eldeſt Daughter a pretty
of our Men
young Woman of about 18, was newly married, Spaniſh
and had her Husband with her. We affign'd them Ladies we
the Great Cabin aboard the Galleon, and none had taken
were fuffer'd to intrude amongſt them, or to fepa- Priſoners.
rate their Company; yet the Husband (I was told)
fhew'd evident Marks of Jealoufy, the Spaniards
Epidemick Diſeaſe; but I hope he had not the leaft
Reafon for it amongst us, my third Lieutenant
Glendall alone having charge of the Galleon and
Prifoners For being above 50 Years of Age, he
appear'd to be the moft fecure Guardian to Fe-
males that had the leaft Charm, tho' all our young
Men have hitherto appear'd modeft beyond Exam-
ple among Privateers; yet we thought it impro-
per to expoſe them to Temptations. At this time
Lieut. Connely, who behav'd himſelf fomodeftly to
the Ladies of Guiaquil, was fome days in poffeffion
of Navarre's Ship before we ftopt here, to remove
thefe Priſoners aboard the Galleon, where he gain'd
their Thanks and publick Acknowledgments for
his Civilities to thefe Ladies, and even the Husband
extols him. We had notice thefe Ladies had fome
conceal'd Treaſure about them, and order'd a Fe-
male Negro that we took, and who ſpoke English, to
ſearch them narrowly,and found fome Gold Chains
and other things cunningly hid under theirClothes.
They had before deliver'd to Capt. Courtney Plate
and other things of good Value. We gave them
R 2
moft
244
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
3
1799. moft of their wearing Apparel and Neceffaries,
with Female Mullatto Slaves, and parted very
friendly. They confefs'd to our People, who put
them afhore, that we had been much civiller than
they did expect, or believe their own. Country-
mcn would have been in the like cafe, and fent
back the Husband with Gold to purchaſe fome
Goods and two Slavés of us. I come next to the
Defcription of Gorgona.
Gorgona
T
Gorgona is 3 Leagues in Length,N.E. and S.W. büt
Iland de narrow. It's about 6 Leagues from the Main, full of
fer'd. Wood and tall Trees, one of 'em call'd Palma Ma-
ria, of which the Spaniards make Mafts, and uſe a
Balfam that flows from it for féveral Difeafes,, The
Ifland appears at a distance indifferent high, and
in Huminocks. There is Riding for Ships all
over against the North Eaft Side; but in fome pla-
ces foul Ground, and fhoal'd near the Shore, par-
ticularly on the South Eaft Side, and near the
South West End, where there's a finall Inland al-
moft joining, with Shoal Ground, and Breakers
near a Mile to the Eastward from that End. Capt.
Dampier has been here feveral times, but never
rode where we did, which is the beft and only
good Road in the Ifland. The Spaniards told us of
ftrange Storms and heavy Turnadoes of Wind a-
bout this Ifland; but we found it otherwiſe, and
had only frequent Showers and Thunder: But in
the time of Breezes, which the Spaniards call our
Winter Months, and in Spring, till the Beginning
of May, here are now and then Northerly ſtrong
Breezes of Wind, and then I believe the Road muft
be fhifted to the other Side of the Ifland, which
inay be at that time the beſt Riding, but this we
had no Time to try, neither do I think it half fo
bad as theſe puny Mariners tell us. About this
Iland are feveral remarkable Rocks, at the South
Weft End there's one looks like a Sail half a Mile
off
From Gorgona towards Manta in Peru.
245
off Thore; at the North Eaft End there are feveral 1709
high ones, round and ſteep, near a Cable's Length
off Shore, where the Sea Fowls breed. The Beafts
and Infects we faw in this Inland are Monkeys,
Guinea Pigs,Hares, Lizards, Lion Lizards,the latter
change their Colours, and are fine Creatures to
look at, feveral Species of great and fmall Snakes,
and fo'numerous, that 'tis dangerous for a Man to
walk the Ifland, for fear of treading on them.
There's great Variety of Plants and Trees peculiar
to thefe hot Climates, and little or nothing refem-
bling what we have in Great Britain; but it being
out of my Road to defcribe fuch things, I refer
'em to fuch whofe Talents lie that way. Here are
alfo feveral forts of Fiſh unkown in our Seas, be-
-fides Mullets in great Plenty, but hard to be caught
with Hook and Line, which I fuppofe is occafion'd
by the Clearnefs of the Water, fo that they easily
fee the Hook and avoidit. Here's alfo fome white
Coral, and abundance of Oyfters, and as I am
told by the Prifoners, good Pearls in them. We
caught an ugly Creature here, which I fuppoſe an ugly
may be of the Monkey Kind, becaúfe it look'd Creature
like one of the middling fort, but with this diffe-
rence; his Hair was thicker and longer, his Face,
Eyes and Nofe lefs, and more wrinkled and de-
formed his Head of the fame Shape, but his Ears
not fo large; his Teeth longer and fharper, his
hinder Parts more clumfey, and his Body thicker
in proportion, with a very fhort Tail, and inſtead
of 5 Claws like Fingers as a Monkey has, he had
only 3 on each Paw, with the Claws longer and
fharper. We let one of 'em go at the lower part
of the Mizon Shrowds, and it was about 2 Hours
getting to the Maft Head, which a Monkey would
have performed in lefs than half a Minute; he
mov'd as if he had walk'd by Art, keeping an
equal and' flow Pace, as if all his Movements had
been
2
R 3
1
rali'd a
Sloth.
246
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709. been directed by Clock-work, within him. The
Spaniards call it a Sloth, and not improperly; they
fay it feeds on the Leaves of a certain lofty Tree,and
when it has clear'd one, before it can get down
and walk a little Way to find and climb another,
would grow lean and be almoft ftarved.
Monkeys' I ſaw no Land Birds here; becauſe I ſuppoſe the
good to eas Monkeys deftroy their Nefts and Eggs: We fhot
many of them, and made Fricaffees and. Broth for
our fick Men; none of our Officers would touch
them, Proviſions being not yet ſo ſcarce 3 but
Capt. Dampier, who had been accuſtomed to fuch
Food, fays he never eat any thing in London that
feemed more delicious to him than a Monkey or
Baboon in theſe Parts.
August 9. I propos'd fending the Marquifs to In-
dia, and thence to Brazil; and then we could add
to our own Stock of Bread and falt Provifions, and
if ſhe got well to Brazil, would vend her Goods at
an extraordinary Rate, to the Advantage of the
Voyage, and we two fhould be ftrong enough to
wait for the Manila Ship, but Capts. Dover and
Courtney did not think it reaſonable.
>
Auguſt 10. We got to wind-ward very flowly,
here being a conftant Current, which runs down
to Leward into the Bay of Panama.
August 11. Yesterday Afternoon I went aboard
the Dutchess, and carried with me Doctor Dover; we
difcourfed about parting with Capt. Cooke, and gi-
ving him only a Sailing Crew to go for Brazil, and
fell his Cargo; but finding the Majority againſt my
Propofition, I dropt it, tho' I fear we fhall repent it,
were there no other Reafons but to fave Provifions.
Capt. Cooke came to us a-board the Dutchefs, to put
in Execution the Order of the 8th inftant,where we
agreed as before to throw 2 of the heavieftGuns over-
board he had out of the Dutchess, being lefs valuable
than the Goods between Decks, and what Lumber
they
From Gorgona towards Manta in Peru.
247
they had befides, which he did, and we perceive his 1709.
Ship much ſtiffer, and fails better; our Confort,
Capt. Courtney and his Officers, with fome of mine,
are uneafie at parting with the Bark, ſo that if we
come up with her, we muſt take to her again for
Peace fake.
August 12. Yeſterday Evening, the Inland of Gor-
gona was in fight, and bore E. half S. about 13
Leagues. At 6 this Morning, we met with the
Bark, and put Mr. Selkirk aboard her, with his
Crew. At 9 this Morning, we fent our Boat for
Capt. Courtney and Capt. Cooke, when we had a fe-
cond Confultation, which again concluded with
keeping the Marquifs and Bark: Tho' I was of O-
pinion, they'd be rather a Detriment than Fur-
therance to us in any thing, fo long as the Mar-
quifs fails fo heavily, befides the Benefit of more
Provifions that would have been left for us that
muft ftay behind.
August 13. In the Evening laft Night, we faw
the Iſland of Gallo, bearing S. by E. diftant 6
Leagues. We have a ftrong Current runs to Le-
ward, fo that we loft Ground, and at 8 this Morn-
ing was again in fight of Gorgona, bearing N. E.
by E. diftant about 12 Leagues; had rainy Wea-
ther all Night, with Thunder and Lightning, but
indifferent fair in the Morning. Wind veerable
in the S. W. Quarter. This Coaft is more fub-
ject to hot Weather than any other Part of
Peru.
August 15. We founded feveral Times in the
Night, and had Ground in about 50 Fathom Wa-
ter, not above two Leagues off Shore.
We mufter
our Ne-
August 16. This Day I mufter'd our Negroes groes and
aboard the Duke, being about 35 lufty Fellows; encourage
I told them, That if we met the Spaniards or French, them to
and they would fight, thofe that behav'd themfelves fight if
well fhould be free Men; 32 of 'em immediately bould be
promis'd occafion.
R4
there
248
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1709. promis'd to ftand to it, as long as the beft Engliſh-
man, and defired they might be improv'd in the
Ufe of Arms, which fome of them already under-
ftood and that if I would allow 'em Arms and
;
Powder, thefe would teach the reft. Upon this,
I made Mickael Kendall, the Jamaica free Negro,
who deferted from the Spaniards to us at Gorgona,
their Leader, and charged him to be continually
exerciſing them, becauſe I did not know how foon
we might meet an Enemy: I took down the Names
of thoſe that had any, and ſuch as wanted I be-
ftow'd Names on them, and to confirm our Con→
tract made them drink a Dram all round to our
good. Succefs, at the fame time I gave em Bays
for Clothes, and told them they muft now look up+
on themſelves as Englishmen, and no more as Ne-
gro Slaves to the Spaniards, at which they exprefs'd
themſelves highly pleas'd: I promife my felfigood
Affiftance from them, if need be, having this Pro-
verb on their Side, that Thoſe who know nothing
of Danger fear none and for our own Parts, we
muft not fubmit to be Prifoners, tho' forced to en-
gage at the greateſt Diſadvantage, but every one
refolve to ftand to the laft, for if taken we ſhall be
worfe than Slaves.
go
· August 18. At 6 this Morning we faw a Sail,
which bore W. N. W. of us we and the Dutchess
A Prize gave Chace, and took her in about an Hour. The
takeń. Dutchefs had kept her Company ever fince 12 at
Night, and thought her to be our Bark. She was
a 'Veffel of about 70 Tun, bound from Panama to
Lima, but was to ftop at Guiaquil. They had
very little aboard befides Paffengers, for they knew
of our being in thefe Seas: The best of her Cargo
was about 24 Negroes, Men and Women. I fent
our Agent aboard, to examine the Prize.
August 19. After Dinner aboard the Dutchess,
we examin'd the Priſoners; they could tell us little
News
From Gorgona towards Manta in Peru.
-249
laim at
News from Europe, but faid there came Advices by a 1709.
Packet to Portobell from Spain, and by a French Ship
from France, not long before they came out of Pa-
name; that all was kept private, only they heard
in Panama, that his Royal Highness Prince George of
Denmark was dead, which we were not.willing to
believe, but drank his Health at Night, which can
do him no Hurt if he is dead. We read feveral The Al-
Letters from Panama, by which we understood, Panama
that when they heard of our taking Guiaquil, they upon our
kept their Gates fhut Day and Night for above a taking of
Week, and that the Inhabitants kept Guard on Guiaquil,
their Walls, being afraid we ſhould attack them
next, and by what I can guess, we might have ta-
'ken that Town as well as Guiaquil, had we but dou-
ble our Number of Men.. They had various Con-
jedures. about us when at Panama, and were conti-
nually allarm'd, not knowing where to expect us.
*
our Men
a
August 20. At 10 in the Morning we bare down Exercife
to the Dutchess, who had Spanish Colours flying, by a sham
to make a Tham Fight to exerciſe our Men and the
Fight with
-Negroes in the Ufe of our great Guns and fmall the Dutch-
Arms. Here I muft not forget a Welchman that efs.
came to me, and told mè, He took the Ship we
were going to engage for the Dutchefs, till he faw
the Spanish Colours, and that being over-joyed with
the Hopes of a good Prize, he had loaded his Mus-
ket with Shot, and defign'd to fire amongst the
thickeſt of 'em, which he would certainly have
done, had he not been forbid. By this it appears,
that blundering Fools may have Courage. During
this fham Engagement, every one acted the fame
Part he ought to have done, if in earneft, firing
with Ball excepted. Our Prifoners were fecured
in the Hold by the Surgeons, who had their In-
ftruments in order, and to imitate Bufinefs for
them, I order'd red Lead mixt with Water to be
thrown upon two of our Fellows, and fent 'em
ri:
down
250
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709. down to the Surgeons, who, as well as the Prifo-
ners in the Hold of the Ship, were very much fur-
priz'd, thinking they had been really wounded,
and the Surgeons actually went about to dress them,
but finding their Miftake, it was a very agreeable
Diverſion.
•
August 23. Yefterday, at one in the Afternoon,
we tack'd and ftood for the Shore, but at two we
drew near difcolour'd Water, and founded, had
but 8 Fathom, and very near an ugly Shoal, which
the Spaniards tell me runs off about 2 Leagues from
the Shore, off a high white Cliff, 3 Leagues to the
N. of Tecames. At 6 laft Night, Cape St. Francifco
bore S. by W. diftant about 6 Leagues. We found-
ed again, and had 40 Fathom Water. We ftood
off at Night, and at 6 in the Morning tack'd for
the Shore. The Wind is here always more South-
erly, as we draw near the Equinox.
August 24. At 10 this Morning, I went with
Captain Dover aboard the Dutchess, where we a-
greed to fend the Bark into Tecames, being now
under our Lee, and we to follow them. We or-
der'd our Linguift to buy Provifions of the Indians
there, and put ſeveral Men well arm'd a board, to
keep the Bark till our Ship could arrive near enough
to protect her, if occafion, in Cafe of an Attack.
August 25. About 2 Yefterday in the Afternoon
we bore away for Tecames, after the Barks. I went
aboard the Dutchess, and found our Pilot, and moft
of the Spaniards, who are generally ignorant, un-
certain whether it was the Port under our Lee,
tho' I never faw more remarkable Land; this made
us the more timerous, and me in particular, be-
caufe Capt. Dampier, who was here laft Voyage,
and faid he had pafs'd near it very often, was full
as dubious as our felves, that never faw it: This
occafion'd me to hurry aboard our own Ship to ſe-
cure her; for I doubted our being near Shoals, be-
caufe
In Tecames Road.
251
>
•
·
cauſe the Water was very thick and white. Capt. 1709.
We touch
mes.
Courtney fent his Pinnace a Head founding, and
we follow'd, he having then all the Pilots aboard.
We kept the Lead founding from 40 to 12 Fathom
Water, very uneven Depths, till we came within
2 Leagues of the Anchoring place. We had every
Caft about 14 Fathom Water, and faw the Houfes at Teca-
by the Water-fide; then I was eaſy and ſatisfied.
Before we got in, the Barks were at Anchor, and
our Linguift, Mr. White, without Orders, ventur'd
a-fhore with a Spanish Prifoner; we defign'd that
the Priſoner alone fhould difcourfe the Indians,
and try to trade for a Refrefhment: It was Night
as they landed, juſt againſt the Houſes, where the
Indians lay in Ambuſh, with Fire-Arms, Bows,
Arrows, and Lances, among the Trees, and fir'd
feveral Times at our Boats, tho' they told the In-
dians in Spanish, that they were Friends, and call'd
to them often to forbear firing. Our Men having
the good Luck to eſcape being fhot, they hid them-
felves all Night, whilft we feared they were ei-
ther kill'd or taken; but at Day-light they call'd
again to the Indians, and prevail'd with them to
trade for what we wanted, provided their Padre
would give Confent, he lived about 6 Leagues off,
and they promis'd to fend and ask his Leave. Our
Linguift told them we had a Padre aboard, whom
we efteemed, and he would abfolve them, if they
traded with us: Upon this, they defired we would
permit him to come a-fhoar, which we granted.
August 26. The Padre aboard, who was zealous
to conclude this Treaty with the Indians to our
Content, went this Morning a-fhore, and return'd
a-board in the Evening; while he was a-fhore, he
writ a Letter to the Prieſt of the place in our Fa-
vour, earneſtly recommending a Trade, and ex-
preffing the many Civilities we fhewed to him and
the other Spanish Prifoners, beyond their Expecta-
tion,
252 A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
Indians
kindly
145.
vage
9 tion, adding that we were fenfible of the ſmalleſt
Favours, and would not faid of making very grate-
ful Returns. He convinc'd the Inhabitants afhore,
and alfo inform'd the Padre, how eafily we could
land, and burn the Church and Houfes, and lay
wafte all the adjacent Parts; but that we were
full of Charity, and very kind to thoſe in our
Power. This wrought fo well on the People,
that they promis'd faithfully they would only wait
till to morrow, and if the Padre did not conſent,
would notwithſtanding 'trade with us. They
Savage brought with them a naked Indian, who like a Sa-
view'd very narrowly every Part of our Ship;
treated by he was wonderfully taken with the Great Cabbin,
where he lay on his Side, fcarce 'fatisfy'd after an
Hour's gazing wildly about him, till giving him
a Dram of Brandy, and a few Toys to be rid of
this Vifitant, I obligingly led the Gentleman out,
and giving him old Bays for Clothing, our Yall
carried him afhore, to influence the reft by our
-kind Ufage of him. At the fame time all the reſt
of our Boats full of Casks, with the Mer well
arm'd, went up the Creek between us and the Vil-
lagel for fresh Water, where they accidentally
met one of the chief Indians painted, and armed
with Bows and Arrows He came friendly,band
adviſed them to go higher up the River, other-
wife, the Water would be brackish: They offer'd
thim a Dram out of a Quart Bottle of ftrong Bran-
dy; he drank the major Part of it at once, and
went away extreamly pleas'd, telling them we
fhould be fupply'd with what we wanted from the
: Village.
量
​J
August 27. Laft Night the Boats came from the
Village laden with Water, and brought a Letter
from the Fecames Padre, affuring us he would not
obftruct our Trade. The Inhabitants alſo told
-us, that Cattle, Hogs and Plantains would be
ready
In Tecames Road.
253
ready for us, and defir'd we ſhould bring afhore 1799.
Bays and other Goods to pay for 'em, which we
did, and this Morning our Boats return'd with
Black Cattle and Hogs, leaving Capt. Navarre,
one of our chief Prifoners, and Mr. White our
Linguift, to deal with the Indians. This Morn-
ing we began to heel and clean our Ships Bot-
toms, and fent feveral of our beft Sailors, and two
Carpenters, to affift the Marquiss. Afhore our Men
keep one half at Arms, while the reft load the
Boats, left the Indians, who are generally treache
rous, fhould watch an Opportunity to fall on 'em.
Our People that came off the Shore took particu-
lar notice, that the red Paint with which the In-
dians were at firft daub'd, was a Declaration of
War, and after we had amicably treated with
them, they rub'd it off, but ftill kept their Arms.
We fent them 3-large Wooden Spanish Saints, that
we had out of Morell's Ship, to adorn their Church,
which they accounted a great Prefent; and I fent
a feather'd Cap to the chief Indian's Wife, which
was likewiſe very well accepted, and I had a Pre-
ſent of Bows and Arrows in requital.
our Goods
August 28. Yeſterday in the Afternoon we made Provifions
an end of heeling and cleaning our Ship; our bought
Boats brought from the Shore at feveral times Wa- cheap, and
ter, Plantains, and other Provifions, with Hogs, fold der
and 2 Black Cattle. Our Linguist and Prifoner to the Na-
manage their Buſineſs beyond Expectation, felling tives.
very ordinary Bays at 1 Piece of Eight and half
per Yard, and other things in proportion, fo that
we have Provifions very cheap.
August 29. Capt. Cooke buried one John Edwards,
a Youth, who died of a Complication of Scurvey
and the Pox, which he got from a loathfome Ne
gro, whom we afterwards gave to the Prifoners,
that the might do no further Mifchief on boards
In
254
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709.
In the Afternoon we concluded how to pro-
Aceed from this Place as follows.
At a Committee held on board the Duke the
29th of August, 1709. in Tecames Road.
WE
E have confider'd our mean Stock of Provisions,
and that our Time is far Spent; therefore do
think it for the good of the Voyage to part with feveral
Negroes, befides thofe taken in the last Prize, and to
make as good a Contract as we can with two or more of
the fubftantial Prisoners, and to return their Produce to
Alderman Batcheller and Company, our Owners in
Briftol, in the best manner we can, having no other
Method to make an advantage of them; we now
being defign'd to cruize for the Manila Ship: But
if any Accident parts us, then our Place of Rende-
vouz is in the Latitude of Cape Corientes in fight of
Land. It is likewife agreed to fell the Hull of the laft
Prize, to carry the Small Bark with us, and to turn
one of the Guiaquil Prifoners afhore here, in order to
Save Provifions.
Tho. Dover, Pref.
Woodes Rogers,
Stephen Courtney,
William Stratton,
Tho. Glendall,
John Connely,
William Dampier,
John Bridge,
John Ballett,
Lan. Appleby.
Edw. Cooke,
Robert Frye,
Cha. Pope,
Then we found it neceffary to agree as follows.
IN
Auguſt 29. 1709.
N confideration of the great Rifque that Capt. Edward
Cooke and Capt. Robert Frye ran in attacking
the Marquifs, when in the Hands of the Spaniards,
we
In Tecames Road.
255
we do in behalf of the Owners agree to give Capt. Cooke
the Black Boy Dublin, and Capt. Frye the Black Boy
Emauel of Martineco, as a free Gift.
:
Tho. Dover, Pref.
Woodes Rogers,
Stephen Courtney,
William Dampier,
William Stratton,
Charles Pope,
John Connely,
John Bridge,
John Ballet,
Lan. Appleby.
1709.
!
August 30. Yesterday Peter Harry a Frenchman, Two of our
and Lazarus Luke a Portugueſe, both good Sailors, Sailors de
ran from our Yall afhore. This Peter Harry was fert.
he who ſhot a Centinel at Guiaquil as beforemen-
tion'd. We did not puniſh him, becauſe he was
a Foreigner, and did not well underftand English,
but fuppofe he was afraid of a Profecution in
England. Yefterday Evening at the abovemen-
tion'd Committees aboard our Ship, after a long
difpute, fome Meaſures were agreed on contrary
to my Expectations. If we had not grown irre- The ill
folute fince we left Gorgona, but continued our De- Confe-
ſign to put our old Ranfomer afhore at Manta, quences
of my Ad-
and part with our Clog the Marquifs, which I vice not
fo earnestly prefs'd the 9th inftant, by this time in being ta
all human probability we ſhould have made good ken as to
the Difpo-
our Bargain to the advantage of the Voyage, be-
fal of our
fides getting Provifions and Neceffaries that we Goods, &c.
ſhall mightily want. The Goods that we might
have vended there for ready Money, I fear will
rot before we get the like Opportunity, Time be-
ing now fo far ſpent, we muft proceed as we agreed
for the Gallapagos to get Turtle to lengthen our
Provifions, and then for the Coaft of Mexico to
look for the Manila Ship bound for Acapulca. The
2 Negroes given to Capt. Cooke and Mr. Frye in the
Committee yeſterday, is not an equivalent Gratui-
for the Rifques they voluntarily ran when they
ty
attack'd
256 !
We pre-
fent the
Padres
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709 attack'd the Havre de Grace, now call'd the Marquifs.
Such Actions ought fometimes to be particularly
rewarded among us, elfe we may lofe great Op-
portunities of Advantage, for want of due Encou-
ragement to perfonal Bravery, and in this Action
where there was but a few concerned, 'twas a fit
and cheap way of encouraging the reft, without
Offence to any. We put our young Padre aſhore,
and gave him, as he defir'd, the prettieft young Fe-
with fome male Negro we had in the Prize, with fome Bays,
Negroes Linnen, and other for his good Services in
for their helping to promote our Trade for Provifions here.
Service to We fent alfo a Male Negro and Piece of Bays to
the Tecames Padre, in acknowledgment of his Kind→
nefs. The young Padre parted with us extremely
pleas'd, and leering under his Hood upon his black
Female Angel, we doubt he will crack a Com-
mandment with her, and wipe off the Sin with
the Church's Indulgence. The Indians afhore pro-
mife to bring our Men to us, if they can find 'em,
we having offer'd 'em a large Gratuity to do it.
us.
t"
August 31. Yefterday in the Afternoon we put
We fell our afhore our ufelefs Negroes, I having concluded
uſeleſs with Sen. Navarre, and taken the beſt Methods
Negroes to we could to be paid at Jamaica for them, he had alſo
Sen. Na-
varre.
:
4 Bales of Bays, and one Piece of Camlet, and
became obliged to our Owners for 3500 Peices of
Eight, to be remitted by way of Portobello, with
the English trading Sloops to Jamaica; which if
he do, 'tis much better than to turn the Ne-
groes afhore as Priſoners of War, as otherwife we
muſt have done to fave Proviſions. Capt. Court-
ney took one Obligation, and I the other, he ha-
ving fign'd a Duplicate to us. We had the beſt
Opinion of this Man's Honefty and Ability, which
made us truft him folely. In the Evening we
clear'd our Prifoners, and put them all aboard the
Prize, which we left in the Road with only one
ordinary
Departure from Tecames Bay.
257
ordinary Anchor and Hawfer, and no Rigging, 1709.
except what belong'd to the Fore-fail and Fore-
yard, which we left them to run the Veffel at
High Water into the River. We turn'd afhore
here our leaſt reſponſible Hoftage for Guiaquil,
refolving to keep but two, which muſt be carried
home. According to the laft. Conclufion in a We fail
Committee of the 29th inftant, we came to fail from Te-
at 6 this Morning. Capt. Cooke loft 2 Spanish Ne-
groes, which he fuppofed fwam afhore from his
Ship in the Night. A freſh Gale at S. S. W. At
Noon Cape St. Francifco bore S. by W. W. diftant
about 6 Leagues.
cames
B₁y.
Tecames
The Land to the Northward, which is the Li- The Bay
mits of the Bay of Tecames, is a long bluff high and Vil
Point, and looks white down to the Water. The lage of
next Land to the Southward of Tecames is alſo defcrib'd.
white Cliffs, but not fo high. I faw no Land on
any part of the Shore, like thofe white Cliffs.
Between them, which is about 3 Leagues, the
Land is lower, full of Wood, and trimming in-
ward makes a ſmall Bay, and the Village of Tecames
lies in the Bottom, confifting of Houſes and a
Church, alk low built of fplit Bamboes, cover'd
with Palmetto Leaves, and ftánding on Pofts, with
Hog-fties under them. Thefe Houfes have notch'd
Pieces of Timber instead of Stairs to get up to
'em. The Village lies cloſe by the Water-fide,
and may be feen when the Bay is open above 4
Leagues. 'Tis fuppos'd they had ſent off their beſt.
Furniture on notice of our Approach, for there was
nothing of Worth in their Houfes nor Church. The
Women had only a Piece of Bays tied about their:
Middle. The Men are dextrous at hunting and
fifhing. There is a large Village about 4 Leagues
off, where the Padre refides, and feveral Indians
live between thefe Villages. The next River, 3-
Leagues to the Northward, is very large, and
S
call'd
258 A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1
༣
1709. call'd Rio de las Esmeraldas, but fhoal'd; the Coun-
try about is thinly inhabited by Indians, Mullat-
toes and Samboes. By the Village of Tecames
there's a River into which a Boat may enter at half
Tide it flows here above 3 Fathom Water, the
Flood runs to the Northward, and the Ebb to the
Southward'; there is an infinite Number of Plan-
tains for 3 Days Journey into the Country, the
neareft are about a League from the Houfes, and
were brought to our Boats down this River in their
Canoes. Here runs a great Surf on the Shore, fo
that were it not in thefe Parts of the World, it
would be but an ordinary Road. Ships generally
come in from the Southward, or at leaſt directly in
with the Southermoft white Land, and then bear
away, becauſe (as we were inform'd) there is an
ugly Shole runs off the Northermoft white Land,
about 2 Leagues into the Sea, being the Place
where we had but 8 Fathom Water on the 23d in-
ftant, as I noted before. We now came in from a-
breaft off Cape St. Francifco, Lat. 19.00. N. and
this lies in about E, N. E. near 6 Leagues from
Cape St. Francifco. We came no nearer than half a
League of the Shore, becauſe there is a ſmall Shole
off of a Point about half way between Tecames and
the Cape, which is an indifferent high Promonto-
ry, and as we made it, falls down like Stairs to the
Water. We had good clean Ground where, we
rode near half a League from the Shore, in 7 Far
thom Water, but a League into the Bottom of the
Bay, where the Houfes lie, there's not above 3
Fathom a good Musket fhot from the Shore. There
is another River enters in by a fingle Houfe be-
tween us and Tecames Village, where we fetch'd our
Water about 2 Leagues up this River; and it's very.
narrow,and fhoal'd all from the Entrance; we went
in on half Flood. Here's Sea and Land Breezes,
as well as on all this Coast near the Main Land;
the
Defcription of Tecames.
259
{
the Sea Breeze at W. and W.S.W. the Land Breeze 1700
at S. and S. by E. The Sea Breeze comes gene-
rally in the Afternoon, and holds till Midnight,
when comes the Land Breeze, which dies away
calm towards the Middle of the Day. There's a
Rock under Water at quarter Flood, and a Shoal
above a Cable's Length off Shore, from the firſt
Point as you go in for the narrow River where we
water'd. A Ship ought not to come to an Anchor
near the Shore, if High Water, in leſs than 6 Fa-
thom, becauſe at certain times, and out of courſe,
as the Indians told us, the Tide ebbs exceeding
low. It's dry Weather here, tho' fhowry to the
Northward, being the Limits of the Rains at this
time of the Year. From June to December 'tis al-
ways dry, and from the Beginning of January to
the laſt of May there are Showers now and then.
The Indians about this Place are fometimes bar
barous to the Spaniards, as our Prifoners tell us.
Our People faw here about so armed with Bows
and Arrows, and fome good Fire-Arms; they are
worſe to engage than double the Number of Spa-
niards, fo that it would have been folly in us to land
Men here, where there is fo little to be got; and
the Indians with poifon'd Arrows and Fire-Arms
would line the Bushes down to the Water-fide, and
no doubt we ſhould have loft many of our Men,
had we landed by force; fo that we are all extreme-
ly obliged to Mr. White our Linguift, for negoti-
ating a Trade in fo peaceable a manner with thefe
poor mischievous Wretches, which muſt in Juſtice
be afcrib'd to his good Management, he accom
pliſhing it voluntarily with the Danger of his
Life.
'Twas off this Cape that Sir Francis Drake in
1578. took the rich Plate Prize; and Sir Richard
Hawkins was taken by the Spaniards in this Bay off
of Tecames in 1594. both in Queen Elizabeth's
Time.
S
Sept.
260
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709.
Sept. 1. At 6 this Morning Cape St. Francifco
bore S. E. diftant 10 Leagues, from whence we
take our Departure. Had fair Weather, Wind at
S. W. by S. We faw many Water-fnakes, one of
'em crawl'd up the Side of Capt. Cooke's Ship,' but
was beat off by his Men. The Spaniards fay their
Bite is incurable.
Sept. 6. This day I had Capt. Courtney, Capt.
Cooke, and Capt. Dampier aboard, who dined with
us. Capt. Cooke complain'd of his Ship being crank,
and that we need not have tack'd fo near the Shore,
fince we might eafily fetch the Gallapagos without
Tacking. All agree to this except our Pilbt, who
is very pofitive of feeing other Iflands about roo or
110 Leagues from the Main under the Equinox.
He tells us he was at them formerly when he was
a Buccaneer, and has defcrib'd 'em in one of the
Volumes he calls his Voyages, and fays that thofe
Iflands we were at lay to the Weftward of them;
but he muſt be mistaken, or we had feen them in
the laſt Runs to and from thefe Iſlands.
}
Sept. 8. We are run over and beyond where our
Pilot affirm'd the Iſlands were, and no fight of
them; fo we all agree that the Iſlands he was at
when a buccaneering can be no other but thoſe we
were at, and are going to now; the neareft part of
them lies, 165 Leagues to the Weftward of the
Main Land.
Sept. 16. The 8th we made one of the Galapagos
Islands," and in the Morning hoifted out our Pin-
nace; Capt. Dover and Mr. Glendall went in her
for the Shore. The Dutchess's Pinnace 'return'd
very foon laden with Turtle.
患
​Sept. 11. Yeſterday we came to an Anchor in
about 30 Fathom Water, about 2 Miles off Shore,
being rocky at bottom. In letting go the Anchor
the Buoy Rope was immediately cut off, and our
Ship drove; fo that we thought our Cable was al-
fo
Arrival among the Gallapagos Islands.
261
fo cut, but after driving about half a Mile the Ship
rode very well. In the Evening our Boats that left
us after we came to an Anchor, return'd laden
with excellent good Turtle: We fent our Yawl
and fome Men afhore to turn thofe Creatures in
the a
5
1709.
but to no purpoſe, becauſe we after-
wards found they only came afhore in the Day.
I fent away our Pinnace, and Lieut. Frye to found
out a better anchoring Place, while we hove up
the Anchor, and came to fail. Our Boat return'd,
and by to a Clock we had our Ship again to an
Anchor within lefs than a Mile off the Shore, Gallapa-
right againſt a white fandy Bay. The outermoft gos Islands
great Rock being near the Middle of the Inland, further,
bore N. by E. diftant 6 Miles; the little Rock ap-
› deſcrib'd.
pearing like a Sail bore W. by S. about 4 Miles.
Here we rode very fmooth in good fandy Ground;
the Wind amongst thefe Ilands generally blows
from the S. E. to the S. by W. I went afhore in
the Pinnace, and carried Men to walk round the
Sandy Bay to get Turtle: The Iſland is high like
the reft, but fome low Land on this fide down to the
Sea; it's very rocky, dry and barren, without Wa-
ter, like thoſe we have already feen.
Sept. 12. This Morning I fent to the Dutchefs,
who was at an Anchor à good diftance from us, to
know how they were ftock'd with Turtle. At 10
the Boat return'd with an Account they had about We catch
150 Land and Sea Turtle, but not generally fo large lias Tor-
as ours: We had no Land Turtle as yet, but about toiſes.
15o Sea Turtle; the Marquifs had the worst Luck.
Turtle, a-
Sept. 13. The Dutchess's People having inform'd
us where they got their Land Turtle, I fent our Pin-
nace, which at Night return'd with 37,and fome Salt
they found in a Pond; and the Yawl brought 20
Sea Turtle,fo that we are very full of them. Some of
the largest of the Land Turtle are about roo Pound 4 Defcrip
Weight, and thofe of the Sea upwards of 400: tion of
S
}
The
11611.
202
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709 The Land Turtle lay Eggs on our Deck; our Men
brought fome from the Shore about the bigness of a
Goofe's Egg, white, with a large thick Shell exact-
ly round. Thefe Creatures are the ugliest in Na-
ture, the Shell not unlike the Top of an old Hack-
ney Coach, as black as Jet, and ſo is the outfide
Skin, but fhrivel'd and very rough; the Legs and
Neck are long, and about the bigness, of a Man's.
Wrift, and they have Club Feet as big as one's Fift,
fhaped much like thofe of an Elephant, with 5
thick Nails on the Fore Feet, and but 4 behind;
the Head little, and Vifage fmall, like a Snake,
and look very old and black; when at firft fur-
priz'd, they fhrink their Neck, Head and Legs un-
der their Shell. Two of our Men, with Lieut.
Stratton, and the Trumpeter of the Dutchess, affirm,
they faw vaft large ones of this fort about 4 Foot
high; they mounted 2 Men on the Back of one of
them, who with its ufual flow Pace carried them,
and never minded the Weight: They fuppos'd
this could not weigh less than 700 Pound. I don't
affect giving Relations of ftrange Creatures fo fre-
quently, done by others already in print; but where
an uncommon Creature falls in my way, I fhall
not omit it, The Spaniards tell us they know of
none elſewhere in theſe Seas. This Morning we
began heeling our Ship, and found that abun-
dance of Worms had enter d the Sheathing; we
fcrub'd, clean'd, and tallow'd as low as we could.
Sept. 14. Yesterday Afternoon we fent a Boat
afhore for Wood, they brought off the Rudder and
Boltfprit of a ſmall Bark; we fancy'd it might be
Mr. Hatthy's that we loft amongſt theſe Ilands
when here before, but on view perceiv'd it to be
much older. We alfo, found 2 Jars, and a Place
where Fire had been made on the Shore, but no-
thing to give us farther Hopes of poor Mr. Hattley.
Our Pinnace came aboard and brought about 18
Bufhells
Departure from the Gallapagos Islands.
263
Bufhells of Salt, and 18 Land Turtle more; the 1709.
Men commend them for excellent Food, efpecial-
ly the Land Turtle, which makes very good Broth,
but the Flesh never boils tender: for my own
part, I could eat neither fort yet. Having got as
much Turtle on board, as we could eat while good,
we agreed to make the beft of our Way to the Coaft
of Mexico, and this Morning our Confort and the
Marquifs were under Sail by 8 a Clock, but we ly-
ing farther in were becalm'd, and could not fol-
low them. We caught a good quantity of Fifh
here, which we fplit and falted for our future
Spending. About 12 a Clock, being calm, we
weighed our Anchor, and with the Help of our
Boats and Ships Oars got off the Shore.
Sept. 15. We had a fine Breeze, came up to the
reft, and agreed to lye by with our Heads to the
Eastward, till Mid-night, being in fight of the I-
fland and Rock where we loft poor Hattley, when
laft here. In the Morning we stood to the Weft-
ward amongst the Iſlands.
pagos I
Sept. 16. At 4 a Clock in the Afternoon we
fent our Yawl for Capt. Cooke and Capt. Courtney,
with whom we agreed to bear away, feeing fo
many lands and Rocks to the Weftward, we did
not care to incumber our felves amongst them in
the Night. By 6 we found the Remedy worſe than Our Dan-
the Diſeaſe, and at Maft head could fee all low ger among
Rocks almoft joining from Ifland to Ifland, that the Galla-
we feem'd Land-lock'd for three Parts of the Com-lands.
pafs, and no Way open but to the S. E. from
whence we came, fo we refolv'd to return that
Way, and made fhort Trips all Night, keeping
continual Sounding for fear of Shoals, and had
from 40 to 60 Fathom Water. In the Morning
we had got far enough to Windward to return. We
could have no Obfervation by the Sun, being in
our Zenith, tho' we find the Weather here much
S 4
colder
264
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709. colder than in any Latitude within 10 Degrees of
each fide the Equinox.
Sept. 17. Yefterday Afternoon I went a-board
the Marquifs, being brought too between the two
Iſlands, in fight of the rendezvous Rock I have fo
often mention'd: Mean while the Dutchess (not
being fo well provided with Turtle as we) fent
her Boat a-fhore on another Ifland, where they
got her Lading of excellent Turtle, leaving a vaft
Number a-fhore that they could not bring away.
We have as many a-board as we have Room for,
being, as we fuppofe, enough to laft us to the
Tres Marias, if they live. At 7 we all join'd, and
agreed to lie by, till 2 in the Morning, when we
again jogg'd on with an eafy Sail till Day-break.
We were a-breaft of the Thorowfare, where we
tried for Water the last time. I order'd a Gun to
be fir'd at a venture, to fee if it were poffible Mr.
Hattley could be there alive,and then feeing or hear-
ing us, might make a Smoak a-fhore, as a Signal,
but we had no fuch good Luck; ſo that our Hopes
of him are all vaniſh'd, and we finally conclude,
that we can do no more for him than we have
done already.
The 18th and 19th we faw feveral more Iflands,
one of em a large one, which we fuppos'd reach'd
near the Equinoctial, and abundance of fmall I-
flands betwixt us; the 19th at Noon, we had an in-
different good Obſervation. Lat. 2º. 2". N.
The Gallapagos Islands need no further Defcrip-
tion than I have at feveral Places given of them;
only that I believe, as others before have obferved,
that the Turtle come a-fhore in the fandy Bays of
thefe Iflands, all the Year round.
We faw in all (fome that we fearched and others
that we viewed at a Distance, at both times) no
lefs than 50, but none that had the leaft Appearance
of freſh Water. The Spanish Reports agree that
there
Departure from the Gallapagos Islands.
265
I
there is but one that has any; which lies about 1709.
Lat. 1°. 39", S. Sen. Morell tells me, that a Spa-
nish Man of War employed to cruize for Pyrates,
was once at an Inland that lies by it felf in the Lat.
1º. 20 or 30". S. They call it S. Maria de l' Aquada, a
pleaſant Illand and good Road, full of Wood, and
Plenty of Water and Turtle, of both forts, with
Fish, lying about 140 Spanish Leagues Weft
&c.
from the Ifland Plate, but I believe it's at least 30
Leagues more, and that it's no other but the fame
Ifland, where Capt. Davis the English Buccaneer
recruited, and all the Light he has left to find it a
gain is, that it lies to the Weftward of thoſe Iſlands
he was at with the other Buccaneers, which as I
have before examin'd, can be no other than thefe
Inlands we have been twice at. We had no occa
fion to look for this Ifland the fecond Trip, tho' I
believe it's eaſy to find it without farther Directions.
Here's moſt forts of Sea Birds amongſt theſe Iſlands
and fome Land Birds,particularly Hawks of feveral
forts, and Turtle Doves, both fo very tame that
we often hit them down with Sticks. I faw po
fort of Beafts; but there are Guanas in abundance,
and Land Turtle almoft on every Iſland: 'Tis
ftrange how the latter got here, becauſe they can't
come of themſelves, and none of that fort are to
be found on the Main. Seals haunt fome of theſe
Iſlands, but not ſo numerous, nor their Fur fo good
as at Juan Fernando's. A very large one made at
me 3 feveral times, and had I not happen'd to have
a Pike-ftaff pointed with Iron in my Hand, I might
have been kill'd by him; (one of our Men having
narrowly efcap'd the Day before.) I was on the
level Sand when he came open-mouth'd at me out
of the Water, as quick and fierce as the moft angry
Dog let loofe. Iftruck the Point into his Breaft,
and wounded him all the three times he made at
me, which forc'd him at laft to retire with an ugly
i
Noife,
266
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1799. Noife, fnarling and fhewing his long Teeth at me
out of the Water: This amphibious Beaft was as
big as a large Bear.
See the
Main
Land of
Mexico.
Sept. 22. The Marquifs had fprung a large Leak,
for want of good Caulking at firft in Gorgona: I
went aboard with our Carpenter, who affifted
theirs, and with a Piece of Lead nail'd over the
Leak (being in the Water's Edge) foon ftopt it,
and we made Sail again in a little time. Wind at
S. by E. We had a good Obfervation. N. Lat.
6º. 9". Every Day as we leave the Equinoctial
more diftant the Heat encreafes very much.
October r. Yeſterday we made the main Land of
Mexico; it bore N. E. diftant about ro Leagues.
We hoifted out our Yawl, and fetch'd aboard Capt
Cooke, and his Lieutenant Mr Pope, Capt. Court-
ney and Capt. Dampier; the latter fays he knows
this high Land; but the Latt. directs us all to know
it. Capt. Dampier, near this Place, five Years
paft, met the Manila Ship in the St. George, and
had a Fight at a Diftance, but he fays for want of
Men could not board her, and after a fhort Dif
pute, was forced to let her alone. We hall'd off
the Shore, W. N. W. not caring to be near enough
to be ſeen from the Land, to allarm the Coaft too
foon. We had often Showers of Rain, Wind at S.S.E.
Octob. 2. Moft part of this 24 Hours we had
Squalls and then littleWind at S.S.E. intermixt with
fultry hot Weather. Our Men begin to be un-
healthy again, two having lately dropt down on
the Deck, but after bleeding came pretty well to
themſelves. We agreed with our Confort to lie
by from 8 at Night till day break. At Noon it
clear'd up, and we faw the Land, at least 8 Leagues
off, tho' we feem'd juft under it, it was fo very
high. We made Cape Corientes bearing N. E. a-
bout 8 Leagues, by which we judge according to
our Obfervation at Noon, that it lies in Lat. 20°,
Joll
1
1
Arrival at the Iſland Tres Marias.
267
10". N. We know it to be Cape Corientes, becauſe 1709
we could fee no Land to the Northward of it, and
that it was a Head-land. Capt. Dampier has been
here alſo, but it's a long Time ago. We all agreed
it was the Cape, and that we had beft hall off
N. W. to look for the Ilands Tres Marias, which
are not far from this Cape, but we are not certain
of their Situation..
Octob. 4 Yefterday Afternoon, at 4, the Cape
bore E. N. E. about 10 Leagues. We kept on un-
der an eafy Sail all Night. In the Morning we
faw 2 Iſlands, being very clear Weather, at leaft
14 Leagues diftant, one bearing N. by W. and the
other N. by E. At Noon we had a good Obſerva-
tion. Lat. 20°. 45". N.
Tho' our Men have their Fill of Land and Sea
Turtle, which keeps them from the Scurvy, yet I
find them weak, it being but a faintly Food, except
they had ſufficient Bread or Flower with it, they
having but a Pound and a Quarter of Bread or
Flower, for five Men a Day, to prolong our Stock
of Bread againſt we come to live wholly on our falt
Proviſions, and then muſt be forced to allow more.
Octob. 6. In the Morning we fent Lieutenant Frye
in the Pinnace afhore on the Eaftermoft Iland,
to try whether there was any good Road or Con-
venience for us to recruit there. At 9 they re-
turn'd, and told me the Iſland had foul Ground
near half a Mile from the Shore; bad Anchoring,
worſe Landing, and no freſh Water; but Wood
enough. A melancholy Story, our Water grow-
ing fhort. We hall'd on a Wind, for the middle
Iſland, which Capt. Dampier, I do believe, can re-
member he was at, when he belong'd to Captain
Swann, and found Water. Being little Wind we
ſent our Boat towards the Ifland, to view it before
we could get thither with the Ship.
Octob.
268.
A Cruising Voyage round the World
1709.
Octob 7. The Dutchess's People, and our Pin-
nace had been aſhore at feveral Places on the S. E.
fide of the Inland, and found bitter Water at every
Place. Our Ship got foon to an Anchor near the
Dutchess, in 11 Fathom Water and fandy Ground,
about a Mile and a half off Shore.
Octok, & Thofe that had been on the land faw
no Sign of Peoples being lately, there, but found
a human Skull above Ground, which we fuppofe
to have been one of the two Indians Capt. Dampier
tells us were left here by Capt. Swann, about 2.3.
Years ago; for Victuals being fcarce with thefe
Buccaneers, they would not carry the poor Indians
any farthen, but, after they had ferved their Turns,
An In-
left them to make a miferable End on a defolate.
ftance of Inland. We kept a Light out all Night, and a
the Buc- great Fire in the Iland, that if the Marquifs and
Barbarity. Bark, who had left Company, faw it, and had a
caneers
Gale, they might come into Anchor Ground. But
having no fight of them at Day-break, I went on
board our Confort, and propos'd my going out to
look after 'em, but they made. Light of it and
thought it needlefs, believing they would be in af-
ter us, without any Affiftance, The Recruit of
Cattle, Hogs, and Plantains, at Tecames, held to
the Gallapagos, and we have fed on the Turtle we
there ever fince, excepting thefe two laſt Days.
This accidental, Stock of fresh Food has been
fome Refreſhment to our Men, and prolongs
our Stock of European Provisions. Now Bread or
Flower will be the first thing wanting. We had
Little Wind Northerly, and often calm.
Octok. 9. Yesterday I fent Lieut. Glendall to view
the other fide of the Iſland, and he brought me back
word it was much better than this, with fandy Bays,
and figns of Turtle in the Sand, which he believed
came afhore the laft Night. I fent back the Boat and
Men to try to get Turtle; and this Morning they
camie
At Anchor at St. Marias funds.
269
came back with their Boat's Load of very good
ones, and left another lading behind them ready
turn'd; they alſo had found indifferent, good W a-
ter on the N. E. fide of the Iſland, which rejoiced
us to be fo unexpectedly Tupplied; for the other
Water on this fide the Ifland, had purg'd thofe that
drank it aboard the Dutchess like Phyfick. We had
no fight yet of the Bark or Marquifs. Tis very
hot, with an Air of Wind Northerly, but almoft
calm. Our Confort has fent their Pinnace in queft
of the miffing Ships.
4
Octob. 1o. Lieut. Conmely of the Darchefs, that
went in queft of 'em return'd without any News.
And we having begun trimming our Ship,and ftrip-
ping the Rigging; the Dutchefs defired to go and
look for them, mean while we were to employ our
People to cut Wood and get a Stock of Turtle against
their Return. We found an excellent: Run of
Water on the other fide of the Iflandy and fent our
Pinnace to view the Weftermoft Iflandy to fee if
either of the miffing Ships had got into Anchor
here.
Capt. Dover being willing to remove aboard the
Dutchefs, I defired our. Officers to make the fol-
lowing Memorandum..
WE
-Tres S. Maria Iflandsf-
E the under-written, appointett part of a Comi
mittee now preſént on board the Duket, dulcerti,
fyithat Capt! Dover requested to go on board the Dutch
efs; and défired us to take notice it was: his own Ghoice
fo to do. Witness our Hands, this 10th Day of October,
1769.
Stephen Courtney, Robert Frye,
Thomas/Glendull,
Woodes Rogers,
William Dampier, Lane. Appleby.
1709.
At
270
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709.
Capt. Do.
Dutchess.
At the fame time the following Agreement was
made where to meet with the Dutchefs, and they
took a Copy with them.
IN
N cafe we aboard the Duke don't fee the Dutchefs
return in 10 Days, then to be ready to fail, and first
look in the Latitude 20°.N. in fight of the Land: If
not to be found there, to run off the Land farther into
Sea, and then in fight again, but no nearer than within
6 Leagues of the Land, to prevent Discovery. We are
to bring all full of Water and Turtle for a fecond Recruit,
to keep a continual Look-out for them, and leave a Signal
at the South End of this Ifland.
>
Octob. 11. According to this Agreement Capt.
ver goes Dover went himſelf, and fent his Servant with his
aboard the Neceffaries aboard the Dutchefs. In the Evening
they came to fail, and carry'd above 100 large
Turtle that we brought to them in our Boats for
victualling, to fave Salt Provifions. We hope the
Current, that has hitherto run to Leeward, will
quickly ſhift, and facilitate their Return, that we
may not be obliged to follow them. I order'd 6
Yards of red and white Bays to be join'd together,
to ſpread it as a Signal on the Iſland for directing
them to a Letter from me in a Bottle by it, fhould
we unexpectedly quit the Place in her Abfence.
Octob. 12. Laſt Night our Pinnace, which had
been in queft of the miffling Ships, return'd from
the Weftermoſt Iſland, and faw no Sign of the
Ships. Our People tell us, they heard aboard the
Dutchess, that the Bark had not 2 Days Water
when they left them, which made me very uneafy
left ſhe ſhould go to the Main after Water, which
would diſcover us, and might prove the Occaſion
of lofing her alfo.
Yeſterday we put Negroes afhore to cut Wood
for the abfent Ships, and laft Night our Boat came
off,
At Anchor at Tres S. Marias Ilands.
271
off, and brought bút 3 out of 10, 7 having run a- 1709.
༢
way into the Woods: Immediately we difpatch'd 7 of our
feveral Men round the Iſland with Arms, toendea- Negroes
vour to catch 'em when they come down out of run away.
the Woods to get Food at the Sea-fide. Theſe Ne-
groes had an Antipathy againſt Michael Kendall the
Famaita Negro, and defign'd to have kill'd him,
had not one of thoſe that came aboard given him
timely Notice of it. A Negro amongst the Run-
aways could write well, which made me get our
Ranfomers to write 3 Spanish Papers of Encourage-
༡
ment to incline the Fugitives upon fight of 'em to
return, promifing that Negro his Freedom, and
every thing elſe he or the reft of them could rea-
fonably defire. Theſe Papers we nail'd up againſt
Trees by the Brook fide, where they will be fure
to fee them. My Reafon for fo doing was to pre-
vent thefe Fellows from giving notice of us on the
Coaſt, if they reach'd the Main on Bark Logs,
which they could make with the Hatchets they
had to cut Wood for us. If this Method fails of
Succeſs, tis in vain to hope for finding them by
featching the Ifland, every part of it being full of
thick Woods and Prickles, which make it unpaf-
fableau On the fandy Shore we began to imploy
our Rope-makers to ſpin Twine for the Dutchefs
and Marquifs, who complain their Stock is fhort.
Our People found another Spring of excellent
Water on the other fide of the Iſland.
Octob.13. Yefterday Afternoon the Dutchess came
in fight, with the Bark in Tow, and foon after we
faw the Marquifs.We kept a Light out, that they
might the better find us. In the Morning we faw
them at Anchor between the 2 Iſlands. I weigh'd
in their fight, and put out our Enfign for 'em to
follow us to the Watering Place on the other fide of
the Ifland, which they did accordingly. The Wind
continues Northerly, with a Lee Current.
Octob
1
272
A Cruising Voyage round the World:
17091
Bark in
diftrefs.
Octob. 14. Yeſterday, in the Afternoon we came
to an Anchor in 16 Fathom Water off the N.E.
Side of the Ifland. I went immediately in our
Pinnace aboard the Dutchess, that was then under
Sail with the Bark in Tow, 2 Leagues from us.
About 4 they and the Marquift came to an Anchor;
I told them of our Negroes deferting us, which
had prevented our getting a good Stock of Wood
in their Abfence, and we agreed to keep all our
Negroes on board the Ships, and narrowly watch
'em to prevent their Deſertion for the future.
The Mar- Mr. Duck, who was Maſter of the Bark, told
quifs and me the Day they loft fight of us their Water was
expended, and two of the Bark's Crew in a very
fmall Canoe left her almoſt out of fight of Land,
and being fmooth calm Weather, fortunately got
aboard the Marquifs to acquaint Capt. Codke they
had no Water, upon which he bore down to them,
and took her in Towe. Had he not done this, the
Bark muſt have run for the Main Land toʻgetWa-
ter, which might have alarm'd the Enemy, and
endanger'd the Lofs of the Veffel and Men. They
were not above 8 Leagues off the Ifland, but it be
ing hazey Weather, and having little Wind, and a
Lee Current, they could not get in, or fee us.
Octob. 15! We could not get to the Watering
Place near the N. W. Corner of the Iſland, till
laft Night when we anchor'd in 7 Fathom Wa-
ter, clean fandy Ground,about half a Mile from the
Shore; the Westermoft Point bore W. by N. about
3 Miles, and the Eaftermoft E. by S. 6 Miles.
The Body of the Westermoft Inland bore N. W.
diftant 4 Leagues. This Morning we got our
empty Casks afhore, and began filling Water. Had
we not very fair Weather at this Seafon, and little
Wind, this Place would be but an ordinary Road.
Octob. 16. Capt. Courtney fent me word, that the
Marquifs, who has been again miffing, was well
moored
At Anchor at St. Marias Iſlands.
273
moored at the S. E. Side of the Ifland, and could 1709.
not eafily turn it hither; fo we agreed the fhould
lie there, and we would water her from hence
with our Boats.
Octob. 18. Lieutenant Fry went in the Pinnace
laft Night to view the Weather Iſland, and he re-
turned this Morning, and told me there was a
Road, but not very good, and that he could find
no Water.
Octob. 19. We hal'd the Sain, and caught ſome
Fiſh. This Morning we found fome Bail Goods
damaged, which we believe they received before
we had 'em; we unpack'd and dry'd 'em, and fold
what was moft damaged amongst the Ships Com-
pany, repacking and ftowing away the reft. Very
hot Weather, and a little Air of Wind North.
Octob. 23. We began this Morning to take aboard
our Turtle, and the Remainder of our Wood and
Water, defigning in the Evening to return, and
anchor on the S. E. Side of the Iſland, to join the
Marquifs, and agree on a Station to cruize for the
Manila Ship. Our Men fhot a Snake afhøre, and
brought it aboard dead; I faw it meaſured 15 In-
ches round, and near 10 Foot long; fome of 'em are
much larger; this was of a hazle colour,and fpotted,
called by the Spaniards here a Leopard Serpent.
Octob. 24. All the Officers met aboard the Dut
chefs, and fign'd a Duplicate of every Conclufion
in all Committees fince we have been in thefe Seas.
Many of the Refolutions wrote on board this Ship
were in my Cuftody, and others wrote aboard the
Dutchess in Capt. Courtney's; but it was thought ad-
vifable that each of us fhould have all the Copies
figned alike. While we were together, we agreed on
a Station to lie for the Manila Ship; but I lately pro-
pofed parting, and to meet again at Cape Corientes,
or any other appointed Station, and for us in the
Duke to cruize off the fame Place where Capt.
TU
· Dampier
274
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709. Dampier met the Manila Ship in the St. George, or
elfe the Marquifs and Dutchefs to take that Station,
and I would go to Cape St. Lucas; fince by either
Method we ſhould have 2 Chances for the Prize,
and get Proviſions, which we begin to want very
much. This Method might prove much better
than to be at one Place, where we could not be
fupply'd with Proviſions; but the Officers of the
Dutchefs and Marquifs feeming unwilling to part
Companies, and the Majority thinking Cape St.
Lucas the propereft Place to lie for the Manila Ship
bound for Acapulco, I drew up our Refolution,
which was figned by the whole Council, who on
this Occafion were altogether.
At a Committee held on board the Dutchefs
at the Iſlands Tres Marias, October 24.
1709.
WE
E whofe Names are hereunto fubfcribed, being
Members of a Committee appointed to manage
the Affairs of the Duke, Dutchefs and Marquifs,
having recruited our Ships at thefe Islands, and being in a
readiness to put to Sea again; We have examined the
Opinion of Capt. Dampier, appointed Pilot by the Own-
ers of the Ships Duke and Dutcheſs in Briſtol, and
have been well informed from all the Intelligences we
have frequently had from Prifoners fince our being
in the South Seas, and do now finally determine to
cruize off Cape St. Lucas, the Southermoft Cape of
California, in fuch Methods, and with fuch Signals
to each other, as fhall be agreed on in our next Com-
mittee.
We refolve with the utmoft Care and Diligence to
wait here the coming of the Manila Ship belonging
to the Spaniards, and bound for Acapulco; whofe
Wealth on board her we hope will prompt every Man
to
Deſcription of Tres Marias.
275
to use his utmoft Conduct and Bravery to conquer. This 1709.
is our Opinion the Day above.
Tho. Dover, Pref.
Woodes Rogers,
Stephen Courtney,
Edw. Cooke,
William Dampier,
John Connely,
William Bath,
Tho. Glendall,
Geo. Milbourne,
Robert Knowlman,
John Bridge,
William Stratton,
John Ballett,
Lan. Appleby.
Robert Frye,
Cha. Pope,
Being all ſupply'd with Wood, Water, and
Turtle, we came to fail at Eleven this Forenoon,
Wind at N. by W. a fine Gale; but e'er I proceed
with my Journal, I will give a fhort Defcription of
theſe Iſlands.
The Iſlands of Tres Marias lie N. W. in a Range The Ilands
at equal Diſtances from each other, about 4 Leagues Tres Ma-
afunder: The largeſt Iſland is the Weftermoft, ap-rias de-
pears to be high double Land, and about s Leagues fcribd.
in Length; the middle Iſland about 3 Leagues the
longeft way, and the Eaftermoft fcarce 2 Leagues;
theſe are alfo middling high Lands, and full of
Trees. Near the leaſt Iſland are 2 or 3 fmall bro-
ken white Iſlands, one of the outermoft of theſe
appear'd fo much like a Ship under Sail at a di-
ftance, that we gave the ufual Signal for a Chafe,
but foon found our Miftake.
Thefe Illands have abundance of different forts
of Parrots, Pigeons, Doves, and other Land Birds,
of which we kill'd great Numbers, with excellent
Hares, but much lefs than ours. We faw abun-
dance of Guanas, and fome Raccoons; the latter
bark'd and fnarl'd at us like Dogs, but were eafily
beat off with Sticks.
I think the Water more worthy of Remark than
any thing we ſaw here, becauſe we found but two
I 2
good
276
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709. good Springs, which ran down in large Streams
near others, that were very bitter and diſagree-
able, which I fuppofe might proceed from Shrubs
and Roots that grow in the Water, or from fome
Mineral.
The Turtle
The Turtle here is very good, but of a different
here de- Shape from any I have feen; and tho' vulgarly
fcrib'd. there's reckon'd but 3 forts of Turtle, we have
feen 6 or 7 different forts at feveral Times, and
our People have eat of them all, except the very
large hooping or logger-head Turtle (as they are
call'd) found in Brazil in great plenty, and fome
of them above 5ool. Weight. We did not eat of
that fort, becauſe then our Proviſions were plenti-
ful, which made thofe Turtles to be flighted as
coarfe and ordinary Food. Thofe at the Gallapa-
gos Iſlands, both He's and She's, I obferved came
afhore in the Day-time, and not in the Night,
quite different from what I have feen or heard of
the reſt.
150
All that we caught in this Ifland was by turning
'em in the Night,and were She's,which came afhore
to lay their Eggs, and bury them in the dry Sand :
One of theſe had at least 800 Eggs in its Belly,
of which were skin'd, and ready for laying at
once. I could not imagine that Turtle were 6
The quick Weeks in hatching, as fome Authors write, con-
Producti- fidering the Sun makes the Sand ſo very hot where-
on of
ever theſe Eggs are found, and inftead of a Shell
young Tor-
they have nothing but a very thin Film. In order
therefore to be better informed, I order'd fome of
our Men afhore to watch carefully for one, and
fuffer her to lay her Eggs without difturbance, and
to take good notice of the Time and Place. Ac-
cordingly they did fo, and affur'd me they found
the Eggs addied in lefs than 12 Hours, and in a-
bout 12 more they had young ones in 'em, com-
pleatly fhap'd, and alive. Had we ftaid a little
longer,
toiſes or
Turtles.
Defcription of Tres Marias Iflands.
277
longer, I might have given my felf and others a
thorough Satisfaction in this quick Production of
Nature. From hence I am inclinable to credit the
Report of divers of our Sailors, who affert, that'
where they have found Eggs in the Sand, and
look'd for 'ein 3 Days after in the fame place, they
found nothing but Films; this fhews that the young
ones are hatch'd within that time. They affured
me alfo, that they had obferved oftner than once,
that the young Brood run out of the Sand every
day directly for the Sea in great Numbers, and
quicker than the old ones.
At this time here was little Fiſh about the Shores
of this Iſland, and of the fame forts mention'd at
other Places in theſe Seas; but the Plenty of Turtle
at this time fupplies that Defect. We the chief Of-
ficers fed deliciously here, being fcarce ever with-
out Hares, Turtle Doves, Pigeons, and Parrots of
various Sizes and Colours, many had white or red
Heads, with Tufts of Feathers on their Crowns.
I wish 'twould hold, but 'tis in vain to tantalize
our felves; for we muft foon fare otherwife, and
take to our old Food of almoft decay'd Salt Pork
and Beef, which we muft prize, and heartily wifh
we had more on't. We found good Anchor Ground
about this middle Iſland, and gradual Soundings
from 20 to 4 Fathom Water clofe by the Shore.
Between this and the leaft Ifland 'tis about the fame
Depth; where we were between them I found no
Shole, but what was visible, as a Rock off the
S. W. Point, and a Shole off the N. E. Point of
the fame, with another at a greater diftance from
that Point off the leaſt Iſland, but neither runs a-
bove half a Mile from the Shore. I know no Dan-
ger about them, but what with Care might be eafi-
ly avoided.
Where we rode we could fee Spots of high Land,
which I fuppofe was the Continent join'd by low
Land
I 3
1709. 1
278
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1
1709. Land between it; the Northermoft bore N. by E.
half E. about 16 Leagues diftance: I take it to be
the Starboard Entrance into the Gulph or Strait of
California; the nearest Land to us bore E.N.E. an
bout 12 Leagues, and the Southermoft E.S.E. at
leaft 17 Leagues, very high, which I believe is the
next Head-land to the Northward of Cape Corien-
tes. I had but two Opportunities to fee it juft at.
Sun-rifing, becaufe 'twas very hazey during our
Stay here, fo that I might err in the Diſtance; but
the beft Directions for thefe Ilands is thus: We
account the neareft bears N.N.W. from Cape Cori-
entes 28 Leagues, and that it lies in the Lat. 21°.
15". N. and Longit, 111.40. Weft from London.
11..
I return to my Journal.
Strong
Currents
to the
South-
ward.
Octob. 28. At 6 this Evening the Westermoft
Iſland bore E.N.E. 15. Leagues. The Wind has
been very little, and veerable, with a great Swell
out of the N.W. I fent our Yawl with a Lieute-
nant aboard the Dutchefs and Marquifs, with whom
we agreed, to fpread as we ran to the Northward,
that the Acapulco Ship might not pass us, if they
fhould arrive fooner than we expected: We agreed
to be to the Leeward, the Marquifs to Windward,
and the Dutchefs between us, and all to keep in fight
of each other. I order'd our Surgeons and Mr.
Vanbrug to fee the Infide of the Phyfick Cheft that
Capt. Dover left us, and take an Inventory of what
was in it. We fa no more of the Iflands....
1'
Octob. 29. Sti eafy Gales, and fometimes quite
calm, and extren hot. We can hardly keep our
Ground against the Current, that runs ftrong to
the Southward. We are in the fame Latitude, and
I judge about the fame Place we were 2 Days ago.
Octob. 30 This Morning one-of our Negro Wo-
men cry'd out, and was deliver'd of a Girl of a
tawny Colour; Mr. Waffe our chief Surgeon was
forced to diſcharge the Office of a Midwife in a
clofe
Cruizing off Cape St. Lucas.
279
1
board us.
cloſe Cabbin provided for that Purpofe; but what 1709.
we moſt wanted was good Liquor, to keep up, Negro
or imitate the Womens laudable Cuftom of a re- Woman
freſhing Cup, on fuch an Occafion. I acciden- brought
tally found a Bottle of thick ftrong Peru Wine, a to Bed on
good Part of which was given to the fick Woman,
who defir'd more than we could fpare her. She
had not been full 6 Months amongst us, fo that the
Child could belong to none of our Company. But
to prevent the other fhe-Negro (call'd Daphne)
from being debauch'd in our Ship, I gave her a
ftrict Charge to be modeft, with Threats of fevere
Puniſhment, if fhe was found otherwife. One of
the Dutchess's black Nymphs having tranfgreffed
this Way, was lately whip'd at the Capfton, This
I mention to fatisfy the cenforious, that we don't
countenance Lewdness, and that we took thofe
Women aboard, only because they fpoke English,
and begg'd to be admitted for Landreffes, Cooks
and Semftreffes. Now to.
?
nia.
Nov. 1. This Day we faw high Land, being the We fee
Point of California. By Noon the Weftermoft in
fight bore W. by N 8 Leagues, and the Norther-
moft N. half W. about 10 Leagues. We had an
Obfervation Lat. 22 55" Long, 113. 38".
W. from London.
ņ
Nov: 2. The Westermoft Land we fet yesterday
Noon, we make to be Cape St. Lucas, the South-
ermoft Head-land of California. We agreed on
Signals and Stations; and to fpread S. W. into the
See, off of this Cape that now bore N. by W.
from us.
find the
Nov. 3. Our Stations being concluded, I was Our Sta
༣
to be the outermoft Ship, the Dutchess in the middle, tions for
and the Marquifs next the Land; with the Bark to cruising to
ply and carry Advice from Ship to Ship: The Manila
neareſt Ship to be 6 Leagues at leaft, and 9 at most ship
from the Land: By this Agreement, we could
I A
fpread
280
A Gruifing Voyage round the World.
[1709. fpread 15 Leagues, and fee any thing that might
pafs us in the Day, within 20 Leagues of the Shore.
And to prevent the Ships paffing in the Night, we
were to ply to Windward all Day, and drive at
Night. Whilft we were together, we at laft fet-
rled the Form of our Agreement for each Ship;
that all the Ships Companies might fign it, for e-
very one to give an Account of all Plunder he has
received, that he may be charged with what's
more than his Share; and thofe (nów. or for the
future fufpected or accus'd of Concealment) when
demanded fhall give their Oaths before the Com-
manders, to the Truth of their Accounts, and if
any one was found to conceal above the Value of
half a Piece of 8. he is to be feverely punished,
and fined 20 Times its Value: This we did to de-
ter every one from fraudulent Practices, which if
we Thould happily take this Ship, might alſo pre-
vent Diforders.
?
Νου. 4. I order❜d a Sailor into Irons, for threat,
ning the Cooper; and ohe Peter Clark, an ill abu-
five Fellow, I order'd to have the like Puniſhment,
becauſe he had wished himself aboard a Pirate, and
Taid he fhould be glad that an Enemy, who could
over-power us,was a-long-fide of us.
Nov. 5. Yesterday in the Afternoon the Dutchess
being near, I fent our Yawl aboard with Lieut.
Glendall, to agree more exactly on fome remarka-
ble Lánd, that each of us knowing the fame Land
Mark, might the better keep our Stations. We
agreed alfo, that the Marquis fhould now be in the
middle, and the Dutchess next the Shore, as being
the propereft Stations. This Morning we put all
manner of Lumber and Chests down, defigning to
keep all as clear as poffible, that we might not be
-in a Hurry if near the Acapulco Ship.
Nov. 6. This Day ended our Stock of Turtle
we had at the Marias; being all. Shes, with Eggs in
them,
Cruifing off Cape St. Lucas.
281
them, they would not keep fo long as thofe we had 1709.
at the Gallapagos Islands: We have for fome Days
thrown more dead Turtle over-board than we
kill'd for eating.
{
Nov 7. Yeſterday I went aboard the Marquifs,
and defir'd them to tell Capt. Courtney, when he
came off the Shore, that we would take the inner
Birth, and exchange again for the fame Number
of Days, that we might have equal Chances for fee-
ing the Manila Ship; becauſe I now think the inner
Birth the likelieft. Sir Thomas Cavendish, in Queen
Elizabeth's Time, took the Manila Ship in this
Place on the 4th of November.
N
Plunder,
Nov. 12. Yeſterday Afternoon, all our Ships Regula-
Company ſign'd the before-mention'd Agreement,
tions for
finally to fettle Plunder. At the fame time we and a-
fign'd another Agreement, to prevent gaming and gainst Ga-
wagering: fome of our Crews having already loft ming.
moſt of their Clothes, and what elſe they could
make away with. To prevent thofe loofe and dif-
folute Courſes, we fign'd both Agreements as
follows.
W
E the Officers, Seamen and Landmen belonging
to the Ship Duke, having made feveral former
Agreements concerning the equal sharing of Plunder, do
now defire and agree, That each Man give an exact Ac-
count of all Clothes, Goods of Value, or Neceffaries of any
kind he has, over and above his Dividend deliver'd him
at Gorgona, or has purchaſed of others fince, to be rightly
charged to him in his Account of Plunder, by the Agents
appointed; and to restore whatever he has taken without
the Agents Knowledge, and to prevent any Perfons de-
taining and concealing any Goods or Riches of any kind,
now or for the future, more than their refpective Shares,
in order to aright Distribution of Plunder, except Arms,
Chefts, Knives, Roman Relicks, Scizzars, Tobacco,
Loofe
282
A Gruifing Voyage round the World.
4
1709. loofe Books, Pictures, and worthless Tools and Toys, and
Bedding in ufe, which are not included in this Agreement ;
and those that have already only things of this kind, are
not liable to a Penalty: We do voluntarily fign this,
and offer our felves to be obliged firmly by thefe Prefents,
to be under the Penalty of 20 Shillings for every Shilling
value taken bid or conceal'd by any of us, or removed
out of any Prize without written Orders from the Com-
manders publickly; and that none but the Agents already
named, or to be named hereafter, fhall detain in Poffef-
fion any Plunder; but whatever is found conceal'd fhall be
valued, and the Perfons that hid it to be fin'd as afore-
faid, which Penalty we acknowledge to be laid on us by
our own Defire, Confent, and Approbation, over and a-
bove the former Penalty agreed on, That any Perfon fhall
loofe his share of every Prize or Purchaſe taken, whether
Cargo or Plunder, that conceals of either the Value of half
a Piece of 8. and this to remain in Force, to the End of
the Voyage.
And to encourage Discoveries of fuch Concealments,
what-ever Person difcovers the Fraud of any, who fhall
be fo imprudent as to detain more than his due, in any
Goods that has not been fhar'd before as Plunder, or pur-
chas'd of the Owners Agent or Commanders; the Infor-
mer of fuck Fraud shall have one Half given him gratis,
out of the Offenders Shares and Wages; the other Half
for the Ufe of the Ships Company as Plunder; which In-
formation fhall be encouraged by the Commanders of each
"Ship, in order to prevent Frauds, as long as this Voyage
bolds; and that ever hereafter Accounts shall be made up,
and the Plunder immediately adjudg'd to prevent Con-
fufion:
کو
1
We likewife agree, That if any of us hereafter fhall
without farther Proof be accus'd of concealing Plunder or
Goods of Value, belonging to any Prize, be shall, on request,
before a Committee of all or either of the Ships Comman-
ders and chief Officers, voluntarily make Affidavit to an-
fwer fully and fatisfactorily to fuch Questions as shall
then
Cruizing off Cape St. Lucas.
283
then and there be demanded of him, in order to prevent 1704.
fraudulent Concealments, and on his Refufal; agrees to
be punish'd or degraded, and to be fubject to fuch Penalty
as a general Committee fhall think fit to inflict on him or
them. Every one hereunto fubfcribed is within 3 Days
from the Date hereof to fettle bis Account of Plunder;
after which time, this Inſtrument is in full Force and not
before.
M
Sign'd by the Officers and Men
of each Ship.
The Agreement to prevent Gaming was as fol-
lows.
WE
Ethe Ship's Company belonging to the Ship Duke
now in the South Seas, being Adventurers fo
far to improve our Fortunes in a private Man of War,
under the Command of Capt. Woodes Rogers, who bas
a lawful Commiffion from his Royal Highness Prince
George of Denmark, and confidering the apparent
Hazard of our Lives in thefe remote Parts; do mutually
agree to prevent the growing Evil now ariſing amongst
us, occafion'd by frequent Gaming, Wagering, and abet-
ting at others Gaming, fo that fome by chance might thus
too flightly get Poffeffion of what his Fellow-Adventurer s
have dangerously and painfully earn'd. To prevent this
intolerable Abuſe, we shall forbear and utterly de-
test all Practices of this kind for the future during
the whole Voyage, till our fafe Arrival in Great Bri-
tain, where good Laws of this kind take place, and de-
figning effectually to confirm this our Defire and Agree-
ment, We do jointly remit all forts of Notes of Hand,
Contracts, Bills, or Obligations of any kind whatsoever,
that ſhall any ways pass, directly or indirectly, fign'd by
either of us after the Date hereof, provided the Sum in
each Note be for Gaming, Wagering, or Abetting any
way whatsoever by any of us; and to prevent our being
mifled for the future, all manner of Obligations of this
kind,
284 A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709. kind, and for this Confideration, fhall be wholly invalid,
w and unlawful bere, and in Great Britain or Ireland
;
And throughly to fecure this Method, we farther jointly
agree, that no Debt from this Time forward fhall be law-
fully contracted from Man to Man amongst us, unless
by the Commanders Attestation, and enter'd on the
Ship's Book, it ſhall appear done publickly and justly to
prevent each others Frauds being conniv'd at amongst usz
And that none of us may fraudulently do ill things of this
kind for the future, and make a Pretence to Ignorance,
We have all publickly and voluntarily fet our Hands, de-
fering the true Intent and Meaning hereof may take place
without the leaft Evafion, it being (as we very well know)
for our common Intereft and publick good, that not one
of us employ'd on this dangerous and remote Undertaking,
might be ſo unhappy to arrive at his wifh'd for Country
and Habitation poor and dejected: And being throughly
fenfible of the Neceffity of this Agreement, we have fet
our Hands.
Sign'd by all the Officers and Men in each Ship
in fight of California, Nov. 11. 1709.
Nov. 13. The Water being diſcolour'd, and we
near the Shore, we hove the Lead but found no
Ground.
The Cali- Nov. 17. Yefterday we fent the Bark to look for
fornians Water on the Main, and this Morning they re-
come off in turn'd, having feen wild Indians who padled to them
Bark-logs,
and Speak' on Bark-Logs; they were fearful of coming near
with our our People at firft, but were foon prevail'd with
Men,
to accept of a Knife or two and fome Bays, for
which they return'd 2 Bladders of Water, a Couple
of live Foxes, and a dear Skin. Till now we thought
the Spaniards had Miffionaries among thofe Peo-
ple, but they being quite naked, having no fign
of European Commodities, nor the leaft Word of
Spanish; we conclude they are quite favage. We
diſpatch'd
Cruifing off Cape St. Lucas.
285
diſpatch'd the Bark and Boat a fecond Time with 1709.
odd Trifles, in hopes to get fome Refreſhment
from 'em,
2.
The Pover-
Nov. 19. Before Sun fet laft Night we could per-
ceive our Bark under the Shore, and having little Californi-
ty of the
Wind the drove moſt part of the Night, that fhe ans.
might be near us in the Morning. We fent our
Pinnace, and brought the Men aboard, who told
us, that their new Acquaintance were grown very
familiar, but were the pooreft Wretches in Nature,
and had no manner of Refreſhment for us. They
came freely aboard to eat fome of our Victuals;
and by Signs invited our Men afhore; the Indians
fwama-fhore in the Water to guide the Bark Logs,
that our Men were on, there being too much Sea to
land out of our Boat: After they got fafe on Shore Some of
the Indians led each of our Men betwixt two of our Men
go aſboar
'em, up the Bank, where there was an old naked in Cali-
Gentleman with a Deer-skin fpread on the Ground, fornia.
on which they kneeled before our People, who did How they
the like, and wip'd the Water off their Faces, tertain'd
without a Cloth; thofe that led them from the
Water-fide, took the fame Care of 'em for a quar- tives.
ter of a Mile, and led them very flowly thro' a nar-
now Path to their Hutts, where they found a dull
Muſician rubbing two jagged Sticks a-crofs each
other, and humming to it, to divert and welcome
their new Guefts. After the Ceremonies were o-
ver, our People fat on the Ground with them, eat
broil'd Fish, and were attended back in the fame
manner, with the Indian Mufick. The Savages
brought a Sample of every thing they had except
their Women, Children, and Arms, which we find
are not common to Strangers: Their Knives made
of Sharks Teeth, and a few other of their Curi-
ofities, our People brought aboard to me, which
I have preferved to fhew what Shifts may be made.
Νου.
were en-
by the Na-
286
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1709.
Nov. 21. Laft Night we faw a Fire afhore, which
we interpreted to be a Signal from the Inhabitants,
that they had got fomething extraordinary for us;
and we wanting Refreshments, fent our Bark and
Boat this Morning with one of our Muſicians, to
fhew that we could at least equal them in Muſick.
Nov. 22. Our Boat return'd and brought an Ac-
count, that they had found a very good Bay, with
a freſh Water River, and that they faw near 500
Indians, who lived there in finall Hutts, but had
no Recruit for us, befides a little Fiſh. They met
them as customary, and pilotted the Bark to that
Place, which we fuppofe was the fame that Sir
Thomas Cavendish recruited at in Queen Elizabeth's
Time, Anno 1588.
Nov. 23. Our main Top-Gallant-Maft being
broke, we got up another, but the Rope breaking
the Maft fell down upon the Deck, amongst the
Men, but by God's Providence hurt no body. At
We fprung 8 laft Night our Ship fprung a Leak; fo that we
were forced to keep one Pump a going.
a Leak.
Nov. 25. Capt. Courtney came aboard in his Yawl,
and complain'd his Stock of Water was almoſt
fpent; I agreed with him to fend in our Pinnace,
and a Bark, to fupply them with Water.
༡
Nov. 26. This Morning our Pinnace return'd
from Shore, brought 3 Barrels of Water, and 2 ve-
ry large Fiſh from the Indians, which ferv'd moft
of the Ships Company. Thofe that came from the
Shore obferved the Indians were not fo friendly to
our Men as cuſtomary.
Nov. 27. They refus'd to let them come a-
fhore after it was Night, which could not be
to prevent their thieving, becauſe the miferable.
Wretches had nothing to lofe; yet they are jea-
Tous to keep what they have; and though they make
no Uſe of their Land, might be afraid of Ri-
vals.
Nov.
Cruizing off Cape St. Lucas.
287
Nov. 28. Yefterday in the Afternoon we heard 1709.
the Marquifs fire a Gun, which was anfwer'd by Our Con-
the Dutchess, who had the middle Birth. We tackt forts mi-
immediately, and made all poffible Sail, fuppofing fake, and
they had ſeen a Stranger; the Marquis ftood to us give us
Chafe
towards the Shore, and we foon met her; by 4 a
Clock I was aboard them, and enquiring into the
Caufe of the Alarm, was furpriz'd to hear they
took us for the Manila Ship, and the Gun they
fired was to alarm the Dutchess to give chaſe, as fhe
had done all the day, tho' not regarded by us, who
khew the Marquifs, and admir'd they could miſtake
the Duke. Immediately each Ship return'd to his
Statione
foon after our Main-tye gave way, and our
Main-yard came down at once, but did no other
Damage. This Morning we faw the Bark coming
off Shore, where fhe had been becalm'd; being
longer wanting than ufual, we were afraid they
were cut off by the Indians. We got our Bale
Goods up from abaft to fee for the Leak, but all
to no purpofe; we found fome of the Bales that
had receiv'd old Damages, which we dry'd and re-
pack'd, and fold what was damaged among the
Ship's Company.
Nov. 29. Laft Night our Lazareto Door being
broke open, and lofing Bread and Sugar, this Morn-
ing I order'd a Search, and found the Thief; I
blam'd the Steward for his Remifnefs; he told me
he lay next the Door, with the Key faftned to his
Privy Parts, becaufe he had it once ftoln out of
his Pocket, I fuppofe by the fame Thief, who was
fo dextrous to get it now without difturbing him;
but not being ingenious enough to faften it to the
fame Place, he was difcover'd: His Mefs-mate was
alfo guilty, but knowing his Friends in Bristol, I
was unwilling to punish him, tho' Provifions being
carce, it makes the Crime the greater, for we ex-
pect no Recruit till we get to the East Indies. I
order'd
288
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709. order'd the first to be feverely whipt at the Geers',
and the other and a Dutchman to be afterwards left
with him in Irons.
Dec. 9. Mr. Duck the Mafter of the Bark came
aboard, and prefented me with fome Dolphins he
had from the Indians. I order'd our Maſter to go
with him, and endeavour, if poffible, to diſcover
the Shore along to the Northward, to find out a
better Harbour than that where the Indians lived,
and if they met with the Dutchess, to tell Capt.
Courtney, I thought it convenient for one of the
Ships to go into the Bay we had already difcover'd,
and there to take in Water and Wood, &c. fo to
fit our Ships by turns to fave time, and confequently
Provifions, which begin to grow fhort with us.
We were now fomething dubious of ſeeing the
Manila Ship, becauſe it's near a Month after the
time they generally fall in with this Coaſt.
Dec. 14. Yeſterday I went aboard the Dutchefs,
where 'twas agreed the Marquifs fhould go into the
Harbour and refit with all manner of Difpatch. In
the mean time we to keep the outer Birth, and the
Dutchefs to be betwixt us and the Shore, and to
cruize but 8 Days longer, .without we had a Pro-
fpect of the Manila Ship, becauſe our Provifions
grow fhort.
Dec. 20. Having compar'd our Stock of Bread,
and of what would ferve to prolong it, we agreed
that a Committee fhould be held, and that every
one ſhould give his Opinion in Writing, whether
we ſhould attempt taking a Town to victual us,
and fo continue the Cruize for fome time longer;
or to make all poffible Diſpatch to refit, and fail
hence for the Iſland Guam, one of the Ladrones, and
there if poffible to get a freſh Recruit. My Opi-
nion was as follows.
On
Cruifing off Cape St. Lucas.
289
On board the Ship Duke, cruiſing off Cape
St. Lucas in California, this 19th of De-
cember, 1709.
Eight Days ago I was with Capts. Courtney and
Cooke, and computed what Bread there might
be left aboard the 3 Ships; and we all agreed there
might be 64 Days Bread of all forts for each Ship, when
equally divided.
}
Since which Time there is 87
Days Spent, So that there 56 Days Bread.
fhould be left no more than
But on a Rumage of both?
Ships Duke and Dutchefs,
and strictly computing eve-14 Days more Bread.
rything that will help pro- |
long our Bread, we hope to
make
to
P
Which may be in all 70 Days Bread to come.
We must expect before we can
get fitted hence to spend at
leaft 9 Days, and add to
that our
Paffage to
which we can't think will
be less than 50 Days, is J
59 Days Bread.
II
By this Acccount, which is the utmoſt,II Days
Bread will be left when we come to Guam.
I am of opinion now we have ſearch'd each others
Ships to prevent Frauds, that there can be no more
than II Days Bread left when we come to Guam,
as above, except we shorten our Allowance very much,
U
which
1709.
290
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709. which we can't do till driven to the laft Extremity,
our Allowance being very small already; but if we
fhould have an unexpected long Paffage from hence to
Guam, it will go hard with us at the prefent Al-
lowance, befides we are not certain of a Recruit at
Guam.
By the foregoing Account it's plain what Flower
and Bread-kind we have left, and the rifque we
must now run to get to the Eaft-Indies, with fo
mean a Stock. This I doubt not will be full Satif-
faction to our Imployers, that we have prolonged our
Cruize to the utmoft Extent, in hopes to meet the
Rich Manila Ship: But fince Fortune has not fa-
vour'd us, we must think of other Methods to pro-
mote our Safety and Intereft. Except we refolve to
take a Town here to victual us, 'tis evident we can't
cruize, and 'tus my Opinion, that now our Time is
So far spent, we ought to attempt nothing more in
thefe Seas, left our too long Stay might be the Lofs
of all, because the Worm has already entred our Shea-
thing. For thefe and other Reafons, I think it
highly neceffary, that from this Inftant we make all
manner of Difpatch to fit, and fail bence for the
Island of Guam, one of the Ladrones Iflands, and
there, if possible, to get a fresh Recruit, and confult
bow farther to proceed for the Interest of our Imploy-
ers, and our own Advantage and Reputation. This
I give as my Opinion aboard the Dutchefs, this 20th
of December, 1709.
Woodes Rogers.
This my Opinion being perufed with the refl,
we came to the following Refolve.
WE
Cruizing off Cape St. Lucas.
291
WE
1709.
We agree
7 ecruit,
E the Officers prefent in a Committee on board
the Dutchefs, having farther confidered our to fail to
Short Store of Bread and Bread-kind, and finding it Guam, or
too little to continue our Cruize longer here for the Ma- fome other
nila Ship, do therefore now agree to get a Harbour, and Place to
there to recruit with the utmost dispatch, and fail for
the Island of Guam, or any other Place where we can
revictual. We deſign to confult farther of our next Pro-
ceedings, when in Harbour. This is our preſent Opinion.
Witness our Hands this 20th of December, 1709.
Signed by the Officers of the Committee.
At figning this in the Committee we all looked
very melancholy and difpirited, becauſe ſo low in
Provifions, that if we fhould not reach Guam in the
limited Time, or accidentally miſs it, we fhall not
have enough till we arrive at any other Place.
Neceffity forces us to defign from hence to
Guam, and thence to the East Indies; for if we had
Proviſions to go back round Cape Horne, and to ftop
in Brazil, and there to fell our Europe Prize Goods,
it might be much more for our Advantage, and be
fooner at Great Britain...
Dec. 21. Purſuant to Yefterday's Agreement we
made the best of our Way into the Harbour call'd
by Sir Tho. Cavendish Port Segura, where the Mar-
quifs was refitting; but having Calms most part of
the Afternoon, and a Current fetting to Leeward,
we rather loft than got ground. Towards Morn-
ing there fprung up a Gale, and we found our
felves to Leeward of the Port, tho' we took all Ad-
vantages of the Wind: But to our great and joyful Difcover
Surprize, about 9 a Clock the Man at Maft-head the Mani-
cry'd out he faw a Sail befides the Durchefs and la Ship,
Bark, bearing Weft half South of us, diftant about
Leagues. We immediately hoifted our Enfign,
and bore away after her, the Dutchefs foon did the
U 2
fame :
292 A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1709. fame; but it falling calm, I order'd the Pinnace
to be mann'd and arm'd, and feft her away to
make what ſhe was: Some were of opinion 'twas
the Marquifs come out of the Harbour, and to con-
firm this, faid they could difcern the Sail to have
no Fore-top maft; fo the Boat being not out of
call, return'd back, and we put a Cap in her for
the Marquifs, then fent her away again, by which
time it was Noon. The Cape then bore N.N. E.
of us, diftant about 5 Leagues.
Dec. 22. We had very little Wind all Yefterday
Afternoon; fo that we near'd the Ship very flow-
ly, and the Boat not returning kept us in a lan-
guiſhing Condition, and occafion'd ſeveral Wagers,
whether 'twas the Marquifs or the Acapulco Ship.
We kept fight of our Boat, and could not perceive
her to go aboard the Ship, but made towards the
Dutchess's Pinnace, who was rowing to them; they
lay together fome time, then the Dutchess's Boat
went back to their Ship again, and ours kept dog-
ging the Stranger, tho' at a good diſtance, which
gave us great hopes that 'twas the Manila Ship. I
fent Mr. Frye aboard the Dutchefs in our Yawl, to
know what News, and if the Ship was not the
Marquifs, to agree how to engage her. We then
hoiſted a French Enfign, and fired a Gun, which
the Stranger anfwer'd. Mr. Frye return'd with the
joyful News that it was the Ship we had fo impa-
tiently waited for, and deſpair'd of feeing her.
We agreed the 2 Pinnaces fhould tend her all Night,
and keep fhowing falfe Fires, that we might know
whereabouts they and the Chafe was; and if we
were fo fortunate to come up with her together,
agreed to board her at once. We made a clear Ship
before Night, had every thing in a Readineſs to
engage her at Day-break, and kept a very good
Look-out all Night for the Boat's falfe Fires, which
we faw and anfwer'd frequently. At Day-break
we
i
Engaging the Manila Ship.
293
we ſaw the Chafe upon our Weather-Bow, about 1709.
a League from us, the Dutchess a-head of her to
Purfue the
Leeward near about half as far. Towards 6 our Manila
Boat came aboard, having kept very near the Chafe Ship.
all Night, and receiv'd no Damage, but told us
the Dutchess pass'd by her in the Night, and the fired
2 Shot at them, but they return'd none. We had no
Wind, but got out 8 of our Ships Oars, and rowed
above an Hour; then there fprung up a small
Breeze. I order'd a large Kettle of Chocolate to Engages
be made for our Ship's Company (having no
ípiri-3
tous Liquor to give them ;) then we went to Pray-
ers, and before we had concluded were diſturb'd
by the Enemy's firing at us. They had Barrels
hanging at each Yard-Arm, that look'd like Pow-
der Barrels, to deter us from boarding 'em. About
8 a Clock we began to engage her by our felves,
for the Dutchess being to Leeward, and having little
Wind, did not come up. The Enemy fired her
Stern Chafe upon us firft, which we return'd with
our Fore Chafe feveral times, till we came nearer,
and when cloſe aboard each other, we gave her
feveral Broad-fides, plying our Small Arms very
briskly, which they return'd as thick a while, but
did not ply their great Guns half fo faft as we.
After fome time we fhot a little ahead of them,
lay thwart her Hawfe cloſe aboard, and plyed them
fo warmly, that fhe foon ftruck her Colours two
thirds down. By this time the Dutchess came up, Take bera
and fired about 5 Guns, with a Volley of Small
Shot, but the Enemy having fubmitted, made no
Return. We fent our Pinnace aboard, and brought
the Captain with the Officers away, and having
examin'd 'em, found there was another Ship came
out of Manila with them, of a bigger Burthen, ha-
ving about 40 Brafs Guns mounted, and as many
Patereroes; but they told us they loft her Compa-
ny 3 Months ago, and reckon'd he was got to
V 3
Асът
1
294
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1
1709 Acapulco before this time, fhe failing better than
this Ship. This Prize was call'd by the long Name
of Noftra Seniora de la Incarnacion Difenganio, Sir
John Pichberty Commander; fhe had 20 Guns, 20
Patereroes, and 193 Men aboard, whereof 9 were
kill'd, 10 wounded, and feveral blown up and burnt
with Powder. We engag'd 'em about 3 Glaffes,
༡
in which time we had only my felf and another
Man wounded. I was fhot thro' the Left Cheek,
I my felf the Bullet ftruck away great part of my upper Jaw,
dange and feveral of my Teeth, part of which dropt down
wounded. upon the Deck, where I fell; the other, Will. Powell,
L
ጋ
an Irish Land-man, was flightly wounded in the
Buttock. They did us no great Damage in our
Rigging, but a fhot difabled our Mizen Maft. I
was forced to write what I would fay, to prevent
the Lofs of Blood, and becauſe of the Pain I fuf-
fer'd by speaking.
Dec. 22, After we had put our Ships to rights
again, we ſtood in for the Harbour, which bore
N. E. of us, diftant about 7 Leagues. Our Sur-
geons went aboard the Prize to drefs the wounded
Men.
Dec. 24. About 4 Yefterday Afternoon we got to
an Anchor in Port Segura in 25 Fathom Water,
found the Marquifs in a failing Pofture, and all the
Company much overjoy'd at our unexpected good
Fortune, In the Night I felt fomething clog my
Throat, which I fwallow'd with much Pain, and
fuppofe it's a part of my Jaw Bone, or the Shot,
which we can't yet give an account of. I foon re-
cover'd my felf; but my Throat and Head being
very much fwell'd, have much ado to fwallow any
fort of Liquids for Suftenance. At 8 the Commit-
tee metaboard us, and agreed that the Dutchefs and
Marquifs fhould immediately go out, and cruize 8
Days for the other Ship, being in hopes the had
not pafs'd us; in the mean time we and the Prize to
itay
At Anchor on the Coast of California.
295
ſtay and refit,and diſpatch the Priſoners away in the 1709.
Bark, and if we could get Security from the Guia-
quil Hoftages for the Payment of the Remainder of
the Ranfom, to let 'em go likewife. We lie land-
lockt from the E. by N. to the S.S.E. diftant from
the Eaſtermoft Point about 4 Mile, from the Sou-
thermoft Rock about half a Mile, and near the
fame Diſtance off Shore. The Committee we
held refolv'd as follows.
On board the Duke riding in Port Segura on
the Coaft of California, Dec. 24. 1709.
Aving Information from the Prisoners taken on
board the Prize the 22d inftant, bound from Ma-
nila to Acapulco, that they came out in company with
another Ship bound for the fame Port, from which they
parted in Lat. 35. N. It is refolved that Capt. Court-
ney in the Dutchefs, and Capt, Cooke in the Mar-
quifs, do forthwith go out upon a Cruiſe for 8 Days, to
look after the faid Ship.
Signed by the Majority of the Council,
Capt. Courtney, Cooke, and their Officers of the
Council, would not agree that the Duke and Dut-
chefs fhould go out as I defir'd, with moſt of the
Men belonging to the Marquis divided between
them, in order to cruife for the biggeſt Acapulco
Ship, which we were in hopes had not paffed us ;
and by being thus well mann'd, might if they meet
her carry her by boarding at once, and that in the
mean time the Marquifs with a very ſmall number
of Men might be fufficient to ſtay in the Port, and
fend off the Bark with the Prifoners.
But there having been fome Reflections amongſt
the Sailors becauſe the Dutchefs did not engage this
Prize
U 4
296
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709. Prize before the Duke came up, it made them ob
ftinate to cruize for her without us, and the Offi-
cers of our Conforts being agreed, made the Ma-
jority of our Council; fo that according to the
foregoing Committee we were obliged to ftay in
the Harbour againſt our Will.
We fee the
Dec. 25. Laft Night the Dutchess and Marquifs
went out: We put 10 good Hands aboard the Dut-
chefs, that if they ſhould be fo fortunate as to fee
the Great Ship, they might be the better able to at-
tack her. In the Morning we began to put part of
the Goods aboard the Bark into the Prize, in order
to fend the Priſoners. away. Capt. Dover and Mr.
Stretton, who were aboard the Prize, came to me,
and we all agreed to fend off the Guiaquil Hoftages,
the Captain of the Manila Ship (who was a French
Chevalier) having given us 5 Bills of Exchange
for the fame, payable in London for 6000 Dollars,
being 2000 more than the Ranfom Money, for
which we allow'd him the Benefit of the Bark and
Cargo, the Captain and Hoftages giving us Certi-
ficates, that it was a Bargain concluded at their
own Requeſts, and very much to their advantage.
Sir John Pichberty being, we hope, à Man of Ho-
nour, will not fuffer his Bills to be protefted, fince
we have fo generously trufted him, tho' a Prifoner,
without a Hoftage, which is always demanded for
lefs Sums.
Dec. 25. We plac'd two Centries to keep a good
Look-out upon the Top of a Hill, with Orders if
they faw Sail in the Offing, to make 3 Waffs
with their Colours.
Dec 26. Yesterday Afternoon the Centrys made
other Ma- 3 Waffs, and we immediately fent the Yawl to
nila Ship them for better Satisfaction, and found there were
fye bar.
3 Sail out at Sea; upon which we immediately
put all the Prisoners aboard the Bark, taking away
and prev-
M
her
Cruifing off Cape St. Lucas.
927
her Sails, and fetch'd our Men aboard, leaving on-
ly 22 Hands belonging to us, aboard the Prize,
to help refit and look after her. The Prifoners,
who were about 170, being fecur'd aboard our
Bark, without Arms, Rudder, Sails, or a Boat,
and moar'd near a Mile from our Prize, a few more
of our Men than was fufficient to give them Vi-
&tuals and Drink, might have guarded them very
fafely; yet for the more Security, we left a Lieu-
tenant of each Ship, and the above Men well arm'd
aboard our Prize,and immediately weigh'd in order
to go and affift our Conforts to attack the great
Ship, which then came in fight. Capt. Dover
thought fit to go on board the Prize, and exchange
Pofts with one of the Lieutenants that guarded the
Priſoners, and ſent him to us in his ftead. I was
in fo weak a Condition, and my Head and Throat
fo much fwell'd, that I yet ſpoke in great Pain, and
not loud enough to be heard at any diſtance; fo
that all the rest of the chief Officers, and our Sur-
geons, would have perfwaded me to ftay in the
Harbour in Safety aboard our Prize. We weigh'd
our Anchors, and got under Sail by 7 a Clock:
We faw Lights feveral times in the Night, which
we took to be our Conforts Boats making falfe
Fires. In the Morning at Day-break we faw 3
Sail to Windward of us, but were fo far diftant,
that we could not make which were our Conforts,
and which the Chafe, till about 9 a Clock, when
we ſaw the Dutchefs and Chafe near together, and
the Marquifs ftanding to them with all the Sail fhe
could crowd. We made what Sail we could, but
were to Leeward of them 3 or 4 Leagues, and ha-
ving a ſcant Wind, made little Way. At Noon
they bore S.E. of us, being right to Windward a-
bout 3 Leagues.
In the Afternoon we faw the Marquifs come up
with the Chafe, and engage her pretty briskly;
bur
298
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1709. but foon fell to Leeward 'out of Cannon-ſhot, and
lay a confiderable Time, which made us think ſhe
was ſome way or other difabled. I order'd the
Pinnace to be mann'd, and fent her away to her,
that if what we fufpected prov'd true, and we had
not Wind to get up with them before Night, our
Boat might dog the Chafe with Signals till the
Morning, that the might not efcape us and the
other Ships; but before the Boat could get up with
them, the Marquifs made fail and came up with
the Chafe, and both went to it again briskly for 4
Glaffes and upwards: Then the Ship which we
took to be the Dutchefs ftretch'd a-head to Windward
of the Enemy, I fuppofe to fix her Rigging, or ftop
her Leaks; mean while the other kept her in play
till fhe bore down again, and each firing a Broad-
fide or two, left off, becaufe 'twas dark: They
then bore South of us, which was right in the
Wind's Eye, diftant about 2 Leagues. By Mid-
night we were pretty well up with them, and our
Boat came aboard, having made falfe Fires, which
we anſwer'd: They had been on board the Dut-
chefs and Marquifs, and told me the former had her
Foremaft much difabled, and the Ring of an An-
chor fhot away, with feveral Men wounded, and
one kill'd, having receiv'd a Shot in their Powder
Room, and feveral in their upper Works, but all
topt. They engag'd the Ship by themſelves the
Night before, which was what we took to be the
Boats Lights, being out of the hearing of the Guns.
At that time they could perceive the Enemy was
in diforder, her Guns not being all mounted, and
confequently their Netting-deck and Clofe-Quar-
ters unprovided; fo that had it been my good
Fortune in the Duke to accompany the Dut-
chefs, as defired, we all believe we might
then have carried this great Ship; or if they
in the Dutchess had thought of taking moft of the
Men
Engaging the bigger Manila Ship.
299
very
Men out of the Marquis, who did not fail well
enough to come up to their Affiftance at firft, they
alone might very probably have taken her by
Boarding at once, before the Spaniards had expe-
rienc'd our Strength, being afterwards fo well pro-
vided, as encouraged them to lie driving, and give
us all Opportunity to board them when we pleas'd.
Capt. Cooke Lent me word, that the Marquifs had
fired near all her Shot and Powder, but had efcap'd
very well both in Mafts, Rigging and Men. I
fent our Boat with 3 Barrels of Powder, and Shot
in proportion, and Lieut. Frye, to confult our Con-
forts how to engage the Enemy to the beſt ad-
vantage at Break of Day. The Chafe had made
Signals to our Ship all the Day and Night, becauſe
fhe took us for her Confort, which we had in pof-
feffion, and after 'twas dark had edg'd away to us,
elfe I fhould not have been up with her, having
little Wind, and that against us. In the Morn-
ing as foon as 'twas Day, the Wind veering at once,
put our Ship about, and the Chaſe fired firſt upon
the Dutchefs, who by means of the Wind's veering
was neareſt the Enemy; fhe return'd it fmartly:
we ftood as near as poffible, firing as our Güns
came to bear; but the Dutchess being by this time
thwart the Spaniards Hawfe, and firing very faft,
thofe Shot that mifs'd the Enemy flew from the
Dutchefs over us, and betwixt our Mafts, fo that
we ran the rifque of receiving more Damage from
them than from the Enemy, if we had lain on
her Quarters and crofs her Stern, as I defign'd,
while the Enemy lay driving. This forced us to
lie along fide, clofe aboard her, where we kept
firing round Shot, and did not load with any Bar
or Partridge, becauſe the Ship's Sides were too
thick to receive any Damage by it, and no Men
appearing in fight, it would only have been a
Clog to the Force of our Round Shot. We kept
clofe
1708.
300 A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
ced to let
ber go.
1709. cloſe aboard her, and drove as fhe did as near as
Had a de- poffible. The Enemy kept to their clofe Quarters,
fo that we did not fire our Small Arms till we faw
Sperate
Engage- a Man appear, or a Port open; then we fired as
ment with quick as poffible. Thus we continued for 4 Glaf-
her, and fes, about which time we received a Shot in the
were for-
Main Maft, which much difabled it; foon after
that the Dutchefs and we firing together, we
came both cloſe under the Enemy, and had like
to have been all aboard her, fo that we could make
little ufe of our Guns. Then we fell a-ftern in
our Birth along fide, where the Enemy threw a
Fire-ball out of one of her Top, which lighting
upon our Quarter-deck, blew up a Cheft of Arms
and Cartouch Boxes all loaded, and feveral Car-
tridges of Powder in the Steerage, by which means
Mr. Vanbrugh, our Agent, and a Dutchman, were
very much burnt; it might have done more Da-
mage, had it not been quench'd as foon as poffible.
After we got clear of each other, the Dutchess ſtood
in for the Shore, where fhe lay brac'd to, mend-
ing her Rigging, &c. The Marquifs fired feveral
Shot, but to little purpoſe, her Guns being fmall.
We were cloſe aboard feveral times afterwards, till
at laft we receiv'd a fecond Shot in the Main Maft
not far from the other, which rent it miferably,
and the Maft ſettl'd to it, fo that we were afraid it
would drop by the board, and having our Rigging
ſhatter'd very much, we fheer'd off, and brought to,
making a Signal to our Conforts to confult what to
do; in the interim we got ordinary Fiſhes for a
port to the Main-maft, and faften'd'it as well as
we could to fecure it at prefent. Capt, Courtney
Our Rea- and Capt. Cooke came aboard with other Officers,
where we confider'd the Condition the 3 Ships
were in, their Mafts and Rigging being much dam-
nified in a Place where we could get no Recruit,
that if we engag'd her again, we could propofe to
Jons for
giving or
ver the
Fight.
o-
do
Engaging the bigger Manila Ship.
301
do no more than what we had already done, which
was evident did her no great Hurt, becauſe we
could perceive few of our Shot enter'd her Sides to
any purpoſe, and our Small Arms avail'd lefs, there
being not a Man to be ſeen above-board 3 that the
leaft thing in the World would bring our Main-
maft, and likewife the Dutchess Fore-maft by the
board, either of which by its Fall might carry a-
way another Maft, and then we ſhould lie a Bat-
tery for the Enemy, having nothing to command
our Ships with, fo that by his heavy Guns he
might either fink or take us: That if we went to
board her, we fhould run a greater hazard in lo-
fing a great many Men with little Hopes of Suc-
cefs, they having above treble the Number aboard
to oppofe us, and there being now in all our 3
Ships not above 120 good Men fit for boarding,
and thoſe but weak, having been very fhort of Pro-
viſions a long time; befides we had the Difadvan-
tage of a Netting-deck to enter upon, and a Ship
every other way well provided; fo that if we had
boarded her, and been forc'd off, or left any of
our Men behind, the Enemy by that means might
have known our Strength, and then gone into the
Harbour and took poffeffion of the Prize in fpight
of all we could do to prevent it: Beſides, our Am-
munition was very fhort, having only enough to
engage a few Glaffes longer. All this being feri-
oully confider'd, and knowing the Difficulty we
fhould have to get Mafts, and the Time and Pro-
viſions we muft fpend before we could get 'em
fitted, 'twas refolved to forbear attempting her fur-
ther, fince our battering her fignify'd little, and
we had not Strength enough to board her: There-
fore we agreed to keep her company till Night,
then to lofe her, and make the beſt of our way in-
to the Harbour to fecure the Prize we had already
took. We engag'd firſt and laſt about fix or ſeven
Hours,
1709.
1
302
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1709. Hours, during all which time we had aboard the
Duke but eleven Men wounded, 3 of whom were
fcorch'd with Gun-powder. I was again unfortu-
nately wounded in the Left Foot with a Splinter
juft before we blew up on the Quarter-deck, fo that
I could not ftand, but lay on my Back in a great
deal of Mifery, part of my Heel-bone being ftruck
out, and all under my Ankle cut above half thro',
which bled very much, and weaken'd me, before it
could be dreffed and ftopt. The Dutchefs had about
20 Men killed and wounded, 3 of the latter and one
༢
of the former were my Men. The Marquifs had
none kill'd or wounded, but 2 fcorch'd with Pow-
der. The Enemy's was a brave lofty new Ship,
the Admiral of Manila, and this the firft Voyage
The had made; fhe was call'd the Bigonia, of about
900 Tuns, and could carry 60 Guns, about 40 of
which were mounted, with as many Patereroes,
all Brafs; her Complement of Men on board, as
we were inform'd, was above 450, befides Paffen-
gers. They added, that 1so of the Men on board
this great Ship were Europeans, feveral of whom had
been formerly Pirates, and having now got all their
Wealth aboard, were refolved to defend it to the
laft. The Gunner, who had a good Poft in Ma-
nila, was an expert Man, and had provided the Ship
extraordinary well for Defence, which made them
fight fo deſperately; they had filled up all between
the Guns with Bales to fecure the Men. She kept
a Spanish Flag at her Main-top-maft Head all the
time fhe fought us; we fhatter'd her Sails and
Rigging very much, fhot her Mizon-yard, kill'd
two Men out of her Tops, which was all the Da-
mage we could fee we did 'em; tho' we could not
place less than 500 Shot (6 Pounders) in her Hull.
Theſe large Ships are built at Manila with excel-
lent Timber, that will not fplinter; they have ve-
ry thick Sides, much stronger than we build in
Europes
I
Engaging the bigger Manila Ship.
303
Europe. Whilft the Officers were aboard us, Capt. 1709.
Courtney and others defir'd that what we had agreed
upon might be put in Writing, and fign'd by as
many as were prefent, to prevent falfe Reflections
hereafter, which was done as follows.
At a Committee held on board the Duke,
after we had engag'd the bigger Manila.
Ship, December 27. 1709.
WE
E having confider'd the Condition of all our 3
Ships, and that our Mafts are much damnified
in engaging the Manila Ship, do think it for the In-
tereft of the whole to forbear any further Attempts
upon her, having no Probability of taking her, but to do
our endeavours to fecure the Prize we have already took,
which will be much more for the Honour and Interest of
our felves and Country. This is oar Opinion, in witness
whereof we have fet our Hands, the Day and Year a-
bove-written.
Woodes Rogers,
Stephen Courtney,
William Dampier,
Edw. Cooke,
Rob. Frye,
Tho. Glendall,
Lan. Appleby,
Charles Pope,
Henry Oliphant,
Alex. Selkirk,
Nath, Scotch,
John Kingston,
John Connely,
John Piller.
John Bridge,
}
Thus ended our Attempt on the biggeft Manila
Ship, which I have heard related fo many ways at
home, that I thought it neceffary to fet down eve-
ry particular Circumftance of it, as it ftood in my
Journal. Had we been together at firft, and board-
ed her, we might probably have taken this great
Prize; but after the Enemy had fixed her Netting-
deck and cloſe Quarters, they valued us'very little.
I be-
304
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1709. I believe alſo we might have burnt her with one
of our Ships, but that was objected againſt by all
the Officers, becauſe we had Goods of Value on
board all our 3 Ships. The Enemy was the better
provided for us, becauſe they heard at Manila from
our English Settlements in India, that there were 2
fmall Ships fitted from Bristol, that defign'd to at-
tempt them in the South Seas. This was told us by
the Prifoners we took on board the other Ship.
•
When I propofed parting Companies at the
Tres Marias, and to cruiſe for the Acapulco Ship
from Manila with our Ship and Bark at one Sta-
tion, and the Dutchefs and Marquifs at another,
we then expected but one Ship from Manila, and
fhe not fo well provided as the leaft Ship now was;
tho' as we have found it, we might probably have
been better afunder, for then I make little queftion
but we fhould have got fome Recruit of Provifions,
and confequently our Men had been ftronger and
better in heart to have boarded this great Ship at
once, before they had been fo well provided; but
fince Providence or Fate will have it as it is, we
muſt be content.
י
Dec. 28. The Enemy lay braced to all the time
the Council held, and run out 4 Guns of her lower
Teer, expecting we would have the other Bruſh
with her; but when we made fail, fhe fil'd and
made away, W.N.W. and we betwixt the S.S.E. and
the S. cloſe upon a Wind. At 6 a Clock we fent
the Pinnace with fome Men into the Harbour to
fecure the Prize, not knowing what might happen
before we could get in with our Ships. We un-
rigg'd the Main-top-gallant Maft, and got it down,
fecuring our Main-maft with Runners and Tackles
every way we could contrive, had little Wind all
the Afternoon and Night, but this Morning a freſh
Breeze fprung up at E.S.E. and foon after we faw
nothing more of the great Ship.
Jan.
At Anchor in Port Segura on California.
305
Jan. 1. After we arriv'd again at Port Segura,
we diſpatch'd the Priſoners away in the Bark, and
likewife the Guiaquil Hoftages: having got Securi-
ty for the Money as aforefaid, we fupplied them
with Water and Provisions enough to carry 'em to
Acapulco; and gave Capt. Pichberty and his chief
Officers, with a Padre, their Clothes, Inftruments,
Books, &c. So that they parted very friendly,
and acknowledged we had been very civil to 'em,
of which they defired me to accept the following
Teftimony;
WE₂
E, whofe Names are hereto fubfcrib'd, do acé
knowledge, that ever fince we have been in the
Hands of Capt. Woodes Rogers, and Capt. Stephen
Courtney, Commanders of the Duke and Dutcheſs,
two Britiſh private Men of War, we have been by them
very civilly treated; and whatfoever we have tranfacted
or done, has been voluntary, and by our Confent, and
particularly in paſſing Bills, and Obligations, thro' the
Hands of Sir John Pichberty, for the Ransom of the
Town of Guiaquil, and other valuable Confiderations.
Witness our Hands on the Coaft of California.
Jan. 1. 1709.
Don John Pichberty,
Manuel de Punta.
Don Antonio Guttera, Manuel Hemanes.
I wrote a Letter to my Owners, to acquaint 'em
with our good Succefs, but could not be ſo full as
I would, becauſe I fent it by the Hand of an E-
nemy. We ſpent our Time till the 7th, in refit-
ting, wooding, and watering; and were very
glad to find as much Bread on board the Prize as
we hop'd might, with what we had left of our old
Store, make enough to ſubſiſt us in our next long
Run. Capt. Courtney and his Officers, with thofe
on board the Marquifs, are too willing to comple-
X
ment
17.
:
306
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
17. ment Capt. Dover with the chief Command of the
Prize; which till now I thought he would not
have accepted, his Pofts already being above a
Commander of any of our Prizes; but I and my
Officers are against it; becauſe we believe Capt.
Frye or others, are fitter Perfons to take Charge of
her, which we infifted on; and Capts. Courtney and
Cooke came to me, where they agreed to a Paper
that was drawn up while we were all together, in
fuch a Manner as I thought would have fatisfied
every one. Capt. Courtney carried this Agreement to
Capt. Dover to fign it,not doubting but all would be
content with what we had concluded; yet to our
Surprize, they ſpent the Remainder of the Day, and
inftead of making Capt. Dover comply with it, un-
did all, and brought a Paper which impower'd him
to be fole Commander, without the leaft Reftraint,
of not molefting thofe that fhould navigate the
Ship, but to order every thing as he fhould think fit.
3
•
Jan. 9. We fetch'd our 3 wounded Men from on
board the Dutchefs; one of 'em was Tho. Young, a
Welchman, who loft one of his Legs; the other,
Tho. Evans, a Welchman, whofe Face was miferably
torn; the third, John Gold, wounded in the Thigh;
and one died of his Wounds, viz. Emanuel Gonsalves,
a Portugueze: So that out of ten that went, only 6
return'd fafe. I fent a Letter to Capt. Courtney this
Morning, to know what Meaſures were going
forward; having heard nothing from him fince
the 7th Inftant, and defired that there might be no
lofs of time, but that the Committee might meet
once more, to try if they would make uſe of their
unby afs'd Reaſon. They were then all aboard the
Marquifs, where I heard they had, ever fince our
laft Meeting, concerted how to frame a Proteft a-
gainst me, and my Officers of the Committee,
which was immediately anſwer'd by a Proteft
from us, both which are as follows.
KNOW
1
At Anchor in Port Segura on California.
307
K
NOW all Men, by theſe Prefents, That We, the
Commanders of the Ships Dutchefs and Mar-
quifs, and other Officers, being the major Part of a Com-
mittee appointed by the Owners, for the regulating the
Affairs of the Ships Duke and Dutchefs, private Men
of War, till their Retin to Great Britain, as more
largely appears in their Orders and Inſtructions. Now,
whereas we have lately taken a rich Prize bound from
Manila to Acapulco, and the faid Ship being ſafe at
Anchor in a Bay near Cape St. Luke, on California,
We held a general Committee on board the Duke the 6th
Day of January, 1709-10. for appointing a Comman-
der and other Officers for the faid Prize, call'd by the
Spaniards, when in their Poffeffion, Noftra Seniora
del Incarnation de Singano, but now named by us
The Batchelor Frigate, wherein it was carried by
Majority of Votes for Capt. Thomas Dover, who came
out fecond Captain of the Duke, and Prefident of this
Committee, and Owner of a very confiderable Part of
both Ships, Duke and Dutchefs, to command the faid
Prize, we thinking him the most proper Perfon for the
Interest of the Owners and Company; we likewife pro-
pofing to put two of the best of our Officers on board, to
command under him, and manage the navigating Part of
the faid Ship during the Voyage, with other fubftantial
Officers and Men, fufficient to work the Ship and take
Care of ber.
NOW whereas Capt. Woodes Rogers, Commander
of the Duke, and feveral of his Officers, Members of
this Committee, did refufe to fign to the Agreement of the
faid Committee (the like never having been refus'd by a-
ny before, when carried by Majority of Voices) to ac-
knowledge the faid Capt. Thomas Dover Commander
of the Ship Batchelor Frigate; we do hereby, in the
behalf of the Owners of the Ships Duke and Dutchefs,
our felves and Company, Protest againſt the unadvis'd
Proceedings and Practice of the faid Capt. Woodes Ro-
X 2
gers,
17:2.3
?
1
i
308
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
17: gers, and the rest of the Officers of the Committee, that
refus'd to fign and agree to the fame, it being directly
contrary to the Owners Orders and Inftructions, (Refe
rence being had thereto) and the Union and Peace of the
Ships Companies (by them likewife recommended). And
whatever Damage may ensue, either by Lofs of Time,
Want of Provifions, or Men fufficient to manage the faid
Ship, or any Mutiny or Difagreement that may arise from
bence between the Ships Companies, or any other Difafter
whatsoever, &c. we do likewife Proteft against, in the
behalf of the Owners, ourselves, and Company, as a-
forefaid; expecting from the faid Captain Woodes Ro-
gers, and Officers of the Committee aforefaid, full Satis-
faction and Reparation of all Loffes and Damages what-
foever, that may happen to the faid Ship during her Voy-
age to Great Britain.
IN witneſs whereof, we the Commanders and Offi-
cers, being the major Part of the Committee, have fet.
our Hands, this 9th Day of January, 1709-10. on
board the Marquis, at Anchor near Cape St. Luke, on
California.
Sign'd by the Officers of the Dutchess
and Marquifs.
Which Proteft was anfwer'd by another from
WE
our Ship.
E the chief Officers in behalf of ourselves, and the
rest of the Ship's Company of the Duke, having
taken a rich Spaniſh Prize, in Confortſhip with the
Dutchefs and Marquifs, call'd Noftra Seniora del
Incarnacion de ingano, and did defign to use the fecureft
Methods to carry her to Great Britain, both forour Em
ployers Interest and our own Advantage. But being in a
remote part of the World, we offer'd and defired our Con-
forts to put one or more able Officers in the principal
charge of the aforesaid Prize, it being ſo valuable that a
Rem
At Anchor in Port Segura on California.
309
Retaliation for all our Rifques and Hardships is in her 172.
Riches, which highly behoves us to be very careful in pre-
Serving. But against all our Ships Company's Confent,
(tho' we are fo nearly concern'd) our faid Conforts Offi-
cers, Capt. Stephen Courtney, Capt. Edward Cooke,
Capt. William Dampier, Mr. William Stretton,
Mr. Charles Pope, Mr.John Connely, Mr. George
Milbourne, Mr. Rob. Knowlman, and Mr. John
Ballett, hatt fign'd an Inftrument, and combin'd toge-
ther, to put Capt. T. Dover in Command of the faid Ship.
We therefore (being inclin'd to Peace and Quietness a-
board, and not to use any Violence to remove the faid
Captain Dover out of the aforefaid forc'd Command, al-
though he is utterly uncapable of the Office) do hereby pub-
lickly Protest against the aforefaid Commander, and e-
very one of those that have already, or fhall hereafter
combine to place him in. The Ship now being in fafety,
we declare against all Damages that may arife or accrue
to the faid Ship, or Cargo under his Command; and
that the aforefaid Combiners, who have put the Care of
the faid Ship under an uncapable Command, we expect
are accountable and liable to us for all Damages that may
happen. This is our publick Proteft. Witnefs our Hands,
aboard the faid Ship Duke, riding at Anchor in a Port
of California, the 9th of January, 1709-10.
Sign'd by the Officers of the Duke.
'Twas our great Unhappineſs, after taking a rich
Prize, to have a Paper-War amongst our felves. I
am forry to trouble the Reader with thefe Dif
putes, which continued for two Days about a
proper Commander for this Prize; becauſe it
highly concern'd us to take the utmoft Precautions
for her Safety, having a long Run through dange-
rous unknown Paffages, into the East Indies, and
moſt of the Recompence for our great Rifques
and Hardſhips lay in her Riches. I had always
X 3
defired
310
A Cruising Voyage round the World,
17. defired that Capt, Dover might be aboard her, for
being a confiderable Owner, we all agreed he was
a very proper Perfon to take Care of her Cargo,
and to have all the Freedom and Accommodation
that could be made for him in that Ship, which was
of fuch vaft Confequence to us and our Employers,
that in their Inftructions to me, they ftrictly char-
ged me to uſe the fecureft Methods to bring her
fafe home, in cafe we ſhould be fo fortunate as we
now are, to take one of the Acapulco Ships: So
that after the Protefts were over on both fides, I
defired they might affemble together, and finally
determine what the Majority would agree on,
that no Time might be loft. So all the Council met
again on board the Batchelor, to endeavour an Ac-
commodation. I being very weak, and in much
Pain, was not able to ftir, therefore fent my Opi-
nion in Writing, as follows.
M²/
Y Opinion is, That 'tis not for the Safety of the
rich Spanish Prize, that Capt. Dover com-
mand her, becauſe his Temper is fo violent, that capa-
ble Men cannot well act under him, and himself is unca-
pable. Our Owners directed me to use the fecureft Me-
thod to bring the Ship home, if we ſhould have the good
Fortune to take ber; and 'tis not fo, if an ignorant Per-
fon bave the Command: And tho' it may be pretended that
be'll not command the failing Part, there are other Parts
neceſſary for a Commander; so that whosoever has the
Charge of one, ought to act wholly in the reft, or
or elſe
Confufion follows a mix'd Command, that would be very
pernicicus in this Cafe; and which it highly concerns us
to beware of. I am content, and defire Capt. Dover may
be aboard, and have Power to take Care of the Cargo, and
all the Liberty and Freedom in her, he can in reafon other-
wife defire, and that none may have the like Power on
board the Prize but himself. This is my Opinion.
Jan. 9. 1709-19.
Woodes Rogers.
At Anchor in Port Segura on California.
311
ww
This Difpute is againſt my Defire already put in 177
Print, from the publick Notes of the Voyage, o-
therwife I had left it wholly out of my Journal,
as I had done ſeveral other of our Differences, be-
ing unwilling to trouble the Reader with the Con-
tefts that too often happen'd in the Government
of our failing Common-wealth.
After a long Debate, they voted Mr. Frye
and Mr. Stretton, both to act in equal Pofts, to
take Charge of the navigating the Ship, tho' un-
der Capt. Dover, but they were to be no ways mo-
lefted, hinder'd nor contradicted in their Buſineſs by
him, whoſe Duty 'twas to fee that nothing fhould be
done contrary to the Intereft of the Owners, and
Ships Companies, in the Nature of an Agent, al-
moft in the fame Manner I propofed at firft, only
he had the Title of Chief Captain in that Ship,
which was fo fmall a Difference, where Titles are
fo common, that we all confented to it; and at
the fame time they chofe Officers, agreeing that
we ſhould put 30 Men aboard her, the Dutchefs 25,
and the Marquis 13, which with 36 Manila Indians,
call'd Las-Carrs, and other Priſoners we have left,
her Complement will be about 110 Men. The
Majority keeping to their firft Agreement I was
obliged to come into it according to my Inftru-
Єtions from our Owners; fo that all our Differen-
ces about this Affair were at an end, and we drank
to our fafe Arrival in Great Britain.
The Council agreed as follows.
At a Council held on board the Batchelor
Frigate, at Anchor in Port Segura, on Ca-
lifornia, Jan. 10. 17%.
I
Tis agreed, by the Majority of this Council, that
Capt. Robert Frye and Capt. William Stretton,
fhall both act in equal Pofts in the fole Navigating,
X 4
Sailing
312
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
17:
Sailing and Ingaging, if Occafion fhould be, under Capt.
Tho. Dover, on board the Batchelor Frigate, and
that the faid Capt. Tho. Dover fhall not moleft, binder
or contradict 'em in their Business; and we do appoint
Alexander Selkirk Mafter, Jofeph Smith chief Mate,
Benj. Parfons fecond Mate, Charles May Surgeon,
John Jones Carpenter, Rob. Hollinsby Boatswain,
Rich.Beakhoufe Gunner, Peirce Bray Cooper, James
Stretton and Richard Hickman Midshipmen, Denis
Reading Steward, and all other inferior Officers, as the
Commanders Shall think fit.
Sign'd by the Majority of our Council.
In the Morning we put 35 good Hands aboard
her. The Dutchefs and Marquifs put no more than
their Share. Mean while Capts. Courtney and Cooke,
and 2 or 3 more of the Committee came to me,where
༣
we fign'd a Paper for Capt. Dover and the two Com-
manders, recommending Peace and Tranquility
amongst them. And that in cafe of Separation,
the Place of Rendezvous was to be Guam, one of
the Ladrones Illands, where we deſign'd to touch at,
God willing, to get Provifions: Every thing be-
ing thus fettled, and all in a Readineſs to fail
before I proceed with the Relation of our Voy-
age from hence, I fhall give an Account of Cali-
fornia.
California defcribed.
;
T is not yet certainly known whether it be an
Ifland, or joins to the Continent, nor did either
cur Time or Circumftances allow us to attempt
the Diſcovery. I heard from the Spaniards; that
fome of their Nation had fail'd as far up betwixt
California and the Main, as Lat. 42 N. where
meeting
1
California Defcrib'd.
31 3
meeting with Shoal Water, and abundance of I-
flands, they durft not venture any further: So that
if this be true, in all Probability it joins to the
Continent, a little further to the Northward ; for
Shoal Water and Iſlands is a general Sign of being
near fome main Land: but the Spaniards having
more Territories in this Part of the World than
they know how to manage, they are not curious of
further Diſcoveries. The Manila Ships bound to
Acapulco often make this Coaſt in the Latitude of
40 North, and I never heard of any that dif
cover'd it farther to the Northward. Some old
Draughts make it to join to the Land of Jeſſo,
but all this being yet undetermin'd, I fhall not take
upon me to affirm whether it's an Iſland, or
joins to the Continent. The Dutch fay, they for-
merly took a Spaniſh Veffel in thofe Seas, which
had fail'd round California, and found it to be an
Iſland; but this Account can't be depended on,
and I chooſe to believe it joins to the Continent.
There is no certain Account of its Shape or Big-
nefs, and having feen fo little of it, I fhall refer
the Reader to our common Draughts for its Scitu-
ation. What I can fay of it from my own Know-
ledge is, That the Land where we were is for the
moft part mountainous, barren and fandy, and had
nothing but a few Shrubs and Buſhes, which pro-
duce Fruit and Berries of feveral Sorts. Our Men
who went in our Bark to view the Country about
15 Leagues to the Northward, fay it was there co-
ver'd with tall Trees. The Spaniards tell us of fe-
veral good Harbours in this Country, but we
found none of them near this Cape. We frequent-
ly faw Smoak in feveral Places, which makes us
believe the Inhabitants are pretty numerous.
The
Bay where we rode had but very 'indifferent An-
choring Ground, in deep Water, and is the worst
recruiting Place we met with fince I came out. The
172.
Wind
314 A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
179%. Wind at this Time of the Year generally blowing
{
1
over Land, makes it good Riding on the Star-
board Side of the Bay, where you ride on a Bank
that has from 10 to 25 Fathom Water; but the
reft of that Bay is, very deep, and near the Rocks
on the Larboard-fide going in there's no Ground.
During the Time of our Stay the Air was fe-
rene, pleaſant, and healthful, and we had no
ftrong Gales of Wind, very little Rain, but great
Dews fell by Night, when 'twas very cool.
The Natives we faw here were about 300, they
had large Limbs, were ftraight, tall, and of a much
blacker Complexion than any other People that I
had ſeen in the South Seas. Their Hair long, black,
and ftraight, which hung down to their Thighs. The
Men ftark naked, and the Women had a Covering
of Leaves over their Privities, or little Clouts made
of Silk Grafs, or the Skins of Birds and Beafts.
All of them that we faw were old, and miferably
wrinkled. We fuppofe they were afraid to let any
of their young ones come near us, but needed not;
for befides the good Order we kept among our Men
in that refpect, if we may judge by what we faw,
they could not be very tempting. The Language
of the Natives was as unpleaſant to us as their A-
ſpect, for it was very harfh and broad, and they pro-
nounc'd it ſo much in the Throat, as if their Words
had been ready to choak them. I defign'd to have
brought two of 'em away with me, in order to have
had fome Account of the Country, when they had
learn'd fo much of our Language as to enable them
to give it; but being fhort of Proviſions, I durft not
venture it. Some of them wear Pearl about their
Arms and Necks, having firft notch'd it round, and
faften'd it with a String of Silk Grafs; for I fup-
poſe they knew not how to bore them. The
Pearls were mix'd with little red Berries, Sticks,
and Bits of Shells, which they look'd upon to be fo
fine
!
California, Deſcrib'd.
315
fine an Ornament, that tho' we had Glass Beads of 17:2
feveral Colours, and other Toys, they would ac- w
cept none of them. They coveted nothing we had
but Knives,and other cutting Inftruments, and were
fo honeft,that they did not meddle with our Coopers
or Carpenters Tools,fo that whatever was left afhore
at Night, we found it untouch'd in the Morning.
We faw nothing like European Furniture or Uten-
fils among 'em. Their Huts were very low, and
made of Branches of Trees and Reeds, but not fuf-
ficiently cover'd to keep out Rain. They had no-
thing like Gardens or Provifions about them. They
fubfifted chiefly on Fiſh while we were here, which
with the Miferableneſs of their Huts, that feem'd
only to be made for a time, made us conclude they
had no fix'd Habitation here, whatever they may
have elſewhere, and that this was their Fiſhing
Seaſon. We faw no Nets or Hooks, but wooden
Inftruments, with which they ftrike the Fifh very
dextrouſly, and dive to admiration. Some of our
Sailors told me they faw one of 'em dive with his
Inftrument, and whilft he was under Water put up
his Striker with a Fiſh on the Point of it, which
was taken off by another that watch'd by him on a
Bark Log. The Reader may believe of this what
he pleaſes, but I give it the more credit, becauſe I
my ſelf threw fome rufty Knives overboard, on
purpoſe to try thofe Divers, who ſeldom mifs'd
catching a Knife before it could fink above 2 or 4
Fathom, which I took to be an extraordinary Proof
of their Agility.
Inftead of Bread they us'd a little black Seed,
which they ground with Stones, and eat it by
Handfuls; fome of our Men thicken'd their Broth
with it, and fay it taftes fomewhat like Coffee.
They have fome Roots that eat like Yams, a fort of
Seeds that grow in Cods, and taſte like green Peaſe,
a Berry which reſembles thofe of Ivy, and being
dry'd
J
T
316
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
17 dry'd at the Fire, eats like parch'd Peaſe. They
1
have another like a large Currant, with a white
tartiſh Pulp, a Stone and a Kernel; this fort of
Fruit they ſeem to value much. They have alſo a
Fruit which grows on the prickle Pear-tree,
taftes like Gooſeberries, and makes good Sawce.
They have many other Seeds and Plants unknown
to us, but I was not in a condition to view or de-
fcribe them.
They ſeem to have a Seafon of Hunting by the
Skins of Deer, &c. we faw among them: They
paid a fort of Refpect to one Man, whofe Head
was adorn'd with Feathers made up in the Form of
a Cap; in other refpects they feem'd to have all
things in common; for when they exchang'd Fiſh
with us for old Knives, of which we had plenty,
they gave the Knives to any that ftood next, and
after they had enough, we could get no Fiſh from
them. They appear'd to be very idle, and feem
to look after no more than a prefent Subfiftance.
They stood and look'd upon our Men very atten-
tively, while they cut Wood and fill'd Water; but
did not care to lend us a Hand at either, or indeed
to do any thing that requir'd hard Labour. Their
Arms are Bows and Arrows, with which they can
ſhoot Birds flying. Their Bows are about 7 Foot
long, and of a tough pliant Wood'unknown to us,
with Strings of Silk Grafs; their Arrows about 4
Foot and a half, made of Cane, and pointed with
Fiſh Bones that they fhape for the purpoſe. Moft
of their Knives and other cutting Inftruments are
made of Sharks Teeth. I faw 2 or 3 large Pearl in
their Necklaces and Bracelets, and the Spaniards
told me they had Store of them from the inner part
of the Gulph of California, where they have Mif
fionaries planted among them. Our Men told me
they faw heavy fhining Stones afhore, which look'd
as if they came from fome Mineral, but they did
not
!
Mexico Defcrib'd.
317
i
not inform me of this till we were at Sea, other-
wife I would have brought ſome of 'em to have try'd
what Mettal could be extracted out of 'em. The
Spaniards likewiſe inform'd me, that the Country
in general within on the main Land of Mexico, is
pleaſant and fruitful, and abounds with Cattle and
Proviſions of all forts. The Natives grew very fa-
miliar with us, and came frequently aboard to view
our Ships, which they mightily admir'd. We faw
no Boats or Canoes among them, nor any other
Sailing Craft, but Bark-Logs, which they fteer'd
with Paddles at each End. We gave one of the
Natives a Shirt, but he foon tore it in pieces, and
gave it to the rest of his Company to put the Seeds
in which they us'd for Bread. We faw no Utenfils
for Cookery about them, nor do I fuppofe they
have any; for they bury their Fifh in a Heap of
Sand, and make a Fire over it, till they think it fit
for eating. There were all the Fiſhes uſual in thoſe
Seas to be found in the Bay. The freſh Water here
is good, and they have abundance of Samphire.
They make a Fire in the middle of their Huts,
which are very low and fmoaky. We faw no ex-
traordinary Birds here. I am told by our People
that have been afhore, that they get Fire by rub-
bing two dry Sticks against each other, as cufto-
mary among the wild Indians.
The Entrance into the Harbour may be known
by four high Rocks, which look like the Needles
at the Ifle of Wight, as you come from the Weft-
ward; the two Weftermoft in form of Sugar-loves.
The innermoft has an Arch like a Bridge, through
which the Sea makes its way. You must leave the
outermoft Rock about a Cable's Length on the Lar-
board fide,and fteer into the deepest part of the Bay,
being all bold, where you may anchor from 10 Fa-
thom to 20 or 25 Fathom Water. Here you ride
land-lockt from E. by N. back to the S. E. by S. yet
172
1
it
318
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
172 it is but an ordinary Road, if the Wind fhould come
wftrong out of the Sea, which it never did while we lay
!
there.
Mexico defcrib'd.
Shall next give a brief Account of Mexico from
the best Information and Authors. This Coun-
try lies betwixt Lat. 8. and 50 or 55 North, but
it is little known or inhabited by the Spaniards
to the Northward of 35. 'Tis divided into Old
and New, and the former is alfo called New Spain.
The Country in general includes all the Weft
Side of Northern America, as far as 'tis known.
'Tis divided into the Audiences, or Jurifdictions of
St. Domingo, Mexico properly fo call'd, Guadalajara
or New Gallicia, and Guatimala; and thefe again are
fubdivided into feveral Provinces, with which I
ſhall not trouble the Reader, fince that is the Bu-
fineſs of a Geographer, and not of a Sailor. That
part of it call'd New Spain is the beft and moft fa-
mous Part of all North America, and the Name is
fometimes extended by the Spaniards to the whole.
The Air in general is mild, temperate and health-
ful, and the Soil fo fertile, that in fome places it
produces 100 for one of Corn, and of Maiz 200;
but the great Rains in Summer hinder their having
good Oil and Wine. Their moft remarkable Plant
is that call'd Maguey, which abounds in this Coun-
try, and fome of it we found in the Maria Islands;
of the Juice the Spaniards and Natives make a ſmall
Wine, Vinegar, and Honey; and of the Leaves
and other Parts they make Cordage, Thread, and
Cloth for Sacks and Shirts. They have great and
fmall Cattle, and Fowl in ſuch plenty, that they
frequently kill them only for the Skins and Fea-
thers. They have alfo excellent Horfes of the beſt
Spanish Breed. There are few Gold Mines in this
Country
Mexico Defcrib'd.
319
Country, but abundance of Silver, and tho' not ſo 172.
rich as thoſe of Peru, are much eaſier to be work❜d,
with lefs Expence of Money, and far lefs Danger
of Mens Lives. Their other chief Commodities
are Iron, Steel, Copper, but none of 'em much
wrought, Hides, Wool, Cotton, Sugar, Silk, Co-
chineal, Scarlet-Dy, Feathers, Honey, Wax, Balm,
Amber, Ambergrife, Salt, abundance of Medici-
nal Drugs, Cocoa, Caffia, Gold in the Sands of
their Rivers, Figs, Oranges, Citrons, and other
Fruit peculiar to the Climate, befides all thoſe
common in Europe; wild Beafts, and Fowl of all
forts, Chryftal, Turquoifes, Emeralds, Marca-
fites, Bezoar Stones, and Pepper. This muft be un-
derſtood of Mexico in general; for all thofe Com-
modities are not in one Province, but fome have
one fort and fome another. Nor is the Temper of
the Climate every where the fame, for thofe Places
towards the South Sea are warm, but in and about
the Mountains 'tis cold; and in fome places they
have continu'd Rains almoft for 8 or 9 Months in
a Year, and are much infected with Serpents, Mof-
kitto's, and other Infects, eſpecially near the Tor-
rid Zone.
J
I fhall not fwell my Book with the fabulous Ac-
counts of the Origin of the antient Mexicans, which
are fhocking to common Senfe, nor pretend to give
the Reader the Hiftory of their Kings, becaufe 'tis
not my Buſineſs; befides 'twould puzzle the ableſt
Critick to diftinguish betwixt Truth and Falfhood
in thoſe pretended Hiftories, preferv'd by fanciful
Hieroglyphicks, which will bear what Senfe any
Author pleaſes to impofe upon them. Therefore I
fhall only fay in general, that the Spanish Authors
who write of thofe Countrys fay the Kings of Me-
xico were very potent, that they had 25 or 30 petty
Kings their Tributaries, that their ordinary Guards
did ufually confift of 2 or 3000 Men, and that on
occafion
320 A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
17. occafion they could raife 2 or 300000; that their
Palaces were magnificent, their Temples fumptu-
ous, and their Worfhip barbarous, it being ordina-
ry for them to facrifice their Enemies, and fome-
times their own Subjects. The Natives of Old
Mexico fay they are not of that Race of People,
but that their Anceſtors came from divers Nations,
who inhabited the Northern parts of the Conti-
nent, and particularly that call'd New Mexico; and
by the Account their Hiftorians give of their Tra-
vels to fettle here, 'twould feem thoſe who com-
pos'd the Story had heard ſomething of the Travels
of the Children of Ifrael in the Wilderneſs, and de-
fign'd to write fomething like it; and by calling
their Leader Mexi, they would make his Name re-
ſemble that of Mofes. Twas a long time before
they united into one Monarchy; for Montezuma,
who reign'd when Fernando Cortez, invaded them, was
only the 9th in their Catalogue. The Divifions a-
mong the Natives, and the Hatred which the Neigh-
bouring Princes bore to their Kings, made the Con-
queft of Mexico much eaſier to the Spaniards than they
expected;ſo that in the Bishoprick of Los Angeles, &C.
there are many thouſands of Indians exempted from
extraordinary Taxes, becauſe their Anceſtors affi-
fted the Spaniards in the Conqueft of the Country.
The Natives of Mexico, properly fo call'd, are
the moſt civiliz❜d, induftrious and ingenious; they
are noted for admirable Colours in their Paintings,
tho' their Figures are not proportionable; they
draw 'em with the Feathers of their Cincons, a
fmall Bird, which they ſay lives only upon Dew.
They make uſe of certain Characters inftead of the
Letters of the Alphabet, by which they have pre-
ferv'd fome Fragments of their Hiftory. The Spa-
niſh Governour of Mexico, our Author ſays, with
much difficulty got it out of the Hands of the Na-
tives, with an Explanation in their own Language,
and
1
Mexico Defcribed.
321
and had it tranflated into Spanish. The Ship in 172
which 'twas fent to the Emperor Charles V. being
taken by a French Ship, the Manufcript fell into
the Hands of Andrew Thevet at Paris, from whoſe
Heirs our Hackluyt, being then Almoner to the
English Ambaffador, purchas'd it. Sir Walter Ra-
leigh got it tranflated into English, and the Learned
Sir Henry Spelman prevail'd with Purchas to get the
Figures engraven. They reprefent Princes and
others in feveral Poftures, and bring down their
Hiſtory from the Year 1324. to the Beginning
or Middle of the 16th Century, or thereabouts.
This Hiſtory is divided into 3 Parts; the firft con-
tains little but an Account of the Names and Con-
queſts of their Princes, with a Summary of their
Vices and Virtues, fo that it is not worth infifting
upon.. The ſecond has an Account of the Tributes
paid by the People, which were Proportions of
the Product of the Country for Provifions, Clothes,
Arms, warlike Habits and Ornaments, Paper
and Houfhold Furniture. The third gives an account
of the Oeconomy, Cuftoms and Difcipline of the
Mexicans, which becauſe they are odd enough,
I fhall give a fhort Account of the moft re-
markable.
1
Four Days after a Child was born, the Midwife
carried it to the Yard of the Houſe, laid it upon
Rufhes, and after washing it, defir'd 2 Boys, who
3
were there at a fort of Feaft, to name it how they
pleas'd. If it was a Boy, fhe put into its Hand the
Tools belonging to its Father's Imployment; and
if a Soldier, his Arms. If 'twas a Girl, fhe put a
Diſtaff or other Utenfils of Women by it. If the
Boy was defign'd for the Church, they carried it
to a Temple with Prefents, when of a fufficient
Age, and left it with the High Prieft to be edu-
cated; and if defign'd for War, they carried him
to an Officer to teach him the Ufe of Arms. The
Y
Parents
322
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1
Parents corrected them by Blows, or pricking them
with Needles made of the Maguey Tree: The Fa-
ther prick'd the Boys, if unlucky, all over their Bo-
dy,and 'the Mother prick'd her Daughters only in the
Fifts. When Boys were pretty well grown,they ty'd
'em Hand and Foot, and laid 'em in muddy Water
naked a whole Day,and then their Mothers took 'em
out and clean'd'em at Night. When a Maid was to
be married, the Marriage maker carried her on his
Back to the Bridegroom's Houfe, '4 Women bearing
Torches before her; the Bridegroom's Friends re-
ceiv'd her in the Yard or Court, carried her to a
Room, and ſet her down by him on a Mat, and
ty'd the Skirts of their Garments together, offer'd
Incenſe to their Idols, and had 4 old Men and
Women to be Witneffes; after a Feaft the Witneffes
exhorted 'em to live well together, and fo the Ce-
remony concluded.
The Priests train'd up their Novices in fweeping
the Temples, carrying Branches, &c. to adorn
them, to make Seats of Cane, to bring Needles or
Thorns of Maguey to draw Blood for Sacrifices,
and Shrubs to keep a perpetual Fire; and if they
fail'd in their Duty, return'd to their Parents, or
were catch'd with Women, they prick'd 'em with.
thofe Needles. One of the chief Priefts weht by
Night to a Mountain, where he did Penance,
carried Fire and Perfume to facrifice to the Devil
and was always attended by a Novice; others of
the Priefts play'd on Muſical Inſtruments by Night,
and fome of 'em obferv'd the Stars, and told the
Hours. The Novices arriv'd to the chief Dignities
of the Priesthood by degrees, and fome of 'em al-
ways attended the Armies to encourage the Men,
and perform their Rites.
Thoſe who train'd the Youth to War, puniſh'd
their Scholars by throwing burning Coals on their
Heads, pricking them with Sticks of Pine fhar-
pen'd
{
1
Mexico Defcrib'd.
323
pen'd at one End, or by burning off their Hair. 172.
Their Kings rewarded the Soldiers according to
the Number of Priſoners they took, with Military
Habits of feveral Colours, or Pofts in the Army,
till they came to the higheft. Their Chief Priefts
were alſo Men of Arms, and capable of all Mili-
tary Preferments.
Their capital Punishments were Strangling or
Stoning to Death. If a Caicque or petty Prince re-
bell'd, all his Subjects fhar'd in his Punifhment,
except they found fome Method to appeaſe the
King. They puniſh d Drunkenneſs in young Men
by Death, but allow'd it in old Men and old Wo-
men of 70. Highway-men and Adulterers they
fton'd to Death. They had Affemblies for publick
Affairs, wherein the Great Mafter of the Emperor
or King's Houfhold exhorted the Youth to avoid
Idleness, Gaming, Drunkennefs, and other Vices.
This is the Sum of what that Hieroglyphical
Hiftory fays of the antient Mexicans.
As to the prefent Natives, moft of 'em are fub-
ject to the Spaniards; but in fome of the Mountains
and Northern Parts they are not reduc'd; fo that
they frequently attack the Spaniards, when they,
meet with a favourable Opportunity.
In that call'd New Mexico fome of the Natives are
very barbarous, and much given to Arms, the Men
wear nothing but Skins, and the Women ſcarce any
other. Covering than their Hair; they live for the
moſt part on raw Fleſh, and go together in Troops,
changing their Habitation as the Seafon requires,
or for the Conveniency of Pafturage. Their Oxen
and Cows are large, with fmall Horns, their Hair
almoſt like Wooll, long before, and ſhort behind,
with a Bunch on their Backs, great Beards like
Goats, and their Fore Legs fhort; they are of an
ugly Afpect, but very strong; they are the prin-
cipal Riches of the Natives, their Fleſh ſerves them
Y 2
for
324
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1792. for Diet, their Skins for Clothes and Coverings to
their Huts, they make Thred of their Hair, Bow-
ftrings of their Nerves, Utenfils of their Bones,
Trumpets of their Horns, keep their Drink in their
Bladders, and ufe their Dang for Firing, becaufe
they are scarce of Wood. They have Sheep as large
as our Affes, and Dogs fo ftrong, that they make 'em
carry their Baggage. This Country is inhabited by
People of different Languages and Manners; fome
of them live in Cities, of which 'tis ſaid there are
feveral that contain from 30 to 50000 Inhabitants;
go
others wander about in Herds like the Arabs of Tar-
tars; but in fhort, this Country is fo little known,
and Travellers differ fo much in their Accounts of
it, that there's not much to be depended upon.
I think it proper here to fay fomething of the
peopling of it. There are many Opinions about
the peopling of America, but the moſt reaſonable
to me is, that it was peopled from Tartary by way
of the North Pole, where they fuppofe it to join
with fome part of Afia. This I think very pro-
bable, becauſe the Spaniards, who come yearly hi-
ther from Manila or Luconia, one of the Philipine
Illands in the East Indies, are forced to keep in a
high Latitude for the Benefit of Wefterly Winds,
and have often founded, finding Ground in Lat.42.
N. in feveral Places of the Ocean betwixt the East
Indies and America, which makes me conclude that
there must be more Land, tho' none of 'em, as I
have heard of, ever faw any Continent till they
fall in with California, in about 38 or 39 °. N. Lat.
I have often admir'd that no confiderable Diſcove-
ries have yet been made in South Latitude from
America to the East Indies: I never heard the South
Ocean has been run over by above three or four
Navigators, who varied little in their Runs
from their Courſe, and by conſequence could not
difcover much. I give this Hint to encourage our
South
Mexico Deſcribed.
315
South Sea Company, or others, to go upon ſome Dif-
covery that way, where for ought we know they
may find a better Country than any yet diſcover'd,
there being a vaft Surface of the Sea from the Equi-
nox to the South Pole, of at leaft 2000 Leagues in
Longitude that has hitherto been little regarded,tho'
it be agreeable to Reaſon, that there muſt be a Body
of Land about the South Pole, to counterpoife thoſe
vaft Countries about the North Pole. This I fup-
poſe to be the Reaſon why our antient Geogra-
phers mention'd a Terra Auftralis Incognita, tho'
very little of it has been ſeen by any body. The
Land near the North Pole in the South Sea, from Ca-
lifornia to Japan, is wholly unknown, altho' the
old Maps defcribe the Streights of Anian, and a
large Continent, it is but imaginary; for the Dutch
themſelves, that now trade to Japan, fay they do
not yet know whether it be an Iſland, or joins to
the Continent.
•
霉
​Gemelli having been in this Country in 1697,
who is the lateſt Traveller that has publish'd
any thing about it, and his Accounts being in the
main confirmed to me by our Spanish Priſoners, I
ſhall give a brief Hint of what he fays, eſpecially
of what relates to Trade and Proviſions.
Their beſt Product is Gold and Silver, Pearl,
Emeralds, and other precious Stones: He faw the
Silver Mines of Pachma, 11 Leagues from the City
of Mexico: One of 'em he fays is 225 English Yards
deep, the other 195: He adds, that in the Space
of 6 Leagues there are about 1000 Mines, fome
laid afide, others ftill in ufe. There are many
thouſands of People imploy'd to dig 'em, from
fome the Metal and the Water is brought up by
Engines, and from others the Metal is brought up
on Mens Backs to the great Danger of their Lives,
befides Numbers that are loft by the falling in of
the Earth, and peftilential Damps: They go down
17°2.
Y 3
to
326
A Cruising Voyage round the World,
17. to them by notch'd Poles, which being wet and
flippery, the poor Indian Slaves many times fall,
and break their Necks. Our Author fays he was
in danger of doing the like, when he went to fee
them. He adds, the Workmen inform'd him, that
from one of the Veins, where near 1000 Men
work'd per diem, they had in 10 Years Dug 40 Mil-
lions of Silver, that 2 Millions had been laid out
in Timber-work to ſupport it, and that it became
fo dangerous, as the Owner ftop'd it up. I refer
to him for the Manner of feparating the Metal
from the Oar. Every Difcoverer of a Mine muſt
pay the 5th of the Product to the King, who al-
lows him only 60 Spanish Yards round from the
Mouth, or all on one fide, if he pleafes. Gemelli
fays there's 2 Millions of Marks, of 8 Ounces each,
entred at Mexico in a Year from thofe Mines, be-
fides what is ftole, and 700000 Marks of it are
coin'd annually into Pieces of Eight there, for
which the King has a Ryal per Mark. There be-
ing Gold mix'd with the Silver, they make uſe of
Aqua Fortis to feparate them. The Officers of the
Mint have very profitable Places, but I can't infift
upon their, Sallaries.
'Tis needlefs to be particular in defcribing the
Birds and Beafts of this Country; they having been
fo often done by others, I fhall only fay, they have
enough for Provifions, and many of both forts un-
known to us. "Tis the like as to their Fruits and
Plants, which ferve them for Food and Phyfick;
but I have not room to be particular,
Mexico is the Capital City of this yaft rich Coun-
try, and lies in N. Lat. 19. 40, in the Middle of a
Valley, which is 14 Spanish Leagues long, and 7
broad, encompafs'd by a Ridge of Mountains. The
City is furrounded by a Lake, and is fquare, with
long, wide, and well pav'd Streets, crofs one ano-
ther. 'Tis 2 Leagues round, and the Diameter half
a
Mexico. Defcrib'd.
327
a League There are 5 Caufeys or Banks through 17
the Lake into the City, which vies with the beft
in Italy for noble Structures and beautiful Women,
who prefer Europeans to their own Country-men;
this occafions irreconcilable Prejudices betwixt
them, fo that an European, can ſcarce paſs the Streets
without being infulted. The Inhabitants are a-
bout 100000, the major part Blacks, and Mulatto's,
becauſe of the vaft Number of Slaves carried thi-
ther. Europeans feldom marry there, becauſe find-
ing no way to get real Eftates, they generally be-
come Clergymen, which takes up moſt of thofe
that come from Old Spain. There are 22 Nunneries
and 29 Friaries of feveral Orders within the City,
and all richer than they ought to be, fays Gemelli.
The Cathedral is exceeding rich, maintains 10
Canons, dignify'd Priests, 6 Demi-Canons, 6
half Demi-Canons, 1 Chief Sacriftain, 4 Curates,
12 Royal Chaplains, and 8 others chofen by the
Chapter, befides many others nam'd by the King.
The Revenue of the Cathedral is 300000 Pieces of
Eight per Annum. The Climate here is uncertain,
as through all the Country, being for moſt part
both cold and hot at the fame time, viz. cold in
the Shade, and hot in the Sun, but is never excef-
five either way; yet the Inhabitants complain of
the Cold in the Mornings, and of the Heat from
March till July; from thence to September the Rains
cool the Air, and from that time till March the Rains
are but fmall. The Indians reckon thofe Nights
cold, but the Europeans like the Climate well e-
nough. Their Water is very cool. The neigh-
bouring Country produces 3 Harveſts per Ann. Öne
༡
in June, the 2d in October, and the 3d uncertain,
as the Weather proves. Maiz or Indian Corn is
their chief Grain, the earlieft being fow'd in March,
the latest in May. It yields a wonderful Increaſe,
and other Provifions being plentiful, one may live
Y 4
well
328
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
179
well here for half a Piece of Eight per Day, and
all the Year round there's Fruit and Flowers in
the Market. There's no Brafs Money here, and
the leaft Piece of Silver is Three-pence; fo that
they buy Herbs and fmall Fruit with Cocoa
Nuts, 60 or 70 of which, as the Time goes, are
valu'd at 6 d. I cannot infift on the particular De-
ſcription of the Churches and Monafteries. The
Archbishop has 11 Suffragans under him, whofe
Revenues in all amount to 5 160000 Pieces of Eight.
The Cathedral founded by Fernando Cortez, who
conquer❜d this Country, was not finiſh'd in 1697.
'tis carried on at the King's Charge. They have
admirable Conveyances to let the Water run out
of the Lake by Canals, to prevent its overflowing
the City, as ſometimes it has done. The Expence
of thefe Canals is ſo prodigious, that it ſeems in
credible; the Curious may find it in Gemelli, as alfo
an Account of the Royal Palace and other Stru-
ctures. I fay nothing of the fabulous Accounts
which the Natives give of the Foundation of this
City,
The prefent Habit generally wore by the Natives.
of this Country is a fhort Doublet and wide Bree-
ches, a Cloak of ſeveral Colours on their Shoul-
ders, which they crofs under the Right Arm, and
tye on the Left Shoulder by the 2 Ends in a great
Knot: Some wear Sandals, the reft go bare foot-
ed and bare-legg'd, and all wear their Hair long,
which they will by no means part with. The Wo-
men wear a fine white Cotton Cloth, and under it
a thing like a Sack; they wear another upon their
Backs, with which they cover their Heads when
abroad or in Church, The Natives adorn their
narrow Coats with Figures of Beafts, Birds and
Feathers. Both Sexes are of a dark Colour, but
endeavour to make themſelves fair with pounded
Herbs. They daub their Heads with thin Clay,
to
Mexico Defcrib'd.
329
ro refreſh them, and make their Hair black. The
Meftizzo, Mullatto, and black Women, are moſt
in Number, but not being allow'd to wear Veils,
or the Spanish Habit, and defpifing the Indian Garb,
they wear a thing like a Petticoat a-croſs their
Shoulders, or on their Heads, which makes 'em
look like fo many Devils. The Blacks and Mul-
lattoes are very infolent, and fo much increas'd,
that if it ben't prevented, they may at one time or
other endanger the Country. The Indians of moſt
Parts of Mexico are nothing fo induftrious as former-
ly, and the Spaniards fay they are cowardly, cruel,
Thieves, Cheats, and fo beaftly, that they uſe
Women in common, without regard to the neareſt
Relations, lie on the bare Ground, and are naſty
in their Way of living, which perhaps may proceed
from the Slavery they are kept under, being worfe
treated than thofe in the Mines. He adds that
there's fcarce one fair dealing Man to be found a-
mong 100 Mullattoes.
Acapulco lies in Lat. 17. bating fome few Minutes,
he fays it is rather like a poor Village of Fiſher-
men, than fit to be the chief Mart of the South Sea,
and Port for China. The Houſes are mean, built
of Wood, Mud and Straw, it is cover'd by high
Mountains on the Eaft fide, and very fubject to
Diftempers from November till the End of May,
during which time they have no Rain, or very
little. 'Tis as hot here in January, as in our Dog-
days; they are much pefter'd with Gnats and Earth-
quakes. He obferves that it never rains in New
Spain in a Morning. This Town is dirty, and ill
furnifh'd with Provifions, fo that a Man can ſcarce
live for a Piece of Eight per Day. Most of the In-
habitants are Blacks and Mullattoes, for the Spanish
Merchants are gone as foon as their Bufinefs is
over at the Fair, for Goods brought hither from
China and Peru, It has nothing good but the Har-
bour,
17.
330
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
17 bour, which is furrounded with High Mountains,
and the Ships are moar'd to Trees that grow on the
Shore. It has two Mouths, the fmall one at N.W.
and the great at S. E. The Mouth is defended by
42 Brafs Cannon. The Caftellan, who is chief
Magiftrate during the Fair, has 20000 Pieces of 8,
from the Duties paid in the Harbour, and the
Comptroller and other Officers as much; the Cu-
rate has 14000 per Ann. tho' the King allows him
but 180, but he exacts terribly on Baptifms and
Burials, fo that he will fcarce bury a rich Mer-
chant under 1000. The Trade of this Place be-
ing for many Millions, every one, in his Profeſ-
fion gets a great deal in a fhort time; for a Black
will fcarce work for less than a Piece of 8 per diem,
All the Dependance of the Inhabitants is on the
Port, which alſo maintains the Hofpitals, Mona-
fteries and Miffionaries.
During the Fair, this Town refembles a popu-
lous City, becaufe of the great Concourfe of Mer-
chants from Peru and Mexico; then the miferable
Huts, in which there was nothing before but a few
nafty Mullattoes, are fill'd with gay Spaniards, and
rich Merchants, and the very Porters do general-
ly earn Pieces of 8 per Diem, by loading and un-
loading, of Goods, &c. but when this Trade is
over, the Porters make a fort of a Funeral, carry
one of their Number about upon a Bier, and pre-
tend to bewail his Death, becauſe their Harveft
for Gain is then at an End, till the next Year.
3
I fhall not here fay any thing further of the Sea-
ports of Mexico, becauſe the Reader will find them
in the Appendix, which gives a full Account of
all the noted Harbours in the South Sea, but
ſhall add, that the Trade of Mexico, on this Coast,
is very little, compar'd with that of Peru, becaufe
thofe of the former have their Goods brought to
their chief Ports in the N. Sea, directly from Eu-
rope;
Mexico Defcrib❜d.
· 331
.!
rope; ſo that except when the two Ships come
yearly from Manila to Acapulco, they have little
Commerce in this Sea. I muft here obferve, that
the Ships which come from Manila ufe to be much
richer than our Prize; for he waited a long time
for the Chinese Junks to bring Silk, which not ar-
riving, fhe came away with a Cargo mix'd with
abundance of coarfe Goods. The Prifoners told
me, that the Manila Ship did often return from
Acapulco, with 10 Millions of Dollars, and that
the Officers never clear'd lefs than from 20 to 30000
Dollars each in a Voyage; and the Captain,whom
they call General, feldom got less than 150 or
200000 Pieces of 8; fo that it would have been an
extraordinary Prize, could we have met with
them at the Time.
17:2
I think it proper to obferve here, becauſe it be-
longs to the Subject, that when we arriv'd at the
Texel in Holland, there were two Spanish Ships
there, bound for Cadiz, and on board of one of
'em a Sailor, who told us he was aboard the large An Ac-
Spanish Ship from Manila, when fhe arriv'd at count of
the large
Acapulco, very much difabled by the Engagement Manila
the had with us off of California; that 'twas the Ship we
Gunner who made them engage us fo refolutely at fought, by
firſt, and forced them to continue the Fight by a Sailor
keeping in the Powder-Room himſelf, and having on board
taken the Sacrament to blow up the Ship in cafe when the
we had boarded and over-power'd her. I was the arriv'd at
more apt to believe this Man had feen the Ship, Acapulco
and this Story might be true, becauſe he related
almoſt every Paffage of the Fight, as I have gi-
ven it before in my Journal.
I ſhall alſo take Notice here that Capt. Stradling,
who was taken Prifoner in America, when his Ship
franded, and came off Prifoner in a French Ship,
fome Months after we left the South Seas, inforin'd
me, that the Corregidore of Guiaquil fent an Ex-
•
preſs
that was
332
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
17: prefs to Lima, upon the firft Notice of our being
in'thofe Parts, that they then apprehended us to be
part of a Squadron of Men of War, and therefore
lay ſtill until they had certain Advice of our
Strength, and in about 3 Weeks after we took the
Town, they fitted out 2 Spanish Men of War, which
3
was all their South Sea Strength, againft us; the
biggeſt carried not above 32 Guns, but they were
join'd by 2 French Ships, one of 50, and the other
of 36 Guns, and all well Mann'd. They ftop'd at
Payta, till Mr. Hatley and his 4 Men, who loft
Company with us at the Gallapagos Islands, being
in want of Provifions, and having had no Water
for 14 Days, ftood in for the Main, and landed
near Cape Paſſao, almoft under the Equinox, a-
mong a barbarous fort of People, who are a mix'd
Breed of Negroes and Indians, They voluntarily
furrendred themſelves, being in a ftarving Condi-
tion, yet thofe Brutifh People, instead of giving
them Food, tied their Hands, then whipp'd them
and hang'd them up, fo that they muft unavoida-
bly have loft their Lives, had not a Padre, who
liv'd in the Neighbourhood, came time enough by
good Providence, to cut 'em down, and ſave them.
There are feveral Letters come from Mr. Hatley
fince, which fignify that he is a Priſoner at Lima.
Capt. Stradling likewife told me that the French
Ship, which brought him to Europe, was the very
Ship that we chas'd in fight of Falkland Iſland, be-
fore we paffed Cape Horn. She had before attempt-
ed to fail round Cape Horn, to the South Sea; but
it being the wrong Seafon, fhe met with bad Wea-
ther, and was forc'd to bear away to recruit at the
River of La Plata, and there wait for a more pro-
per Seaſon to go round Terra del Fuego, into the
South Sea. When we chas'd her, fhe had not a-
bove 100 healthful Men on board, fo that had we
been able to come up with her, fhe muft certainly
have been our Prize.
Capt.
Mexico Defcrib'd.
333
Capt. Stradling told me they ran their Ship on
an Iſland, and afterwards furrendred Prifoners to
the Spaniards, to ſave their Lives, fhe being ready
to fink; fo that the Report I formerly mention'd,
that part of their Crew was drown'd in the Ship,
proves a Miſtake.
17%.
ards to
In Mexico the Priſoners who are employ'd in The Bar-
cutting Log-wood, have no way to eſcape the barity of
the Spani-
Cruelty of the Spaniards, but to turn Papiſts, and
be baptized after their Manner; then they have the Prisoners.
Liberty to chufe a Godfather, who is generally a
Man of Note, and they ſerve him as Livery-men,
&c. One Boyfe, who fled to us at Guiaquil, was
baptized thus by an Abbot, in the Cathedral of
Mexico, had Salt put in his Mouth, and Oil poured
upon his Head, and ſmall parcells of Cotton, which
rub'd it off, were diftributed as precious Relicks a-
mong the Penitents, becaufe taken off the Head of
a converted Heretick, as they call them. The
native Spaniards enjoy all the Pofts in the Church
and Monafteries, and admit no Indians, nor any
mix'd Breed, to thofe Preferments; which they
think a neceſſary Piece of Policy, that they may
the better keep the Country in Subjection to Spain.
Some of thefe Prifoners who are forced to be pre-
tended Converts, do now and then make their Ef
cape, tho' it be dangerous to attempt it, for if taken
they are generally confin'd to the Workhouſes for
Life. There are feveral Englishmen who were Pri Several
foners in this Country, that, by Compliance, English
have obtain❜d their Liberty, with the Lofs of their grow rich
Prifoners
Religion in exchange for Riches'; particularly one here.
Thomas Bull, who was born in Dover, and taken
in Campeche; he is a Clock-maker, has been 18.
Years there, is about 45 Years old, lives in the
Province of Tabafco, and grown very rich. One
Capt. James Thompson, born in the Ifle of Wight,
has been there about 20 Years, is about fo Years
old,
334
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
i
17
1
old, grown rich, and commanded the Mullattoes
who took Capt. Packe, at the Beginning of the War.
The Perfon who told me this was a Comb-maker,
and endeavour'd to efcape from La Vera Crux, but
was taken, and ſent Priſoner to Mexico, where he
came off to Peru, after he had his Liberty, by pre-
tending he went to buy Ivory to make Combs; he
gave me a long Account of his Ramble amongſt
the Indians, and fays, he was at the Mouth of the
River Miffifippi, which falls into the Gulph of
Mexico, but could not pafs it: He adds, That the
Indians, on the Bay of Pillachi, have murder'd fe-
veral of the Padres, out of an Averfion to the Spa-
niards, but fhow a great Inclination to trade with
the English. There are other Englishmen who now
live near the Bay of Campeche, as I was inform'd
one of 'em is Tho. Falkner, he was born at the Hen
and Chickens in Pall-mall, where his Friends kept
an Alehouſe. He is married to an Indian Woman.
Such of them as won't comply to turn Papifts are
kept in miferable Slavery, either in the Mines or
Work-houſes at Mexico, which City he ſays, is a-
bout as large as Bristol. Thoſe that are put in Work-
houſes are chain'd and imploy'd in carding Wool,
rafping Logwood, &c. They have more Manu-
factures of Woollen and Linnen in Mexico than in
Peru. Abundance of raw Silk is brought from Chi-
na, and of late Years worked up into rich Brocades
equal to any made in Europe.
;
TheMullattoes and Indians, on light Occafions,are
put into the Workhoufes, and kept there, till they
pay their Debts or Tribute; but no Spaniards, ex-
cept for the worst of Crimes: There are ma-
ny Englishmen, who were taken cutting Logwood
in the Bay of Campeche, in feveral of thefe Work-
houſes, kept at hard Labour, and will end their
Days in Slavery, unleſs their Liberty be demanded
by her Majefty at the general Peace.
There's
=
Mexico Defcrib'd.
335
There's abundance of Sheep in this Country,
which yield excellent Wooll, of which, I am in-
form'd, the English Prifoners have taught them to
make Cloth, worth about 15 s. a Yard in England,
which there yields 8 Pieces of 8; They have alfo
taught them to make Bays and other coarfeWoollen.
At Chopa in Mexico, about Lat. 12. N. there's a
great River which finks into the Earth at once,
runs under the Mountains, and rifes bigger about
15 Leagues from the Place where it funk. 'Tis
twice as large as the Thames. This River after-
wards joins that of Tabafco, and falls into the North
Sea, as moſt of the great Rivers of this vaft Con-
tinent do, he told me, about this Place. There are
high Mountains, with Plains on the Top, where
the Air is very temperate, and all our European
Fruits grow; whereas at the Bottom of theſe Moun
tains they have none but the Fruits of hot Cli-
mates, tho' 'tis not above 5 Leagues afunder.
There are alfo Woods of Pines, &c. on thoſe
Mountains, among which there are Flocks of har-
monious Birds, which fing together in an agreeable
Confort, that reſembles a fine Organ, fo that
Strangers are amaz'd to hear fuch Mufick ftrike up
of a fudden in the Woods. There's alſo a ſtrange
Creature in thofe Woods, call'd by the Spaniards
an Ounce, much of the Form and Size of a Woolf-
dog, but it has Talons, and the Head is more like
that of a Tyger: It kills Men and Beafts, which
makes travelling through the Woods dangerous;
'tis ſaid to eat nothing but the Heart of its Prey.
I had many more Relations from this Man, who
had been 7 Years a Prifoner in this Country; but
they being too tedious, I fhall add nothing more
concerning Mexico, but that the Worm is larger,
and eats the Bottoms of the Ships more on its Sea-
Coafts, than any other Place where we were.
All the Coaſt from Guiaquil in Pers to the North-
ward
17%.
336
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
17
ward, as far as the Latitude of 20 in Mexico, 'tis
reckon❜d unhealthful, but the contrary from Guias
quil to the Southward.
I
Peru Deſcribed.
Shall not trouble the Reader with the Hiftory
of its Conqueft by the Spaniards, nor the fabu-
Lous Stories of its Incas or Princes, the Curious may
find them in the Spanish Writers, and for the Na-
tives, they are much the fame as thofe I have de-
fcribed in other Parts.
*
PERU, properly fo called, is about 1000 Leagues
long, but the Breadth various, from 100 to 300
Leagues. The beſt known Part of it lies on the
South Sea, and is divided into the 3 Audiences of
༣ ༢
Quito in the North, Lima in the Middle, and La
Plata in the South. The Air of Quito is tempe-
rate enough, tho' under the Line; the Soil is
fruitful, abounds with Cattle and Corn, and they
have Mines of Gold, Silver, Quick-filver and Cop-
per; they have alfo Emeralds and Medicinal
Drugs. The Audience of Lima is moſt noted, be-
caufe of its Capital of the fame Name, being the
Refidence of the Viceroy of Peru. This Country
abounds with Mines of Gold, Silver, Quickfilver,
Vermilion, and Salt. The Audience of La Plata ĺ
have already deſcribed in my Account of that Ri-
ver. I fhall only add, that tho' the Silver Mines
of Potofi be much decay'd, yet fome fay the
King of Spain has annually about 2 Millions of
Crowns per Annum for his Fifth; and that thofe of
La Plata and Porco, in the fame Province, which
were, upon diſcovery of the Mines of Potoft, lefs
ufed, may probably be open'd again to advantage,
now Goods are fold fo cheap by the continual Sup-
plics
I
Peru Defcrib'd.
337
plies from France, that the Indians, who were im- 17.
ploy'd in the Manufactures, muft again work at
the Mines, their own coarfe Goods being brought
thither cheaper than they can make 'em.
The Spanish Writers in general fay, that for 500
Leagues in Length, from Tumbez, to Chili, it never
thunders, lightens nor rains, which agrees with
the Informations that I had from our Prifoners,
viz. that from Cape Blanco in S. Lat. 4. to Co-
quimbo, Lat. 30. it never rains, but the Want of this
is fupply'd by great Dews, fo that they have as
good Corn and Fruit, particularly Wheat, about
Truxillo, as any in Europe. In the Vallies near the
Sea the Climate is hot, but temper'd with Breezes
from the Ocean and Mountains. In the Hilly,
part, far into the Country, 'tis Winter, and very
rainy, when 'tis Summer in the Plains, though
in the fame Latitude. The Product, Beafts and
Birds, being much the fame with other Parts of the
South Sea Coaft, I ſhall not inſiſt upon 'em.
They have their Cordage, Cotton, Cloth, Pitch
and Tar from Chili and Rio Leze in Mexico, and
tho' the Country abounds with Proviſion, 'tis al-
ways dear near the Mines, becauſe there Husban-
dry is neglected. The Cordage they uſe is made
of coarfe Silk Grafs, which is very tough, draws
fmail when ſtrain'd, but grows twice as big when
flack'd.
Capt. Stradling told me he travel'd the great Road
from Quito towards Cufco, in his way to Lima,
which has Piles of Stone on each fide for fome
hundreds of Miles. When he and his Men were
brought Priſoners to Lima, the Spaniards put them
in a cloſe Dungeon, ufed them very barbaroufly,
and threaten'd to fend them to the Mines, becauſe
he attempted his Efcape, and fail'd in a Canoe from
Lima towards Panama, near 400 Leagues, intend-
ing to cross the Ifthmus, and to get to Jamaica by
fome
Z
:
·
33.8
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
!
{
17 fome of our trading Sloops, but was taken and
brought back to Lima. Before he came thence he
faw feveral of the Spaniards who had been our Pri-
foners, and faid, they all own'd we had treated
them very civilly, which has in part taken off the
bad Impreffion they had conceiv'd of the English in
thofe Parts; for not being uſed to War, they ac-
count all alike that come to cruize, becauſe of the
unheard of Cruelties and Debaucheries which were
committed about 25 Years ago by the Buccaneers
in thofe Parts, which their Priefts did improve to
give them an ill Idea of all thofe they think fit to:
call Hereticks, not confidering that moſt of thoſe
Diſorders were committed by French Buccaneers of
their own Religion.
་
Having faid fo much of Peru in feveral Parts of
my Journal, and given an account of its chief Har-
bours in my Appendix, I need not enlarge upon
it here; the Spaniards extend it from Panama to
Coquimbo, which is above 800 Leagues, but the
Breadth various. The Gold Mines are moft of
'em in the North Parts, betwixt Panama and the
Equinox.
Before the French traded hither round Cape Horne,
there was a confiderable Commerce from Panama
to all the Ports of the South Sea, as I noted before;
but now they have fupplied the Country fo much
with European Goods, and fo cheap, that this Trade
is in a manner funk; fo that from hence forward
there will be little fent over Land from Panama to
the North Sea, but the King's Revenue. The Spa-
niards have a great many Ships and fmall Veffels
belonging to the feveral Ports of Peru, which are
chiefly imploy'd in carrying Timber, Salt, Salt-
fifh, Wine, Brandy, Oil, and other Commodities,
from one part of the Coaft to another, without
which they could not well fubfift; for this Coun-
try 1. laid to be more populous and better inhabited
than
!
Mexico Deſcribed.
339
than Mexico. They make Woollen Cloth here of
feveral forts; I have feen fome made at Quito
worth about 8 s. per Yard, that is fold here for
Dollars. The Indians do likewife make a coarfe
fort of Cotton Cloth; but fince the French furniſh
them better and cheaper, thofe Manufactures will
come to nothing, and the People muft betake
themfelves to digging of Mines, or what other
Imployment they can get.
The Spanish Settlements in this Country, as well
as in Mexico and Chili, are not fo full of Indians as
formerly; for many of 'em are gone to remote
Parts, and live in Colonies by themſelves, to avoid
the Slavery and Taxes impos'd on them by the Spa-
niards, for they were oblig'd to pay from 8 to 14
Dollars per Ann. per Head to the King, which had
it been duly collected and faithfully paid, would
have amounted to the greatest Poll Tax in the
World; but 'tis now leffen'd by the removal of fo
many Natives as abovemention'd, and the Impove-
rifhment of the reft, who are fenfible enough of
their Oppreffion, but are fo difpirited, that they
can do nothing to affert their Liberty, and they
are befides kept under by the Artifices of the
Priefts.
The Spaniards here are very profuſe in their
Clothing and Equipage, and affect to wear the
moft coftly things that can be purchas'd; fo that
thoſe who trade hither with fuch Commodities as
they want, may be fure to have the greateſt Share
of their Wealth;
...
17
Z
2
•
Chili
340
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
17.
Chili defcrib'd.
Come next to the Kingdom of Chili, which lies
neareſt to thoſe who fhall think fit to attempt a
Trade from England into the South Sea. Father
Ovalle, a Native of this Country, and Procurator
for it at Rome, agrees with our Maps, that it lies
fartheft South of any part of America on that call'd
the South or Pacifick Sea. He bounds it with Peru
on the North, the Straits of Magellan on the South,
Paraguay, Tucuman, and Patagonia on the Eaft, and
the South Sea on the Weft. He begins it at S. La-
titude 25, and extends it to Lat. 59, which is near
500 Leagues. The Breadth of it varies, and the
broadeft Place from Eaft to Weft he makes about
150 Leagues, tho' Chili properly fo call'd is not
above 20 or 30 Leagues broad, from the Chain of
Mountains named Cordillera to the South Sea; but
when the King of Spain divided America into par-
ticular Governments, he added to Chili the vast
Plains of Cuio, which are of an equal Length,
and twice as broad as Chili it felf. The Country
in general Ovalle places in the 3d, 4th and 5th Cli-
mates; the longeſt Day in the 3d is 13 Hours, and
in the 5th above 14.
The first European who took poffeffion of it was
Don Diego d'Almagro, a Spaniard, in 1535. He is faid
to march hither from Peru by Order of the King of
Spain, with a Body of Spanish Troops and 150co
Indians and Blacks commanded by fome Indian Prin-
ces, who had fubmitted to the Spaniards. I fhall
not trouble the Reader with the particular Hiftory
of the Spanish Conquefts till they reduced this
Country, which they may find at large in Ovalle,
Herrera, and others; but fhall only fay in general,
that it was not totally in fubjection to the Spaniards
till
Chili Deſcrib'd.
341
till the Year 1640, when the Inhabitants ſubmitted
to the Crown of Spain, on Condition that they
fhould not be given in Property as Slaves. The
Spaniards, who fufficiently experienc'd the Valour
of this People, treat them with more Civility than
they do the reft of the Americans, on purpoſe to
keep them in Obedience, and for the moft part
they have fubmitted to the Church of Rome.
The Sanfons ſay that Chili, in the Language of
the Country, fignifies Cold, which is fo exceffive
in the Mountains call'd Sierra Nevada, a part of
the Cordillera, that it freezes Men and Cattle to
Death, and keeps their Corps from Putrefaction;
fo that Almagro loft a great many of his Men and
Horfes as he paſt thofe Mountains. But the Val-
lies toward the Sea are very healthful, the Climate
temperate, and the Soil excellent and fruitful, tho'
with fome difference, according as it lies nearer or
further from the Equator; but the Coafts are fub-
ject to ftrong Gales of Wind.
༢
The Country is divided into 3 Quarters, and
thofe 3 into 13 Jurifdictions. The Quarter of Chi-
li proper extends from the River Copiapo to that of
Maule, and is hotter than Spain. The 2d Quarter
call'd Imperial, reaches from the River Maule to
that of Gallegos, and much reſembles the Climate of
Spain. The Proximity of the Mountains on one
fide, and of the Sea on the other, makes it colder
than otherwiſe it would be; but it has Warmth
enough to make it one of the best Countries
in America. The Valley of Copiapo is fo fruitful,
that it frequently yields 300 for one fingle Mea-
fure, thofe of Guafco and Coquimbo fall very little
fhort of it, and that of Chili proper is fo excellent,
that it gives Name to the whole Country by way
of Eminence.
I come now to give a brief View of what Ovalle,
a Native, fays to it in general.
Z 3
He
17:2
}
342
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1792.
m
He tells us, that in Chili, properly fo call'd, viz.
the Country betwixt the Mountains and the Sea,
the Soil and Climate exceed thofe of any part of
Europe in Goodnefs, by the Confeffion of the Euro-
peans themſelves; He fays it is like the best part of
Europe in every thing, except the Oppofition of
the Seafons, it being Spring and Summer in the
one, when it is Autumn and Winter in the other ;
but in the Vallies the Heat and Cold are not fo
exceffive as in Europe, eſpecially from Lat. 36, or
thereabouts to Lat. 45. fo that neither the Heat of
the Day nor the Cold of the Night can be com-
plain'd of, from whence it is that the Inhabitants
make no difference between the Summer and Win-
ter in their Bedding and Clothes. He adds, that
they are not troubled here with Lightning, and
feldom hear Thunder, except at a great diftance.
They have no Storms of Hail in the Spring, and
feldom above 2 or 3 rainy Days together in the
Winter, after which the Sky is ferene without the
leaft Cloud. The North Winds bring the Clouds
and Rain, and the South Winds fpeedily make all
clear. They have no poyfonous or ravenous Crea-
tures, except a fmall fort of Lions, which fome-
times prey on their Flocks, but always fly from
Men; nor are thefe Lions numerous, there being
only a few of them in the Woods and Defarts.
He obferves as a peculiar Property of the Air of
Chili, that no Bugs will live in it, tho' they fwarm
in Cuio on the other fide of the Mountains.
the whole he infers, that there is no Country in
America fo agreeable to European Conftitutions as
Chili, the Air and Proviſions are fo like their own,
but rather better.
From
The Spring begins about the Middle of our Au-
gust, and lafts till the Middle of November; then
the Summer holds to the Middle of February, the
Autumn continues to the Middle of May, and the
Winter
Chili Defcribed.
343
ཎྞཱ་
Winter from thence to the Middle of August. Du 172.
ring this Seafon the Trees are depriv'd of their
Leaves, and the Ground is cover'd with white
Frofts, which are diffolved about 2 hours after the
Sun rifes, The Snow falls feldom in the Vallies,
but in great Quantity in the Mountains, from
whence it is melted in the Summer, and fructifies
the Vallies and Plains with Rivulets. In the Spring
the Fields are adorn'd with beautiful Flowers of
all Colours and forts, and of an admirable Scent,
from whence they diftil a fine Liquid called Angels
Water, which makes a noble Perfume. The choice-
eft Flowers and Plants that we cultivate grow wild
there; they have Groves of Muftard Trees higher
than a Man on Horfeback, and the Birds build
their Nefts in them. They have many Phyfical
Plants and Herbs, with which their Indian Phyſi-
cians perform wonderful Cures, when the Patients
are defpair'd of by our European Doctors, but they
are very ſhy of communicating thofe Secrets. Fruits
and Seeds brought hither from Europe thrive very
well, but thofe of Mexico and Peru don't. They
have all our forts of Fruit in fuch abundance, that
every one may take what they pleafe; fo that none
is fold, except a fort of extraordinary large Straw.
berries, which they cultivate. They have Oats,
Wheat and Maiz in fuch plenty, that they are fel-
dom troubled with Want of Grain. Their Paftures
are fo rich, and their Cattle of all forts fo nume-
rous, that they don't value the Fleſh, but falt the
Tongues and Loins, and fend 'em to Peru with the
·Hides and Tallow, which is a great Branch of their
Trade. They have Store of noble and generous
Wines, both white and red; their Vines are larger,
and their Cluſters of Grapes much bigger than any
in Europe. They have alfo plenty of Olives, Groves
of Cocoa Trees of feveral Leagues long, Almond-
trees, and fuch Store of Silk grafs, which they ufe
inſtead
ZA
344
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
179
inftead of Hemp, that they furniſh all the Coaſts
of the South Sea with Cordage for their Ships; they
have alſo great Quantities of Annife and Cummin-
feed, Salt, Flax, Wool, Leather, Timber, Pitch,
Amber, &c. So that according to Ovalle, Mer-
chants may trade from hence to other Parts in the
South Sea, and eſpecially to Lima, from 100 to 300
per Cent. Profit, of which I have alſo been informed
by our Priſoners. Though they have abundance
of Mulberry-trees, they breed no Silk-worms; fo
that the Ladies, who are extravagant in their Ap-
parel, impoverish the Country by purchafing the
richest Silks, tho' they might eafily have enough
of their own. They have plenty of Bees, yet have
their Wax from Europe, for want of Induftry to im-
prove their own, and they have Pepper and other
Spice from the East Indies, tho' they have a kind
of Spice of their own, which might very well fup-
ply them. He adds, that the Herbage, Fishing,
Hunting, Wood for Fuel and Timber, and Salt
Mines, are here in common, fo that every one
may take what they pleafe. They make little uſe
of their Mines of Lead and Quick-filver; for Peru
has enough of the latter to purify their Silver. O-
valle fays the Gold Mines are fo many, that from
the Confines of Peru to the Straits of Magellan there
is no part of the Country without 'em; but they
are not fo much follow'd as in Pera, and they don't
fo much apply themſelves to the Silver Mines, be-
caufe thofe of Gold are wrought with lefs charge;
their Silver is dug from hard Rocks, ground to
Powder in their Mills, and then refin'd with Quick-
filver, which is laborious as well as expenfive;
whereas they have no other trouble with the Gold
than to wash the Earth from it; yet fometimes
they follow the Veins of Gold through Rocks, when
they have hopes that they will grow larger, as
they frequently do, and one of thefe Veins is often
enough
Chili Defcrib'd.
345
A
enough to enrich the Diſcoverers.
Gold is not
dug here in fuch Plenty, fince the War betwixt the
Spaniards and Araucanos; but the Natives wait for
the Winter Rains, which waſh it down from the
Mountains, into Rivers, Ponds, c. when the
Women go into the Water, feel out the Grains
with their Toes, and make up as much as fupplys
their prefent Neceffities, as our Author fays, but
to me this appears a very odd Way to get Gold. He
tells us that he fent one of thofe Grains to Seville,
where being touch'd, it was found to be 23 Carats
fine, without any manner of Purification. Moſt
of the Bells and great Guns us'd in Peru, are made
of the Copper of this Country.
He comes next to give an Account of the Chain
of Mountains, named Cordillera, from his own Ob-
fervation, and what he has read in Authors: He
fays they run from N. to S. from the Province of
Quito to the Straits of Magellan, which is above a
Thouſand Leagues, and accounts them the high-
eſt Mountains in the World; they are generally
40 Leagues broad, and intermix'd with Abundance
of habitable Valleys: Thefe Mountains form 2
Ridges, the lowermoft is cover'd with Woods and
Groves, but the higher barren, becauſe of the ex-
ceffive Cold and Snow on them. The most remark-
able Animals in theſe Mountains are, 1. that Spe-
cies of Hogs which have their Navels on their Backs,
call'd Pecarys, theſe go in great Herds, with each
their Leader, and till he be kill'd, 'tis not fafe for
Hunters to attack them, but when he falls, they
immediately difperfe. 2. Wild Goats, whofe Hair
is as foft as Silk, and much us'd for fine Hats. 4.
Their Sheep call'd Guanacos, fhap'd like Camels,
but of a far lefs Size, with Wool fo fine that it is
preferr❜d to Silk for Softnefs and Colour. He adds,
that the ancient rncas, or Princes, cut two Roads
through thofe Mountains, and if we may believe
Herrera,
17
346
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1792. Herrera,one of them was pav'd for 900 Leagues from
Cuſco to Chili, 'twas 25 Foot broad, and at every
4 Leagues, there was a noble Structure, and at
each half League Couriers to relieve one another,
in carrying Meffages from the State. He fays,
there are ftill a fort of Inns on this Road, where
Travellers find all Neceffaries; but the Paths into
the Mountains are fo narrow, that a fingle Mule
can ſcarce paſs them. The Afcent begins at the
very Shore of the Sea, but that which is properly
call'd the Mountains, requires three or four Days
Journey to the Top of them, where the Air is fo
very piercing and cold, that he found difficulty to
breath, when he paſs'd them, fo that he and his
fellow Travellers were obliged to breath quicker
and ftronger than ordinary, and to apply their
Handkerchiefs to their Mouths, to break the ex-
treme Coldneſs of the Air. Herrera fays, That
thoſe who paſs them from Peru are troubled with
Reachings and Vomitings. Ovalle adds, That
there are Meteors upon thofe Mountains fometimes'
fo high in the Air, that they refemble Stars, and
at other times fo low, that they frighten the Mules
and buz about their Ears and Feer. He fays, on
the Top of thoſe Mountains they can't fee the
Country below for Clouds, tho' the Sky over their
Heads is clear and bright, and the Sun fhines with
admirable Beauty. When he pafs'd the higheſt
Part of that which is properly call'd the Cordillera,
he found no Snow, tho' in the beginning of Win-
ter, whereas, in the lower Parts, 'twas fo deep,
that the Mules cou'd fcarce travel. He fuppofes
the Reaſon why there was no Snow on the Top is,
that it reaches above the middle Region of the Air.
There are 16 Vulcanos in this Chain of Mountains,
which fometimes break out with dreadful Effects,
cleave the Rocks, and iffue great Quantities of
Fire, with a Noife refembling Thunder. I refer to
[
our
Chili Defcrib'd.
347
our Author for the particular Names and Places of 172.
thofe Vulcanos. He doubts not but there are many
rich Mines among thofe Mountains,tho' the Natives
induftriouſly conceal them, and make it Death to
difcover them, which has defeated feveral At-
tempts of that Nature by the Spaniards. The Na-
tives have no occafion for thofe Mines themselves,
becauſe they have Plenty of Proviſions, which is
all they defire, and they are afraid that ſuch Diſ-
coveries will occafion the Spaniards to difpoffefs
them, or to make them work in the Mines as Slaves.
He concludes this Head with an Account that
very
rich Mines were difcover'd at the Foot of thofe
Mountains on the fide of Cuio.
Thoſe Mountains of the Cordillera are paffable
only in Summer, or in the Beginning of the Win-
ter. There are frightful Precipices, and deep Ri-
vers, at the fides of the narrow Paffes, which fre-
quently occafions the Lofs of Mules and Travellers.
The Streams run with ſuch Violence, and ſo far
below the Roads, that to look at them turns ones
Head. The Afcents and Defcents are fo fteep,
that they are difficult to pafs on Foot, but the Irk-
fomeness of the Way is alleviated by the beautiful
Cafcades which the Water naturally forms as it
falls from the Rocks and Mountains; and in fome
of the Valleys the Water Springs up to a great
Height, like Fountains made by Art, amongſt o-
doriferous Plants and Flowers, which make an A-
greeable Profpect. All theſe Streams and Springs
are ſo very cool, that a Man can't drink above 2
or 3 Sips at once, nor hold his Hand in them a-
bove a Minute. In fome Places there are hot
Springs, good againſt many Diftempers, and leave
a green Tincture in the Channels thro' which they
run. One of thoſe Rivers, call'd Mendoca, has a
natural Bridge of Rock over it, from the Vault of
which there hangs feveral Pieces of Stone, refem-
!
bling
{
348
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
17
bling Salt, which congeal like Icecles, as the Wa-
ter drops from the Rock, and are form'd into fe-
veral Shapes and Colours. This Bridge is broad
enough for 3 or 4 Carts to pafs a-breaft. There's
another Bridge near this, call'd the Tncas, laid o-
ver by Art, betwixt 2 Rocks, as fome fay, but our
Author thinks it is the Work of Nature: It is fo
very high from the River, that he could not hear
the Stream, which runs with great Rapidity, and
though it be a large River, it appear'd like a Brook
when he look'd down from the Bridge, which he
could not do without being ftruck with Horror.
He comes next to deſcribe the particular Rivers
which run from thefe Mountains; but I fhall on-
ly mention the chief of them; and tho' moft of
them don't run above 30 Leagues, yet fome of
them, towards their Mouths, are navigable by Ships
of the greateſt Burthen. The firft is that which
rifes in the Confines of Peru, about S. Lat. 25.
'tis call'd the River of Salt, becauſe 'tis fo falt that
it can't be drank, and petrifies what's thrown into
it. 2. Copiapo, which rifes in Lat. 26. runs 20
Leagues from E. to W. and forms a Bay and a
Harbour, at its Entrance into the Sea.
3. Guasco
rifes in Lat. 28. and forms likewiſe a Bay and Har-
bour. 4. The River of Coquimbo, which rifes in
Lat. 30. forms a noble Bay and a Port, with beau-
tiful Myrtles, and other Trees on the Bank, that
make a noble and a pleaſant Grove. 5. Aconcagua,
a large deep River that riſes about Lat. 33. runs
thro' feveral fruitful Valleys. 6. Maypo rifes about
Lat. 33 and a half. It is fo rapid, that it admits no
༡
Bridge but one made of Cables; it enters the Sea
with ſo much Force, that its Waters form a Circle,
and are diſtinguiſhed a great Way. It is brackish,
noted for excellent Trouts, and the Sheep which
feed on its Banks, afford Mutton of a curious Re-
lifh. There are feveral other Rivers which fall in-
to
Chili Defcrib'd.
349
to it; the firft is, that of St. Fago, alias Mapocho; 17:2
'tis divided into feveral Streams, to water the Di-
ftrict of St. Fago, which fometimes it over-flows:
Not far from the City it finks under Ground, and
rifes again in a Grove, about 2 or 3 Leagues di-
ftant. 2. The River Poangue, its Water is extraor-
dinary clear and fweet, and flowing thro' Veins of
Metal, very much helps Digeftion. It runs for
feveral Leagues under Ground, fructifies the Val-
ley which lies over it, and produces excellent
Corn and Melons. The Banks of this River are
adorn'd with beautiful Trees. 3. The Rivers De-
collina and Lampa, which unite together within 10
or 12 Leagues off their Rife, and form the noted
Lake of Cudagues. It is fo deep, that great Veffels
may fail in it, is about 2 Leagues long, and its
Banks cover'd with Trees that are verdant all the
Year. It abounds with excellent Trouts and Smelts,
which are a great Conveniency to the City of St.
Fago. 7. Rapel is nothing inferior to Maypo, enters
the Sea about Lat. 34. and a half, and receives fe-
veral other rapid Streams. The adjacent Country
has excellent Paftures for fattening of Cattle. 8.
Delora rifes in Lat. 34 three quarters, and is exact-
ly like the former. 9. Maul, a great River, which
rifes in Lat. 3.5. and bounds the Jurifdiction of St.
Jago. The Natives call all the Country be-
twixt thoſe Rivers, Promocaes, i. e. a Place of Dan-
cing and Delight, which our Author fays is very
juft, for he never faw a more pleafant Country,
nor one better furniſh'd with Provifions of all forts.
The Spaniards have many noble Farms in theſe
Parts. Near the Mouth of this River, there's
a Dock for building of Ships, and a Ferry
belonging to the King for the Conveniency of
Paffengers. 10. Itata; 'tis 3 times as large and
deep as the Maul, and enters the Sea about Lat.
36. In moft Places they pafs it on Rafts, and in
༢
fome
350 A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
17: fome it is fordable. 11. Andalien, a River which
༢
runs flow, and enters the fpacious and pleaſant
Bay of Conception, at Lat. 36 three quarters. There's
another fmall River, which runs through the mid-
dle of the City of Conception, a little above which
it falls from a high Rock, and gives the Inhabitants
an Opportunity to form all forts of Water-works
from it, among pleafant Groves of Lawrels, Myr-
tles, and other odoriferous Plants. 12. Biobio, a
famous River, which enters the Sea, in Lat. 37.
'tis the largeſt in Chili, and is from 2 to 3 Mile
broad at its Mouth. Our Author fays its Waters
run thro' Veins of Gold, and Fields of Sarfaparilla,
which make them very wholefom, and good a-
gainst feveral Diftempers. This River is the
Boundary betwixt the Indians who are Friends to
the Spaniards, and thoſe who are their Enemies,
and make frequent Incurfions upon them. This
obliges the Spaniards to keep many Garrifons in
thoſe Parts, but the Natives truft to their Moun-
tains. This River fwells fo much in the Winter,
that it becomes unpaffable, and occafions a Ceffa-
tion of Arms on both fides. Thefe People, fays
Ovalle, have given the Spaniards more trouble than
all the other Natives of America; fo that they are
forced to maintain 12 Forts, well provided with
Men and Cannon, befides the City of Conception
and Chillam, to over-aw the Natives. 13. Imperial,
a pleaſant River, which falls into the Sea, about
Lat. 39. after having receiv'd many other Rivers,
and among 'em two which run into the famous
Lake of Buren, where the Indians have an impreg-
nable Fortreſs. 24. Tolten, about 30 Miles from
the River Imperial, is deep enough for great Ships,
where it enters the Sea. 15. About 8 Leagues far-
ther, the River Quenale enters the Sea, and is ca-
pable of fmall Barks. 16. Valdivia, fo called from
Pedro de Valdivia, one of the Conquerors and Go-
vernors™
Chili Defcrib'd.
351
vernors of Chili, who built a Port and City, near
the Mouth of it, where great Ships may come up
about 3 Leagues from the Sea. This River opens
to the North, and over-againſt the City lies the
pleafant Ifland of Conftantine, with two others; the
River is navigable on both fides of the Ifland, but
deepeft on the South fide. 17. Chilo, which rifes
from a Lake at the Foot of the Cordillera, where
there are Baths good against the Leprofy and other
Distempers. Our Author fays fo little of the Ri-
vers on the Eaft fide of the Cordillera, that we pass
them over.
Ovalle gives an Account of many remarkable
Fountains, both hot and cold, good againſt moſt
Diftempers; but I fhall not infift on them. He
fays, they have many Sea Lakes or Bays, which
bring great Profit to the Owners, becauſe their
Fiſheries are more certain than thofe of the Sea;
and furniſh moft part of the Lenten Fair to the In-
habitants, and in the hot Seafon abundance
of Salt.
He adds, that in the Valley of Lampa, near St.
Fago, there's an Herb, about a Foot high, refem-
bling Sweet Bafil. In Summer it is cover'd with
Grains of Salt, like Pearl, which is more favoury,
and has a finer Flavour than any other Salt.
Our
Author comes next to treat of the Fertility of the
Coaſt, which, he ſays, among other Fiſh produ-
ces Shell-Fiſh in greater Quantities, larger than
any where elſe, and 1. Oifters, valuable both for
their Meat and Pearls. 2. Choros; a fine Sort of
Shell-fifh, which alſo breed Pearl. 3. Manegues,
which have 2 round Shells, the infide of which re-
fembles Mother of Pearl. In fhort, he fays, the
Sea throws up Shell-fiſh, in fuch Quantities, upon
fome Parts of the Coaft, that Ships may be loaded
with them, and their Shells are of fuch Variety of
Colours and Shapes, that our European Virtuofos
17%99%
might
352
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1
17:
might from hence have a curious Collection, where
as the Indians only burn them for Chalk. There are
other Sorts of Fish on theſe Coaſts, fome of which
they call Sea-Stars, others Suns and Moons, be-
cauſe they reſemble thofe Planets,as they are uſual-
ly painted, which are common elſewhere, but not
fo large as here. Theſe Fiſh reduc'd into Powder,
and drank in Wine, are an infallible Remedy a-
gainſt Drunkenneſs,and frequently us'd for that end,
becauſe it creates an Abhorrence of Wine in thoſe
who drink it, fays our Author. He adds, that
great Quantities of Amber are found on this Coaſt,
particularly, the grey fort, which is the beft.
They have all other forts of Fiſh, common to us
in Europe, befides others, peculiar to themſelves.
He comes next to their Birds, and befides thoſe
which are common in Europe, there are 1. Flamen-
cos, bigger than Turkeys, their Feathers of a white
and fcarlet Colour, of which the Natives make
Ornaments, and their Legs are fo long that they
walk thro' Lakes and Ponds. 2. The Child Bird,
fo call'd, becauſe they look like a ſwadled Child,
with its Arms at Liberty: They are very good
Meat. 3. Airones, ſo much valued for their Fea-
thers, to make Tufts, that formerly, they ſay, e-
very Feather upon their Heads coft 2 Reals.
Theſe Birds are rare. There are others call'd Gar-
colos, whofe Feathers are generally us'd by Sol-
diers. 4. Voycas, from whofe Notes the Indians
pretend to foretel Death, Sickneſs, or other Mis-
fortunes; the Feathers on their Breafts are of a
deep fcarlet Colour, and the reft brown. 5. Pin-
guedas, their Body is of the fize of an Almond;
they feed upon Flowers, and fhine like poliſh'd
Gold, mix'd with green; the Males have a lively
Orange Colour, like Fire on their Heads, and the
Tails of thofe Birds are a Foot long, and 2 Inches
broad. 6. Condores, which are white as Ermin;
their
Chili Defcrib'd.
353
their Skins are extreme foft and warm, and there
fore us'd as Gloves. They have abundance of
Öftriches, and Variety of Hawks in this Country.
Ovalle comes next to treat of their Beafts. He
fays, they had no Cows, Horfes, Sheep, Hogs,
Houſe-Cats, nor common Dogs of any fort, Goats,
Affes, or Rabbits, till they were brought hither
by the Spaniards, but now all theſe are increas'd to
a wonderful Degree by the Richneſs of their Coun-
try and Pafture, fo that one Cow frequently yields
150 lb Weight of Tallow. Herrera fays, that when
the Spaniards came first hither, a Horfe was com-
monly fold for 1000 Crowns, but now they are fo
plenty that they ſend them yearly to Peru. The moſt
remarkable Animals, which are not common with
us, are, 1. Their Sheep, mention'd before, fhap'd
like Camels, tho' not fo large: The Natives us'd
them for Ploughing and Carriage, before they had
European Cattle: Their upper Lips are flit, with
which they ſpit at thoſe who vex them, and where-
ever their Spittle falls, it caufes a Scab. They go-
vern'd them by a kind of Bridle put thro' their
Ears, and they would kneel like Camels, to take
on their Burden. 2. Wild Goats, which very
much reſemble thofe Sheep, but are all of a
red clear Colour, fo very fwift that they out-run
Horſes, and are never to be tamed. They feed in
great Herds, and are hunted by Dogs, which eaſi-
ly catch the young ones, that are excellent Meat,
The Flesh of the old ones, dried and fmoaked, is
reckon❜d the beſt of its kind. Thefe Creatures, ef-
pecially the oldeft, have Bezoar Stones, in a Bag
under their Belly. Our Author fays, he brought
one of thofe Stones to Italy, which weigh'd 32
Ounces, and was as perfect an Oval as if it had been
form'd by a Turner; he gave the Indian who found
it 70 Pieces of 8 for it.
A a
Their
◄
172.
354
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
17
!
Their moſt remarkable Trees, befides what are
common to Europe, are, 1. The Cinnamon Tree,
fo call'd, becauſe the Bark reſembles Cinnamon,
in fuch Plenty, that they cover their Houſes with
them: They keep their Leaves all the Year, and
refemble the Italian Lawrel Royal. 2. The Guy-
ac Tree grows in the Cordillera, is as hard and hea-
vy as Iron: The Decoction is good againſt many
Diſeaſes. 3. The Sandal Tree, that is very odo-
riferous, a Preſervative againſt infectious Diſtem-
pers, and therefore us'd by the Priefts when they
vifit the Sick. 4. The Maguey, whofe Leaves are
admirable against Burnings; the Fruit is like Myr-
tle-Berries, and of an excellent Reliſh. 5. The
Quelu, of whofe Fruit they make a very ſweet
Drink. 7. Iluigan, the Spaniards call it Molde,
'tis of the Shape and Colour of Pepper: It grows
on a ſmall Tree, and makes an agreeable Liquor,
coveted by thofe of Quality. 8. The Myrtilla
which grows on the Mountains, from Lat. 37.
and upwards: Herrera fays, its Fruit is a common
Food to the Natives, not unlike a Grape, and of
this they make aWine that exceeds all other Liquors.
'Tis of a bright gold Colour, will bear more Water
than any other Wine, chears the Heart, and never
offends the Stomach, but increafes Appetite. The
Vinegar made of it exceeds all other forts. Our
Author adds, that their Cyprefs, Cedar and Oak
Trees are extraordinary good.
He comes next to the Iſlands of Chili. The firft
are thofe of Juan Fernandez, already defcrib'd.
The fecond are the Iflands of Chiloe, which lie a-
bout Lat. 43. and form an Archipelago of 40 I-
flands. He fays the Nature of the Climate is fuch,
that it rain almoft all the Year, ſo that only Maiz
or fuch other Grain can ripen here, as need little
Sun. The chief Diet of the Inhabitants is the
Root
Chili Defcrib'd.
355
}
Root Papas, which is larger here than any where 17.
elfe. They have excellent Shell-fiſh, very good
Poultry and Hogs, fome Beeves and Sheep. The
Capital of this Country is the City of Caftro, which
lies in the chief Iſland, and is garrifon'd by the
Spaniards. Here they have great Store of Honey
and Wax, and fome Gold Mines on the Coaft.
Their chief Manufacture is Clothing for the Indians,
and they have vaft Woods of Cedar Trees of a
prodigious fize, with the Planks of which they
drive a great Trade to Chili and Peru. 3. The I-
flands of Chonos, in Lat. 45. but of little Ufe, be-
cauſe of the exceffive Rains which drown the Soil.
4. The Fine Island, which lies almoft in the fame
Latitude with Val Paraiso and St. Jago: It has a
fafe Harbour for Ships, where they may ride in 20
or 30 Fathom Water. The Spaniards fay 'tis a very
beautiful Iſland, abounds with Trees, wild Boars,
and other Game, and excellent Water; and there's
Plenty of Fish on the Coaft. 5. The Iland of
Mocha, where the Dutch, under Spilberg, found a
very generous Reception by the Natives, who
furniſh'd them with Plenty of Sheep, and other
Proviſions, in exchange for Clothes, Axes, &c.
The North fide of it is plain and low, but the South
fide rocky. 6. The Ifland of St. Maria, 13 Leagues
S. W. from the City of Conception, and 3 from Arau-
to It is very fruitful and temperate, lies about
Lat. 27, and is well inhabited. 7. The Iflands of
Pedro de Sarmiento, fo call'd, becauſe he diſcover'd ·
them, when in Purfult of Sir Francis Drake. They
are about 80 in Number, and lie about Lat. 5o. fo
that we fuppofe them to be thofe now call'd The
Duke of York's Islands, which lie a little to the
Northward of the Straits of Magillan.
{
Our Author comes next to Cuio, the third Quar-
ter of Chill, which lies on the other fide of the Cor-
dillera, towards the Eaft. 'Tis divided into ſeveral
A a ¿
Pro
1
356
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
17
Provinces, and quite differs in Temperature from
Chili. The Summer is exceffive hot, and the Inha-
bitants fo annoy'd with Bugs and Muskettos, that
they lie abroad in their Gardens and Yards. They
have almoſt perpetual Thunders and Lightnings, and
are mightily infefted with poiſonous Infects: Thefe
are the bad Qualities of the Country,to compenfate
which, the Soil, in many places, if poffible, exceeds
that of Chili in Fruitfulness; the Crops are richer,
the Fruits larger, and of a better Tafte, becauſe of
the greater Heats. They have Store of Corn, Wine,
Fleſh, and all the Fruits, Roots, and Herbs of Eu-
rope, with large Plantations of Olives and Almonds.
The Cold is not fo fharp in Winter as that of Chili,
and the Air much clearer, fo that the Seaſon is then
very, temperate: they have great Quantities of large
excellent Trouts, and other River Fifh. Their
peculiar Fruits are, 1. Algaroba, of which they
make a Bread fo fweet, that Strangers can't eat it.
They ſupply Tucuman and Paraguay with Figs,
Pomgranates, Apples, dry'd Peaches and Grapes,
and excellent Wine and Oil. Ovalle fays, That
in his time there were rich Mines of Gold and Sil-
ver diſcover'd here, which were reckon'd to be
better than thofe of Potoft, and that in fhort it had
all Neceffaries for Life in as great abundance as
any other Country, and in general is very health-
ful. The Provinces of Tucuman and Paraguay, which
bound this Country we have already defcrib'd.
·
Fan. 10. I now go on with my Journal, being
on our Departure from California, and returning to
Great Britain. I fhall not trouble the Reader with
every Day's particular Tranfactions in this long and
tedious Paffage, but only take notice of fuch Occur-
rences as are worth remark, and to fatisfy the Curi-
ous, ſhall fubjoin a particular Table of each Day's
Run, with the Latitude, Longitude and Variation
betwixt
Sailing towards the Island of Guam.
357
betwixt Cape St. Lucas on California, and Guam, one 1773.
of the Ladrones Iflands. We refolved to keep an exact
Account of the Diſtance and Variation not being
certainly known to us from any former Voyagers.
old Salt
Jan. 11. We weigh'd from Port Segura laft Night,
but were becalm'd under the Shore till the 12th in
the Afternoon, when there fprung up a Breeze,
which foon run us out of fight of the Land. We
took our Departure from Cape St. Lucas, which
bore N. by E. at 12 a Clock, diftant about 15
Leagues. We were forc'd to go away with little
or no Refreſhment, having but 3 or 4 Fowls, and
a very ſlender Stock of Liquor, which we got out of
the Batchelor. Several of our Men were in a weak
Condition, befides my ſelf, Mr. Vanbrugh, and the
reft that were wounded. We were forc'd to allow
but I Pound and half of Flower, and I fmall Piece of We are
Meat to 5 in a Mefs, with 2 Pints of Water a Man Jhort of
for 24 Hours, for Drink and Dreffing their Victuals. Provisions.
We ftruck down 10 of our Guns into the Hold, to
eafe the Ship; for being out of the way of Enemies,
they are altogether ufelefs betwixt this and the East
Indies. On the 16th the Batchelor made a Signal to
give us fome Bread, they having found a good
Quantity of Bread and Sweet-meats aboard her,
but little of Flefh-kind: We had 1000 Weight of
Bread for our Share, the Dutchefs as much, and the
Marquifs 500 Weight; in lieu of which we fent
back to the Prize 2 Casks of Flower, one of English
Beef, and one of Pork, they having but 45 Days
Proviſion aboard in Flesh. This Morning Thomas
Conner, a Boy, fell overboard, but the Launch be-
ing aftern, we cut her Moarings, and took him
up just as he was tired with Swimming, and ready
to fink.
On the 26th in the Morning the Water was very
much difcolour'd, at which being furprized, we
immediately founded, but found no Ground. We
A a 3
Spoke
358
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
I
17. fpoke with the Dutchefs, and agreed to go away
W.S.W. till we got into the Lat. of 13°. becaufe our
Spanish Pilot told us it was dangerous going in 14,
by reaſon of Iſlands and Shoals, where a Spanish
Veffel was loft fome time ago, ever fince which the
Manila Ship, in her Return from Acapulco, runs in
Lat. 13. and keeps that Parallel till they make the
Iſland of Guam.
Some of
our Men
punifb'd
for fteal
On the 28th the Steward miffing fome Pieces of
Pork, we immediately fearch'd, and found the
Thieves, one of 'em thad been guilty before, and
ing Provi- forgiven, on promife of Amendment, but was pu-
fions. nifh'd now, left Forbearance fhould encourage
the reft to follow this bad Practice; Provifions
being fo fhort, and our Run fo long, may prove
of ill confequence. I order'd 'em to the Main
Jeers, and every Man of the Watch to give 'em a
Blow with a Cat of Nine-tails, and their Mefs-
mates being privy to the Theft, were put in Irons.
Feb. 1. We buried one Boyce, betwixt 40 and 59
Years of Age, whom we brought from Guiaquil,
where and in other Parts of New Spain he had
been a Priſoner above 7 Years, fince he was taken
in the Bay of Campeachy.
On the 5th a Negro we named Deptford died,
who being very much addicted to ſtealing of Pro-
vifions, his Room was more acceptable than his
Company at this time. On the 6th we spoke with
the Dutchefs; I was for augmenting the Mens Al-
lowance in Meat, fince we had fuch a favourablę
Gale, which was like to continue; but Capt. Court-
ney objected against it, alledging that if we miss'd
Guam, we fhould all be ftarved; fo we deferr'd it
a Week longer. We have had very bad luck in
fishing hitherto, having took only one Albicore
fince we came from Cape St. Lucas.
On the 11th I agreed with Capt. Courtney to con-
tinue a W. by S. Courſe till we get clear of the
Rocks
}
Sailing towards the Iſland of Guam.
359
dies.
Rocks call'd the Bartholomews, which are laid down 172.
in 13 °. and a half; but the Diſtance of them being
variouſly computed, makes us the more cautious,
and keep a conftant good Look-out. On the 13th
the Spanish Pilot we took in the Batchelor died; we Our Spa-
kept him, thinking he might be of uſe to us, if he nib Pilot
recover'd of his Wounds; but he was fhot in the
Throat with a Musket-ball, which lodg'd fo deep,
the Doctors could not come at it. On the 14th
we agreed with Capt. Courtney to give half a Pound
of Flower or Bread more to a Mefs. That fame
Day, in Commemoration of the antient Cuſtom in
England of chufing Valentines, I drew up a Lift of
the fair Ladies in Bristol, that were any ways re-
lated to or concern'd in the Ships, and fent for my
Officers into the Cabbin, where every one drew,
and drank the Lady's Health in a Cup of Punch,
and to a happy Sight of 'em all; this I did to put
'em in mind of Home. On the 17th I was trou-
bled with a Swelling in my Throat, which incom-
moded me very much, till this Morning I got out
a Piece of my Jaw Bone that lodg'd there fince I
was wounded. Our Ship began to make more Wa-
ter, fo we clapt on a new Bonnet where we took
the old one off; but after many fruitless Attempts,
were forc'd to keep one Pump continually going,
every two Men in the Watch taking their Poſts
once an Hour; which Labour, with the want of
fufficient Food, make our People look miferably.
On the 18th we threw a Negro overboard, who
died of a Confumption and Want together. Our
Men began to be very much out of order, and
what adds to their Weakneſs is our continual Pump-
ing, nor can we pretend to make any further Ad-
dition to their Allowance.
On the 25th Tho. Williams, a Welch Taylor, died;
he was ſhot in the Leg at engaging the 2d Manila
Ship, and being of a weak Conftitution, fell into
A a 4
a Dy-
зва
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
17. a Dyfentery, which kill'd him. On the 26th we
caught a Couple of fine Dolphins, which were very
acceptable to us, having had but very indifferent
Luck of Fiſh in this long Paffage.
On March the 3d we buried a Negro call'd Au-
guftine, who died of the Scurvy and Dropfy. We
agree to give 6 Negroes the fame Allowance as
five of our own Men, which will but juft keep
thofe that are in health alive.
On the 10th we made Land, being the Iſland
Serpana, which bore N.W. diftant about 8 Leagues,
The Dutchefs made another Iſland to the Weftward,
which bore W. by S, diftant about 10 Leagues; the
We fee the latter they took to be the Ifland Guam, fo we clapt
Ifland of upon a Wind, and ſtood for it.
Guam.
March 11. This Morning we had fight of both
Iſlands, the Northermoft bearing N. N. W. diftant
about 7 Leagues, and the Body of the Weftermoft
W.S.W. 5 Leagues. The Spaniards fay there is a
great Shoal between theſe Iſlands, but nearest to
Serpana. We ran along the Shore, being fatis-
fied it was the Ifland of Guam, from whence there
came feveral flying Prows to look at the Ships;
they run by us very fwift, but none would venture
aboard. At Noon the Weftermoft part of the
Iſland bore Weft, and at the fame time we made a
fmall low Iſland joining to Guam, with a Shoal be-
tween it and Guam; the Iland appear'd green and
very pleaſant, off of it there runs a Spit of Sand to
the Southward, but keeping it a good Birth from
you as you near it, there's no Danger, being gradual
Soundings to the Shoal. After we were clear of it
we fprung our Luff, and ftood in for the Harbour,
which lies mid-way betwixt this and the North
part of the Ifland. There came heavy Flaws of
Wind off Shore, fometimes for us, and at other
times againſt us; but we got to an Anchor in the
Afternoon in 12 Fathom Water, about half a Mile
off
Arrival at the Iſland of Guam.
361
༡
179
vernour
off Shore, where there was a little Village. The
fmall Iſland to the Southward bore South of us,
diſtant about 3 Leagues, and another ſmall one to
the Northward bore N.N.W. about 2 Leagues. The
Neceffity of our stopping at theſe Iſlands to get a
Refreſhment of Provifions, was very great, our
Sea Store being almoft exhaufted, and what we
had left was very ordinary, efpecially our Bread
and Flower, which was not enough for 14 Days at
the ſhorteſt Allowance. In order to recruit quiet-
ly, we endeavour'd to get fome of the Natives a- Send to
board that were in the Prows, to keep 'em as Ho- the Spa-
nish Go-
ftages in cafe of fending any of our Men to the
Governour: One of 'em, as we were turning into for Provi-
the Harbour with Spanish Colours, came under ourſions.
Stern. There were 2 Spaniards in the Boat, who
asked what we were, and from whence we came?
Being anſwer'd in Spanish, that we were Friends,
and came from New Spain, they willingly came
aboard, and ask'd if we had any Letter to the Go-
vernour? We had one ready, but before we could
get it figned by all the Commanders, there came a
Meffenger from the Governour, who demanded
the fame Account of us. We immediately fent him
away with 2 of our Linguiſts, detaining one of the
Spaniards till they return'd. The Letter was thus:
SIR,
WE
E being Servants to Her Majesty of Great Bri-
tain, and stopping at thefe Iflands in our Way to
the East Indies, will not moleft the Settlement, provided
you deal friendly by us. We will pay for whatever Pro-
uifions and Refreshments you have to spare, in fuch man-
ner as best agrees with your Conveniency, either in Mo-
ney, or any Neceffaries you want. But if after this civil
Request you deny us, and do not act like a Man of Ho-
nour, you may immediately expect fuck Military Freat-
ment a
362 A Cruiſing Voyage round the World
17. ment, as we are with eaſe able to give you. This we
thought fit to confirm under our Hands, recommending to
you our Friendship and kind Treatment, which we hope
you'll esteem, and affure your felf we then fhall be with
the strictest Honour,
Your Friends and humble Servants,
To the Honourable Governour
of the Iſland of Guam, March
W. Rogers.
S. Courtney.
The Civi-
Natives.
The Gover-
23. 1709.
E. Cooke.
March 11. In the Morning we and the Dutchefs
lity of the mann'd our Pinnace, and fent her aſhore with a
Flag of Truce, where they were entertain'd cur-
teouſly by the Natives, who promis'd to fupply us
with fuch Provifions as they could fpare, provided
the Governour would give 'em leave. About Noon
our Linguift return'd, and brought with him 3
Spanish Gentlemen from the Governour, who in
nour's ci- anfwer to our Letter fent another, expreffing all
wil Anfwer.
Readineſs imaginable to accommodate us with
what the Iſland afforded, and that he had fent thoſe
Gentlemen to treat with us. I immediately ſent
for Capt. Dover, Courtney, and Cooke, &c. being
not able to ftir out of the Ship, and defir'd they
would come and confult with me how to act.
$
March 12. This Morning we had 4 Bullocks,
I for each Ship, with fome Limes, Oranges, and
Cocoa Nuts. Our Miſunderſtandings at California
have been very much augmented fince by our Want
of Provifions, one Ship's Company being jealous
the other had moft and beft; but now being ar-
riv'd at a Place of Plenty, we are all indifferent-
ly well reconciled, and an Entertainment was pro-
vided aboard the Batchelor for the Spanish Gentle-
men, where moft of our Officers appointed to
meet. I being not able to move my ſelf, was
hoifted
At the Island of Guam.
363
hoifted in a Chair out of the Ship, and alfo out of 179.
the Boat into the Batchelor; there we had a good w
Entertaintment, and agreed, that on Thurſday
next a Repreſentative for each Ship ſhould wait
upon the Governour, and make him a handſome
Prefent for his Civility and Readineſs to ſup-
ply us.
March 15. This Morning we had another En-
tertainment aboard the Marquifs, where I likewiſe
went in the fame manner as before.
March 16. This Morning our Pinnace went
with ſeveral of our Officers to accept of the Go-
vernour's Invitation afhore, who receiv'd them
with all imaginable Friendſhip and Refpect, ha-
ving near 200 Men drawn up in Arms at their
Landing, and the Officers and Clergy of the Iſland
to conduct them to the Governour's Houſe, which
was a very handſome Seat, confidering where we
are: They entertain'd them with at leaſt fixty
Diſhes of feveral forts, the beſt could be got on the
Iſland, and when they took their Leaves, each
fired a Volley of Small Arms. They prefented
the Governour, according as we had agreed, with
2 Negro Boys drefs'd in Liveries, 20 Yards of Scar-
let Cloth-Serge, and 6 Pieces of Cambrick, which
he feem'd wonderfully pleas'd with, and promis'd
to affift us in whatever lay in his Power.
March 17. This Day we got our Dividend, be-
ing about 60 Hogs, 99 Fowls, 24 Baskets of Indian
Corn, and 14 Bags of Rice, 44 Baskets of Yams,
and 800 Cocoa Nuts.
March 18. There was an Entertainment aboard
us to day, where we had moft of our Officers,
and 4 Spanish Gentlemen from the Governour. I
made 'em as welcome as Time and Place would
afford, diverting 'em with Muſick, and our Sailors
Dancing till Night, when we parted very friend-
ly. We got fome more Bullocks on board, being
fmall
364
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
¡
17.3 fmall lean Cattle, but what we gladly accepted of;
each Ship had 14 in all.
March 20. This Morning each Ship had 2 Cows
and Calves more, being the laft we are like to get.
We had a Meeting on board the Marquifs, where
'twas agreed to make a handfome Prefent to the
Governour's Deputy, who had the Fatigue to get
our Proviſions together, wherein he us'd all pof-
fible diſpatch. We gave him and the reft of the
Gentlemen what they eſteem'd double the Value of
what we received of them, which they certify'd
under their Hands, and that we had been very ci-
vil to them. We alſo gave them the like Certifi-
cate, fign'd by all our Officers, to fhew to any
English that might have occafion to recruit there,
and parted very friendly. Having finiſh'd that Af-
fair, it was agreed, that we ſhould ſteer from hence
a Weft and by South Courfe to go clear of fome
Iſlands that lie in our way, and then thought it
proper to ſteer directly for the South Eaſt part of
Mindanao, and from thence the cleareft Way to
Ternate. It was alfo agreed, that our Ship being
very leaky, I fhould deliver to Capt. Courtney one
Cheft of Plate and Money, to be put on board the
Dutchefs.
March 21. At Break of Day we hoifted our Co-
lours, and fired a Gun for our Conforts to un-
moar. In the mean time, with the Confent of the
other Officers I put an old Spaniard afhore, call'd
Ant. Gomes Figuero, whom we took in the 1ft Bark
in the South Seas, and defign'd to carry him to Great
Britain, to condemn all our Prizes took there;
but he being now in all appearance not likely to
live, we agreed to difmifs him, he giving us a Čer-
tificate that he faw us attack and take ſeveral Pri-
zes, all Subjects to Philip V. King of Spain, &c. I
gave him fome Clothes and other odd things to help
him in his Sickneſs, then put him afhore to the
Deputy-
The Iland of Guam Deſcrib'd.
365
Deputy Governour, and the reft of the Spanish Of-
ficers, who gave us a Certificate, that they receiv'd
fuch a Perfon.
I fhall here give a Defcription of the Iſle of
Guam.
The Island of Guam Defcrib'd.
This
a-
His Ifland is about 40 Leagues round; the
Anchoring Place is on the W. Side, and
bout the Middle there's a large Cove, with feveral
Houſes built after the Spanish Mode, with Accom-
modations for the Officers and Crew of the Acapulco
Ship, the Settlement being made here on purpofe for
that Ship to recruit at, in her Way to Manila. There
are about 300 Spaniards on this and the Neighbour-
ing Iſlands; moſt of the Natives are their Converts:
They told us they have 8 Fathers, 6 of whom teach
School, befides performing their Offices as Clergy-
men. They have alfo Schools taught by Mullattoes
and Indians, who have learn'd the Language, ſo
that moſt of the Natives underftand Spanish. The
Spaniards inform me, that there's a Range of Iflands
from hence to Japan. Among which there are fe-
veral abound with Gold, and they were now build-
ing a ſmall Veffel to diſcover them, in order to get
a Trade.
The Iſland of Guam it felf abounds with Oran-
ges, Lemons, Citrons, Musk and Water Melons,
which were brought hither by the Spaniards. The
Orange Trees thrive very well here. The Ifland
is full of Hills and Dales, and Streams of good Wa-
ter. They have Plenty of Cattle, but ſmall, poor,
and generally white. The Indico Plant grows wild
in fuch Abundance, that were they induftrious,
and had Coppers to boil it up, they might have
great Quantities of that Commodity; but being
fo
17:2
366
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
17. fo remote and out of the Way of Trade, they make
no Ufe of it, nor do they improve any thing but
what contributes to their prefent Subfiftance; and
having that, they are eafie. Money is of fo little
Ufe, and fo fcarce among them, that they could
not raiſe 1000 Dollars in the whole Iſland to pur-
chafe Commodities from us, which they would
gladly have done. Here are about 200 Soldiers,
who receive their Pay from Manila by a ſmall Ship
once per Ann. This Ship brings them Cloaths, Su-
gar, Rice, and Liquor, for which the carries back
moft of the Money again. This has made them of
late fow Rice in their Valleys, and make other Im-
provements. They abound with Hogs, which are
the beſt Pork in the World, becauſe they feed al-
together on Cocoa-Nutts, and Bread-Fruit, which
are plentiful here; and were not the Spaniards
flothful, they might have moft Neceffaries of their
own Growth for the Maintenance of Life.
Their Bread Fruit I thought the moſt remark-
able Thing on the Ifland. Ifaw fome of it which
was as large as Oranges, and much reſembled them.
They tell me, that when ripe they are three Times
as large, and grow in many other Places near the
Equinox in the Eaft Indies. The Leaves are almoft
as large as thoſe of Figs, fomething like them, but
of a brown Colour. The Tree is large, and they
have fuch Plenty of this Fruit in the Seaſon, that
they fatten their Hogs with them. The Fruit has
no Stone, and by the Account they gave, the In-
fide reſembles a dry Potato or Yam, with which
they likewiſe abound.
The Wind blows conftantly a S. E. Trade here,
except during the Wefterly Monfoons, which laft
from the Middle of June to the Middle of August.
The Governour lives on the N. Side of the Iſland,
where there's a fmall Village, and a Convenit, be-
ing the chief Habitation of the Spaniards. They
marry with the Natives, and had not above four
Spanish
The Iſland of Guam Deſcrib'd.
367
Spaniſh Women on the Ifland. The Indians are tall 1792
and ftrong, of a dark olive Colour, go all naked, ✔ ~
except a Clout about their Pofteriors, and the
Women have little Petticoats. The Men are dex-
trous at flinging of Stones, which they make of
Clay, of an oval Form, burning them, till as hard
as Marble, and are fo good Markf-men, that the
Spaniards fay, they feldom mifs hitting any
Mark, and throw it with fuch a Force, as to kill a
Man at a confiderable Diftance. I heard of no
other Weapons that they uſed, but a Stick or Lance
made of the heavieft Wood in the Ifland.
The Governour prefented us with one of their
flying Prows, which I fhall deſcribe here becauſe
of the Odnefs of it. The Spaniards told me 'twould
run 20 Leagues per Hour, which I think too large;
but by what I faw, I verily believe, they may run
20 Miles or more in the Time, for when they
viewed our Ships, they paffed by us like a Bird
flying. Theſe Prows are about 30 Foot long, not
above 2 broad, and about ; deep; they have but
3
one Maft which ftands in the Middle, with a Mat
Sail, made in the Form of a Ship's Mizen. The
Yard is flung in the Middle, and a Man fits at each
End with a Paddle to fteer her, fo that when they
go about, they don't turn the Boat as we do to
bring the Wind on the other fide, but only change
the Sail, fo that the Jack and Sheet of the Sail are
ufed alike, and the Boat's Head and Stern are the
fame, only they change them, as Occafion requires,
to fail either Way; for they are ſo narrow that they
could not bear any Sail, were it not for Booms,
that run out from the Windward Side, faſten'd to
a large Log fhap'd like a Boat, and near half as
long, which becomes contiguous to the Boat. On
thefe Booms a Stage is made above the Water, on
a Level with the Side of the Boat, upon which they
carry Goods or Paffengers. The greateft Incon-
veniency
368
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
17:2
17
veniency in failing thefe Boats is before the Wind,
for by the Out-layer, which is built out on one
Side, if the Wind preffes any thing heavy on the
contrary Side, the Boat is over-fet, which often
happens; having brought one of thefe Boats to
London, it might be worth fitting up to put in the
Canal in St. James's Park for a Curiofity, fince we
have none like it in this Part of the World.
As foon as the Boat return'd from landing Senior
Figuro, we put under Sail, having a fine Breeze of
Wind at E. N. E. We had generally fair Weather
here in the Day Time, and Showers commonly in
the Night, but very fultry. The Wind always off
Shoar betwixt the E. and N. E. Our Decks are
filled with Cattle and Provender.
According to Promife, I have here inferted my
Run from California to Guam.
i
>
A
369
A Table of each Days Run between Cape St. Lucas
in California, and the island of Guam.
179%
Course.
January
Lat. by Long. W.Diff. Lon.rariation
Dift. Reck. & from from Cape Easterly.
Obfervat. London. S. Lucas.
N. W. W.
12E S. 22 30 W.
14
F S. 28 00 W.
45 22 16114 09 00.09 03 00
66 21 18114 4200 42 02 50
GS.33 45 W. 54 20 24115 15 01 15 02 50
ISA S. 33 45 W.
15A
52 19 25115 45 01 45 02 50
16 BS. 33
45 W
68
18 56116 24 02 24 02 45
17 CS. 33 45 W.
72
18 00117 06 03 06 02 45
18 DS. 35 10 W
41
17 11117 30 03 30 02 15
19 ES. 33 45 W.
62
16 32118 05 04 05 02 00
20 FS. 43 40 W.
21 GS. 68 co W.
1
68 15 44118 540454 01 50
83
22 AW. 06 48 S. 94
23 BW:05 20 S. 152
24 C W:04 00 S. 142
15 co 120 15 06 15 01 30
14 49122 05 08 0501 10
14 36124 25 10 2500 50
14 24126 45 12 45 00 40
25DW.04 10.S. 151 13 14 129 05 15 05 00 45
-
26E W.05 25 S. 147 13 50131 23 17 25 100 50
27F W. 18 50 S. 97 13 29/122 5818 58 or oo
Bb
370
The Table continu’d.
17.
Fanuary
-
Course.
Lat. by Long. W. Diff.Lon.Variation
Dift. Reck. & from from Cape Easterly.
Diſt.
Obfervat. London. S. Lucas.
N.
W. W.
28G W.
88 13 29134 41 20 41 01 10
29 A W.03.00 S. 122 13 22 136 48 22 48
01 15
ين
30B W. 04 00 N. 146 13 27139 21 25 21
01 25
21C W.04 00N.162 13 32142 07 28 07
01 30
Feb. ID W.
143 13 12144 37 30 37 01 40
F W.06 00 S. 160 13 26150 18 36 18
E W.04 00 N.168 13 36 147 32 33 32 01 50
02 0ơ
4GW.
156 13 26153 02 39 02 02 10
SA W.
130 13 26155 19 41 19 02 25
6B W.
CW.02 00 S. 161 13 25 160 31 46 31
137 13 26157 43 43 43 02 30
02 50
8D W.08 00 N.144 13 41163 00 49 00
03 00
9E W
130 13 41 165 181 18 03 20
10F W.01 00 N. 124 13 44167 263 26 03 30
W.or oo
IIG W.03 00 S. 146 13 36 169 56 55 56 03 45
*
12A W.61 00 S. 146 13 33172 27 58 27 04 00
13
BW.01 00 N. 148 13 36175 00 61 0004 30
1CW.02 00 S. 136 13 32 177 2163 21 05 20
The Table coutinu'd.
371
Lat. by Long. W. Diff. Lon.Variation
from from Cape Eafterly.
1799090
Courſe.
Dift. Reck. E
Febr.
Obfervat. London. St.Lucas.
N.
W. W
15DW.04 00 N. 125
12 40 179 28 65 28 06 30
16E W.04 00 N. 112 13
47 181 24 67 24
07 00
07 30
17F W. 04 00 N.114 13 54 183 22 69 22
|
18G W. 01 00 S. 130 13 52185 37 71 37 09 00
19A W.07 00 S. 122 13 40 187 42 73 42 10 15
20B W.07 00 S. 124 13 28 189 4975 49|11 00
21C W. 04 00 S.
22D W. 05 00 S. 113 13 12 193 25 79 25
I
98 13 21 191 30 77 30 II 30
12 00
70 13 07194 3780 37
II 50
ΙΙ ΟΟ
23E W. 04 00 S.
24 F W.or 30N 72 13 10 195 51 81 51
25G W. 04 00 S. 118 13 03 197 51 83 51
11
ΙΟ ΟΟ
27
28
26 A W.or 30 S. 70 13 00199 03 85 03
BW. 02 00 S. 71 12 57 200 1686 16
W. 02 00 S. 120 12 54202 20 88 20
950
9 30
9 00
Mar. 1DW.oz oo N. 108 12 58 204 12 90 12
8 40
2E W.03 00 N.10 13 04206 06 92 06
8 20
3
F W. or oo N. 84 13 05207 33 93 33
41G IW.
8.00
8º 12.05 209 94 95 041
Fot
B b 2
The Table Continu'd.
372
172.
Courſe.
March
|Dist.
Dift.
Lat. by Long. W.Diff.Lon. Variation
Reck & from from Cape Eafterly.
Obfervat. London. St.Lucas.
N. W.
W.
SAW.02 00S. 106
12 02211 54
96 54 7 30
9
6B W. 02 48 N. 105
13 07212 42
98 42
7 10
7CW.
82 13 07214 07 100 07
7 00
8D W.03 00 S.
78 13 03215 28 101 28
6 50
6 ༣༠
9E W.03 00 N. 100 13 08217 11103 11
10F W.06 00 N. 74 13 16|218 27/104 27 5 40
At 3 a Clock in the Afternoon the Iſland of
Guam bore W. by S. diftant 10 Leagues.
'Mar.
}
From the Ifland of Guam towards Ternate.
373
March 22, At 6 laft Night, the Body of the 1710.
Iſland Guam bore E. N. E. Dift. 8 Leagues, from
whence we took our Departure, defigning for Ter-
nate, one of the Molucca Iflands belonging to the
Dutch, and diftant from Guam about 400 Leagues.
We had a freſh Gale of Wind at N. E. and N. E.
by E. with fair Weather, but very fultry. Lat. 12.
45. Var. 5. 30. E
April 11. Nothing remarkable has occurr'd worth
See Land,
noting, but that we have generally had a ftrong but know
Current fetting to the Northward. At Two not what is
Yefterday Afternoon we made Land, bearing S. E.is.
diftant about 5 Leagues, being a low flat Ifland,
all green, and full of Trees. Lat. 2. 54. N. This
Iſland is not laid down in any Sea Chart; our Ship
continues very leaky.
April 14. Yefterday in the Afternoon we faw Saw more
Land, bearing W. S. W. 12 Leagues, being very Land.
high. The Current has fet to the Northward
this 24 Hours very ftrong. Lat. 1. 54.
April 15. Yefterday in the Afternoon we made
other Land, which bore W. N. W. diftant about
10 Leagues, and ſuppos'd it to be the N. E. Part of
Celebes. We faw 3 Water-Spouts; one of which
༡
had like to have broke on the Marquifs, but the
Dutchess by firing two Shot, broke it before it
reach'd her. We faw a very large Tree a-float,
with a Multitude of Fiſh about it; and 2 large
Iſlands, the Southermoft bearing S. W. diftant a-
bout 8 Leagues, and the Northermoft W. N. W.
7 Leagues, both being the fame Land we faw
Yefterday; and the latter we now ſuppoſe to be
the S. E. Part of Moratay, and the other the N,
Part of Gilolo. At Noon the Southermoft Land
bore S. W. by S. ro Leagues, and the Weſtermoſt
$ Leagues. N. Lat. 02. 13.
Bb3
April
374 A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1710. April 17. We having a Wefterly Gale, and the
Current fetting againſt us, we gained little Ground
in turning to get about Moratay. We had in-
different fair Weather all Night and Morning, but
Standing pretty much to the Southward, loft Sight
of the Land, a ftrong Current fetting to the North-
ward.
Our Ship April 23. We had very ftormy Weather for moſt
very leaky.Part fince the 17th, the Marquifs and we fuf-
fer'd both in our Rigging. So that we begin to
deſpair of getting to Windward of this Iſland Mo-
ratay, to reach Ternate, which is now near us; but
we are obliged to keep Company with the Marquifs
and Batchelor, who fail but very indifferent upon a
Wind; and it's the hardeſt upon our Ship's Com-
pany, who are wearied almoft to Death with con-
tinual Pumping, the Leak having encreas'd upon
us fince we came out of Guam, fo that it is as much
as 4 Men are able to keep her free Half an Hour,
all the Watch being oblig'd to come to it once in 4
Hours.
April 29. We got 292 Lib. Weight of Bread from
the Batchelor Yefterday Afternoon, in Exchange
for Meat we fent 'em, which with what we had be-
fore, will laſt us about 20 Days, and not much
longer. We begin to be very much difheartned,
becauſe Captain Dampier, who has been twice
here, tells us, that if we can't get Ternate, or find
the Iſland Tula, we can reach no Port or Place to
recruit at, and that it will be impoffible to get Pro-
viſions for us on the Coaſt of New Guinea, fhould
we be fore'd to go thither; upon which I ſent my
Opinion aboard of our Conforts, and defir'd they
would call a Committce, and agree how to pro-
ceed next; which they did as follows.
At
Sailing from Guam towards Ternate.
375
At a Committee held on Board the Batche-
I'
lor Frigat, April 29. 1710.
1710.
~
mittee to
T is agreed to make the best of our Way to the Ifland A Come
of Tula, where we are in Expectation of fupplying refolve
our felves with Wood, Water and Provifions, to cruize what
10 or 12 Days for this Island, being uncertain of its Courſe we
Scituation; and in Cafe the Wind fhould prefent fooner, Should
Steer.
that we can fetch Ternate, then to make the best of our
Way for it; but if the Wind fhould not prefent for Ter-
nate, nor the Island Tula, then, if we fee Occafion, to
make the best of our Way to fome Port in Mindanao.
And for all Opportunities in going about and carrying
a Light, we leave it to Captain Courtney in the
Dutchefs.
May 2. We fhaped our Courfe for Ternate a fe-
cond Time, being in all Probability to the Weft-
ward of Gillolo, having made by our Reckoning 3
Degrees of Longitude to the Weftward of Moratay.
May 3. About 8 this Morning we made Land,
which we took to be ſome of the Iſlands lying off
the N. Eaft Part of Celebes. It bore W. S. W. of
us, diftant about 15 Leagues.
May 7. Fair Weather till 4 this Morning, when
there came up a violent Shower, with great Flaſhes
of Lightning. At Break of Day we faw Land
trending from S. E. by S. to S. S. W. which at
firſt appear'd like 5 Iſlands, but after it clear'd up,
we plainly perceiv'd it was one continued Land;
we alſo faw other Lands to the Weftward of that,
which bore W. by S. diftant about 10 Leagues, and
were of Opinion, that we were got to the Eaſt-
ward of Gillolo a fecond Time. We were the more
inclinable to believe this, becauſe whenever we
try'd the Current, we generally found it fet to the
B b 4
East-
!
We fee
Land.
376
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1710. Eaftward very ftrong, tho' we little thought it
could have driven us fo far back.
May 9. Yeſterday in the Afternoon all the Offi-
cers met aboard us to confult about the Land, and
what Courſe to take; but being divided in Opini-
ons, we defer'd coming to a Refolution, till fuch
Time as we were better fatisfy'd. We try'd the
Current at 4 a Clock, when it fet N. N. W. after
the Rate of 20 Miles in 24 Hours. We made no
other Land all Day than that we firft faw, fo ftood
on and off all Night, expecting a Gale to run in
with it in the Morning, but having Calms for the
moft Part, and a Current fetting against us, we
ftill loft Ground, and made another round high
Hummock about Noon, which bore S. E. by E.
diftant 8 Leagues; the Southermoft Land bearing
at the fame Time S. by E. 7 Leagues, and the Weſt-
ermoſt W. by S. & Leagues.
May 10. I fent the Pinnace aboard the Marquifs
with 12 Hogfheads and a Barrel of Water, their
Stock being almoft ſpent, and in their Way order'd
'em to ſpeak with the Batchelor and Dutchefs, to
be fatisfy'd what Allowance of Pady (being Rice
in the Husk) their Men were at; becauſe ours
had a Notion they had more than we, I having
order'd 'em but a Pound and a Quarter for 5 Men,
whereas before they had two Pound. Upon En-
quiry I found the Ship's Companies far'd all alike;
but to make 'em eafie, agreed with Capt. Courtney
and the reft to make it 2 Pound again; at which
Allowance we have not above 12 Days at moft,
being all the Bread Kind we have in the Ship.
May 12. We were fatisfied that the many Islands
and Land that we faw for theſe feveral Days was
the Straights of New Guinea; we ſpoke with the
Dutchefs, who had been near that Land where we
perceived the greateft Opening, and they told us
the Reafon of their keeping in with the Shore was
with
Sailing to the Eaft of Gillolo, &c.
377
with a Deſign to have anchored, but meeting with 1710.
irregular Soundings, did not think fit to adventure
it. They fent their Boat afhore to the Eaſtermoft
fmall Iſland, to fee what they could meet with.
We ſtood within a Mile and half of the Shore,
when the Water began to difcolour. We founded
and had 30 Fathom Water, and prefently after but
6; fo we went about, and ftood off till the Dut-
chefs's Boat return'd, who gave us an account that
they had feen the Tracks of Turtle, and Mens
Feet, with Fire-places lately made. Theſe Iſlands
are in the fame Climate with the Spice Iſlands, and
no doubt would produce Spice, if planted. I went
on board the Dutchefs, and agreed with Capt. Court-
ney to fend the Pinnace afhore, ftanding on and
off with our Ships all Night. Lat. oo. 24. S. Long.
236. 25. Weft from London.
May 13. We kept turning to Windward this 24
Hours, betwixt the Southermoft long Track of
Land we made firft of all, and the Iſlands to the
Eaſtward of it, where we expected to find the Paf-
fage betwixt Gillolo and New Guinea.
May 15. We being jealous of each other, who
had the moſt Provifions, we this Day met aboard
the Batchelor, and carried an Account with us of
what each Ship had left, and on making a ftrict
Rummage there, we found more Rice than we ex-
pected; fo that with the fhorteft Allowance we
may fubfift at Sea above 3 Weeks longer. Each
Ship's Proportion of the Provifions we had left be-
ing weigh'd, we then return'd to our Ships in a
better State than we expected.
May 18. We have paſſed ſeveral Iſlands, and are
now in fight of what we account the Point or Cape
of New Guinea, and the South End of Gillolo, which
appears about 8 Leagues afunder, with fome
Ilands near each fide; we have commonly little
Wind, and very verable. This being the Time
that
378
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1
1710 that the S. Eaft Monfoon begins, which made the
Weather and Wind very uncertain. Lat. 2. S.
May 20. The Dutchefs generally kept a-head in
the Night, with her Pinnace a-head of her, be-
cauſe the Currents are fo very uncertain, and being
in an unknown Track, we cannot be too care-
ful in the Night. We are ftill in fight of the High
Lands of New Guinea, and feveral Iſlands to the
Northward, which we find laid down in no Draught,
fo we noted them as we paft by. This Way into
India would not be half fo dangerous as it is ima-
gined, were it well known. While we had any
Breeze of Wind, in the Day we towed our Prize.
We made another long high Ifland trending from
S. by E. to W.S.W. diſtant about 12 Leagues, and
crowded along Shore to make what it was, judging
it to be the Iſland Ceram. We likewife made ano-
ther Iſland to the Northward, which bore N. by W.
diftant about 7 Leagues. S. Lat. 03.
༠༣.
May 21. Being clofe under it. I fent the Pinnace
aboard the Dutchefs yeſterday Afternoon to know
what they made of the Land, and what they de-
fign'd to do; their Boat met ours, and told 'em
Capt. Dampier was of the fame Opinion with us,
that it is the Island Ceram.
May 22. Had an ugly Gale of Wind, which
drove us clear off the Inland we took to be Ceram.
Since the 18th that we paft the Streights of New
Guinea, we have had a Wefterly Current, but be-
fore the Current generally fet to the Eaftward. We
have now dark gloomy Weather, with a ſtrong
Gale of Wind at S.E. and S.E. by E. runs us out of
fight of all the Land. Our Ship is ftill very leaky,
and we begin to be in the utmoſt want of all man-
ner of Refreſhments and Neceffaries, and doubt-
ful where to harbour or refit, the Land being un-
known to us for want of good Drafts, or an expe-
rienc'd Pilot. Lat. 3. 40. S. Long. 237. 21. W.
from London.
May
1
Sailing towards the Island of Bouton.
379
May 24. We were in expectation of making 1710.
Land this Morning, being in the Latitude of the
Iſland Bouro, which is about 20 Leagues to the S. W.
of Ceram, and near the fame Diſtance in a parallel
with Amboyna; the latter of which we defign'd to
have touch'd at, had the Wind been favourable;
but the S. E. Monfoon being now fet in, we are
almoft out of hopes of fetching it, and ftill doubt-
ful what Iſlands we pafs'd by laft, not agreeing
whether it was Ceram or Bouro. We found by our
Obfervation at Noon, that we were in the Lati-
tude of the Southermoft part of Bouro, and the Rea-
fon of our not ſeeing of it we impute to the Cur-
rent's ſetting us to the Weftward of it. S. Lat. 04.
30. Long. 237.29. Weft from Lond.
May 25. I fpared the Dutchess a But of Water,
they having little or none but what they catch
when it rains. We came to a Refolution to ſpend
no more Time in fearch of Bouro, nor to wait
for a Wind to carry us to Amboyna, but to make the
beſt of our way for the Straights of Bouton, where
if we arrived ſafe, we might get Proviſions enough
to carry us to Batavia; purſuant to which Agree-
ment we hall'd away S.W. by S. for 'em, having a
freſh Gale of Wind at Eaft; but by 2 in the Morn
ing we fell in with a parcel of Iſlands to the Eaſt-
ward of Bouton, and had infallibly been afhore upon
one of 'em, had not the Weather cleared up at once.
We made a Shift, and wore the Ships, then ftood
off N. E. from the Land till Day-break, when we
faw it trenting from S. by E. to S.W. by S. about
6 Leagues diftant, which made like a fine large
Bay, but as we ftood in perceived an Opening, and
that there were 2 Islands, with 3 lying thwart the
Out-let to the Southward of both. We hoifted out
our Pinnace, and fent her afhore, the Dutcheſs did
the fame; from whence they brought off fome Co-
coa Nuts, which were very plentiful here, and
told
380
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1710. told us there were Malayan Inhabitants, who feem'd
to be very friendly. We kept turning in with our
Ships, and our Boats founding a-head, defigning
to anchor, if we could find any Ground, but found
none with 60 and 80 Fathom Line. We faw Land
to the N.W. of us, which we took to be the Ifland
Bouton, being pretty high, and diftant 8 or 10
Leagues. S. Lat. 05. 00. Long. 237. §1.
A poor
May 26. We could get no Anchor Ground all
Yeſterday Afternoon, tho' we run our Boltſprit al-
moſt afhore, and having the Current fetting a-
gainst us, made it a tireſome Piece of work to
fetch within the reach of the Houfes. At laft fome
of the Inhabitants came off in a Canoe to our Boats,
as they were founding a-head; they brought 'em
aboard, and by Signs we underſtood there was
plenty of Proviſions afhore. So I fent the Pinnace
and Yawl to fee what they could meet with. In
the mean time came feveral Canoes full of Malay-
ans, with Cocoa Nuts, Pumpkins, Indian Corn,
Fowls, c. to truck with our People. Afhore
they had Sheep and Black Cattle in plenty. The
Officers I fent were admitted into the Prefence of
King and their King and Nobles, who were all bare-foot,
a naked and moft naked, fave a Clout about their Pofteri-
ors; they ſeem'd to be very courteous, and ready
to ſupply us with what we wanted. We lay by
and drove till Morning (having little Wind) that
we might be nearer the other Ships, and refolve
what to do. We found no Anchor-ground, but
too near the Shore, and the Current ſetting ſtrong
to the S. W. and driving us out; which together
with our having no Anchor-ground, if the Wind
fhould take us out of the Sea, made us defift to
attempt any farther here. We agreed to ftand over
for the Land to the Weftward of us, the Norther-
moft part of which bore W.N.W. diftant 9 Leagues,
and the Weſternoft W. by S. 10 Leagues. The
Court.
Inha-
1
Sailing near the Iland of Bouton.
381
Three I-
fands.
Inhabitants call'd the Eaftermoſt of theſe Iſlands 1710.
Vanfeat, the other next to it Capota, and the Wefter-
moft Cambaver. S. Lat. 05. 13. Long. 238. 11. W.
May 27. We ſtood from theſe Iſlands to the
Weftward, and ran along Shore as near as we durft,
to weather the Weftermoft Point of Land, where
we expected to find a Harbour, but as we near'd
it, found a long Tract of High Land, trending
to the Southward, as far as S.W. by S. We agreed
in Opinion that 'twas the Iſland Bouton, but that
we had over-fhot the Straights. We made Sail to
fee if we could difcover any Land further to the
Southward; but finding none, we jogg'd on,
keeping the Wind as near as poffible, becaufe of
the Current, which fets ftrong to the S. W. By 2
a Clock in the Morning we were hors'd near a
fmall Iſland, that bore S.S.W. of us about 2 Leagues;
but having clear Weather, we ftood from it till
Day-break, there being no other Land near it that
we faw, except that we came from, which we had
open'd 5 Points farther to the Weftward. I was
unwilling to act any farther without the Confent
of the Committee; fo 'the major part of us met
aboard the Dutchefs, where we agreed to ftand
back and make the Land plain, fo as to be fully
fatisfied what it was, and withal to find a Recruit
of Water and Wood before we proceed any farther,
being in want of every thing. S. Lat. 05. 50.
Long. W. from London, 238. 38.
May 28. According to Agreement we ftood
back, and having a freſh Breeze of Wind at Eaft,
came up with the Land, which trended from N.E.
by E. to N. We ftood away with the Norther-
moſt, and by 6 a Clock brought it to bear E. by N.
diſtant about 2 Leagues,having open'd Land farther
to the Northward, which made like a Bay, and
trimming to the Weftward as far as W.N.W. diftant
about 10 Leagues. We made little or no Sail all
Night, becauſe the Batchelor and Marquis were
a-fern
382
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1710. a-ftern, and we were not willing to run too far
in with the Land in the Night. In the Morning
'twas calm, and being clear Weather, we made all
the Land very plain from W.S.W. to the E. S.E.
making high double Land, with Iſlands under it.
Moft of it look'd as if it was inhabited, being pret-
ty thick of Wood, and promifed fair for other
Refreſhments, but we could find no Anchor-ground
hitherto.
May 29. A Breeze fprung up, and we ran far-
ther in, keeping neareft the Southern Shore, where
we open'd a fandy Spit, off which we could per-
ceive blue Water like Shold-ground running a-crofs
the Bay near half a League. A little to the Weft-
ward of this we got Ground in betwixt 30 and 40
Fathom Water, with good gradual Soundings, where
we let go our Anchor. The Dutchefs and the reft
ftanding over to the other fide of the Bay,could meet
with no Ground, fo they came back, and anchored
by us. S. Lat. 05.41. Long. 238. 34. W. from
London. A little before this, our Boat we had
fent returned from the Shore, having by Pre-
fents engag'd a Canoe with ſome Malayans to come
aboard with them, but for want of a Linguift we
were little the better. I fent to the Batchelor, who
had one, but Capt. Dover refus'd to let him come
to me, altho' he had no ufe for him; then I fent a
fecond time, that I might know the beſt anchoring
Place for our Ships, and treated the People (who
were impatient to be gone) with Sweet-meats and
other things they fancy'd, but could not keep 'em,
or fend them aboard the Batchelor to fecure her, fee-
ing white Shole Water near us. But they pass'd by
us in danger of running on the Sholes, not know-
ing the beſt anchoring Place, for want of the Lin-
guift I fo earnestly defir'd, to underftand the Mar
layans that had now left us. At parting they made
Signs, and pointed to the Land to the Northward,
which they call'd Bootoo. Our Pilot, Capt. Dam-
pier,
At Anchor at the Iſland of Bouton.
383
w
Send to
pier, fays he has been formerly thro' the Streights,, 1710.
and in his Book tells us of a Town near the South
part of 'em, where the King refided, but he knew King of
nothing of it now, except the bare Story. Upon Bouton
this we agreed to fend one of the Pinnaces along for Pro-
vifions.
with him and the Linguiſt to find out the Town,
being willing to venture him to wait on his Ma-
jefty the King of Bouton to folicit for a Supply of
Proviſions, which we would gladly pay for;
and to make the better Appearance, we fent
Mr. Vanbrugh and Mr. Connely along with him.
The Water flows here above 15 Foot; there
are Places near to the Town which lie to the
Northward about 6 Leagues, from whence we
rode where a Ship might, on Occafion, be laid
a-fhoar to refit; and we fhould have carry'd the
Duke there to stop her Leak, but were not willing to
looſe Time, fince we found it did not encreaſe
more than one Pump could vent, which we had
Men enough to keep continually going.
The King of Bouton has feveral Galleys built af-
ter a peculiar Form, and other ſmall Imbarkations,
on which, they fay, he can imbark eight Thou-
fand Men on any Expedition; our People that
were upon the Ifland tell me, all their Towns are
built on Precipices, and hard to get at, and that
the Chief City was built on the Top of a Hill, to
which there was only one Paffage very fteep. We
found a watering Place from a Spring out of the
Rocks, but difficult to fill out of, becaufe of its
Ebbing and Flowing here, almoft 3 Fathom,
which dries the Rock near the Shoar.
May 30. This Morning a Meffenger came from
the King, with a Letter from our Officers that
went to wait upon him, who were receiv'd very
courteouſly, and promis'd a Supply of Proviſions,
in Cafe we could come to an Agreement.
fhow'd the Gentlemen Samples of what we had to
difpofe of, which they feem'd very well pleas'd
We
with,
384
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1710. with, and having made 'em a Preſent of ſome odd
Things, and entertain'd 'em as well as we could,
we diſpatch'd 'em with a Letter of Directions to
our Officers what to do, and at their going off fa-
luted 'em with 5 Guns and 3 Huzza's from each
༡
Ship. We made a Preſent to the King of a Bifhop's
We e pre- Cap, being of little or no Value to us, but what he
fent a Bi- highly eſteem'd and gratefully accepted of. The
hop's Cap Inhabitants began to come off faft enough with
Indian Corn, Cocoa-Nutts, Pumpkins, Fowles,
&c. to truck with our People, but they were very
dear, compar'd with the other Ilands we had
been at.
to the
King-
June 1. We fupply'd our felves indifferent well
with Wood and Water, and our Pinnace return'd
from the Town, with a myfterious Account of
their Proceedings, and prefently after Captain
Dampier came with a ſmall Quantity of Provifions,
as a Preſent to the Commanders, having left our
other two Officers to difpatch away what they
could agree for.
•
¡
June 2. This Morning there came 3 or 4 of the
better Sort from the Town, with a Portuguefe Lin-
guift that belong'd to Batavia, under Pretence of
looking upon Goods, and carrying Samples of 'em
to their King, but by their Trifling, we are afraid
we ſhall get nothing of 'em at laft. We made much
of the Portuguese, and gave him a ſmall Prefent, ho-
ping he would influence the People to diſpatch our
Buſineſs. We ſent the Dutchefs Pinnace with a Let-
ter to our Officers, to hurry away as faft as poffi-
ble with what Proviſions they had got, and to
agree if they could with the Portuguefe Linguift for
a Pilot, if they fhould give him 10 or 20 Dollars
or more for a Preſent.
June 3 and 4. Our Ships have done Watering and
Wooding, and the Country People have brought
off much Provifions: fo we conclude we are pretty
well ſupplied for a Fortnight or Three Weeks;
which,
At Anchor at the Iſland of Bouton.
385
;
which, with what we had before, may carry us to
Batavia, without any further Recruit from the
Town fo that if we had our Boat and Men, it
would be much more for our Intereft to be gone,
than to lie here, and fpend time to no Purpoſe.
An Officer aboard our Ship, and other Officers
and Men aboard Capt. Courtney, began to be muti-
nous, and form a Confpiracy againſt us; but we
prevented it, by chaftifing their Leaders, whom
we put in Irons, on board different Ships, to break
the Knot, which might otherwiſe have ruin'd the
Voyage.
*
1710.
June 5. The Dutchess's Pinnace return'd with
Mr. Connely, who acquainted us with the dilatory
Proceedings of the King of Bouton, who having
got a Quantity of Provifions together, would have The King
oblig'd us to take it at an extravagant Price, and of Bouton
detain'd Mr. Vanbrugh, till fuch time as the Money trick w.
defign'd to
was paid. In the Morning, there came fome of
his Nobility, with about 4 Laft of Rice, which
(for Diſpatch-fake) we immediately agreed for
and a Cask of Rack, and after we had entertain'd
'em as well as Time and Place would afford, we
fent 'em off in our Pinnace. This Morning, the
Portugueze Linguift came with fome Provifions of
his own, to fell, without any News from our Peo-
ple, which made us fufpect they had fome ill De-
fign upon us, therefore we defign'd to keep him
till the Boat return'd, but he got out of the Ship,
before we were aware, (he being jealous by his cold
Reception, that we were uneafy) and rowed a-.
way as faft as poffible. I fent the Yawl after him,
which overtaking his Canoe, the Men all jumpt
over board, but the Dutchess's Pinnace took 'em up,
and our Boat brought the Portugueze Linguiſt a-
board us, where feeing he was likely to be con-;
fin'd, he fent the Boat with the Men up to the
Town, to defire our People might be difmifs'd as
foon as poffible.
C е
Fune
"
Į
1386
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
:
!
}
1710.
June 7. This Morning our Pinnace return'd with
Mr. Vanbrugh, and all our Men, having parted very
friendly with his Majefty, but could not get a Pi-
lot for Money; however we refolv'd to ftay no
longer, and to truft wholly to Almighty Provi-
dence for our future Prefervation. We difmifs'd the
Portugueze Linguift, and began to unmoor our Ships.
We weigh'd on the 8th, about 4 in the After-
noon, and by fix a Clock the Weftermoft Land in
fight bore W. N. W. 9 Leagues, and the Souther-
moft S.W.by S. diftants Leagues.
T
Bouton Defcrib'd.
HE Iſland of Bouton is in Lat. 05. 20. S. and
near about 30 Leagues long; the King, they
fay, can raiſe fifty Thouſand Men, and has all the
adjacent Iſlands under him; they boaſt of not va-
luing the Dutch, but I am fatisfied, their Poverty
is their greateſt Security; they fpeak the Malayan
Language, which is univerfal amongst all the
Illands of India. They are a well-fet People, of a
middle Stature, or rather fmall, of a dark Olive
Colour, with the moſt indifferent Features of any
People, that ever I faw; they profefs the Mahome-
tan Religion, but know little of it, fave Bathing;
a few other Ceremonies, as Forbearance of Hogs
Fleſh, keeping many Wives, &c. Here were feve
ral Mahometan Miffionaries that came from Arabia
and Perfia to propagate their Doctrine; the
Dutch have no Settlement here, but trade for Slaves
and a little Gold, the Climate being near the fame
with the Dutch Spice Iflands, I admire, they don't
raife Quantities of Spice, but no Sort of it grows
here, fave a few Nutmegs.
June 9. In the Morning we made Land, from
S. W. to N. W. by W. diftant about 8 Leagues,
which we took to be the Iſlands of Zalayer, S.Lat.
5.45.
Sailing from Bouton to Batavia.
387
5. 45. Long. W. from Lond. 240°. 21. We like
wife faw a Sail to Windward of us, and taking it
to be a Dutch Veffel, we hall'd nearer the Wind,
till 8 a Clock, then the Dutchefs and we made Sail
at once, to ſpeak with her, but the Wind abating
ſoon after, and fhe making the beft of her Way
from us, we mann'd our Pinnace, and fent it after
her. We made 3 Iflands to the Northward of Za-
layer, and the Looming of other Land to the Weft-
ward of all, which we took to be the Southermoſt
part of Celebes.
༡
June 10. Our Pinnaces eame up with this fmall
Veffel, who told them they were bound for Ma-
caffarts, a Dutch Factory on the South Part of Ce-
lebes: The Pinnace took the Maſter of her aboard,
(being a Malayan) who promis'd to pilot us not only
through the Streights of Zalayer, but to Batavia, if
we would keep it fecret, for fear of the Dutch. He
fent his Veffel to lie in the narrow Paffage, be-
tween the Iſlands, till fuch Time as our Ships came
up. About 4 a Clock we enter'd the Streight, and
came betwixt the Iſlands that are next to Zalayer.
And another little one to the Northward of that
being the middlemoft of the three; where we found
a good Paffage, 3 Leagues over, all deep Water,
fteering through N. W. by W. to give the Larboard
Iſlands a good Birth; then we made the Souther-
moft Part of Celebes.
1719,
June 11. The Pilot promis'd to carry us thro'
the Channel the great Dutch Ships generally went
for Batavia, and by that Means avoid the Shoals
call'd the Brill and Bunker Ground; the Brill has Celebes
Iflands.
very uneven Soundings, and in many Places but 3
Fathom Water and lefs, fo we hall'd away to the
Northward, keeping the Iſlands Celebes aboard, the
S. W. Part of which trents away in low Land, with
high Mountains at the back of it; and off the Point
their lies a Rock pretty high and remarkable ; at
C c z
4
388
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
17.10.
+
4 a Clock we came into Soundings, and had 10 Fa-
thom the firſt Caft; the Rock off the S. W. Point
bore then N. diftant about 6 Leagues, and we had
an Iſland a head of us, from N. W. by W. to N.
N. W. being low and level, about 3 Leagues long,
and near the fame Diſtance from the main as we
enter'd betwixt 'em, it grew narrower. We
ftem'd with the North Part of the Ifland, till we
came within a League and half of it, then fteer'd
North a little to weather a Spit of Sand, lying off
the Iſland, by which Means we open'd 3 fmall Keys;
after we were clear of the Shoal, we hall'd up
N.W. about 7, and came to an Anchor under the
Iſland, behind the Spit of Sand, in 10 Fathom
Water, very good clean, Ground. The Rock
of Celebes then bore N. E. by N. 4 Leagues; the
Northermoft of the Keys, W. 2 Leagues; and the
middlemoft W. S. W. 3 Leagues: The other being
ſhut in with the long Ifland. We kept the Lead
going all the way conftantly through, and had ne-
ver lefs than 6 Fathom, nor more than ro. As
foon as it was Day we weigh'd, and went betwixt
the two fmall Keys, keeping neareft the Northern-
moft, founding all the Way, and had no more than
10 Fathom. The Water ftill deepning, being clear
of them, we hall'd away Weft, and then S. W.
having a freſh Gale of Wind at S. E. and S. E. by E.
no Land in fight at Noon but Part of the high Land
of Celebes, which bore Eaft, diftant about 12
Leagues. It is well for us,that we met with this Pi-
lot,for having no good Charts, nor any one acquain-
ted with thoſe Seas, we had run greater Hazards.
June 13. We made Land a fecond time, which
bore S. W. by W. diftant 6 Leagues.
June 14. We ran by the Iſland Madura, which is
about 40 Leagues long, lying Eaft and Weft, on the
N. Side of Fava,the Land we made in the Morning,
being the N.E. part of it, which agreeing with the
Pilot's Knowledge made us the more certain. June
Sailing from Bouton towards Batavia.
389
June 15. In the Morning we fell in with the 1710.
Coaft of Fava,near the high Land of Fapara, which
bore W. by S. diftant about 5 Leagues. We had
Soundings betwixt 10 and 20 Fathom good eafy
Ground,and faw abundance of Fishing-boats, but all
kept at a Diſtance. We got our Guns out of the
Hold, and fcal'd them, in order to be in a Readi-
nefs againſt we come to Batavia, where in all Pro-
bability we ſhall get in 2 or 3 Days more, it being
not above 90 Leagues from this Place: By Noon
we brought the Land of Japara to bear S. by E.
diftant 4 Leagues, having open'd a large deep Bay,
with other high Land, further to the Weftward,
which bore W.N. W. diftant 9 Leagues, Lat. 6º.
19". S. Long. 248°. 47. W. from London.
June 16. We made a ſmall high Hummock to the
Weftward of the high Land we fet yeſterday Noon,
which, at 6 a Clock bore W. by S. diftant 5
Leagues. We hall'd off N. W. by W. and W.N.W.
and in the Morning made the Iſlands of Caraman Ja- Iſlands of
va, which bore N. E. by N. diftant 3 Leagues, as Caraman
alfo a ragged Inland to the Eastward of it, bearing Java.
E. N. E. 5 Leagues, and 5 finall Keys to the Weft-
ward, which are all call'd Caraman Java. We had
Soundings moft part of this 24 Hours, betwixt 20
and 30 Fathom ouzy Ground, Lat. 6. 7. S. Long.
250. 14. W. from London.
June 17. We made the high Land of Cheribon,
which bore S. W. In the Morning we faw a great
Ship right a head, and being very eager to hear
News, I fent our Pinnace aboard to know what
The was. She prov'd a Dutch Ship, about 600 Tuns,
and 50 Guns,belonging to Batavia, and was plying
to fome of the Dutch Factories for Timber. They
told us of Prince George's Death, which we heard of
in the South Seas, but gave no Credit to it then:
That theWars continued in Europe; and that we had
good Succefs in Flanders, and but little elfe where.
They
Cc 3
·390 A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1710. They likewife told us, that 'twas about 30 Dutch
༡༠
Leagues from hence to Batavia; but no Danger,
We borrowed a large Draft, which was very ufeful
to us, and left 'em at Anchor. Towards Noon
we made the Land, being very low, but had gra-
dual Soundings, by which we was fatisfied in the
Night how to fail by the Sand.
June 20. In the Afternoon we ſaw the Ships in the
Road of Batavia, betwixt 30 and 40 Sail, great
and finall, and got happily to Anchor juft after
Sun fet, betwixt 6 and 7 Fathom Water, at the
long defired Port of Batavia. Lat. 6. 10. S. Long.
252.51. W. from London. By our Reckoning here,
we alter'd our Account of Time, having, as cufto-
mary, loft almoſt one Day in running Weft fo far
round the Globe.
June 22. We waited on his Excellency the Go-
vernour-General, whom we acquainted with the
Neceffity we lay under to refit our Ships. He was
pleafed to fee and approve of our Commiffions, as
Private Men of War, and promis'd he would meet
the Council, and foon refolve us how far he could
afford fuch Affiftance as we defired,
June 30. I am ftill very weak and thin, but I hope
to get Time and Leifure to recover my Health.
During theſe to Days, I was not able to go much
on board, and whenever I went, found, that till
then I was a Stranger to the Humours of our Ship's
Company. Some of them were hugging each other,
others bleffing themſelves that they were come to
fuch a glorious Place for Punch, where they could
have Arack for 8 Pence per Gallon, and Sugar
for 1 Peny a Pound; others quarrelling who fhould
make the next Bowl, for now the Labour was
worth more than the Liquor, whereas a few Weeks
paft, a Bowl of Punch to them was worth half the
Voyage. 8 Days ago the Doctor cut a large Musket
Shot out of my Mouth, which had been there near
6
Tranfactions in Batavia Road.
391
8 Months, ever fince I was firft wounded; we 1710.
reckon❜d it a Piece of my Jaw-bone, the upper and
lower Jaw being much broken, and almoſt cloſed
together, fo that the Doctor had much ado to come
at the Shot, to get it out. I had alfo feveral Pie-
ces of my Foot and Heel-bone taken out, but God
be thanked, am now in a fair way to have the Uſe
of
my Foot, and to recover my Health. The
Hole the Shot made in my Face is now ſcarce
difcernable. I propos'd the calling of a Committee
to regulate our Affairs,wherein we agreed as follows,
At a Committee, held on board the Bat-
chelor Frigat, June 30. 1710. in the Road
of Batavia.
•IT
Impr.Tis agreed to pack and repack all Goods that ap-
pear damag'd, and to let other Bails, that are
not, nor have not been apparently damag'd, to be only
new cover'd with Wax cloth, or Tarpawlins, if necef-
fary, in every Ship, and that Mr. Vanbrugh and Mr.
Goodall be at every Place, and the rest of the Agents be
accountable to 'em, and they to leave a Duplicate of the
whole with the other two, and be always ready to give an
Account to a general Committee,
2dly, That Capt. Courtney do provide the Ships
with all manner of Neceffaries, as fast as wanting; and
as foon as Captain Rogers is in Health, that he affift in
it, and that every one give a Lift to 'em of what they
want from time to time; that Mr. Charles Pope do
continue a-fhore, and fend off Proviſions for all the Ships,
and keep a Book of the whole. Let every Ship take their
daily turnto divide the Meat, and fend it off as early as
poffible, in a Country Boat, and as near as he can no more
nor less than 350 weight, every other Day, or as of-
ten as he can conveniently, Let him fend off Greens, Car-
rots, Eggs, or any other fmall Refreshment, more than
the common Allowance,to be equally divided with the Meat.
3diy,
C c 4
3.92
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
17FO.
3dly, That a fuitable Quantity of Rack and Sugar be
fent aboard each Ship, to give a Quart a Mess to the
Ships Companies, but whilst on the careen, the Allow-
ance may be enlarg'd as the commanding Officers think
convenient.
•
4thly, If any thing not included is necessary to the
Difpatch and Out-fet of our Ships, confidering the Trou-
ble and Lofs of Time, to meet in a whole Committee, we
to prevent dilatory Proceedings, unanimously leave fuch
things to Capt. Thomas Dover, Capt. Woodes Ro-
gers, Capt. Stephen Courtney, and Capt, Edward
Cooke, who are to agree on a Time and Place to meet,
and have the fame Power in this Affair as a whole Com
mittee. That if any thing requires fuch Dispatch that
the four cannot be prefent at a time, then any three of
them together, agreeing and figning what they have
done for the Satisfaction of the rest shall be fufficient; but
otherwife we defire them to act in conjunction.
1
5thly, We agree to continue Mr. Carleton Van-
brugh Agent of the Duke, Mr. James Goodall Agent
of the Dutchefs, to make Mr. John Viger Agent
of the Batchelor, and Mr. Jofeph Parker Agent of
the Marquifs, to keep a strict Account of what they can
in each Ship, and to preferve and take Care of the gene-
ral Intereft, to the utmost of their Power.
و
6thly, We likewise agree to divide the Plunder on
board the Batchelor, and in order thereto, we appoint.
Capt. William Dampier, and Mr. Thomas Glen-
dall, to be Judges what ought to be divided as Plunder
who are to govern themselves as near as poffible by our
Refolutions, in a Committee of the 9th of July, 1709.
And in order to dispatch Matters quietly without lofs of
time, we appoint Mr. John Ballett, Mr. Lancelot
Appleby, "Mr. Alexander Selkirk, and Mr. Jofeph
Smith, to act for the Officers, in apprifing and dividing
the faid Plunder, and we allow the Sailors to agree on a
Man from each Ship, who is to act in conjunction with
them, and in the whole to promote the general Good with
the
Tranfactions at Batavia.
393
the utmost Sincerity and Dispatch. We also appoint Mr. 1710.
Carleton Vanbrugh, and Mr. James Goodall to be in
in the Place when the Plunder is open'd or divided, and to
receive what belongs to the Cargo.
7thly, It's farther refolved for our general Safety that
all trading be prohibited by any of us with the Inhabi-
tants of this City of Batavia, or this Iſland of Java, or
any part of India. And to the End that no Perfon may
plead Ignorance, a Protest shall be drawn up and pub-
lifhed at the Maft of each Ship, prohibiting the afore-
faid Commerce, and protesting against all Damages ari-
fing through the fame, and the Perfon found guilty of it.
8thly, It is alfo agreed, That a Reward of 100 Rix-
Dollars fhall be given to the Pilot we made use of from
the Streights of Zelaya to this Port.
9thly, It is further agreed, That the Marquifs fhall
go first upon the careen; and then to be next followed by
the Duke; the Dutchefs to be the last.
Iothly, We have confider'd the Charge and Method
of our Out-fett, and do agree, in order to promote Dif
patch, that 10000 Pieces of 8 be deliver'd to Capts. Do-
ver, Rogers, Courtney, and Cooke, to morrow be-
ing the 1st of July, 1710.
I
Sign'd by the Majority of our Council.
The Committee did likewiſe reſolve on a Sup
ply of Money to the Officers, as follows.
At a Committee held in Batavia Road,
July 1. 1710.
WE
E have refolved to supply thefe Officers of the Duke,
Dutchefs, Marquifs, and Batchelor, with the
following Sums, to provide themselves with Neceffaries in
our long Paffage to Europe.
To Captain Thomas Dover
Pieces of Eight.
Captain Rogers, and Captain Courtney, for
their prefent Expences
· 2000
400
Total 2400
1
Brought
394
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1710:
Brought over Pieces of Eight 2400
Captain Cook
800
Mr. Fry and Mr. Stretton
1000
Captain Dampier
200
Mr. Pope
350
Mr. Glendall, and Mr. Connely
700
Mr. Vanbrugh
250
100
Mr. Tho. Bridge, and Mr. Milbourne
Mr. Knowlman, and Mr. Selkirk
To the Three Doctors of the Duke, Dutchefs
and Marquifs
To the Doctor of the Batchelor-
To Mr. Goodall, and Mr. Appleby.
·80
90
20
80
Total 6070
All thefe Sums we order'd Mr. Vanbrugh and Mr.
Goodall to diſcharge out of the Money on Board the Duke
or Dutchefs, as either Commanders fhall think conve-
nient, whenever the above-mentioned Officers shall de-
mand it, and the Receipts to Mr. Vanbrugh and Mr.
Goodall, fo far as is here order'd, fhall be fufficient.
Witness our Hands, July 1. 1710.
Signed by the
Majority of
our Council.
July 2. From the 22d of the laft Month we lay
leaky, and in a very ordinary Condition, not
knowing when and how the General would pleaſe
to order us Affiftance, according to our prefent
Neceffities, which were then laid open to him;
and this Day, to fhew that we could fufficiently
vindicate and juftifie all our Proceedings like honeft
Men, we gave in an Abſtract of our Voyage, from
the Day we fet fail out of King Road, to the Day
we
Tranſactions in Batavia Road.
395
we arrived in Batavia, which they defir'd to fee,
before they would affift us; fo we gave it 'em as
fhort as poffible.
July 7. To Day our Men finiſhed appraiſing and
dividing the Plunder Cloth in the Batchelor; which
being tolerable good, amounts to about 400 l.
Sterling.
July 8. This Day, after a great many dilatory
Anſwers, we were at laft permitted to make Pre-
parations for careening at Horn Ifland, which is
about 2 or 3 Leagues to the Northward of the
Road, (but were by no Means fuffer'd to go to the
Inland Unreft, where all the Dutch Ships are clean'd)
being only allow'd 8 or 10 Malayan Caulkers and
fmall Veffels to put our Goods in. The Marquifs
began to careen aboard her; but the Carpenters
having view'd her betwixt Wind and Water, find-
ing her very bad, and that ſhe had but a fingle Bot-
tom, eat to a Honey-comb by the Worms, they
judg'd her altogether unfit to go to Europe; where-
I defir'd the Committee to meet and agree to
upon
diſpoſe of her, as follows.
I
T is agreed, that having now diſcharged the Mar-
quifs of her Cargoe brought from the South Sea, and
finding great Part thereof perish'd thro' the Weakness of
the Ship, and Damage of the Worms, which has eaten
thro' her Bends, and good Part of her Bottom like a per-
fect Honey-Comb; we have confider'd our preſent Con-
dition, with the great Charge and Lofs of Time to repair
her here, and judging our 2 Ships fufficient, and capable
to carry the remaining Part of her Cargoe: We, ac-
cording to the best of our Judgment and Information from
a View made by the Carpenters, do believe it for our
Safety and Benefit for the Concern'd, to fell the faid Ship
the Marquifs here, as soon as poffible, for the most he
will yield; and we do appoint Capt. Woodes Rogers,
Capt. Steph. Courtney, Capt. Edw. Cook, and Capt.
Tho.
1710.
396
A Cruifing Voyage round the World,
}
1710. Tho. Dover, to treat of and conclude the Sale, letting
the Purchafer have fufficient Power (as far as we are
capable) to condemn her.
Sign'd by the Officers of the Committee.
July 20. The Marquifs being condemned to Sale,
we had the Caulkers aboard us to make all Manner
of Diſpatch for careening. Our Ship being very
leaky, we thought it high Time to wait on the
Governour with the following Reprefentation,
which we got put into Dutch, but could not get the
Sabandar to introduce us, as the Cuftom is here,
therefore we went our felves, and gave Preſents to
the Dutch Guards to let us in to fee the General
;
after an Hours waiting we were admitted, and de-
liver'd him a Copy of our Commiffions, and
were promis'd Affiftance, but find it's no more
than what he can't have a Pretence to deny us.
Our Memorial was as follows.
:
To His Excellency the Governour-General
and Council of the Dutch Eaft-India Com-
pany.
A
Bout four Weeks ago we arriv'd here, and waited
upon your Excellency, acquainting you with our
Circumftances, which according to your Order we de-
livered the fame Day in Writing to your Sabandar, and
bave daily waited upon him for your Refolution thereupon.
He has fince vifited our feveral Ships, and we question
not but all Things appear'd to him agreeable to our Re-
prefentation.
We have lain fome time ready with
to go to the Place appointed us to careen at,
ing for a careening Veffel to heave down by.
bumbly crave you will be pleas'd to order us.
leaky Ships
only wait-
Which we
Delays
Tranfactions at Batavia.
397
¡
Delays are very prejudicial to our Ships, that have 1710.
been long without the Benefit of a Friend's Port. Which ✅✔
we earnestly request, you'll pleafe to confider.
We have deferr'd troubling you, in daily Hopes of an
Order for our Affiftance by the proper Officer, till we can
no longer account for our Lofs of Time, without a direct
Application.
We hope for a Continuance of the common Benefits and
Refreshments, and on our Parts fhall perfevere to behave
our felves with all due Regard and Reſpect to the Go-
vernment and Customs of this City.
Batavia, July 20. 1710.
Woodes Rogers.
Steph. Courtney.
The Governour immediately order'd us a Vef-
fel to careen, and we took our Leaves.
July 23. We went over to Horn Iſland, having a
Pilot to direct us, and a Sampan ready to heave
down by, and take in our Guns, Carriages, &c.
anchor'd on the South fide of the Iſland, in s Fa-
thom Water, about a Stone's Caft off Shore, where
we careen'd.
We continued refitting our Ships, and re-pack- Our Men
ing our Goods, with a great deal of difficulty, tillgrow fick-
the 12th of September, during which Time nothing ly by
remarkable happen'd, but that, after I had refitted the War
drinking
as well as I could on Horn Iſland, I return'd to the on the Ifle
Road of Batavia. Many of our Men fell ill of Fe- of Horn
vers and Fluxes, occafion'd, as I was inform'd, by near Ba-
their drinking the Water upon the Ifland. We bu- tavia, and
ried here John Bridge our Mafter, as alfo the Gun-'em die.
Some of
her of the Dutchefs, with another of her Crew,
and one belonging to the Batchelor. The Seafon
being fo far ſpent, and the Wind blowing fresh on
Horn Iſland, I could not go again thither to ca-
reen my Ship, tho' fhe needed it much; therefore
we try❜d to get an Order to careen at Unreſt, where
the
398
A Cruising Voyage round the World.
1710. the Dutch careen their own, as we might have done
ours, in a few Days, and with little Trouble. I
wrote from hence on the 21st of August to my
Owners by the Nathanael, an English E. India Ship
bound directly for England, to let them know of
our fafe Arrival here with our Effects, and that we
hoped to be with them in a very fhort time.
On the 15th we called a Committee, and came
to the following Refolutions.
A
Batavia, Sept. 15. 1710.
Ta Committee held then, it is agreed to divide the
Money received for a Quantity of Plate fold a-
mongst the feveral Ships Company, being what had been
adjudged Plunder. Also that we should make out a Re-
queft, and deliver it the first Opportunity to the General,
to the following Purpofe, viz. to gain Leave, if poffible,
to careen the Duke at Unreft, &c. Allo for Leave to fet
up the Marquifs for Sale here, and for a Supply of 10
Hogsheads of Dutch Beef and Pork, with a Permiffion
to buy and carry aboard fome Rack and Sugar for the 3
Ships Stores for our Company, &c.
It is also agreed to allow the following Particulars for the
ufe of the Officers in the Great Cabbin of each Ship, viz.
To each Ship as followeth.
Two Firkins of Butter
Two Gallons of Sweet Oil.
400 Cask of Bread or Rusk.
100 Pound Weight of Flower.
400 Pound Weight of Tamarinds.
Half a Leaguer of Spelman's Neep, or the best fort
of Arrack.
3 Cheeſes.
The Third part of a Leaguer of Cape Wine.
3 Peckel
Tranfactions in Batavia Road.
399
1710.
{
Peckel of fine Sugar.
Alfo 60 Dollars of Spaniſh Money to buy ſmall Ne-
ceffaries.
Signed,
Tho. Dover, Pref.
Woodes Rogers,
Steph. Courtney,
Edw. Cooke,
William Dampier,
Cha. Pope,
William Stretton,
John Connely.
Rummaging to day in the Powder room, we
found a Leak 3 or 4 Foot under Water, which we
did our beft to ftop.
All English Ships are allowed by the Government
here half a Leaguer of Arrack a Man for the Ships
Ufe, and 'tis counted as part of the Provifions, but
our Boats are not fuffer'd to bring the leaſt thing
off Shore, without being firft feverely fearched.
This, tho' we pay more, will likewife hinder all
manner of Traffick with any one here. Our chief
Officers have alfo prevented it aboard, and nar-
rowly watch our Crews; fo that I doubt they'll
want feveral Neceffaries that this Place affords.
This we do to avoid giving the India Company in
England any Pretence to clamour againſt us at home,
on account of our trading here without their Per-
miffion. We requested the Governour to have Li-
berty to fell the Marquifs by Inventory to the high-
eft Bidder at a publick Sale; but the Sabandar, or
chief Cuftom-houſe Officer for Foreigners, told us
it was the Governour and Council's Refolution to
publiſh at the Sale, that if any Dutch Freeman
Thould purchaſe the Ship, they muft either rip her
up or burn her. This we thought another great
Hardſhip, that we could not get Dutch Carpenters
a Liberty to careen and refit her at Unreft, nor get
Freedom of Sale; fo we drew up a Requeft, and
got it put in Dutch, refolving to wait on the Gene-
ral, to fet forth the Hardſhips we were under; and
like.
400
A Crufing Voyage round the World.
1710. likewife requested to careen the Duke at Unreft;
where we might have Dutch Carpenters, that be-
ing the only fit Place; now the Weather and Wind
was changeable,and we could not do it at any other
Iſland: But when Capt. Courtney and I came to the
Caſtle, to wait on the General, the Guards told
us, They had Orders, that no Englishman fhould
be admitted without the Sabandar, and that they
durft carry no Paper or Meffage from us to the Go-
vernour-General. We waited till paft the middle
of the Day, and then addrefs'd our felves to one of
the Rads of India, who us'd to liften to the En-
glish, when any was impos'd on: He treated us
very handfomly, with our Linguifts, Mr. Vanbrugh
and Mr. Swart, at his Houſe, and faid, He be-
lieved we had not Juſtice done us; but the Sabandar
being the General's near Relation, he fhould
make Enemies, if he appear'd in our Affair, and
could adviſe us no better than to try what we could
do again with the Sabandar, who we knew was in-
flexible; fo we were forced to be filent and let this
drop, that we might difpatch for the Cape of Good
Hope, as fast as poffible; the beft Seafon for our
Paffage being now at hand.
July 30. The Plunder-Money was fhar'd on the
24th Inftant, which amounted to 26 Shillings a-.
fhare, being what was adjudg'd as Plunder, when
at the Iſland Gorgona, to which I refer.
Octob. 7. This Week we made all Preparation
for failing, having got moft of our Stores aboard,
and diſcharged the Marquifs, which was fo lea-
ky that we fold her to Capt. John Opey, Comman-
der of the Oley Frigate, lately arriv'd from Lon-
don, for 575 Dutch Dollars, being an extraordina-
ry Bargain; we had been offer'd much more
before by another Perfon, but then I could not
prevail with the Majority of our Council to con-
fent to the Sale.
Òεtob.
A Deſcription of Batavia.
401
Octob. 12. At Day-break this Morning, we, our
Confort and Prize, weigh'd out of the Road, ta-
king the firft of the Land Breeze: About Noon
came too again, in 11 Fathom Water, about a
Mile to the Northward of Horn Inland. We had
feveral English Gentlemen a board our Ships, who
favour'd us with their Company out of the Road,
there being ſeveral that arriv'd during our Stay here.
Engliſh Ships that arriv'd and fail'd hence
during our Stay.
Frederick, Capt. Phrip, arriv'd June 23. fail'd
July 29. from Bencouli, bound to ditto.
Rochester, Capt. Stains, arriv'd July 6. fail'd the
21ft, from England, bound to China.
Nathanael, Capt. Neagers, arriv'd July 27. fail'd
Aug. 27. from Bencouli, bound to England.
Stringer, Capt. Pike, arriv'd Aug. 30. from Eng-
land, bound to China. We left her there, the
having loſt her Paffage for China.
Oley, Capt. Opie, arriv❜d Sept. 9. from England,
left there behind us.
Here follows,
A Defcription of Batavia.
Ltho' this Place is well known, and has been
fo frequently defcrib'd, yet being fuch a no-
ble Settlement, and a Proof of the Induftry of the
Dutch in theſe Parts; I can't omit giving the fol-
lowing Account of it. The Town lies on the N.W.
fide of the Iſland of Fava, Lat. 5º. 50". S. The
Time we were here it was not very healthy. The
Eaſt and Weſt Winds blow all the Year along the
Shore, befides the ordinary Land and Sea Winds,
which qualifie the Air, and makes it pleafant, o-
D d
therwiſe
1710.
402
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
་
1710. therwife it would be exceffive hot. Their Sum-
mer begins in May, with continual Breezes from
the Eaſt, and a very clear Sky till the latter End of
October, or Beginning of November, when the Win-
ter begins with hard Rains, which holds fome-
times 3 or 4 Days without Intermiffion. In De-
cember the Weft Winds blow very violently, fo that
then there's little Trade on the Coaft of Java.
In February 'tis changeable Weather, with fudden
Thunder-ftorms. In March they begin to fow:
June is their pleafanteft Month; in September
they gather in their Sugar and Rice; and in
October they have Plenty of Fruit and Flowers,
Plants and Herbs of moft Sorts: There's a large
fenny plain Country before the City, but it's
well improv'd by the Dutch, and to the Eaftward,
'tis very full of Woods and Moraffes. The City is
four ſquare, with a River running through it, and
fortified by a Stone Wall and 22 Baſtions. About
10 Years paft there was an Earthquake, which
broke down part of the Mountains, in the Coun-
try, and alter'd the Courſe of the River, ſo that the
Canals in and about Batavia, are not near fo com-
modious as they have been, nor the Entrance into
the River fo deep, and for want of a ftrong Cur-
rent of Water, to keep it open, they are forced to
employ a large Engine work'd with Horſes, to pre-
ferve the Entrance of the River navigable for fmall
Veffels to come into the Canals of the City. It
lies on a Bay in and about which there are 17 or
18 Iflands, which fo break off the Sea, that tho'
the Road is very large, yet it is fafe. The Banks
of the Canals through the City are fac'd with Stone
on both Sides, as far as the Boom, which is fhut up
every Night, at 9 a Clock, and guarded by Sol-
diers; there's Channels cut out of the main River
for fmaller Veffels, and every one that paffes the
Boom pays Cuftom. All the Streets run in a
ftreight
Batavia Defcrib'd.
403
ftreight Line, moft of them being above 30 Foot
broad, on each fide clear of the Canals, and pav'd
next the Houſes with Bricks. All the Streets are
very well built and inhabited, 15 of which have
Canals, and they reckon 56 Bridges on them,
moſt of them made of Stone. The Country Seats
and Buildings round the City, are generally neat
and well contriv'd with handfom Gardens for
Fruit and Flowers, and adorn'd with Springs,
Fountains, Statues, &c. The vaft Quantity of
Coco nut Trees, every where afford delightful and
profitable Groves. They have fine Structures here,
particularly the Crofs Church, built of Stone, and
the infide very neat. There are 2 other Churches for
the Dutch,and 2 for the Portugueze Proteftants; who
are a mixed Breed of People. There is one Church
alfo for the Proteftant Malayans. The Town-houſe
is built of Brick, in a Square, about the Center of
the City; 'tis two lofty Stories high, and very fine-
ly built, where all Courts of Advice are held, and
all Matters relating to the Civil Government of
the City are determin'd, and the Senators and Di-
rectors of military Affairs meet. There's an inner
Court inclos'd with a high Wall, and a double
Row of Stone Pillars, where the Officers of Juftice
live. Here are Hofpitals, Spin-houſes, and Rafp-
houſes, the fame as in Amfterdam, with all other
publick Buildings, equal to moft Cities in Europe.
The Chineſe have alfo a large Hoſpital in this City
for their Aged and Sick Perfons, and manage their
Charity fo well, that you never fee a Chinefe look
deſpicable in the Street. The Dutch Women have
greater Privileges in India than in Holland, or any
where elſe; for on flight Occafions they are often
divorc'd from their Husbands, and fhare the Eftate
betwixt them. A Lawyer told me at Batavia, he
has known out of 58 Cauſes, all depending in the
Council-Chamber, 52 of them were Divorces.
Ddz
Great
1710.
404 A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1710. Great Numbers of the Natives, who are Crimi
nals, and not executed after Condemnation, are
chain'd by Pairs, and kept at hard Labour under a
Guard, perpetually clearing the Canals and Moats
round the City, or any other Labour for the pub-
lick. Three Leagues Weft from the Town, is the
Inland Unreft, where all the Company's Ships are
refitted. There are great Magazines of Naval
Stores, defended by Platforms of Guns; and the
Caftle at Batavia is Quadrangular, lies in a Level,
and has 4 Baftions and Courtins, fac'd with white
Stones, and provided with Watch houfes. In this
Caftle, or rather Citadel, the Dutch Governour-
General, and moft of the Members of the Council
of India, with the other Officers of Batavia, have
their Refidence. The Governour's Pallace is of
Brick, large and well built. In this Pallace is the
Council-Chamber, the Secretary's Office and
Chamber of Accounts. The great Hall is hung
with bright Armour, Enfigns, Flags, &c. taken
by the Dutch here. The Governour gives Audi-
ence to Strangers who are introduc'd to him by the
Sabandar, who is chief Cuftom-mafter. Here is al-
fo a Church within the Caftle, and an Armory
with Apartments for all the Artificers belonging
to the Caſtle, which has 4 Gates, and all the A-
venues well defended, the whole being furround-
ed with Ditches, and the Works well mounted
with Brafs Cannon, as are the Baftions of the
Town with Block-houfes within the Walls, fo that
they can fire upon Mutineers within, as well as
upon an Enemy without. The Out-works of the
Town, of which there are feveral every way at 4
Leagues Diſtance, are made of Earth, furround-
ed with Ditches and Quick-fet Hedges, which
render them Arbours for Beauty, and fome of
them fac'd with Brick. The Garriſon on Duty is
generally about 1000 ftrong, and all the Out-
works
A Deſcription of Batavia.
405
works are faid to be furnifh'd with a good Stock 1710.
of Provifions as well as the Caftle; but the Sol-w
diers are kept much under, except the Governour's
Guards, who have large Privileges, and make a
fine Appearance. The Governour-General lives
in as great Splendor as a King; he has a Train and
Guards, having a Troop of Horfe, and a Compa-
ny of Foot, with Halberds, in Liveries of yellow
Satin, richly adorn'd with Silver Laces and Frin-
ges, to attend his Coach when he goes abroad.
The Guards are as well equipp'd as moft Princes
in Europe: His Lady has alfo her Guards and
Train. He is chofen but for 3 Years, out of the
༢
24 Counsellors call'd Rads of India, 12 of whom
muſt always refide in the City. The Chinese have
the greateſt Trade here, farm moft of the Excife and
Cuftoms, live according to their own Laws and i-
dolatrous Worſhip, and have a Chief that mana-
ges their Affairs with the Company, who allow
them great Privileges, and particularly a Repre-
ſentative in Council, who has a Vote when any
Chineſe is tried for Life: But thefe Privileges are
allow'd only to fuch Chineſe as inhabit here, for o-
thers are not admitted to ftay above 6 Months in
the Town, or on the Island Java. The other
Strangers, who inhabit here, befides Europeans, are
Malayans, with fome People from most part
of India. The Javanese, or ancient Natives are
numerous, and faid to be barbarous and proud,
of a dark Colour, with flat Faces, thin fhort black
Hair, large Eye-brows and Cheeks. The Men
are ftrong limb'd, but the Women ſmall; the for-
mer have a Wrapper of Callicce, 3 or 4 times round
their Bodies, and the latter from their Arm-pits to
their Knees. The Men have 2 or 3 Wives befides.
Concubines, and the Dutch. fay, they are much
addicted to lying and ftealing: Thofe on the Coaft
are generally Mahometans, but the others Pagans.
D d 3
༡
The
406 A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1710. The Women are not fo tawny as the Men, and
many of them handfom, but in general amorous,
and unfaithful to their Husbands or others, being
very apt to give Poiſon, which they do very cun-
ningly. It would be too tedious for me to de-
fcribe all the remarkable Things I faw at Batavia.
In fhort, I was perfectly furpriz'd, when I came
hither, to fee fuch a noble City, and Europeans fo
well fettled in the Indies. The Town is very popu-
lous, but not one Sixth of them Dutch. The Chi-
neze here go all bare-headed, with their Hair
roul'd up, and long Gowns, carrying Fans in their
Hands. The Dutch fay they are more induftrious
and acute in Trade than themſelves. The Difci-
pline and Order of the Dutch here, both in Civil
and Military Affairs, is admirable. They have all
Neceffaries for Building and Careening Ships, as
well as in Europe, and their Officers as regular as
in her Majefty's Yards; whereas we have nothing
like it in India. They keep the Natives very much
in Awe, being perfectly defpotical in their Go-
vernment over them, becauſe they fay the Natives
are naturally fo treacherous that they are obliged
to puniſh them ſeverely, for fmall Faults; but they
are favourable to the Chineze, becauſe of the great
Trade they have by their Means, and that they
pay great Rents for their Shops, beſides large Tax-
es, and from 16 to 30 per Cent. for Money, which
they frequently borrow of the Dutch. I was told,
there are about 80000 on the Ifland, who pay the
Dutch a Dollar a head, each Month, for Liberty
to wear their Hair, which they are not allow'd to
do at home, fince they were conquer'd by the Tar-
tars. There comes hither from China 14 or 16 large
Junks yearly, being flat bottom'd Veffels, from 3
to 500 Tuns a-piece. The Merchants come along
with their Goods, which are lodg'd in different
Partitions in the Veffel, like Ware-houfes, for which
•
they
Batavia Defcrib'd.
407
*
they pay a certain Price, and not for the Weight
or Meaſure of their Cargo, as we do; fo that they
fill them with what they pleaſe. They come in
with an Eafterly Monfoon, and generally arrive
in November or December, and return the Beginning
of June, fo that the Ducch have all Chineze Com-
modities brought to them cheaper than they can
fetch them; and being conveniently fituated for
the Spice Trade, they have all in their own
Hands. Batavia wants no Commodities that India
affords. 'Tis Pity our Eaft India Company has no
Settlement to which the Chineze might refort;
which I prefume would turn to a much better Ac-
count than our going to China does, where our
Traders are but indifferently us'd: 'Tis about s
Years fince we quitted Benjar, in the Iſland of Bor-
neo, which, by all the Accounts I had here, might,
if well improv'd, have been as ferviceable to our
East India Company as Batavia is to the Dutch, who
have feldom leſs than 20 Sail of Ships at the Ifle of
Fava, from 30 to 50 and 60 Guns each, with Men
enough for them on all Occafions, fo that they
might eaſily drive us out of moft Parts, if not all
India, fhould we ever have an unfortunate War with
them. Their Soldiers are very well train'd,and there's
a Company always on Duty at every Gate of the Ci-
ty and Citadel; and they have 7 or 8000 dif
ciplin'd Europeans in and about the City, who can
be ready for Action, at a very fhort Warning: 'Tis
the Metropolis of their Indian Settlements, and
fends Governours and Officers to all the reft: The
late General, before we came hither, had War
with the Indians, which, I was inform'd, had like
to have ſpoil'd their Settlements; but at laft, they
divided the Natives amongst themſelves, brought
them to a Peace on advantageous Conditions,
and are now pretty fecure of the Sea-Coafts.
There are many pleafant Seats about the City, and
༢༠
Dd 4
the
1710.1
408
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1710. the adjacent Country abounds with Rice, Sugar-
Cane-fields, Gardens and Orchards, Mills for Su-
gar, Corn, and Gun-powder; fo that this City is
one of the pleaſanteft in the World. I don't think
it fo large as Bristol, but 'tis more populous: They
have Schools for Latin, Greek, &c. and a Printing
Houſe. They have lately begun to plant Coffee
here, which thrives very well, fo that in a little
time they may be able to load a Ship or two; but
I am told it is not fo good as that of Arabia.
!
Octob. 12. We, according to Order from our
Owners to keep our Ships full mann'd, if the
War continued till our Return, fhip't here fe-
venteen Men, moft of them Dutch; the Dutchefs
and Batchelor near the fame Number, fo that we are
all well mann'd; and tho' we look'd upon our
Hardſhips to be over, feveral ran from us here that
came out of England with us, being ftragling Fel-
lows that can't leave their old Trade of Deferting,
tho' now they have a good Sum due to each of
them, fo that their Shares are by Contract due to
thoſe that continu'd.
Octob. 17. We got to the watering Place on the
Main, within Princes Inland at Java Head. The
Chief of our Buſineſs here, was to get Water and
Wood for our Paffage to the Cape of Good Hope,
which we compleated in 4 Days Time: But in the
Interim a Misfortune befel us, which occaſion'd our
Stay longer on Account of a Boat lent us by Capt.
Pike, Commander of the Stringer Gally, who fol-
lowed us hither from Batavia, after a Servant of
his who was brought away by Captain Dover in
the Batchelor.
་
Octob. 22. The Boat was miffing, but came back
with all the Men fafe, and we return'd her to
Captain Pike, who had his Servant, and took his
Leave of us.
1
We
Sailing from Batavia towards C. Good Hope.
409
We held the following Council juft before we
Came to fail.
I'
:
In a Committee on Board the Duke,
Octob. 23. 1710. at Java Head.
Tis agreed, that we make the best of our Way from
bence to the Cape of Good Hope; and if through
Misfortune any Ship fhould loofe or part Company,
either by bad Weather or otherwife, they are to go to the
Cape of Good Hope, and if they don't find the other
Ships, to stay there 20 Days: But if within that Time the
miffing Ship or Ships don't appear, then to make their ut-
most Difpath for the Island St. Hellena; and if not
there, to proceed thence according to the Owners Orders
for Great Britain.
Signed by the Majority of our Council.
Octob. 24. At 4 in the Afternoon Java Head
bore N. E. by E. diftant 10 or 12 Leagues, which
being the laft Sight we had of it, from that we
took our Departure.
Octob. 25. A freſh Gale of Wind at S. E. with
fair Weather, but an ugly fwelling Sea. This
Morning in Stowing our beft Anchor, Jofeph Long,
a Sailor, fell over Board, and being no Swimmer,
before we could get the Boat out to his Affiftance,
was loft.
Nothing remarkable happen'd till the 27th of
December, but that my Ship prov'd fo leaky, that
on the 31st of October the had near 3 Foot Water in
the Hold, and our Pumps being choak'd, we were
in fuch Danger, that we made Signals, and fir'd
Guns for our Conforts to come to our Relief, but
had juft fuck'd her as the Dutchess came up. The
roth
1710.
410
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1710. 10th of October fhe fprung a new Leak, which we
could not fully ftop, tho' we us'd all our Endea-
vours, and at the fame time I had been for the moft
Part confin'd to my Cabbin by Illneſs, ever fince
I left Batavia. The 28th of December, Mr. James
Waſe our chief Surgeon died, and we buried him
decently next Day, with our Naval Ceremonies
as ufual, being a very honeft ufeful Man, a good
Surgeon, and bred up at Leyden, in the Study of
Phyfick as well as Surgery. We made Land the
15th of December, came in with the Shoar the 18th,
and had Soundings in 60 and 70 Fathom, the
Ground grey Grett, with ſmall Stones and Shells ;
had a ftrong Southerly Current, S.Lat. 34. 2. Lon.
W. from London 334. 34.
Cape of
Good
Hope.
The 27th of December, we came up with Cape
Falfo, betwixt which and the Cape of Good Hope,
there's a deep Bay, and about a 3d over from the
Cape, there's a Shold which breaks for a good Di-
ftance, but plain enough to be feen. By Noon
we were a-breaft of the Cape, and faw the Table-
Land S. Lat. 34. 14.
The 28th We had very hard Flaws of Wind off
the High Land, till we came within Sight of the
Lions Head and Rump, two Hills over the Cape
Toun. This Day we arriv'd in the Harbour of the
Cape, faluted the Dutch Fort with 9 Guns, and
were anſwer'd by 7. We anchor'd in 6 Fathom
Water, about a Mile off Shoar, and found only one
English Ship, call'd the Donegal, Capt. Cliff Com-
mander, homeward bound from Mocha, and 2
Middleburgers outward bound for Batavia in the
Harbour, befides the Guard-Ship, and 2 or 3
Galliots.
The 29th. We moor'd our Ship, and got down
our Yards and Topmafts to guard against the hard
Flaws of Wind off the Table-Land, which frequent-
ly blow very fresh betwixt E. S. E. and S. E.
We
At Anchor at the Cape of Good Hope.
411
We fent 16 fick Men a-fhoar. We ſpent till the 1710.
18th of January, 1710-11. in watering and re-fit-
ing, and then held the following Committee.
On the 18th the Committee met a-fhoar, and
agreed as follows.
TH
THE Three Ships wanting feveral Neceſſaries and
Ships
Provifions, we agree, that Captain Rogers and
Captain Courtney do bring 100 Weight of Plate a-fboar
from either Duke or Dutchefs, and 60 Ounces of un-
wrought Gold, with all the coined Gold or Silver that is
in both Ships. We likewife empower them, in Con-
junction with Captains Dover and Cook, to purchaſe
what Neceffaries are wanting for the Whole, and to fell
what Goods are fit to be difpos'd of here, if not too much
to our Diſadvantage, rather than exchange more Gold or
Silver. We alfo defir'd they would agree for a Cable
and Anchor, now wanting for the Duke, in Place of
her Sheet Anchor and Cable, lately put aboard the Batche-
lor for her Security.
Tho. Dover, Pref.
Woodes Rogers,
Steph. Courtney,
Wm. Dampier,
Robert Fry,
John Connely,
Lan. Appleby.
the other
On the ift of February, I offer'd fome Propofals My Pro-
in Writing to Captains Dover and Courtney, with the pofals to
reft of the Committee, wherein I told them 'twas Capts. not
my Opinion we fhould looſe too much Time to comply'd
ftay for the Dutch Fleet, in order to have the Bene- with
fit of their Convoy to Holland, which would not
only be out of our Way, but very tedious and
chargeable; and we having large Quantities of de-
caying Goods on Board, the Time we ſhould loofe
by waiting for the Dutch, might be advantagiouſly
imploy'd in Brazile, where we could lie in very
little Danger of the Enemy, and vendthem at great
Rates,
412
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
}
1710. Rates, and thence get to Bristol through the North
Channel, having the Summer before us. Con-
tinuing in the Lat. of 55 or 56 Degrees, 2 or 300
Leagues, before we get the Length of the North
of Ireland, and by that Means might avoid the
Track of the Enemy. I earnestly prefs'd, that if
they could not agree to this, one of our Privateers
might take this Run alone, and the other keep with
the Batchelor and Dutch Fleet, but the Majority was
against any Thing, but going Home with the Dutch
Fleet altogether, fo that all I could do more was to
remind them of examining the Goods aboard the
Batchelor, and to take out of her fo much Goods in
fafe Package, as would lie in the like Room of Eu-
ropean Goods on Board the Dutchess, That if any
Accident fhould happen to the Batchelor, we
might have Part of her Value in another Bottom.
I defir'd, if any amongst them were not of this
Opinion, they would give their Reaſons to the
contrary in Writing; but we could agree to no-
thing. So I was forced to yield to the Majori-
ty of a Committee to go home with the Dutch
Fleet, and having a good Conveyance by two Ships
to adviſe our Owners, I wrote 'em a full Account
of all our, Tranfactions fince we left Grande, and
other Matters relating to the Voyage. And alfo
fent what we had agreed in the Committee to our
Owners, which was as follows.
Gentlemen,
This
His is to acquaint you of our fafe Arrival at the
Cape of Good Hope, December 29, 1710. with
our Prize the Acapulco Ship, call'd Nueftra Senora
de'l Incarnation y Difengano, commanded by Men-
fieur John Pechberty, and now call'd by us the Batche-
lor Frigat, mounted with 20 Great Guns, and 20 Brafs
Pattereroes, and mann'd with 116 Men, a firm Ship,
and
Sailing from Batavia towards C. Good Hope. 413
and each of our Ships are mann'd with 120 Men each, 1710.
in Company with 3 Engliſh Eaft-India Ships, and do
expect 3 Sail more every Day: The Dutch Ships from
Batavia (which are 12 Sail of ftout Ships) are expected
bere every Hour, and fix Sail more from Ceilon, which
Fleet we are refolved in Council to accompany to Holland,
except we have an Account of Peace, or happen to meet
with an Engliſh Convoy in croffing our Latitudes. Our
Ships are all fitted with every thing neceſſary, and only
wait for the Fleet, which we expect will fail by the last
of March. Hoping God will fo direct us, that we shall
come with Speed and Safety to your felves, and the rest
of our Friends, to whom we render all due Refpects, and
remain, Gentlemen,
Your moft humble and moft obedient Servants,
Tho. Dover, Pref.
Woodes Rogers,
Steph. Courtney,
Edward Cook,
Wm. Dampier,
Robert Fry,
William Stretton,
Charles Pope,
Tho. Glendall,
John Connely,
John Ballett.
We being now likely to ſpend fo much Time
here, and the Duke having been very leaky all the
way betwixt Batavia and this Place, and confide-
ring the long Paffage we had to England, I moved
to the Council that we might go to Sardinia Bay
to careen. 'Twas debated fome time before be-
twixt me and Capt. Courtney pro and con; and to be
farther fatisfy'd, on the 13th Capts. Cook, Fry and
Stretton were appointed to come aboard, and we
had a Survey of Carpenters concerning the Leak.
After fome Rummage, they agreed 'twould be very
dangerous to attempt any thing within-board, and
no other way but Careening would do, which
Capt. Dover and the Majority would not con-
fent
414 A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1711. fent to; fo that we are forc'd to lie in as bad a
condition as ever, only now and then mitigate the
Leak with a Bonnet, which is of no long conti-
nuance in the Harbour, much leſs when we come
to Sea. This Day about Noon the Batavia Fleet
came in, being 11 Sail. The Fort faluted the Flag
with 21 Guns, and all the English Ships faluted
likewiſe, except mine, which being upon the Heel,
could not do it.
Feb. 26. Having been very weak, and kept my
Chamber for feveral Days, but now fomething
better, I fent for moft of my Officers afhore,
that I might be thoroughly fatisfied what was
wanting aboard, in order to go home with the
Dutch Fleet; and being too weak, and made un-
capable of affifting to get any thing, I deliver'd in
the faid Account to Capts. Dover, Courtney and
Cooke, with the reft of the Committee, that we
might not be hurried to Sea without Neceffaries
for Subfiftance.
On the 27th we made a Rummage for Bale Goods
to diſpoſe of afhore, having Leave of the Gover-
nour, and provided a Store-houſe, where Capt.
Courtney, with the Owners Agent took their turns
weekly during the Sale of them.
Nothing remarkable happen'd till the 3d of April,
but that on the 13th of March 4 Dutch Ships came
in from Ceylon, 3 of them having loft their Main
Mafts, and being otherwife much damaged by a
violent Storm they met with in Lat. 18. S.
I took in more Water and Proviſions, fent more
Goods afhore to the Storehouſe, and difpofed of 12
Negroes.
On the 28th of March a Portuguese Ship from Bra-
file came in with advice, that 5 Stout French Ships
attempted Rio Janiero, but were repuls'd, and had a
great Number of Men kill'd, and 400 taken Priſo-
ners by the Portugueſe,
April
Departing from the Cape of Good Hope.
415
1717.
April 3. Being in a readineſs to fail, the Flag came
off Shore, was faluted first by the Dutch, and then,
by all the English Ships; but a contrary Wind pre-
vented our failing. Moft of the Goods fold at the
Cape were taken out of the Duke, being in much
worſe Package than thoſe aboard the Dutchefs and
Batchelor; fo that most of our Bales that could be
come at, have been open'd, and we find abun-
dance of Damage, our Ship having been ſo long
leaky, that we have not a tight Place in the Ship
fit to fecure dry Goods.
April 5. At Day-break this Morning the Flag
hoifted a blue Enfign, loos d his Fore-top-fail, and
fired a Gun as a Signal to unmoor: As we were
heaving in our Cable, it rubb'd againſt the Oak-
ham, which had got into the Leak, and occaſion'd
the Ship to be as leaky again as ever, fhe having
been indifferent tight for ſome time, and we were
in hopes it would have continu'd. About Noon I
came aboard very thin, and in no better Health
than I was when I went first afhore at our Arrival
here. Preſently after I went aboard the Flag,
there being a Signal made for all the English Com-
manders. We had before received our Orders,
which were very particular, and as obligatory to
be punctually obſerved. About 4 in the Afternoon
the Flag, Vice and Rear Admirals weigh'd, with
part of the Fleet, and fell down to Robins or Penguin
Iſland, where they lay for the reft of the Ships.
April 6. In the Afternoon we all weigh'd from
Penguin Inland, 16 Dutch and 9 English Ships, having
a freſh Breeze at S.S.E.
We buried afhore here, George Ruffel, a Foremaft-
man, Dec. 30. 1710. John Glaſſon, dº. 5 Jan. Mr.
Carleton Vanbrugh, Owners Agent, 3 Feb. Mr. Larice-
lot Appleby, 2d Mate, 21 dº. and four deferted.
Here follows a Lift of the Ships that arrived du-
ring our Stay at the Cape; all thoſe homeward
bound
416
A Crufing Voyage round the World.
1710. bound are now in company with us, except Capt
Opie in the Olie, and a Dane that failed in February,
defigned home before us.
!
The Ships that arriv'd at the Cape while we
were there.
Donnegall, Capt. Cliff, found here, from Mocha
bound to England.
A Dutch Ship, arriv'd Jan. 6. from Batavia, and
bound thither.
Loyal Bliss, Capt. Rob. Hudfon, arriv'd Jan. 10.
from Bengall, bound to England.
A Dane, arriv'd Jan. 15. from Trincombár, bound
to Denmark.
A Dutch Ship, arriv'd Jan. 16. from Zealand,
bound for Batavia.
Blenheim, Capt. Parrot, Jan. 22. arriv'd from
Mocha, bound to England.
Oley, Capt. Opie, arrived Jan. 25. from Batavia,
bound for England.
A Dutch Ship, arrived Feb. 4. from Holland,
bound to Batavia.
The Batavia Fleet, 11 Ships, arrived Feb. 22.
bound to Holland.
The Ceilon Fleet, 4 Ships, arrived March 7.
bound for Holland.
Loyal Cook, Capt. Clark, arrived March 12. from
China, bound for England.
Carleton, Capt. Litton, arrived March 17. from
Batavia, bound for England.
King William, Capt. Winter, arrived March 26.
from Bengall, bound to England.
1
1
The Cape of Good Hope Defcrib'd.
417
A fort Deſcription of the Cape of
Good Hope.
•
Shall not trouble the Reader with what has been
writ by others concerning this noted Place:
And fince I had neither Time, Health, nor Per-
miffion to ramble the Country, I cah relate no
Adventures that we had with Bears, Tygers or
Hottentots; but what I fhall fay is from my own
Obfervation.
*
The Dutch have here a well built fall Town,
containing about two hundred and fifty Houfes,with
a Church, and ſeveral fine Gardens and ſmall Vine-
yards near it: There are divers Villages in the
Country, from 10 to 30 Miles diftance, and ſeatte-
ring Plantations near a hundred Miles from the
Cape; fo that from the whole they are fuppofed to
be capable of raifing too well armed Horfe and
Foot at a fhort warning. The Climate being in
about 35 S. Lat. is excellent and healthful, and the
Soil very fruitful. They have many pleafant Seats
In the Neighbourhood, with Gardens, Vineyards,
and Plantations of young Oaks, and other Trees
raifed by themſelves; there being no large Timber
nearer than so Miles off the Cape. I was inform'd
that thefe Farms and Plantations bring in their East
India Company a.confiderable Sum per Annum, be-
fides Maintenance for the Garrifon. They let the
Land fo cheap, for Encouragement of Planters,
and it produces fuch a large Increaſe of Corn, Wine
and Cattle, that it enables the People to pay a
great Excife for their Commodities, which are al-
fo continually exported for the Dutch Settlements
in India, and fpent in recruiting their Fleets that
top here: fo that in a few Years they hope this
F. e
Place
1711.
418
A Gruifing Voyage round the World.
1711. Place will be fo confiderable, as to afford them Re-
J
{
;
cruits on any Occaſion for their Garriſons in India
and if they be preffed by a War there, they may
always lodge fuch a Number of Men at this noble
Settlement, which they efteem a fecond Father-
land, as may arrive at India in fo good a Condi-
tion, that no European Power can be fo capable of
holding the India Trade as themſelves. This makes
me think it to have been a great Omiffion in our
East India Company to quit this Settlement for
St. Helena, which is no way comparable to it, nor
able to answer the fame End, Amongst other Ad-
vantages, the Dutch have here a noble Hofpital,
furnished with Phyficians and Surgeons as regular-
ly as any in Europe; and this Hofpital is capable of
entertaining 6 or 700 fick Men at one time; fo that
as foon as the Dutch Ships arrive here, their diftem-
per'd Men are put afhore, and they are fupplied
with freſh Men in their ftead. They have all forts
of Naval Stores here, with proper Officers to at-
tend on all Occafions, which is a mighty Addition
to their Strength, and enables them to preferve
their India Trade. An Exprefs comes hither an-
nually from Holland by a fmall Ship, to meet their
homeward bound E. India Fleet, which is generally
from 17 to 20 great Ships. The Express brings a
private Order to the Commander in chief, who is
appointed by the Government in India; fo that
none knows where they are to meet their Convoy
in the North Seas, but himfelf; and he gives it
fealed up to each Ship, to be open'd in a proper La-
titude near home. By this Method their Fleets
have for many Years efcaped the Enemy, and arri-
ved fafe in Holland. Their Form of Government,
their Induſtry and Neatnefs abroad, is juftly to be
admiled, and worthy to be imitated. I faw no-
thing I could blame, unleſs it be their Severity, for
which no doubt they have very good reaſon, tho'
?
it
The Cape of Good Hope Defcrib'd.
419
it ſeemed harſh to me, who was born with English 1711.
Liberty. They have an Iſland call'd Robin, which
lies at the Entrance of the Cape Bay, about 3
Leagues from the Town, where they confine Mu-
tineers, or other heinous Offenders, to hard La-
bour during Life, by Sentence of the Fifcal.
The Dutch generally fend a Ship every Year
from hence to Madagaſcar for Slaves, to fupply
their Plantations; for the Hotentots, who are very
numerous, and love their Liberty and Eafe fo much,
that they cannot be brought to work, even tho they
ſhould ſtarve.
I spoke with an English and an Irish-man, who
had been feveral Years with the Madagascar Pirates,
but were now pardoned, and allowed to fettle here:
They told me, that thofe miferable Wretches, who
had made fuch a Noife in the World, were 'now
dwindled to between 60 or 70, moft of them very
poor and deſpicable, even to the Natives, among
whom they had married. They added, that they
had no Embarkations, but one Ship, and a Sloop
that lay funk; fo that thofe Pirates are fe inconfi-
derable, that they fcarce deferve to be mentioned;
yet if Care be not taken after a Peace to clear that
Island of them, and hinder others from joining
them, it may be a Temptation for loofe ftragling
Fellows to refort thither, and make it once more a
troubleſome Neft of Free-booters.
The Dutch have feldom leſs than 500 Soldiers in
the Cape Caſtle, which is very large, built with
Stone, and has 70 Guns well mounted on its Ram-
parts, with convenient Dwellings for the Officers
and Soldiers; but it lies too deep in the Bay to p o-
tect the Ships in the Road; therefore they talk of
erecting a Battery on the Starboard fandy Point,
as you enter the Bay. The Road is fo much expo-
fed to the Sea, that in the Winter Months, wh n
the Wind blows ftrong from thence, it is u
Le 2
7
fale
4.20
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1711. fafe Riding, and Ships are very often loft here; fo
that whoever comes hither in that Seaſon, ought
to be well provided with Cables and Anchors to
ride out a Storm: But in the Summer it feldom
blows from the Sea; yet fcarce a Day paffes with-
out very strong Flaws at S. E. which come down
from the Table Mountains that lie over the Fort,
fo violently, that Boats cannot go to or from the
Ships, but in the Morning and Evening, when it
is generally very moderate and calm...
The Dutch have found out a noble hot Spring of
Water above 100 Miles up in the Country, which
is of excellent virtue against all Diftempers con-
tracted in India; fo that few have been carried this
ther, tho' in a defperate Condition, but they have
recover'd to admiration by drinking and bathing in
that Water.
+
This Place having been fo frequently defcrib.d
by others, I fhall only add, that I found the Cha-
racter of the Hotentots to be very true, and that
they fcarce deferve to be reckon❜d of the Haman
Kind, they are fuch ill-look'd flinking, nafty Peo-
ple: Their Apparel is the Skins, of Beaſts, their
chief Ornament is to be very greafy and black, fo
that they befinear themfelves with ftinking Oil, or
Tallow and Soot, and the Women twist the Guts
of Beafts or Thongs of Hides round, their Legs,
which reſembles a Tobacco roll. Here's plenty
of all forts of Beafts and Fowl, wild and tame ;
and in fhort, there's nothing wanting at the Cape
of Good Hope, for a good Subfiftence; nor is there
any Place more commodious for a Retirement to
fuch as would be out of the Noife of the World,
than the adjacent Country in poffeffion of the Dutch.
२
A
Nothing remarkable happen'd till the 1st of May,
only I continued very ill, as my Ship did leaky,
and fonietimes we had Thunder, Lightning, Rain,
*
and
Sailing from the Cape towards Europe.
421
and Squalls of Wind. Yeſterday Afternoon we 1715.
had fight of the Ifland St. Helena, bearing N. W.
by N. about 6 Leagues, lying in S. Lat. 16.
On the 7th we made the Ifland of Afcenfion, S.
Lat. 8. 2. Longit. W. from London 13. 20.
*
On the 14th at Noon we found we had juſt
crofs'd the Equator, being the 8th time we had
done fo in our Courfe round the World. There
was a ftrong Current ſetting to the Northward,
after the rate of about Mile an Hour, Longit.
W. from London. 21.11. So that we have run much
continually to the Weftward, over and above thợ
Circumference of the Globe.
The 17th in Lat. 3. 13. we found the Current
ftill continuing to fet to the N.W. 20 Miles in 24
Hours. The Dutch Commadore was very civil to
us, and becauſe our Prize failed heavy, he allow'd
her to keep a-head in the Night, which he did noë
to any other Ship. We and the Dutchefs often tow'd
her in the Day, to keep her up with the Fleet.
June 7. In the Lat. of 24°. 15" The ; Admi
3
rals hall'd down their Flags, and hoifted Pennants
at their Main-top-maft Heads, to appear more
Like Ships of War, every Dutch Ship doing the fame.
Now we draw neat home, they fcrape and clean
their Ships, bending new Sails, fo that they look
as if newly come out of Holland.
June 13. Yesterday Afternoon the Flag made a
Signal for all the Dutch Commanders to go aboard
with their Latitude and Longitude. We took the
Batchelor in towe this Morning, having a fine mo-
derate Gale at E. by N. with fmooth pleasant
Weather.
*
June 14. We caft the Batchelor off about & Yefler-
day Afternoon, I being unwilling to run too far
a Head with her, now we are got fo far to the
Northward, where we may expect not only the
Danger of the Enemy, but alfo veerable Winds
and
422
A Cruising Voyage round the World,
1711; and thick Weather, by which means fhe may loofe
the Fleet. I advis'd Capt. Courtney the fame in the
Evening by a Letter. This Morning we rum-
maged our Hold, and found very little new Da-
mage amongst the Bails, but all in general much
decay'd by lying fo long in ordinary Package.
June 15. The Admiral made a Signal this Morn-
ing for all the English Commanders, and fome of
the Dutch Skippers to come aboard him, where we
found an excellent Entertainment, and the good
Humour of the Dutch Admiral foon made all the
Company underſtand each other without a Lin
guift, tho' we had much ado to get one at firft
Meeting. We parted before the Sun fet, and had
a fine Day,
}
June 28. Being got into the Latitude of 51 N
we had thick foggy Weather, fo that the Flag fired
two Guns every half Hour; each Ship anfwer'd
with one. This continu'd feveral Days, which
confumed a great deal of Powder, but by the Noife
of the Guns, it was eafy to keep Company, tho'
fometimes fo thick for feveral Hours, that we could
not fee three Ships Lengths..
و
July 14. This Morning we fancied we faw Land,
and fome of the Dutch Ships made the concerted
Signal, but none was poſitive, having founded,
and found no Ground with above 100 Fathom of
Line,
( 4
July 15 We faw 2 Ships Yefterday Afternoon,
Lí
one of which we spoke with, being a Dane bound
for Ireland. She told us the Wars ftill continued,
but gave a very imperfect Account of any other
News: She informed us of the Dutch Men of War,
that were cruizing for us off Shetland (being 10 Sail)
whom the faw, 4 or 5 Days ago, and reckon'd her
felf now about 40 Leagues from the Land. We
had Soundings then in 70 Fathom. Water, brown
gravelly Ground, I just had time to fend the
Owners
Sailing towards the Texel.
423
#
Owners a Copy of my Letters from the Cape of 1711.
Good Hope, and to let 'em know we were now got
fo far fafe towards the Conclufion of a fatiguing
Voyage. In the Morning we made Fair Island and
Foul Iſland lying off of Shetland, preſently after we
faw the Men of War; but having little Wind, and
they a good way diftant from each other, we could
join but one of them by Noon. Fair Ifland then
bore S.S.E. diftant about 2 Leagues.
July 16. All the Men of War join'd us Yefterday
Afternoon, but one or two with the fifhing Dog-
gers, who were cruizing off to the North Eaft of
Shetland. After mutual Salutations both by the Dutch
and English Ships, one of the Men of War was fent
out to fee for the miffing Ships. Mean while the
Fleet lay by, and having little Wind, the Boats
came to and fro all Night, and fupply'd us with
what we wanted. The Inhabitants of thoſe Iſlands
came aboard with what Provifions they had, being
very poor People; who fubfift moft by Fishing.
July 17. In the Morning we had a fmall Breeze,
with which the Men of War got into the Fleet a-
gain, having met with the other. About Noon we
all made Sail, fteering away betwixt the S.S. E. and
S E. and the Wind at S.W. and S.W. by S. I wrote
a fingle Letter to the Owners in general, by a
Scots Fishing Boat belonging to Shetland, advifing
them of our joining the Men of War, who are or-
der'd with the Fleet to the Texel, where I hope we
fhall foon meet an English Convoy. The Dutch
India Admiral, tho' but a Company's Ship, wears
his Flag, and gives Signals and Orders to the Dutch
Men of War, which is not fuffer'd among the
Engliſh, and in the whole Run from the Cape have
kept an exact Difcipline in the Fleer, not fuffering.
any of the Commanders to go out of the Ships to
vifit each other at Sea without his Signal or Leave.
July
424
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
171E.
July 21. This Morning one of the Men of War
was order'd away for the Texel, to give notice of
the Fleet's coming; I again wrote to the Owners;
for fear of any Mifcarriage by the former Con
veyances.
१
i
r
· July 23. The Weather beinig clofe, the Comma
dore made a Signal about to a Clock for feeing
Land; prefently after all the Fleet anfwer'd him
with their Colours. The Pilot-Boats coming off
aboard the Ships, we had z aboard, who told us
the Texel bore about S.E. by E. diftant 15 or 16
Miles. Prefently after Noon we parted with the
Rotterdam and Middleburgh Ships, most of the Ment
of War going with 'em to fee 'em fafe in. The
Flag and all the English Ships faluted the Comma→
dore, and afterwards we faluted the Flag himſelf tỡ
Arrive at welêdme him in fight of Holland; and as foon as
the Texel they got over the Bar, the Dutch-men fir'd all their
in Hol- Guns for joy of their fafe Arrival in their own
land,
Country, which they very affectionately call Fa
ther-land. All the Ships bound into the Texel lay
by from 2 till 5 a Clock, waiting for the Flood to
carry us up. About 8 at Night we all came fafe to
an Anchor in 6 Fathom Water about z Miles.off
Shore.
On the 24th in the Morning the Dutch Flag
weigh'd, in order to go up to the unlivering Place.
As he pafs'd by us, we gave him ; Huzza's and
3
g
Guns. In the Afternoon I went up to Amfterdam,
where we had Letters from our Owners, to direct
us how to act and proceed from hence. On the
28th the English Eaft India Ships had Orders to be in
a readineſs for failing with the firft Dutch Convoy
for London. We got fome Provifions aboard from
Amfterdam on the 20th. When I came aboard,
on the 1st of August, by Confent of our Coun
cil, we difcharg'd what Men we fhip't at Batavia
and the Cape, and afterwards went away from Am-
Sterdam
Tranſactions in Holland.
425
fterdam. On the 4th the Dutchefs and Batchelor
went up to the Road, call'd the Vlicter, being a
better Road than the Texel. In the Evening we
had News of fome of our Owners being at the Hel-
der: Mr. Pope went to wait upon 'em, and in the
Morning came aboard with them. After a fhort
Stay they went for the Dutchefs and Batchelor, de-
figning thence for Amfterdam; we welcom'd 'em
with Is Guns at their coming and going; the Eng-
lifh Eaft-India Ships and others bound for England
weigh'd with the Dutch Convoy to Day, having
a fine Gale at N. E. On the 6th we weigh'd from
the Texel, and went up to our Conforts, it being
by a particular Order from the Owners for our
better Security; we being oblig'd to wait there,
fearing the India Company would be troubleſome,
altho' we had dealt for nothing but Neceffaries in
India.
On the roth in the Afternoon, the Owners with
the Chief Officers came down, and the next Day
went a-fhoar to the Texel, where having an Ab-
ftract of our Voyage ready drawn up, we went
before a Notary Publick, and took our Affidavits,
that what was therein contain'd was true to the
beſt of our Knowledge, and that we had been at no
other Places than therein mention'd. This was de-
fir'd of us by James Hollidge, Efq; one of our Owners,
to juftifie our Proceedings to the Queen and Coun-
cil, in Anfwet to what the Eaft-India Company
had to alledge against us, they being, as we were
inform'd, 'refolved to trouble us, on Pretence we
had encroached upon their Liberties in India. On
the 12th, we return'd aboard again; and to keep
up a Form of Government, tho' the Owners were
here, we held a Committee, where 'twas agreed
to carry a Quantity of Gold to Amfterdam, to ex-
change for a Supply of our Men and Ships, viz.
Ff
20
1711.
426
A Cruiſing Voyage round the World.
1711. 20 Guilders to a Sailor, 10 to a Land-man, and to
every Officer in Proportion as his Occafions re-
quir'd. On the 13th we went away for Am-
fterdam, but did not carry any Gold out of our
Ships, upon Confideration it might be prejudicial
to the Infurance made on our Ships, if we took any
Value out, and an Accident ſhould afterwards hap-
pen, fo we agreed again, 'twould be better to take
up the Money at Amsterdam.
We had feveral Stores and Provifions from Am-
fterdam this Week, and likewife Money for the
Officers and Men, which was paid 'em, and they
had Liberty to go a-fhoar by turns.
On the 23d in the Afternoon, the Owners came
down from Amfterdam, and the next Day examin'd
the Priſoners aboard Us and the Batchelor, about
taking the faid Ship and other Prizes, having No-
tice of our going over for England, and that a Con-
voy was appointed to come for us.
We got all the Men off Shoar, who had been very
troubleſome to the Owners at Amfterdam, and every
thing in Readineſs for Sailing. On the 31st Mr.
Hollidge came aboard (the reft of the Owners being
gone over for England) and took Account of what
Plate, Gold, Pearl, &c. was in the Ship, The
fame being done aboard the Dutchefs, he likewife
took a Lift of our Men to get Protections for them,
from being imprefs'd after our Arrival in the River,
of Thames. The next Day he went to the Texel to
diſcharge the Cuftom due from our Ships, and on
the 5th in the Morning he took his Leave of us.
On the 19th in the Afternoon, we had News of
our Convoys lying without the Texel, which was
very acceptable to the Crews of each Ship, who
were in the utmoft Uneafinèfs at our long Stay,
being juft at Home, fo that we had much ado to
keep the Companies aboard till now. We got
every
•
Tranſactions in Holland.
427
every thing in Readineſs, in order for falling down 1711.
to them.
On the 20th, about 5 in the Afternoon, we got
down to the Texel, where we found our Convoy
at Anchor, being the Effex, Canterbury, Medway,
and Dunwich Men of War.
On the 22d in the Morning, the Wind being
at N. E. we weigh d from the Texel, and by 10 of
the Clock got clear of the Channel. In the After-
noon the Commodore took the Batchelor in Towe,
and next Morning the Wind being against us, we
bore away again for the Harbour, as did likewife 4
Dutch Men of War that came out with us, bound
for London; after feeing us fafe in, he ſtood off to
the Northward with the Canterbury and Medway,
but came in the next Morning.
On the 25th our Officers met, where confulting
that our 3 Ships wanted feveral Neceffaries to keep
the Sea, in cafe we ſhould meet with bad Weather,
we requeſted Captain Roffey our Commodore, that
he would pleaſe to ftay, fhould the Wind be fair,
till fuch Time as we could be provided with the
faid Neceffaries from Amfterdam, which was
granted
-
On the 13th the Wind continuing at S. E. by S.
and S. E. at Break of Day we weigh'd, as did like-
wife 4 Dutch Men of War.
On the rft of October, about 11 of the Clock we
came to an Anchor in the Downs, where feveral of
our Owners came aboard, and after they had vifit-
ed every Ship, went a-fhoar with fome Priſoners
to examine 'em about our Capture, &c.
At 3 this Morning the Effex made a Signal to
unmoar, and betwixt 9 and 10 weigh'd, he being
order'd up to the Buoy in the Noar, and we to make
the best of our Way to the Hope.
O Elob.
1
1
1
428
A Cruifing Voyage round the World.
1711
Octob. 14. This Day at 11 of the Clock, we and
our Confort and Prize got up to Eriff, where we
came to an Anchor, which ends our long and
fatiguing Voyage.
:
F IN IS.
A.N
20
72
ANDA 2 UNE
13
14
22
15
1161
VIATURN UNI SZTAFETLER AYNIGDE
Port Marquis
Acapulco
Cerfills
Rio de las Yopjes.
F. Taquetamarda
!
yucir
ciras
Fakifes de los
Borangos
Alcotraces. 15
Morro hermofo
R Mafia
105
10.4
THE COAST
Porto Ffcondido
I.de Bray
SPedro
R.Gallera
P. Angeles
or of Angels
Guatulco
Port Guatulco
THE
102
OF
Longolotanga
Capadeda
R.Profondo
101
Tecgantepeque
Port de Salines
Port de Fecoantepeq
Port Mufquitors
THE
200
وفا
SOUTH SEA COAST
98
MEXICO
Mr Bernal
Morro Incommienda
Vulcan de Socanufco.
PACIFI
Angravd by lohn, Senex
Guevetlan or
las Milpas
Poconusco
Vulcan de Sapoticlan
Vulcan de Suchitepéque
Vulcan de Aulan
Anabacas-
√97
[96
195
94
193
bo
OR
OF
NEW
Guatimala
Antonio Volcant of Guatimala
Guafapan-
·Barra de Eftapa
R.Aloticalco
R.Monticalco
Por Axacuta.
la Trinidad or
Sonsonate
Costa Elvas ama
Rio Sonfonate
Punta de los Remédios
Vulcan de Ifateas —
Cofta de Toneta
SSalvador
or Cuscatlan
Facatecomu
R. Lempa
I. del 'Iuan delgoco
SPAIN
St Miguel
Fonfeca
Bay of Amapala
OR
SOUTH
SEA
1
Keres or
Chuluteca
Cacibina
Mefaple Voldan
la Viejo -
Vnlcan de Viejo
Port of Reale
Rosta
Port SJohn
Realejo
Vulcan of Leon
V. of Felica
T. of Granada
Julcan of
Bay of
Papagallio
Bombaco
C.St Catharina,
Port de Velas
Morro Hermoso -
British Leagues
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 20
C Guiones
Nicoya
Chira I.
C.Blanco
IS. Luke
la Caldeira
Herradura
Place this fronting Page
1. in the Appendix.
KANNTNISALI
B9
OWNER
ARGUIA
12
KILUMINA
(1)
APPENDIX,
CONTAINING
A DESCRIPTION of the
Coaft, Roads, Harbours, Rocks, Shoals,
Ilands, Capes, Watering-Places, Creeks,
Coves, Makings of Land, Courſes, and
Distances, from Acapulco in the Lati-
tude of 17 deg. N. to the Island of
Chiloe in the Latitude of 44 deg. S.
From the best Spaniſh Manufcripts taken in
the South-Sea.
Chufe to infert this Defcription as it is, with-
out addition or diminution, becauſe being ta-
ken on the reſpective Spots by the Spanish Pi-
lots for their own uſe, I reckon it may be more
ufeful as it is; therefore I have forborn intermix-
ing it with the Defcriptions of other Authors,
which tho perhaps more pleaſant to the Reader,
are not fo true, and by confequence cannot be fo
neceſſary for our Ships who may trade in thofe Seas.
A
If
2
A Deſcription of the Coafts and Harbours
t
}
If you fall to Leeward of Port Acapulco, and
know not the making of the Lands which over-
ſhoot one another, you will fee fome white
Rocks that the Sea breaks on over againſt Puerto
Marquis, which is about two fmall Leagues from
Acapulco to the Eaſtward.
If you go into Acapulco this way, take great
care before you come to Punta del Marquis, which
is a large fandy Strand. You must keep to the
Eaſtward towards the high Land and the Ridges,
and you will fee Port Marquis; and as you run
along, a white high Rock in the Entrance of Port
Acapulco, and at the fame time an Ifland full of
red Hillocks, bring the Point Eaft and Weft
with the Ifland: and by thefe Marks you will
know the Harbour, and fteer right in for the white
Rock, and then you'l fee the Griffo, a Shoal above
Water: Give it a fmall Birth, and you will have
Water enough. Then fteer for the Punta Mor-
rillio, which is a fmall Precipice, and that will
lead you unto the Boca Chica or little Entrance,
when you will fee the Town and Caſtle, and may
anchor before the Town; but if the Wind blows
ftrong out, and you cannot get the Harbour, you
muft anchor and come in with the Land-breeze.
'Tis a very good Harbour, and clean Ground.
•
L
Coming right out of the Sea for Acapulco, you
will fee certain Mountains; the first fomewhat
high, the others afcending one behind the other,
and the higheſt has a Volcano towards the S E.
and at the foot of thefe Mountains is the Harbour,
with an Iſland before it towards the N W. be-
tween which and the Main lies a Channel. The S E.
Entrance is wide; the greateſt Danger is a ſmall
Shoal call'd El Griffo, fome part of which is
above Water: leave it on the Larboard Side a ſmall
pace, and you will fee two Rocks that ſtand high
from the Water on the Shore.
I
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
3
I omit the Defcription of the Coves, &c. be-
tween Acapulco and Puerto Escondido, becauſe it
would be of no fervice; therefore ſhall only name
them in courſe: 1. Pefquerias de Don Garcia, a
Cove or River, which by the name feems to have
been a Fiſhery. 2. Rio de Taquelamama looks to be
a Shoal-River. 3. Rio de Maffia I take to be a
fmall River. 4, Ifulas de Alcatraces, Iſlands that
lie before the River of Maffia.
From the Morro or Head-Land of Hermofo' to
Puerto Afcondido is 5 Leagues, Courſe ESE. and
WNW. From Puerto Escondido S E. 18.Leagues
ljes El Rio Galera, or Galléy-River: this is a bold
Coaft, and lies ESE. and W NW.
From Port Acapulco towards the Encenada de las
Barṛduganes, ine. the Bay of Hillocks, the Courſe
is NW by W and S E. by E. 25 Leagues. The
Hillocks are 15 or 16, and easily known. Parallel
with them, lie feveral dangerous Shoals, which
extend about 2 Leagues into the Sea and all this
Shore to Puerto Escondido, i. e. Hidden Harbour,
fo call'd becaufe of a fmall Inland which lies before
it and covers it, is full of Hillocks and Strands of
Sand, without any Harbour.
>
From Puerto Escondido in N. Lat, 16, to Puerto
de Angeles, or the Harbour of Angels, is 31
Leagues, Courſe W by N. and E by S. from Puer-
to Eſcondido about 8 Leagues there's a low Point,
and cloſe to the Point a Rock. Three Leagues
to the SE. is the River of Maffia, with a fmall
Iſland and fome Rocks before its mouth.
From the River of Maffia towards the SE. is
high Land, and feveral fmall and great Strands to
Puerto de Angeles.
From Puerto de Angeles to the Salinas, or Salt-
Pits, is 38 Leagues, Courſe E by N. and W by S.
and 2 Leagues towards the SE. of Puerto Angeles
there's a Creek nam'd Calleta, before which there's
A 2
4
A Defcription of the Coafts and Harbours
a Ledg of Rocks which run a League out into the
Sea. Three Leagues from Calleta S E. is the Ri-
ver of Julian Caraco, NW. and S E. from which
there's a Shoal, fome part of it above water, and
appears like a Tortoife; 'tis about half a League
from the Land: and more to the SE. is the Inland
Sacrificios Puerto de Angeles, in Lat. 15. 30, N.
Three Leagues from the Calleta or Creek before-
mention'd lies Guatulco, N. Lat. 15. 40. the Courſe
SE by E. and before you come to Guatulco there's
a ſteep Point call'd Buffadero, and at the En-
trance of Guatulco there's a Rock ſomewhat high
and bald on the top.
More to the SE. lies Tongolotanga, a round
high Iſland. Farther to the SE. there's a great
River call'd Capalita, where the Mexico Road ends.
Six Leagues SE. from hence is the Morro or Head-
Land of Ailea. The Harbour of Guatulco, when
you come out of the Sea, is known by fome Plains
and tall Trees which appear in 'em; and from
hence to Tongolotanga is one League and half.
Seven Leagues more to the S. lies the Ifland of
Ittata, and 3 Leagues further the Morro or Cape of
Bamba; and N. and S. of this Cape for one
League there's a great Shoal: All this Main Land
is very high.
1
Two Leagues to the 'Eaſtward are the Salinas,
or Salt-Pits, which have two Rocks near one ano-
ther; by the ſaid Rocks are the Salinas, where the
high Land joins again, and runs home to Puerto de
los Angeles, or Angels-Harbour. On all this Coaft
there's good Anchorage, and very clean.
From Morro de Aytula to the E. lies Morro de
Vanua. 'Tis 4 Leagues from hence to the Isle of
Eftata, 3 Leagues from thence to Marro de Maſſa-
tian, and unto the Salinas it is 4 Leagues; and
from the latter to Morro de Maffatian two. The
Ife
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
5
Ille of Eftata is divided in the middle, which way
foever you make it.
From the Salinas to La Ventofa Porto de Tecoante
Peque, i. e. the windy Harbour of Tecoante Pe-
que, 'tis 4 Leagues, and the Coaft lies Eaft and
Weſt. It is call'd Windy Harbour, because it
blows harder here than in any Harbour of the
Coaſt.
From the Salinas of the Morro de Bernal to the
Gulph of Tecoante Peque is 20 Leagues, the
Courſe N E. and S W. From the Salinas the Land
is low as far as the Gulph. When you cross the
Gulph, keep the Shore cloſe on board, for the
North Wind blows very hard; if you do not, you
will meet a very rude Sea in the Offing with that
Wind. But on all this Coaſt there's very clean
Ground and good Roads, fo that you may anchor
in a Storm until you have fair Weather.
From the Salinas to the Bar of Tecoante Peque
'tis 7 Leagues ESE. W NW. low Land and good
Anchorage. From the Bar to Port Mufquito in
N. Lat. 15. 'tis 9 leagues; and on the N W.
part of Port Mufquito there are Shoals which run
a league out to Sea.
From Porto Ventofa of Tecoante Peque to the
River Tecoante Peque is 4 leagues; the Coaſt lies
N W. and S E.
From the River of Tecoante Peque to the Bar
of Port Mufquito 'tis 8 leagues, lying NW. and
SE.
From the Bar of Mufquito to the Mountain Ber-
nal 'tis 8 leagues ES E. and WNW. From Port
Bernal the Land grows low, and continues with-
out any rifing either in the Country or along the
fhore. This Gulph runs 40 leagues from the low
Land to the other fide of the Land of Tecoapte
Peque, as far as Guatulco. From Port Mufquito
to Port Bernal is 9 leagues. In all this Gulph you
A 3
may
6.
A Deſcription of the Coafts and Harbours
may anchor near the Shore, becaufe of the Nor-
therly Winds as far as Port Bernal. From the
Gulph of Ticoante Peque to the Bar of Estapa
'tis 75 leagues low Land, and the Coaft lies NW.
and SE.
}
From the Mountain of Bernal to the Mountaid
of Incomienda is 6 leagues, the Coaſt, lies NW.
and SE.
From the Mountain of Incomienda to Folcano
Soconeſco 'tis 6 lèágues N W. and S E.
}
From Port Bernal leagues to the SE. lies In-
comienda, and 12 leagues more to the S E. you find
Volcano de Soconefco.
From Volcano de Soconefco to Las Milpas 'tis 12
leagues, the Coaft NW and SW.
From Las Milpas to Volcano de Sapotilan 'tis 8
leagues, and the Coaft runs N W. and S W.
From Volcano de Sapotilan to Volcano de Sacate-
peqque 'tis 6 leagues, the Coaft lies N W. and SE.
From Volcano de Soconefco to Milpas 'tis 1 2 Teagues,
and from Milpas to Anabacas 25 leagues. Thefe
Anabacaffes are fmall Plains, fome of them with
Hillocks divided in the top, others' cover'd with
low Shrubs. There are Trees on a Strand which
make a Bay, and in the Rising-ground are three
Volcano's within Land, about 8 leagues from one
another, and the Mountain in the middle is N. and
S. with thofe Palms, and call'd Sapoticlan.
From Volcano de Sacatepeqque to Volcano de Atilan
'tis 7 leagues, the Coaſt lies W by N. and É by S.
From the Volcano of Atilan to the Andbacas the
Coaſt lies W by N. and E by S. From Anabacas to
the Volcano of Guatimala 'tis 8 leagues, the Coaſt
lying W by N. and S by E.
From the Volcano of Guatimala to the Bar of
Eftapa 'tis 8 leagues, the Coaft W by N, and E by S,
From the Bar of Eftapa to the River of Aloticalço
'tis 10 leagues, the Coaft NW by W. and SE by E.
From
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
7
From the laſt Volcano on the SE. fide to the
Volcano of Guatimala 'tis 10 leagues, and the Coaft
lies N and S. with the Bar of Eftapa, which is the
Port of Guatimalà.
From the River of Moticalco to the Port of Son-
fonate 'tis 18 leagues, the Coaft WbyN. and E by S.
From the Bar of Eftapa to the Port of Sonfonate
in N. Lat. 13. 'tis 36 leagues, and the Coaſt lies
W by N. and E by S. 20 leagues to the S E. there's
a great River, from whence to the River of Moti-
calco 'tis 6 leagues, from Port Sonfonate 'tis 10
leagues, and then you will fee the Volcano of Son-
fonate with two others; and if you would anchor
here in Sonfonate, you must do it on the Starboard
fide, which is the loweſt Land, and keep your Lead
till you have 12 fathom, and ſteer right in with the
Warehouſes, then anchor on the SE. part; but you
muft beware, for there are many Shoals all along
to, and off from Point Remedio, which lies N and
S. from this Harbour: and all on this Coaſt is
low Land, with good Anchorage every where, in
fome places Sand, in others Mud or Owfe.
From Port Sonfonate to Volcano Ifalcos 'tis 4
leagues.
From the River Lempa to the low Land of Ibal-
tique 'tis 5 leagues, low Land, Shoal-Water, and
a rude Sea.
Coming out of the River of Sonfonate, you muſt
take great care of the Shoals and Rocks lying a-
bout Point Remedio. In paffing this Point fail E
by S. to the Bar of Ibaltique, which is 34 leagues.
[Note, That about this Bar there are many Shoals
more than 2 leagues off at Sea.] In failing from
the Point of Remedio, and 3 leagues Eaft from it,
you will fee Mount Vernel; 'tis a middling Moun-
tain, but the Coaft is low Land, and 3 leagues far-
ther to the Eastward is the Volcano Cateculo.
A 4
IA
8
A Defcription of the Coafts and Harbours
3
In the River of St. Michael at high Water 'tis
fathom deep, and from the Bar to St. Michael
'tis 4 leagues. From the Volcano de Cateculo to the
Bar of Ibaltique 'tis 2 leagues: this Bar has many
dangerous Shoals ftretch'd out into the Sea. Two
large Leagues N and S. of this Bar, there's a Vol-
cano, which fhews nearer than the others, and
bears the name of St. Michael.
From the Bar of Ibaltique to Port Martin Lopez
'tis 10 leagues, Courfe W by N. and E by S. You
may know the Harbour by feveral white Banks and
Ridges, there being no other fuch on this Coaft,
which joins with the Gulph call'd De Fonfeca.
From Port Martin Lopez, where the Land joins
with the Gulph De Fonfeca, to Cocibina, it is 9
leagues; you may know this Gulph by certain
fmall Rocks join'd to the Point. From the Point
of Cocibina to the Mefa (or Table) of Voldan 'tis
7 leagues, Courfe W by N. and E by S.
From the Mefa (or Table) of Voldan to the
Afexxadoes, or Sawyers, 'tis 4 leagues. From the.
Point of Coribina to the low Land of Realejo 'tis
13 leagues, Courfe E by S. and W by N. and be-
tween Cocibina and Realejo there's a fmall Hill call'd
the Mefa (or Table) of Voldan.
Realejo in N. Lat. 12. 25. is the moft remarka-
ble Land on this Coaft, for there is a high burning
Mountain, call'd by the Spaniards Volcano Vejo, i. e.
Old Volcan; which bring N E. and then fteer
with it, and the Harbour will appear you go in
with the Sea-Breeze. The Volcano is feen at a
great diftance, there being no Hill near it fo high.
By day it fends forth Smoke, and by night (parti-
cularly in bad Weather) it iffues Flames, which
you may fee at leaſt 20 leagues. When you have.
the Harbour open, and are about 2 leagues from
it, you fee a flat low Ifland about half a league in
length, a mile from the Main, and near the middle
of
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
9.
of the Harbour, with a Channel on either fide;
that to the Weftward is the beft: but on the
Northweſt fide you muſt take care of a dangerous
Shoal, which when you have run by, keep the
Iſland cloſe on board, to avoid a fandy Point that
extends it felf half Channel over from the Main.
The Eaſt Channel is narrower, and runs with a
great Tide. In this Harbour 250 Sail of Ships
may lie fafe: you ride near the Main in 7,8,9 fa-
thom Water at difcretion, and your Anchors lie
in firm hard Sand. From the Anchoring-place to
the Town 'tis about 2 leagues, but as you go up,
there are two Creeks, the Weſtermoft goes by the
backſide of the Town, and the other goes directly
to it; but there's ſcarce Water for your Boat, if
any thing big. The Creeks are very narrow, and
the Land on either fides full of watry Plafhes and
Mangroves. About half a mile below the Town,
on a Bank near the Eaſt Creek, there was formerly
a ftrong Breaft-work. Realejo is a fickly place,
being in the midſt of Plaſhes; but the adjacent
Country produces Tar, Pitch, Cordage, Sugar,
and Beef is very cheap here. They have Timber
for Ships, which are fometimes built here. The
Town is now more populous than ever, and is in-
habited by fome Spaniards, the reft are Indians,
Mulattoes, Muftices, Loboes, Quarterones, and o-
ther fuch Mixtures.
In this River are feveral Branches, and the
Banks are full of Sugar-Works and Cattel. The
City of Leon is about 4 leagues from Realejo, which
was formerly taken by English Pirates; and about
3 leagues above Realejo is Pueblo Vejo, or the old
Town, which was alfo taken and ranfack'd by
French Pirates. The River Tofta is fometimes dry,
but when 'tis not, the Sea runs fo rude that you
cannot land.
From
IO
A Defcription of the Coasts and Harbours
From the Volcano of Leon to the City of Leon
'tis about 7 leagues; the way to it is thro a level
Country of Savannas, and fome ſpots of Wood:
There is only one River between 'em, which is
fordable in feveral places. There's a fmall Indian
Town about two miles from Leon, from whence
there's a ftreight fandy Path thro a large Plain.
The Houſes in Leon are low, but very strong-built
and large: They have many Orchards and Gar-
dens, and fine Water-works, are very rich, have
a great Trade with the North and South Seas,
and a Governour under the Vice-Roy of Mexico.
From the Point of Realejo to Rio de Tofta 'tis 9
Jeagues S E by S. NW. from Rio de Tofta to the
Mefa of Sutiabo 'tis 10 leagues, Courfe NW.
SE. from this River, 3 or 4 leagues up in the
Country, you fee the Volcano Anion.
From the Mefa of Sutiabo to Volcano de Leon 'tis
4 leagues, Courſe SE by E. NW by W.
From Volcano de Leon to Telica 'tis 4 leagues,
and from Volcano de Telica to the Mefa de Moliafe
'tis 2, and from the Table of Moliafe to the high
Land of Sinotepe 'tis 3 leagues.
From the high Land of Sinotepe to Port St. John
'tis 4 leagues.
From Port St. John to the Point of Santa Catha-
rina'tis 18 leagues, Courfe NW. SE. which is the
breadth of Gulfo Papagaio, or Parrot-Gulph.
From the River of Tofta to Port St. John 'tis 7
leagues, Courfe N W. and S E. a very bold Coaſt,
and a rude Sea. In Port St. John there's a ſmooth
Table-Land about 2 leagues long. In this Gulph
you muſt beware of the Northerly Winds, which
blow very tempeftuouſly, and ſtrive to keep the
Shore cloſe on board. From this River to the
Point of Santa Catharina, 'tis 18 leagues, and lies
NW. and SE.
La
Herradurg
FortChagre
NEWS PAIN
Chirique
Fueblo Nuevo
RE/ella
Port English
Idel Cano
8
FLO¶$11EN20161
C Burica
Goifs Dulce
Mortuofa I. Coybal
Quicara I
Pta Moriaco
Nombr de Dios
Porto Belo
N.Panama
Nata
Nata
Bay
Morro de Puckcos
Point Iguera
THE
Chepo
THE NORT
The Hthmus
Old Panama
Perico B
Pacheira
Panama Bay
Pearl
1.del Rey
D
Iſles
SLaurence
S. Mary's
Bay Michael
• Iguanas I. 1. Chuche 24.
Point Mala
Galera1
CGarachina
B. Caracolos
PortPings®•
Morro Quemado
Port Quemado
SFA
Gulf of
Darien
aren
Anegadas
R. Sandy
or Over-
Sown Fland
4
Z
Malpelo I..
las Salinas
C Corrientes
MINUGE
-
8
Noaminas
Malaga or I. Palms
Bonaventura Bay •
1. Gorgona Q
Fore
3
2
Z
2
P
IFIC
88
GRAINED
87
OR
86
SOUTH
204E01 STERGATIS
I.del Gallo
la Gorgonilla o
C Manglares
Ancon de Sardinas
BS Mathias
B. of Tacames
Point of Galera
·C.St Francis
Le Porfette
85
/ Coximies
Acul de Quaque
84
C Pasado
Carracas B.
Punta de Cama
CSLorenzo
Plaça I.
Port
Callo
Salango I. 0
Jago
Pueblo de "
Toan de Coaque
Quay
or Gorgona
SJohn
This
is Grafis Inhabited
Waring Indians
༤ས་བ་
The Equinoctial Line
RAALBINIAT
1.83
82
Manta
SIago or
Puerto Viejo
I. Colomehe of Colanche R.
las Salines
C.St Hellena
Chanduy B.
Puna I
Guayaquil B.
I.S. Clara
Here the Ships
were left
Tumbes
Punta de Mero
C Blanco
Point of Parina
Port Pay ta
Lobos de
Payta I.
P.de Lechura
P.de fangora
C. Aguja
Ide Lobos Sotovento
Caftro
S. Miguel
de Collan
-Q
TOIMUKORE
Quito
81
U I T O
Guayaquil
Machala
Chuzaimas
Payta
Lechura
Defart Plains
R.
በሠ
80
Cordillera de los
Ander
--
British Leagues
10
20
35
6
2
8
SE
EA
PLANLANDS
Place this
in the Appendix
Fronting Page 11
10
Lambayeque
Morro de Etin
I.de Lobos Barlavento,
Port Cherife
R
Sana
Bodegas
Port Malabrigo Malabrigo
Port Guanchaco
Port Guanape
Morro de Chau
P
Truxillo
Morro de Caretas
I. Santa
PortFerrol
Port Guanbach o
Port Cazma
Mengon
Fanta
Port Bermej
En
-#
!
PRINTUITIVITIE
ISABELASTEFUS
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
IF
La Punta de Santa Cathariga, or St. Catherine's
Point, is in Lat. 11.00. Off of this Point there's
a large Rock, and within that, ſmaller ones. From
this Point to Punta de Guiones 'tis 32 leagues NW.
and SE. and from Point St. Catharina to Porto de
Velas 'tis 8, E by S. and W by N. and over it there
are two large Hills with a deep gap between them;
and about a league or more towards the S E. there
are certain Rocks which appear like Ships under
fail.
From Port de Velas to Morro Hermofo 'tis 12
leagues, N W by N. and S E by S.
From Cape Hermofo to Cape Guiones 'tis 12
leagues NW. S E. clean Ground.
From Cape Guiones to Cape Blanco 'tis 15
leagues, ESE. and WNW.
From Cape Hermofo to the Point of Guiones 'tis
12 leagues, NW. and S E. the Coaſt very clean ;
you may know the Harbour by a ſmall Inland at
the point of it; and next the Shore from the
Inland there's a Ledg of Rocks, fome above and
fome under water: and next the N W. Shore, and
without the Ifland, 'tis very foul Ground. In the
midway between Guiones and Cape Blanco there are
two dangerous Shoals, a large league off at Sea.
Cape Blanco is high Land home to the Water, and
off the Point there's a fmall Iſland clofe to the
Cape. Lat. 9. N.
From Cape Blanco to Herradura 'tis 18 leagues
NW. and S E. Note, Thefe two Capes make
Gulfo de Maya; of which we have no Defcription.
From Cape Herradura to Rio de la Stella 'tis II
leagues, NW. and SE. and from thence to Rio del
Cano 8 ls, the Courfe N W. and S E. From Point
Mala to Golfo Dulce, 'tis 7 ls. N W. and SE.
From Cape Blanco to the Iſland Cano 'tis 38 leagues,
the Courfe is SE. and NW. and the Iſle of
Cano is from the main Land 1 league, in Lat. 8.
35. N.
From
12
A Defcription of the Coafts and Harbours
From the Iſland of Cano to Point Burica the
Courſe is NW by N. SE by S. Point Burica lies
in Lat.8.20. From Point Burica to Golfo Dulce 'tis
4 leagues NW. SE. and from this Gulph to Point
Mala'tis 6 leagues, N W. SE.
From Point Burica to the Ifles of Coyba 'tis 20
leagues S E. Run till you diſcover the Iſland of
Quicara, which lies before the Harbour on the
South fide, and is on the South of all the other
Iſlands, in Lat. 7. 25. N.
The Iflands of Coyba or Quibo, in Lat. 7. 30. N.
are ſeveral, but the big Iſland of that name is a-
bout 7 leagues long and 4 broad, and low Land.
The NE. end is full of large tall Trees of divers
forts, and has good freſh Water: on the Eaſt and
North-Eaſt fide there are fome Deer, black Mon-
keys, and green Guanoes, all good Food. Off the
SE. Point there's a Shoal about half a league in
the Sea; fome of it appears above water the laſt
quarter Ebb. There is no other Danger, ſo that
you may go with your Ship within a quarter of a
mile of the Shore, and anchor in 6, 7, 8, 10, or 12
fathom good clean Ground. This Ifland is diftant
from the Main about 10 leagues; the Air is tempe-
rate, and they have plenty of Cattel and Fowl,
and excellent Oyfters, fome of which have Pearl;
here are alſo green Tortoife, but not fo good as
thofe in the North Sea, and Timber for building.
A Deſcription of the Coafts under the Mountains of
Guanico, near Point Mariaco.
If any Ship be forc'd upon this Coaſt, they may
fafely enter thorow the Canal Buena (or good Chan-
nel) lying by Point Burica, and there come to an
anchor at difcretion. With your Boat you may
enter the River of St. Martin, and go upwards,
and you may find Inhabitants who will furnish
you with Flesh, Maize, Fowls and Lemons; but
remem-
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
remember it ebbs and flows here very much
From Point de Iquera to Morro de Porcos (or
the Cape of Hogs) 'tis 2 leagues, and from thence
to Point Mariaco 10 leagues, the Coaft E and W.
with divers high Mountains and very deep Water
under the fhore, no Harbour nor Anchorage; and
during the time of the Vendavals, or South-Weft,
Weft, and North-Weft Winds, it is a very tur-
bulent Coaſt. At Point Mariaco the Land runs to
the S E. and makes a Bay of 8 leagues long, till
you come to the River of St. Martin.) Morro de
Porcos lies in Lat.7.15. N. and Mariaco in, Lat, 7.30,
Malpelo is an Ifland in the Gulph of St. Francis:
the Cape St. Francis, the Iſle of Malpelo, and Point
Mala lies in one Parallel N and S. and from Cape
Iguera to Cape St. Francis 'tis 120 leagues. This
Ifle is very near the middle of the Gulph, and lies
in Lat. 4. 30. N.
From Panama in Lat.8.40. N. to Porto Periço, 'tis
3 leagues, Courfé N E. and SW. and midway
there's a very dangerous Shoal lying N and S. with
Paitilla and Vexico, and with the Riyer of Grande,
NNW and SSE.,
From the City of Panama to the Ifle of Chepilla
'tis 7 leagues, ESE. and WNW. and one league
from Panama is the River of, St. Juan de Dios.
The Inland of Chepillo is about one league in com
pafs, and low Land next the Water, but farther
up is the Hill call'd Pacora.
From Chepillo to Gulph St. Michael 'tis 5 leagues,
and from Chepillo to the Rio de Maftiles 'tis alfo 5.
This River is near the Point Manglares, off of
which there are certain Shoals which run 2 leagues
but to Sea. All this Coaft is very dangerous; and
to turn Windward from the Iſland Chepillo to the
SE. between that and the Ilands del Rey, you
must keep the Lead, and come no nearer than 6
fathom, and tack and ftand off with the Ifle of
Pachera,
14
A Deſcription of the Coasts and Harbours
Pacheira, which lies N and S. with Point Mangla-
res; but you may borrow nnder the lffe Pacheira,
for 'tis all round deep Water.
From the Ifland of Pacheira to Perico the Courfe
is ESE. and WNW. 11 leagues. From Pacheira
to the Iſland de Chuche the Courfe is N NW. and
SSE. 4 leagues, and lies with Taboga N NW.
and SS E. and with Panama N. 15 leagues dift.
With Otoque it lies N E. and SW. and Taboga with
Otoque NNE. and SSW. Thoſe two Iſlands Ta-
boga and Otoque are high Land's, and near Taboga
lies another fmall Iſland call'd Tabogilca; on occa-
fion you may pafs between 'em, but there are
fome Shoals, therefore keep Taboga clofe on board:
But if you can prevent it, come not near any of
thefe Iſlands, for the Current makes Shoals about
them, and fo great, that many times they are dry;
and when you find the Current in a Calm or other-
wife does carry you near them, let go your An-
chor.
In going thro the Channel of the Iflas del Rey,
or the King's Iſlands, and the Terra Firma, or the
Main Land, NNW. and SSE. the nearer you
range the Iſlands, the deeper the Water. Near
the Main Land there lies a Rock, and near this
Rock the River Maefe falls into the Sea. From
this Rock to the S E. 'tis deeper Water than on
all the Coaſt, but behind this Rock it is fo fhoal,
Men pass it on foot. From the Rock Chiman to
Cape St. Lorenzo it is deep 'Water, and you may
anchor in 10 or 12 fathom and clean Ground; but
behind it is all Shoals with Mangroves as far as
the Gulph of St. Michael, where there are feveral
fmall Iſlands and Rivers; you may anchor amongſt
them with care: in fome places 'tis 15 fathom and
upwards, but the Depth's uncertain; and the Cur-
rent runs very strong on all this Coaft.
Galley
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
15
Galley-Inland bears from Point Garachina, ES E.
and WNW. dift. 5 leagues: 3 large ones from
Garachina lies a Shoal call'd St. Jofeph, and but 2
fathom Water on it. From thence upward all the
Coaft is low, and E and W. from Point Garachi-
na, and ES E. and W NW. from the Ile Galera
lie Shoals; but with the Lead and Care you may
paſs the Shoals of St. Jofeph, where the Current
runs very ſtrong, occafion'd by the difemboguing
of fo many Rivers among the Ilands; obferve that
NE. and SW. two leagues from fula Galera
there's a Shoal that the Sea juft wahes aver, but
very near it to the Leeward is deep Water; and
about the Iſle Galera there are fome ftony Banks
on the SW. fide. Three months in the Year, viz.
from August to Nayember, the S W. W. and NW.
Winds blow very hard, and the Current runs with
great violence,
If you come with a great Ship into the Port of
the King's-Ifle (or Ifula del Rey) take care you
do not come by the fmall Iſle on the South fide,
call'd Elefante, becaufe there are many dangerous
Shoals and Banks of Stones, which at low Water
diſcover themſelves: but to come in fafe, range
the great Inland, and fteer directly for two round
Rocks lying on the North fide of the Island, and
you will fee two fmall Iflands, one call'd Chupa,
the other St. Pablo (or St. Paul) and anchor be
tween them in 8 fathom water. Here you will fee
the Town, and may be furnish'd with any Necef
faries you want: it lies in Lat. 8. N. Note, That
from the Point of Garachina there's another ſmall
Point call'd El Sapo, or the Toad.
From the Point Garachina to Port Pinas 'tis 7
leagues N by W. and S by E. and midway there's a
fmall Cove or Bay, nam'd Caracolos. Port Pinas is
high, double Land, and broken in chops, as is all
that Coaſt, which you will fee when you have Port
Pinas
16
A Defcription of the Coafts and Harbours
1
•
Pinas NE from you. A little without this Har-
bour there are two Rocks near each other; you
may enter on either fide, but the beſt Entrance is
between the Rocks: Obferve on the South fide of
this Harbour there are four or five fmall Iflands,
give them a good birth, and at the Entrance of the
Harbour you will fee a great Bay, in which there's
good Anchorage and clean Ground; from thence
towards the S E. you will fee a Plain of Sand, in
which Pinas lies, on your Starboard fide, and Rio Sa-
lada on your Larboard: but up that River you
will find freſh Water that defcends from the Moun-
tains, and divers Trees. You may careen fecurely
in the Cove for the Weather, but there are divers
warlike Indians whom you must take great care of;
eſpecially if you water above in the River, do not
ground your Boat; and if you carry any Fire-
Arms, hide 'em, and don't uſe them till you be
provok'd. This Port is call'd Pinas, from the
great quantity of Pines that grow near it.
i
at
From Port Quemado, i. e. burnt Harbour, in
Lat.6.10.N. to Port Pinas,'tis 12 leagues; the Coaſt
lies NNW and S SE. About half-way there's
a ſmall Bay with many Coco-Trees; it has a rag-
ged Mountain over it, which, as you come in with
the Land, is eaſy to be feen.
•
From Port Quemado to Cape Corrientes in Lat. 4.
40. N. 'tis 29 leagues. All the Shore is very bold,
but has no Harbour nor Anchoring. Cape Cor-
rientes is a high round Mountain with two Hum-
mocks near together. When the Cape is S E.
from you, one of the Hillocks feems like an Ifland
or great Rock.
-
From Cape Corrientes to the River Noaminas 'tis
10 ls, the Coaſt lies N by W. S by E. The Land is
low, and the River has two Entrances: It is in-
habited by People that make War and Peace with
one another at difcretion. They man out Canoes,
to
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
17
to rob Barks, Ships, or any thing they can get.
Oppoſite to the Mouth of this River lies Palmas a
low Ifland, to Leeward of which there are many
Shoals, particularly on the South-Weft fide.
+
From Rio Noaminas to the River of Bonaventura,
in Lat. 3. 15. N. 'tis 14 leagues. To go to this
River you muſt enter a great Bay of the fame
name, in which there are two other Rivers, call'd
Rio del Agua and Rio del los Othones, befides many
Rivulets. In this Bay the Water is fhallow, and
there are many Shoals; there is one that comes
from Los Othones, and reaches half the Bay over:
the whole is very dangerous and little frequented.
In this Bay Sir Harry Morgan was ſtranded, as the
Spaniards report.
From Cape Corrientes to the Isle of Palmas 'tis
20 leagues, the Coaft runs NW. and S E. and a-
long the Shore is low Land, but the inland is high,
and feen at a great diftance. The higheſt is about
8-leagues from Cape Corrientes, and 12 from the Ifle
of Patmas: From thence to the River Bonaventura
'tis 11 leagues. To find the Port, obferve a large
Tree on the Larboard fide at the Entrance; and
in the River you will fee a Rock, which you muſt
ſteer right with till you difcover a fandy Point on
your Starboard fide; then leave the Rock on your
Larboard fide, and fheer in within the Point, and
you may anchor. From the Rock St. Pedro to the
Point of Sand is one League. At this Point be-
gins the Entrance of the River, and from the Tree
at the mouth of it to the Fort 'tis 5 leagues; there
you have 4 and 5 fathom Water, but in fome pla
ces not above 2. Take care that you go not too
near the Starboard fide in the Entrance. After
you are in, it is like a great wide Bay, and
all round inhabited by warlike Indians. The
higheſt Mountain, which is about 10 leagues up
the Country, appears in clear Weather as if 'twere
B
painted
18
A Deſcription of the Coafts and Harbour's
i
painted with divers Colours; and when you have
the Rock of St. Peter, the Isle of Palmas, and the
Mouth of Rio del Aqua in a parallel E and W.
from you, you will find 7, 8, 9 fathom Water.
From Cape Corrientes to the Iſle Gorgona in Lat. 3.
N. 'tis 38 leagues, Nby E. and S by W. The
Ifland is 5 leagues from the Main, at the mouth
of the River Gorgona. There are many Trees fit
for Maſts or Yards on its Bank; and on the SE.
fide there's a fafe Harbour and very good Wa-
tering. You muſt anchor near the Shore, and
an Hawfer on fhore to guy your Ship. From
this Port to Rio de les Piles 'tis 30 leagues, the
Courſe NE and SW. On this Coaft you muſt
keep your Lead if you are 2 leagues off, for it is
very dangerous.
From Rio Gorgona to Point Manglares (or Man-
grove Point) is 35 leagues, the Courfe NE. and
SW. 'Tis inhabited by warlike Indians, who live
near the Rivers, and war againſt one another, and
fifh in Canoes of Cedar: They often engage one
another with great Clubs, and Darts made of
hard Wood. All this Coaft is full of their Tents
and Barracks, from the River of St. John to Man-
grove-Point.
Punta del Morron de las Barbacoas, or Point Bar-
bacoas, lies in N. Lat. 2. 45.
From the Iſle of Gorgona to the Ifle Gallo 'tis 24
leagues; all this Coaft is low Land, with Man-
groves and many dangerous Shoals occafion'd by
numerous Rivers: the firſt is Rio de los Cedros, the
fecond Rio de los Barbacoas, which is near a low
Point. The Land oppofite to the Ifle of Gallò is
very low, and all this Coaſt full of Shoals, at
leaſt 2 leagues out to Sea; fo that you muſt an-
chor at leaſt 3 leagues off Land, and ſtand no
nearer than into 15 fathom, for the next caft you
are aground. Before you come to the Ifle del Gallo,
there.
+
of Mexico Peru, and Chili.
19
there are the Rivers of St. John and Tellembie; and
on the S E. fide of the latter there's a fmall Moun-
tain call'd Barbacoas. SE by E. from this River
there are high Mountains to the Eastward, and
you will fee the Ifland Gallo, which feems to be
two, one ſmall, the other big, tho really but one:
it lies in Lat. 2. 15. N.
From Ancon de Sardinas to the River of Santiago
'tis io leagues, N E. and S W. From the River of
St. Fago to the Bay of St. Matteo 'tis 8 leagues,
NE. and SW. and about midway there's another
ſmall River, which you cannot fee till very near
the shore: From this River there lies a Shoal
near 2 leagues out, on which Shoal was ftranded
Juan Philippi de Corca, the most noted Pilot of all
the South-Seas in 1594.
Gorgonilla is a fmall Iſland, with a River where
you may water and anchor in clean Ground. The
Point of Mangroves lies 9 leagues NE. from the
Ifland Gallo, 'tis low Land and full of Trees; you
muſt give the Point a good birth, for there are
Shoals two leagues off at Sea. Parting from this
Point, you will fee a great Bight of low Land
call'd Ancona Sardinas : There are divers Shoals to
the mouth of the River Santiago, and from thence
the Land grows higher.
From Point Manglares to the River of St. Jago
'tis 15 leagues NE. This River is large and navi-
gable for fome leagues: about 7 from the Sea it
divides it felf, and forms an Iſland which is 3
leagues broad. The wideft Branch is that on the
Southweſt fide of the Iſland: Both Branches are
very deep, but the Mouth is choak'd up with
Shoals; fo that at low Water a Canoe cannot pafs
above the Ifland. The Mouth is a league wide,
the Stream runs ftreight and ſwift, the Tide flows
up about 3 leagues; the Land on both fides is a
black deep Mold, produces many tall Cotton and
Cabbage
B 2
20
A Deſcription of the Coafts and Harbours
Cabbage-Trees, and Cedars. All this Country is
fubject to very great Rains: There are no Indians
within 6 leagues of the Sea; they feed much on
Plantains and Maife, have fome Hogs and Fowls,
and are great Enemies to the Spaniards.
St. Matthew's Bay lies SE by S. 5 or 6 leagues
from St. Fago, and has good fresh Water. There
are many warlike Indians and Mulattoes upon this
River and Bay, but very civil to Strangers. Here
you may have Mafts, Yards, or Canvas, great
ftore of Fowls, Plantains, Bonanoes, and Nuts;
but you must take great care not to meddle with
their Women, nor offer any violence; but with ci-
vil Behaviour, you may have any thing the Country
affords. The River where they inhabit lies be-
tween Santiago and St. Matteo; there are Shoals
which extend from the Shore near 2 leagues.
In the River of Atacames there's good watering,
and you may anchor at the Entrance near a ſmall
Rock, and to Windward of the Rock you may
have Mafts or Yards.
From Point Galera to the laft of the three Ri-
vers, nam'd Coximes, 'tis 16 leagues, keeping Pun»
ta Galera ENE. and about 2 leagues diftance you
will fee the Entrance of Port Diego. From the
firſt of theſe Rivers of Coximes to the laft 'tis 6
leagues about one from the Shore there are Shoals,
but 3 leagues from the Coaft you have 10 and 12
fathom Water.
From Punta Galera to Cape St. Francis, in Lat. 1.
N. 'tis 7 leagues: the Land is high, full of
Trees, and about 7 leagues from the pitch of the
Cape there's an high Iſland. This Cape has three
Points, which as you run along you will fee one
after another: the third has two Rocks near to-
gether, and you will diſcover a Cove and very low.
Land. From Cape St. Francis to Cape Paffado 'tis
20 leagues, the Courſe N by E. and Sby W.
Coming
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
21
Coming from Cape St. Francis,and going to Wind-
ward, you open a large Bight from one Cape to
the other; but go not into it, for it is full of
dangerous Shoals. From Cape St. Francis to Per-
fette 'tis 5 leagues, the Courfe N by W. and Sby E.
anchor here in 5 fathom under the Cape. Here it
blows very hard from Noon till Night, particular-
ly from May to December. To go in here, you
muft keep the Lead. The Land over Perfette is
high, but to the Southward it is low. As you
run along to St. Juan de Quacos in the low Land,
are the three Rivers above-mention'd nam'd Coxi-
mes. When you go from Cape St. Francis Or Per-
fette, come not too near the Shore till you difco-
ver certain fmall red Hills, near which there are
others high and ſteep.
If
The Barrancas Vermillias, or red Hills, are mix'd
with white, which at Sea feems like Heaps of Salt;
they are 10 leagues to windward of Coximes.
you want Water, go cloſe to the Shore, leave
Imall Hills to Leeward, and anchor about one Muf
ket-fhot from the Shore, in good clean Ground
and 14 fathom Water. On the broken Land there
are feveral Lagoons, which furniſh Water all the
year, and in Winter plentifully; thefe Lagoons
are under the Equinoctial. From thefe Hills to
Cape Paffado 'tis to leagues N E. and at the Point
there's a fmall white Hill nam'd Cavo Balena, or
Whale-Cape. Paffado is high double Land, full
of Shrubs and Brufh on the top; and near the
Point of this Cape there's a fmall Bay with feveral
Hillocks, and to Leeward a fmall Harbour. Cape
Paffado lies in S. Lat. 8 min. If you come to
windward of the Cape, and would anchor, you
muſt keep about 4 Musket-fhot from the Shore,
where you will fee a Crofs planted; and there an-
chor in 8 or fathom. On fhore you will find
two Watering-places, one runs into the Sea a-
B 3
mongst
22
A Defcription of the Coafts and Harbours
mongſt Rocks, and the other is a Lagoon about 3
or 4 Musket-fhot from the firſt.
From Cavo Paffado to the Bay Carracas 'tis 4
leagues, high Land next the Sea, and fome white
Hillocks, which lie NW. and SE. You must not
come in to Leeward, for in the middle of the En-
trance there are Shoals; but you muſt paſs to
Windward of the white Hillocks of Choropoto,
keep them cloſe on board, go in with little Sail,
and anchor in 4 or 5 fathom Water. You may
come out to Leeward, but muft keep your Lead,
and go with a very eaſy Sail.
From the Bay of Carracas to Manta 'tis 9 leagues,
Courſe NE. and SW. 'Tis high Land next the
Sea, and there are feveral white Hillocks and
broken Land to the River of Choropoto; from
thence the Land grows lower, and makes like a
Bay. Two leagues before you come to Manta,
there's a low Point nam'd Cames; you must give it
a good birth, for there's a great Shoal off of it;
you may know it by a Mountain of broken Land
in the Country over it: and farther to the South-
ward is that call'd Monte Chrifti, a very high and
broken Land. On the SW. fide the Land falls
lower. If you come to the Windward of the
Harbour of Manta, and would go in, you muſt keep
your Lead going, for there is a Shoal at the En-
trance, and you will fee the little Mountain call'd
La Cerrillio de la Crufe; bring this Mountain on
the End of the Town, and you go clear of the
Shoal, and may anchor in 7 fathom Water, bring
ing the Church SW.
1
From the Harbour of Manta to Cape St. Lo
renzo 'tis 8 leagues, the Courfe ENE. and WSW.
From Manta the Land is low, but rifes towards
St. Lorenzo, which lies in Lat.r. S. and off of a Point
near midway lies a Rock, and Shoals without it. Be-
fore you come to the Cape, there's a Bay in which
there's
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
23
there's a Shoal a league from the fhore. The Cape
of St. Lorenzo is high and ſteep, and near the Cape
are 2 Rocks call'd Los Frailes, or the Fryars; one
is bigger than the other, and both fteep, no Dan-
ger near them.
When you have Cape St. Lorenzo South from
you 4 leagues, and the two Rocks without it SW.
you will ſee the Iſland Plata, Lat. 1.10 S. All the
Leeward part of it is very clean Ground for an-
choring, and all round this Ifland there's no man-
ner of danger. It lies from Cape St. Lorenzo a-
bout SSW. 4 leagues. This Island has on the
South ſide ſome ſmall Rocks; when you firſt diſ-
cover it, it ſeems round and high, and as you near
it, looks like two Iſlands, tho but one. From Iſula
de Plata to Point St. Helena 'tis 18 leagues N and S.
From Cape St. Lorenzo to Windward 6 leagues
is Porto del Callo, NW. and SE. The Land falls
lower gradually to the Port, in which there's a
fmall Bay, and to the Leeward of it is a little
Rock; bring that Rock South, and anchor in 6
fathom but near the Rock there's fome broken
Ground, of which you muſt beware. This is a
much better Harbour than that of Manta.
·
From Port Callo to the Iſland of Salango 'tis 4
leagues, the Courfe N and S. Between Callo and
Salango there are two fiarbours, about a league
diftant from one another. Thofe Harbours are
known by white Hillocks, to the Leeward of
which you will fee the Harbour, and in either of
them find Provifions, for they are inhabited. Ifu-
la Salango lies from Ifula de Plata 6 leagues, NN
W. the Land is fomewhat high next the Sea; and
in the Country above it there are fome Moun-
tains, and along fhore divers fmall Sand-Bays and
Coves.
From the Iſland Salango to the River Colanche
tis 7 leagues, Courfe Nby W. and S by E. The
B 4
Coaſt
I
24
A Deſcription of the Coafts and Harbours
Coaſt is fomewhat high near the Water-fide, and
in the Country are the Mountains of Pifana, which
range along to the River of Colanche; they appear
at Sea fmall and sharp at the end like a Knife. A-
bout midway 2 ls. from Colanche you will fee two
Rocks call'd Aurcadoes, i.e. the hang'd Men; and
3 leagues South from them lies an Inland with a
little Ifland or Rock, call'd the fmall Inland of
Colanche, you may anchor any where in the Bay
of this lfland, and fail round it without danger.
In the River of Colanche there's good fresh Water,
and from thence you will fee the Town on the
Point of Santa Helena 2 leagues, the Courſe NE.
and S W. 'tis low Land next the Sea, with a few
fmall Hills.
At Point St. Helena, Lat. 2. 20. S. you may find
Provifions. You must come to an anchor in 4 fa-
thom, right against the Town: there's the fame
Sounding all over the Road, but you must not an-
chor under that fmall Town on the Point, becaufe
of the Banks and Shoals. From this Town on
the Point of St. Helena to the Harbour 'tis about
a league and a half, and the Land is low next the
Water-fide.
Here enters the River of Guiaquil, of which
having given a ſufficient account in my Journal, I
omit it.
From the Point of St. Helena to the Ifland of
Santa Clara, in the mouth of the River of Guia-
quil, 'tis 20 leagues, the Courfe NW. and SE.
This Ifland is eafy to be known; having defcrib'd
it in my Journal, I fay no more of it here.
From the Iſland of St. Clara to Tombez 'tis 6
leagues, the Courfe NNW. and SSE. which crofs
the River of Guiaquil. Tombez is low Land next
the Sea, but the Country is high. The River of
Tombez is known by a very large Tree at the En-
trance, much higher than any of the other Trees
about
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
25
about it. When you wou'd approach this River,
do not come too near the lowest Land, for there's
a Shoal that reaches a large league out to Sea. A-
bout 2 leagues farther to Windward begin the
Mountains of Tombez, that run along the Coaſt
till
you come to a low Point, call'd Punta de Mero.
When you are in the Offing, you will ſee theſe
Mountains of Tombez, which are eaſily known,
being for the moſt part broken and ragged. From
Punta del Mero to Cave-blanco 'tis 10 leagues, the
Courfe N E. and S W. Along great part of the
Coaſt you have double Land, and about midway
high Mountains call'd Mancora, under which
there's a ſmall Bay, and on the fhore white Sand.
To the Southward of this Bay you will fee a high
Point, and a little to Leeward of it, a curious
Bay where you may anchor. On all this Coaſt
the Current always runs to Windward, and when
it blows hard, there's a very great Sea; but you
may come as near the fhore as you pleafe, for it is
fteep, and here are divers Points and Bays that run
from one to another. To know the Cape, ob-
ferve that near the Water-edg there's a white Spot
in the Clift. Cape Blanco is in S. Lat. 4. On
this Coaſt from May to November there blow great
Gales of Wind, for most part Southerly. Under
Cape Blanco there's a fmall Bay to Leeward, where
you may anchor in 14 fathom, and catch great
quantities of Fiſh.
From Cavo Blanco to Punta Parina, S. Lat. 4. 22.'
'tis 7 leagues, the Courfe N and S. You will fee
white Hillocks and feveral Coves and Bays, which
feem to be Harbours; the principal and biggeſt
is midway, call'd Mallaca, and lies a league and
half from Parina. There is a fteep Point with fe-
veral white Hillocks before you come to it; and
there's a very good Harbour call'd Talara, but
frequented only by fmall Ships to load Salt. You
muft
26
A Defcription of the Coafts and Harbours
!
muft moor here by three Anchors, one to the
SW. another to the S E. becauſe of the Frefhets,
and the third to the N E. There are great Guſts
from the Land. You may anchor here in 12 fa-
thom or more, but clofe home to the Windward-
moſt Point there's a Shoal that faces Point Parina,
is low Land, and looks like two Iflands: The
Land within is hilly.
From Point Parina to the Harbour of Payta 'tis
10 leagues, Courſe NW. and SE. 'tis a large Bay
and low Land, with fome fmall white Hills to the
River Colana. Take care how you come into this.
Bay, for it has frequent Calms, and off the River
of Colana there are divers Shoals. From this Ri-
ver to Payta is 3 leagues; the Land is white with
fmall Hills, and in fome places doubled. As Marks
for this Port, you will fee feveral broken and rag-
ged Mountains over it, but the Land in the Har-
bour is low at entring, beware of Flaws. You
may anchor here in 8 or 10 fathom, over againſt the
Houſes. From Payta to Pena Oradada is 2 leagues.
From Pena Oradada to the Ifland of Lobos de
Payta 'tis 2 leagues, Courfe N. and S. 'Tis a fmall
round Iſland, the Coaft is not high, but very
clean Ground near it. From this Ifland to the
Point of Aguja Sutavento, or Aguja to Leeward,
'tis 15 leagues; midway there is a great Bight,
call'd La Eucenanda de Cechufa, which from Lobos
de Payta is 12 leagues, the Courfe N. and S.
the Land low, and all the Bay very clean Ground
and good Anchorage; but not frequented by
Ships, becauſe it produces nothing for Trade.
From Point de Aguja to Leeward is white high
Land, and from this Leeward Point to the Wind-
ward Point 'tis 4 leagues, Courſe W and by S. 'tis
high Land, with a regular Defcent towards the
Shore. Go not too near the Windwardmoft Point,
for there's continually a very rude Sea." From
Point
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
27
Point Aguja to the Iſland of Lobos, and to Lee-
ward of it, is 5 leagues: this is a fmall Ifland
in Lat. 6. 6. in compafs about 2 leagues, lies
Nand S. is low ragged Land, and about it fome
fmall Rocks. From the Leeward part of the
Iſland to the Windward Point on the Land 'tis 7
leagues, where you will fee another fmall white
and lower Ifland, which lies from Punta del Aguja
N and S. From the faid Point to Morro or Mount
Etten 'tis 19 leagues. All the Coaft is very low,
with Shoal-Water and always a great fwelling
Sea.
In a Bay N by W. from the Point of Lobos, you
will fee a Crofs as you come from the Windward;
go directly in with that Crofs, and when you have
6 fathom you may let go your Anchor, in clear fan-
dy Ground, From the Inland of Lovos to the Main
'tis 5 leagues, and between the Main and Lovos
there's another ſmall hilly Iſland 2 leagues from the
fhore; betwixt which and the Iſland there's a very
good Channel, 8 fathom Water. On the Eaft fide
of this Iſland there's a fandy Bay, where you may
anchor, and have plenty of Fish, but neither
Wood nor Water. From Point Aguja to the
Mountain of Cherepe the Courſe lies NW. and 3 E.
all low Land, and is a very dangerous Coaft.
The Iſland of Lobos de la Mar being defcrib'd in
my Journal, I fhall omit it here.
If coming out of the Sea you would make Cher
repe, and the Current or Calms fet you into the
Bay, you will fee on the Mountain Etten a fharp
Hill very high, which feems about to leagues from
you; but if you find you are much to Leeward of
Etten, you will fee the Hill of Equen, which is
ragged and broken on the top: and on the South
fide there's a fpiry Peak' like a Sugar-loaf. As you
go more to the Eaftward, you difcover other
Hills;
28 A Defcription of the Coafts and Harbours
Hills; but as you near the Land, the Hill Requen
makes in divers fhapes: and off of it you will fee
near the Water-edg, Land like a black land, to
the Southward.
From the Hill Etten to the Hills of Mocupe 'tis
4 leagues, the Land low, and Courfe ES E. and
WNW. Thefe Hills are black, and about one
league in length: in the low Land between 'em
are ſeveral Lagoons, or Ponds of freſh Water;
you may find them by high broken fandy Banks
about a league to the Windward: but except Ne-
ceffity force you, come not into this Bay, for here
is always a great Sea.
From thoſe broken fandy Banks to the Port of
Cherepe in S. Lat. 7. for 2 leagues, the Land is
higher towards the Water-fide than inward, the
Courſe is N. and S. You will fee red Hillocks,
and to Leeward of Cherepe a Mountain about one
half league in the Country, higher and longer
than the Hills of Mecupe; it makes in divers
fhapes, according to the Point of the Compass it
is from you. If you would anchor in the Harbour
of Cherepe, go to Leeward of a low Point, which
at a diſtance fhews like a black Iſland; but if it be
clear Weather, you will fee the Church at leaſt 3
leagues at Sea. You muſt mind that at the Wind-
wardmoſt Point there's a Shoal, which extends
more than half a league to Sea; fo that you muſt
go with your Lead in 8 fathom, and when you are
clear of the Shoal, fteer right with the Church,
bring it ESE. and you will fee a Crofs which you
muſt bring South, and anchor in 7 or 8 fathom.
From Porto Cherepe to Pafcamayo 'tis 6 leagues,
the Courſe NW. and SE. low Land and fandy,
with ſome Hillocks; and towards the Inland about
half a league are the Hills call'd San Pedro del To-
que: where they join on the North fide, there's a
round Hill call'd El Pan de Sucaro de Guadalupo, i. e.
the
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
29
the Sugar-loaf of Guadalupe; and when you have
that Loaf to the Eaſt from you, yon will fee a Clift
in the top of it. Porto Pafcamayo refembles a
great Strand, and about half-way in it fhews white
like a Rock in the Sea. All this Coaft is bold,
but not much frequented. Here's a very rude Sea
that always runs here.
From Pafcamayo to Malabrigo 'tis 5 leagues, low
Land and fandy, with fome white Hillocks. Be-
fore you come to Malabeigo about 3 leagues, there's
a fandy Bay of very low Land, that reaches to
Malabrigo, in fome places 'tis Shoal-Water. To
come to the place of anchoring, you muſt keep
your Lead going, and keep in 5 or 6 fathom.
When you near a fmall Hill to Windward, you
will have but 4 fathom and half; and then you will
fee a Clift in the faid Hill, which you muſt bring
South, and come to an anchor. Off of this Hill
come great Flaws of Wind, and often make a
great Sea. If you come directly out of the Offing,
you will fee a ſmall Bay on the South fide at the
end of that Bay. The Land to the Northward
is ragged and broken, and about the middle of
this broken Land you will fee a round Hill, which
is the Mark for the Harbour.
From Malabrigo to Port Guanchaco, in. S. Lat.
8. 'tis 14 leagues: about midway there's a great
River call'd Rio Chicama. Along the Coaſt the
Ground; is low and fandy, but up in the Country
there are feveral great and little Hills. About 2
leagues before you come to Guanchaco, you will
fee a Point of Land which rifes gradually towards
the Country, and then falls at once; fo that at
first it appears higher than thofe Hills within.
Land, and at laſt there feems to be a Pit between
them. If you go into Guanchaco, keep the Lead
going, and the Church in the Town, which you.
will fee, and then you have to fathom. When:
you
30.
A Deſcription of the Coafts and Harbours
you have the La Cerra Campana NE by N. anchor
in 7, 8,9,or 10 fathom. You must not neglect to
under-run your Cables, and now and then to trip
your Anchors; for the great Suff that comes in
brings fuch quantities of Weeds, as will choke
and bury both Cable and Anchor.
;
From Porto Guanchaco to the Hill of Guanape,
S. Lat. 8. 30. 'tis 9 leagues, the Courfe NN W.
and SS E. and midway there's a large Bay, and
in the middle of that Bay a Hill call'd Morro de
Carretas: It is a bold Coaſt, and low Land next
the Water. Anchor not in this Bay, unleſs ob-
lig'd by Neceffity, for here runs a very rude Sea.
Without Guanape you will fee a great Rock call'd
Farrellón de Guanape, and within this Rock a ſmall
Ifland, between which Iſland and the Rock there's
a good Channel and all clean Ground. Morro de
Guanape is about half a league round, encompafs'd
by the Sea, and has many fmall Rocks about it:
from hence to Porto Sancto 'tis 9 leagues.
You may fail between the ſmall Iſland of Gua-
nape and the Shore without any danger, for all
that can hurt you appears above Water. If from
hence you would go for Truxillo, fail NW by N.
From the Cape of Guanape to that of Chao 'tis 7
leagues NW. and SE. low Land. The Cape of
Chao is a high Precipice, and before it ſeveral ſmall
white Rocks; to Windward of the Cape there's
a little blackiſh Iſland. There is no anchoring on
this Coaſt.
From Cape de Chao to Porto Santo in S. Lat. 9.
'tis 6 leagues, Courſe N W. and S E. low Land;
but before you come to Porto Santo, you will ſee
divers fmall Rocks call'd Los Corcobadoes, or the
Hump-backs: go not between thofe and the Shore,
for there are feveral Ledges and Shoals; and be-
fore Porto Santo you will fee an Iſland about a
league long, it lies N and S. On either fide this
Ifland
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
31
Iſland you may go into the Harbour without any
danger; you anchor in 7 or 8 fathom, all clear
Ground. At the Entrance you will fee a fmall
Spot of white Sand upon the fhore, anchor right
againſt that and a little farther in you will fee
fome Trees which look as if they were painted;
behind them lies the Town.
From the Windwardmoft Point of the Ifland
del Santa, or Holy Ifland, to Ferol, 'tis one league;
from thence to del Acarma 'tis 10, Courſe N W
by N. and SE by S. high Land. Porto Ferol is a
good fafe Harbour: you go in among fome ſmall
Iſlands in the middle of the Harbour, which is all
very clean and fafe. Within Land over the Har-
bour there's two great Hills of each fide: over a-
gainst thefe Hills are the Iſlands. The Hill to
the Southward is round and large, and has feveral
Spots; near the Main Land, over againſt this
Mountain, there's a Shoal, but you have no occa-
fion to come near it.
From Ferol to Guanbacho 'tis 6 leagues. If you
would anchor here, remember that to Windward
of the Hill call'd El Morro there lies a fmall Rock;
and when you are within the Head-land, you will
fee broken Land on the Starboard ſide: ſteer right
in, and come to an anchor over againſt a Hill.
On the fame fide you may go farther in, and an-
chor againſt certain Spots in the Land. Here
you may have Wood and Water, but it will be.
proper to put a Hawfer on fhore, becauſe of
the Flaws from the Hills.
From Guanchaco to Cafma 'tis 5 leagues, and be-
tween them are certain fmall Iſlands and Bays, in
which there's very deep Water; but when you
have an Offing, you cannot difcern thofe Bays, be-
cauſe the Land overlaps them. Cafma is a very
good Harbour; and altho you have very hard
Gales of Wind from Noon till Night, you have
no
32
A Defcription of the Coafts and Harbours
:
<
no great Sea. In the Bay there's a fmall white
round Rock, but a little above the Water; it lies
neareſt the North Shore, On the South fide
there's a fmall Shoal about two or three Ships
length, which you cannot difcern but at low Wa-
ter, when the Sea breaks on it, tho near a fathom
and a half of Water. When you are pafs'd be-
tween thefe, you may range the Main at difcre-
tion, and will find 14 or 15 fathom near Shore:
anchor againſt the Morro blanco, or white Cape;
carry a Hawfer or Stream-Cable on fhore, and
make it faff to the faid Cape.
In Port Fermejo or red Harbour, S. Lat. 10. 15.
there are no Houfes at the Water-fide; the Land
inwards is low, and there's a narrow Slip that leads
to the Village, which is about 3 leagues from the
Coaſt to the Southward. When Ships touch here,
they ſend to this place for Provifions. Here's alfo
a Rivulet of fresh Water, which in Summer runs
into the Sea, but afterwards dries up for moſt
part, only in fome Pits you may then find Water.
This Port is the beft, and more fubject to Souther-
ly Breezes than any other along this Coaft; 'tis a
very
fafe and bold Harbour. Going in, keep the
bold Point cloſe on board; and when you diſcover
the ſmall Creek, you may anchor in 7 or 8 fathom.
Let your Anchor remain to the Northward, and
carry your Stream-Cable on fhore to the Rocks.
The Marks of this Harbour are red Hillocks, and
an old Indian Fort:
From Cafma to Mongon 'tis 4 leagues, and here
the Coaſt alters, and the Current for moſt part
runs to Leeward. The Mountain over this place
is much higher and feen farther than any other
Land thereabouts: if you fee it S W. from you,
it ſeems level on the top, and like a Table; and
if EN E. it ſeems round with fome broken Land
on
*
Port Guarmey
78
Guarmey 80
74
79
75
78
76
77
Hagney
Gramadall
71 Paramonguitta
RBarranca
Port Souple
CBegeta
1.S.Martin
Port Gaura
Gaura
Port Salinas
12
C Galera Chancay or
Ner Potosi
Farellon de Maltefio
Arnedo
Terralones
Lima
Port Callao
1. Callao
Chorillos
Callao
Pachacama
Pachacamal
Port Chilca
13
Chilca
Mala
Asia
R. Malaria
Port Cannete Cannete or Guarco
Lunaguana
18
19
COLLEMARUTI
22
22
125
26
27
28
20
in the Appendix.
Place this fronting Page 33.
BUDARACT
:fi# 、;kt;:
301
13
Chiny
Port Chincha
Pisca
Cusco
Yea or
Valverde
14
CCangallan
•Mines of
Paraca Port
Villili
Lotos 1.
Morro Quemado
offeres
Poft Cavalla
atta
Mines of
Limpa
15
Tafca
Port S. Iohn
Port SNicholas
Yauca
MOHMANDE
Morro de Acart
Port Aliquip a
A
Mines of
Cordillera de los Andes
St Miguel
Morro Attica
Ocona
Quilca
Camana
Cailloma
Arequipa
Victor
Mines of
Lucia o
16
MUHTARITA
Z
Zuli I.
R.Nom de Dios
Port No
THE PACIFIC
C. No
Morro de Sama
R.Sama
Yt
Portof Arica Arica
R. Camarones
Fort
RPifagna
Morro Tarapaca
Mines of
Condoroma
L
10
The Famous Silver-
mines of Potofi are
diftant from Arica
300 Miles to y.ES.E.
Hicacos
20
Pica
21
OR SOUTH SEA
The Tropic of Capricorn
Gouano I. §
R. Loa
Paquifa
Algodonales
22
Atacama
Mufgle B
Morro Moreno
Engravd by John Senex
$
#
British Leagues
10
25
Jo
Morro S. George
Aguada R.
Our Ladys B. R.Salado
Port Betas
Tuncal
Port Tuncal
Port General
C
2. Copiary
Port Copia
spo
Copiapo
Salt B.
H
24
1251
26
27
In these Parts are
found many Turquois
stones
TOURNEL
28
C Tontoral
R.Guas
Port Guafco
Rocks
"Gualco
L
Totoral I
8
Muillones I
Paxaros I o
Port Coquimbo
P.Herradura
Longuey
I
Coquimbe or
Serena
778655015×152)
29
BRÉSÉTEMSLIST
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
33
on it; when you have it NE. from you, the bro-
ken Land begins to open.
From Mongon to Guarmey 'tis 10 leagues, the
Courſe N and S. and from Mongon to the Ifland
of Porto Vermejo 'tis 4 leagues: 'tis a ſmall white
Iſland, and in the middle you will fee a Bay which
makes with two Points that refemble the Mouth
of a Harbour, and is call'd Sagietta de la Culebra,
or the Snakes Dart. The Land from Mongon to
Port Vermejo is high and in heaps, with many
Spots of white Sand: If you come near the fhore,
you will fee a round Hill. You cannot paſs between
the Main and the Iſle of Porto Vermejo, becauſe of
dangerous Shoals.
Puerto, or the Harbour of Guarmey,lies in S. Lat.
10. 30. When you would go into this Harbour
from the Buffaderos, which is right under the
Mountain call'd Faguci de la Corra, you will fee
red Hillocks which feem very level on the top:
they run as far as the Point call'd Cabeſſa del Gatto,
or the Cats-head. Sail by that till you ſee a ſmall
Bay; having that open, let fall your Anchor in
12 fathom. A-ſtern of you there's a ſmall Rock
high out of the water, and about Musket-fhot to
Leeward is the Creek where the Barks load. Go
not within this Bay or Creek with your Ship, for
off of the Point there's a large Shoal. From Buf-
fadero to Cabeffa del Gatto 'tis 3 leagues: On the
South fide there's a very good Harbour; the
Town is above half a league from the Strand, and
inhabited by Indians and Spaniards.
From Faguci della Corra to the River de la Bar-
ranca, or of the Hillock, 'tis 9 leagues. The
Land appears in heaps, but low next the Coaft :
in the middle there's a Hill call'd the Cerro de
Gramadal, in the top of which there are two Clifts
or Splits; that in the middle is the higheft, the
Hill to the Southward is lower, and that to the
C
North-
34
A Deſcription of the Coafts and Harbours
Northward the leaft and fomewhat round. If it
be thick Weather, and you have an Offing, theſe
Hills feem to be Iflands. One league before you
come to Rio del Barranca lies Paramonguilla, which
makes like a white Rock, and at fome diſtance
appears like a Ship under fail. To Leeward of
Paramonguilla about a league, there's a low black
Point that looks as it were cut right off, and to
Leeward of that there's a large Strand: here you
may anchor (in cafe of neceffity for the Current)
in 6 or 7 fathom.
From the River Barranca to Soupe 'tis 2 leagues.
To Leeward of the Strand of Soupe there are red
Hills next the Sea-fide, to Leeward of theſe Hills
make a ſmall low Point, and to Leeward of that
is the Port of Barranca, in S. Lat. 11. there you
may anchor in 6 or 7 fathom, and moor with an
Elbow to guide your Ship between both for the
Land-Breeze.
The Playa or Strand of Soupe makes a great Bay
of loofe Sand, and here only come Barks to load
Corn. This Bay has always a great Swell, and
when it blows, there's a very rude Sea.
From the Strand of Soupe to Don Martin's Island
'tis 3 leagues, the Land towards the Sea is low, but
within Land are feveral fmall Mountains like Vol-
cans. The Iſle of St. Martin appears white, is
about a quarter of a league from the Shore, and
half a league in compafs.
From the Iſland of Don Martin to the Harbour
of Guara, S. Lat. 11. 30. 'tis one league. Going
to windward of the Ifland, you fee another fmall
one call'd Ifula de Lobos (or Wolves-Iſland) near
which there's a Shoal: go not near it, nor be-
tween them and the Shore, for there is little Wa-
ter. To anchor in this Port, you muſt bring the
Ifland of Lobos a-ftern: upon the Headland there
are two old Walls, which make like two Pillars;
bring
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
35
bring the one with the other, and the Ifland of
Lobos a-ftern, then let go your Anchor, but with
care, for here are many fharp fmall Rocks that will
hurt your Cables. You muſt moor with an El-
bow; 'tis a rude Sea, but you have good Water,
and may get all Neceffaries at the Town, which is
a league from the Harbour.
From the Point of Guara to Guacho 'tis one
league; to this Harbour of Guacho come no Ships,
but only Barks. To Leeward you fee a Headland.
and muſt give it a birth; for there lies a Shoal off
it under water, and the Sea breaks on it.
On the Coaſt that comes from the Salinas to
Windward, and near the Point Remate over a-
gainſt Los Ferralones de Guara (or the Rock of
Guara) there's a fmall Bay call'd La Herradura
'tis a good Harbour, and when you cannot wea-
ther the Rocks of Guara, you may anchor here,
between the Point and the Main Land. In the
Bay there's a ſmall Rock call'd Tambillio; you may
fail between it and the ſhore, but beft without it.
From this Point Remate, that makes the Coaſt
which comes from Tambo and Playa de las Perdices,
or Partridg-Strand, 'tis 3 leagues low Land; and
a little in the Country there's a fandy Hill. In
Partridg-Strand you have good clean anchoring-
ground among high ridgy Sand-Hills, one of
which is higher than the reft, and falls away lower
to the Northward. When you come out of the
Sea towards Partridg-Strand, they refemble a ri-
fing Covy of Partridges, being two large Rocks at
fome distance, and other fmaller ones within them:
but come not near the Hill Chancaillo, for it is
very ſubject to Calms and a tumbling Sea.
From Guaco to the Salinas or Salt-Ponds 'tis 3
leagues, the Land low next the Sea. Here is a
good Harbour, altho it blows hard, and a tum-
bling Sea, but neither Wood nor fresh Water; fo
G 2
that
36
A Deſcription of the Coafts and Harbours
that in cafe Ships are oblig'd to come hither for
fhelter, and are in want of Water, Wood, or
You muſt
Victuals, they fetch it from Guara.
anchor here, before you come to thofe Rocks that
are join'd to the Shore, in 7 or 8 fathom. Here is
alfo another ſmall Port call'd Porto de la Barca,
but of little note or uſe.
From the Headland of Salinas to Maltefi, which
is the outermoft Rock of the Partridg-Strand, 'tis
four leagues, the Courfe lies N. and S. from
thence to the Main 'tis 4 leagues. Thefe Rocks
are feven or eight, and lie neareſt N. and S.
All about them is clean Ground: you may paſs be-
tween the two outmoft in 40 fathom Water, but
be fure to have your Anchors clear. They lie
with the Iſle of Don Martin N. and S. To Los
Ormigas (or the Pifmires) N and S. 7 leagues: to
the Inland Callao fifteen leagues NW. and SE.
All the Coaft from Santa to this place is clean
Ground.
Port Chancay or Chancaillo lies in S. Lat. 12. 5.
but little frequented, there being always a great
tumbling Sea here. The Town is about half a
league from the Water-fide, and you may have
Refreſhments there.
From Chancaillo to Chancay 'tis 2 leagues ridgy
Land. When you are in an Offing, it fhews black,
and thro thofe Ridges there fall great quantities
of Water and Floods into the Sea. When you
near the Shore, the Town appears white, and you
fee the Church of St. Francifco. Here is a very
good Harbour for a Southerly Wind, only you
have a tumbling Sea. To go in here, you muſt
keep cloſe to the Hill of Chancay; and to Leeward
of that lies the Harbour: you may anchor where
you pleaſe, for it is all clean. Come not too near
the fmall Bay that you fee at the Entrance, for it
is full of ſharp fmall Rocks.
From
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
37
From Farelon Maltefi, or the outermoft Rock
of Guara, or the Partridges, to Ormigas, is 7
leagues, Courfe N and S. This Ifland Ormigas is
fmall, appears white, and in the middle there's a
fmall Clift. On the South fide you have good An-
chorage and clean Ground, but on the North fide
a Ledg of Rocks for above a league: at the end
of this Ledg there's a bigger Rock than the reſt,
on which the Sea breaks. You must take great
care of thoſe Ormigas, for Ships have been loft a-
bout 'em. This Inland Ormigas lies from Maltefi
N and S. and bears from the Inland Callao E by N.
and W by S. 8 leagues, and from the Pefcadores
E by N. and W by S. 9 leagues.
From the Port of Chancay to the Farelon Grande,
or great Rock of the Pefcadores or Fishermen,
'tis 3 leagues, the Rocks high next the Sea, but
in the middle there's broken high fandy Land.
E. from the great Rock of the Fiſhermen there's a
good Harbour call'd Ancon; you must go in on the
NW. fide, where 'tis all clean Ground, Here
you find Wells, but fomewhat brackish. There
goes no Sea in this Harbour.
Theſe Fiſhermens Rocks are 6 or 7 fmall ones,
and appear white; the Northweſt Rock is the
biggeft. They lie in a range N W. and S E. and
with the Headland of the Inland Callao NN W.
and SS E.
From the Ferralones de los Pefcadores to the Har-
bour of Callao 'tis 5 leagues, Courfe NNW. and
SSE. and from the Headland of the Iſland 5 more.
From the Peſcadores to the Rock of St. Francifco
it is high Land, and from thence to Callao 'tis low.
In this Bay between Los Pefcadores and Callao you
may turn to Windward, and anchor where you
pleafe; and all along this Coaft unto Chancay
there's good anchoring. When you would go
into Callao, give the Headland a birth at least one
C 3
league;
་
38
A Defcription of the Coafts and Harbours
ร
league; for if you come nearer, you will find very
ftrong Flaws: but here is clean Ground to anchor,
and as I faid before, you may turn to Windward,
only take care of the Flaws, and of a ſmall Ledg
that lies off the Windwardmoft Point. When
you come before the Houſes, anchor where you
pleaſe, for all is clean, and no danger. Callao is in
S. Lat. 12. 20. Here you may be fupply'd with
all manner of Neceffaries.
From the Headland of the Iſland of Callao to
Port Paraca, the Courfe is NNW. and SSE. 40
leagues; and from the Headland of the Iſland
call'd La Bibia to Morro or Cape Solar, 'tis 2
leagues; from thence to the Rocks of Pochacome
'tis 3. Thofe Rocks are two great with ſeveral
fmall ones, lying on the South fide,run towards the
Main Land, where they are all white. From thoſe
Rocks to the Point of Chilca it is 3 ls, and there's
a low Point fomewhat faddle-back'd. Chilca Har-
bour is the beſt in all the South Sea, and as ftill as a
wet Dock; only the Entrance is narrow, and the
Harbour fo fmall that it will not contain above
feven or eight Ships. To go in here, you muſt an-
chor in the Entrance; carry out a Warp, and warp
in behind the ſmall Iſland, and moor as you pleaſe.
From the Point of Chilca to Mala 'tis 4 leagues;
from thence to the Ifland Afia'tis 3. About mid-
way of thoſe 7 leagues there's a Bay, and in the
midft of that three or four Mountains. As you
go towards this Ifland, it appears white, and
there are fome fmall white Rocks within it. The
Courfe from Chilca here is NW. and SE. all a
bold Shore. This Ifland is about half a league in
compafs.
Cannete 'tis 7 leagues,
low Land next the Sea,
Then you fee a great
From the Iſland Afia to
the Courſe NW. and SE.
but farther in it is higher.
Ridg of Hills nam'd Cordillera, with a great deep
Gap
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
39
Gap. From thence comes down the River Cerca,
and from the Coaſt riſes another Hill, which de-
fcends again towards the S E. and joins over the
Town to the Headland of Cannete, which is not very
Off
high, but runs out á great way into the Sea.
the Head-land and Harbour there are fome Rocks,
but they are bold, and there's no danger but what
is viſible.
From the Headland of Cannete to the Port of
Chincha 'tis 9 leagues and a bold Coaſt. In the
Summer the Northerly Winds blow much, and
for most part by night; near the fhore it blows
hardeft, and all the Year the Current runs very
ftrong to the Entrance of the Harbour, where
Ships come to load Quick-filver. The Harbour
is parallel with the River, where you may lie in
5 or 6 fathom; but the Barks that load Corn, go
farther in near the Strand.
In the Harbour of Pifco you come to an anchor
right againſt the Houfes in 5 or 6 fathom. The
Marks for anchoring in this Harbour, are to bring
the Iſlands of Chincha NW. the Iſland of Ballesta
WSW. and Cangallon SW. Along all this Coaft
you may ſafely anchor, for 'tis all clean Ground;
only about one league and a half before you come
to Pifco, you fee a white Hill nam'd Caucatta.
Come not too near this part, for the River Pifco
throws out Sand, &c. which has caus'd fome
Shoals: but otherwiſe all over this Bay between
the Iſlands of Chincha and Pifco, which is 3 leagues,
you may turn to Windward, and anchor any where
in clean Ground; you may alſo go between the
Iſlands of Chincha and thofe of Balefta without
fear. In Pifco there's Water, Wood, and all o-
ther Neceffaries. From Pifco towards the SW.
lies Cangallon, a high big Iſland with broken Land
on the top; on fome Points it makes more bro-
ken and ragged; the Land over againſt it, call'd
the
C 4
40
A Deſcription of the Coafts and Harbours
the Headland of Paraca, is high. Within Can-
gallon it is all deep Water, but on the North ſide
there are Rocks both great and ſmall, and towards
the South part fome fmall ones. Between the
Main Land and the Ifle there's a good deep Chan-
nel, thro which the Chili Ships come into. this
Port; only on the S W. fide there is fome danger.
Cangallon is in S. Lat. 14. 10. As you go from Can-
gallon to Avaffo, it appears in divers Forms. From
Cangallon to the Ifland Carrate 'tis 3 leagues NW.
and S E. 'tis a fmall round low Ifland, and from
the Main about 4 leagues.
From Cangallon to Morro Quemado, or the burnt
Headland, 'tis 9 leagues. This Cape is reckon'd
the worſt in all thofe Seas for ftrong Gales. In
this Harbour Ships load Wine and Coals for Callao.
To get in here, coming from the Windward, furl
all your Sails before you come to the narrow En-
trance, and go in with your Fore-Sail low fet;
you may anchor under the Headland at difcretion.
When the Breeze is over, and it proves calm,
weigh your Anchors again, and go farther in;
but this Harbour fhoots fometimes fuch Gufts of
Wind, that Ships are forc'd back to Paraca, and
when the Weather is fettled, come back again
to load.
Morro de Vejas, or the old Headland, is a high
Cape, and lies from the ifle of Carrette 2 leagues
Nand S. in S. Lat. 14. 20. The Head it felf,
when you have an Offing, feems like an Iſland, and
to the Southward is low: In the top of the high
part there's a Clift, which as you bring open, ap-
pears very deep and large. From Morro de Vejas
to the Ifle of Lobos, or Wolves, is about half a
league, and on the NNE. fide there's good an-
choring; the S E. fide makes like a Galley, and
as you run by, it joins again, and then another
Iſland ſhoots with it, that appears as if 'twere one
Main
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
41
J
Main Land. From Morro del Vejas begins a Bay
that reaches to Morro Quemado.
Morro Quemado, or the burnt Cape, lies in S.
Lat. 14. 30. 'tis high Land, but farther in the
Country the Land is low, and fhows in Hillocks.
This Cape is often cover'd with the Clouds. To
go in, you muſt range the Rocks (that you will
fee under the Cape) very near, and have all your
Sails handed for the Flaws, only your Foretop-fail
half-maſt, and all your Anchors ready to let go;
and when you let fall your Anchor, as foon as you
are in the ground, give your Ship a fheer, and let
go another for Security: and as the Wind flacks,
go farther in, and anchor against the Strand, in
what water you pleaſe; here you muſt moor with
an Elbow: you have neither Wood nor Water
here. When you come out, you may run between
the Iſland and the Main without danger. If you
are before the Harbour e'er the Breeze fets in, you
may go in with more eaſe.
From Morro Quemado to Porto Cavalla 'tis 12
leagues, and from Morro Quemado to the Point of
Olleros 'tis 6, Courſe NW and SE. high Land and
level To Leeward of this Point there are fome
Rocks near the Shore, and to Leeward of them
you may anchor in a ſmall Bay, which is very fafe
and fecure; but this Place is little frequented, be-
cauſe it produces nothing to load.
From the Point of Olleros to Porto Cavalla, or
Horſe-Harbour, in S. Lat. 15. 'tis 6 leagues,
Courſe SSE. and N N W. high Land next the
Sea with Ridges of Sand. Midway is a large Bay,
and in the middle of it fome high fteep Ridges,
join'd to the high Land, and you will fee a plain
Hill like a Table call'd Meffa de Santa Maria, or
holy Mary's Table; then the Land appears low,
till you come to the River de Ica. This is a dan-
gerous Bay, fubject to Calms and a tumbling Sea.
+
If
42
A Deſcription of the Coafts and Harbours
If you would harbour in Porto Cavalla, you muſt
go in to Windward, your Boat out, Yards and
Top-Mafts ftruck, Anchors ready, and run in
under your Sprit-fail and Mizen. Juft off the
Head going in there are fome Rocks under water,
therefore you must give them a birth: one of
them is above the water, and call'd the Fraily or
Fryar. Here you anchor in 8 or 9 fathom.
From Port St. John to Port St. Nicholas 'tis one
league. Port St. John is little frequented: there's
8 fathom where you anchor, but no freſh Water
nor Wood; nor is it inhabited, but fometimes
Wine is loaden here that comes from the Country.
'Tis ufual to have much Wind, but little Sea
here.
From Port Cavalla to Port St. Nicholas, S. Lat.
15.30. 'tis 6 leagues and high Land, but level.
About one league from the Headland of Port St.
Nicholas, and to Windward, you may fee a very
deep Gap in the Land, out of which comes the
River Mafca. Farther to Windward in the Coun-
try you ſee two ſmall broken Hillocks, the Wind-
wardmoft being the leaft; and coming in from the
Sea, over this Land you will fee Ridges of Hills;
on the NW. fide they feem to be fteep, on the
SW. fide they fall away lower, and at the Point
appear much in form of a Galley; in the high
Land over it there are fome broken Gaps. In this
Port there's neither Wood nor Water, but 'tis a
fafer Harbour than St. John; in going into which,
give the Windward Point a birth, for off of it
lies a great Shoal. Between St. Nicholas and St.
John there's 2 leagues low Land, and over it ſome
reddiſh Hillocks. From Port St. John to Cape
Accari 'tis 8 leagues, and in that run you have no
manner of Port, Creek, nor Cove, nor any place
to get Wood or Water,
From
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
43
From Port St. John to Port del Loma, S. Lat. 15.
20. or Acari, 'tis 8 leagues, NW. and SE. low
Land, but in the Country 'tis higher. This is a
very good Harbour, but not frequented; the Land
producing nothing to load Ships with: but thoſe
that go for Arica and Ariquipa ſtop here in the
rainy times, and when the Current runs to Lee-
ward. From Port Acari to Ariquipa 'tis 8 leagues
NE and SW. low Land; and under the Cape
of Ariquipa you will fee a Bay, which makes`a
good Harbour, and is call'd Port Chala. Near the
Headland there are ſome ſharp black Rocks. This
Harbour is frequented by fome trading Barks,
and lies in S. Lat, 16.
From Cape Ariquipa to the Cape of Attico 'tis
14 leagues, Courſe NW. and SE. From Cape
Ariquipa to Windward you will fee a large Strand
of Sand, which reaches to Puerto Chala. This
Land is very high and full of Mountains. Attico
is in S. Lat. 16.30. From hence to Ocona 'tis 14
leagues, NW and SE. high Land, and up the
Country fnowy Mountains. Between Attico and
Ocona there's a great broken Gap, from the River
to the Sea, and clofe to the Water-fide. About
two Musket-fhot from thence there's Water, and
near the broken Gap are two Rocks call'd Los Pef-
cadores, or Fiſhermen.
From Ocona to the Valley of Quilca, S. Lat. 17.
'tis 11 leagues, and a bold Coaſt, and from Ocona
to Camana 'tis 6 leagues. Camana is inhabited by
Spaniards and Indians. In this Harbour of Quilca
you muſt anchor where you fee the Crofs about a
quarter of a league from the Iſland, which is in
the Entrance of the Port; and at the NE. of it
you have 12 or 15 fathom. Ships may go into
the Creek of Quilca, for the Water flows much
there, and great store of Fish are taken here by
Nets. If you have occafion to go into this Creek,
and
44
A Deſcription of the Coafts and Harbours
and cannot get in, you may anchor till the Tide
turns, or the Wind abates, in 20 fathom, good
clean Ground; and when you have the Strand of
Camana open, anchor, for it is all clean. Camana
above-mention'd is an inland Town, and will ap-
pear in fight as you run along fhore.
From the Creek of Quilca to the Port of Xuli
'tis 10 leagues, the Courfe NW and S E. From
Guilca to the Inland Guano 'tis 3 leagues, and from
Guano to Play 'tis 4: in Tlay you may anchor with-
in fome Rocks call'd in the Draught the Ferralones
d'rlay, they are all bold above water, and here
you have 40 fathom and upwards: the biggeſt of
theſe Rocks are five, and all white, by them the
Port is known. Ylay lies in S. Lat. 17. 15.
From Tlay or Ilay unto Xuli in S. Lat. 17. 30. 'tis
3 leagues. This Harbour was the principal Port
of Arequipa, and all the Coaſt of Penafco. As you
come from rlay, you may know this Port by a ſmall
narrow Creek of 20 fathom; and if you come out
of the Sea for Xuli, you will fee the Volcano of Are-
quipa, which lies from this Port NW and S E. 6
leagues in the Country and if it be clear Wea-
ther, you will fee other high Hills, one of which
makes like a Sugar-loaf.
From Xuli to Rio Tambo or Jambo 'tis 12 leagues,
Courſe SE by S. and NE by N. 'tis high Land;
and 2 leagues to Windward of Xuli is Rio Tambo.
Here you will fee a Spot of low Land amongst the
high, about one feague long; all the reſt of the
Coaſt is bold high Land. You may anchor againſt
the River Tambo in 20 fathom clean Ground: and
from thence to Yerba Buena 'tis 2 leagues.
From the Iſland of Yerba Buena to Porto Tlo in
S. Lat, 18. 'tis 8 leagues. To know where to an-
chor here, you will fee in the high Land fome
broken Gaps; and when you have that Eaft from
you, and the Valley in the broken Gaps, you may
anchor
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
45
anchor at difcretion. There is good landing in
the Harbour, and cloſe to the Bar good freſh Wa-
ter in a ſmall River. The Point of Port Tlo is
low, and reaches a great way out; you muſt give
it a good large birth, for there is a great Under-
tow; and when you come out of the Sea, the
Point appears like an Ifland. At the end of it
there's a little rocky Iſland, and farther off are
three or four Rocks out of the Water. From the
Point of rlo to Rio de Sama 'tis 8 leagues, the
Courſe NW and S E. and midway is the Hill
Accacuna. The River of Ylo is very good, and
about one quarter of a league to Windward lies
the Town of Tlo, inhabited by Indian Fiſhermen ;
from whom you may have Maize, Water, Wood,
and other Neceffaries.
From the Headland of Sama to that of Arrica
'tis 12 leagues, Courſe NW by W. and SE by E.
and between 'em a great Bay; all along the fhore
'tis low Land, and a fandy Strand, only the Land
of Guiaca is high. From Cape de Sama to the
River of Sama is 3 leagues; and half a league to
Windward of the River of Sama is the Harbour
of Guiaca; 'tis high Land, inhabited by Spaniards
and Indian Fiſhermen, from whom you may have
Wood, Water, and other Neceffaries.
From the Port of Guiaca to the River of Juan
de Dios 'tis 5 leagues, and from Juan de Dios to the
Cape of Arrica other 5, and low fandy Land. In
this Bay and all along fhore you may anchor, the
Ground being very clean; but on the ſhore there's
for the moſt part a great Suff.
Cape Arrica in S. Lat. 19. is high Land and
fteep, with feveral white Spots. When you bring
the Cape in fight of the Land to Windward of
Cape de Sama, and Guiaca to be the higheſt, you
are in a fort of Bay, and there appears lower
Land. When you would anchor, you will fee a
fmall
46
A Deſcription of the Coafts and Harbours
fmall Iſland next the fhore, and the Ware-houſes
on the Coaſt near a Strand; here you have 8 or 9
fathom, and you may anchor at difcretion. You
muſt moor with one Anchor right a-ftern, for
the Land-Breezes blow ſtrong. Coming out of
the Sea, you may know this Port by ridgy Land,
and on thoſe Ridges two Hills that fhew like Vol-
cans; they appear white, and if they bear NW.
then you are to Windward of the Port; but if
SE. you are to Leeward; and then you will fee
two other Hills, as white as if cover'd with Snow.
From Cape Arrica to Cape Tarapaca 'tis 25
leagues, high Land next the Water-fide, the
Courſe N by E. and S by W. About midway
there are three Spots of broken Land in deep
Gaps, and in each a River which falls into the
Ocean. If you come out of the Sea, and have
not had a good Obfervation; or if with the Cur-
rent you have been horfed away, and made the
Land of Arequipa; you may boldly run for the
Shore by the faid Marks, for there is no other
Land that makes fo on this Coaft. When you are
about theſe broken Hills to Windward, the firſt
is call'd Victor O Colpa: theſe broken Lands are a-
bout 5 leagues in length; they have on the North
fide almoſt to the fhore red Hillocks and Ridges
about one league in length, and on the South fide
Ridges and Hillocks that are milk-white. From
the broken Gap of Victor O Colpa to that of Cama-
rones 'tis 7 leagues: The latter has a fmall white
Rock cloſe by it, and at fome diftance feems
like a Ship under fail. Theſe two Gaps, when
Eaft from you, are enclos'd; the broken Gap of
Pifagua feems like a Bay. From the Gap of Ca-
marones to that of Pifagua 'tis 8 leagues high Land,
and lies N and S.
From the broken Land of Pifagua to Cape Tara-
paca 'tis 6 leagues. This Cape is high, but in-
wards
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
47
wards the Country is lower, and feems like the
Entrance of two Harbours, over which the Land
makes like a Hat, come in with it how you will;
and under the Shore you ſee a ſmall Iſland, but all
the Coaſt very bold. From Cape Tarapaca to
Pica 'tis 5 leagues, Gourfe N and S. You fee a
fmall white Iſland, under which there's good An-
chorage next the Shore, in 7 fathom water.
From Pica to Rio de Lora (or Loa) 'tis 12
leagues, high ſteep Land, and the Courfe N and S.
On the fhore there are fome Ridges and white
Hillocks, and where the Land is lower, the River
is narrower: the Water of it is fomewhat brac
kish; you may anchor about a quarter of a league
to Windward of it near fome fmall Rocks, that
lie above water. When you are anchor'd, theſe
fmall Rocks will be a-ftern. From Rio de Lora to
Atacama'tis 15 leagues high Land, Courſe NNW
and SS E. 'tis a rocky Coaſt and deep Water.
Five leagues from Rio de Loa to the Southward
is Paguifa, in S. Lat. 21. 40, where you may have
fresh Water; it lies behind a Point, and is known
by white Spots in it. Right againſt this Water-
ing-place there's a large Tree; you muſt anchor
under the higheſt Land. Right over the Point
there's a Mountain, and farther out fome other
Hills overgrown with Thiſtles. In cafe Water be
wanting at Paguifa, 2 leagues from thence lie the
Agodonales, which are known by feveral white
Spots near the Sea: from thofe Agodonales you
may get water for 8 leagues, but 'tis fomewhat
brackish.
From Atacama, in S. Lat. 22. 30. to the Bay of
Meffillones 'tis 5 leagues NE and SW. On the
Point there's a Hill like a Sugar-loaf, and on the
North fide another fomewhat lefs. The Bay of
Meffillones is deep, and the Anchoring-place to the
Eastward, but the Entrance North and South.
On
48
A Defcription of the Coafts and Harbours
On the South fide the Point you may anchor near
a large Rock in 15 fathom water clean Ground.
The Bay of Atacama lies from Cape to Cape N by
E. and S by W. and in the midſt of this Bay is
that of Meffillones.
From the Point of the Bay of Meffillones to
Cape Morreno, in S. Lat. 23. 'tis 8 leagues, the
Courſe Nby E. and S by W. This Cape is high
Land, and the NE. fide is a Road near a ſmall
Ifland: Here's alfo a very commodious, but nar-
row Harbour, where you may careen. Give the
Cape what birth you can, for here come off very
great Flaws.
From Cape Morreno to Cape de George, in S. Lat.
23.45. 'tis 15 leagues, the Courſe Ň by E. and
S by W. Between the Cape there's a great Bay,
which if the Wind come at S E. is dangerous, be-
cauſe it blows right in. If you are forc'd in here,
and can get under Morro de George, you may anchor
in 25 fathom good Ground, and no Danger but
what appears above water. Here comes in a tum-
bling Sea.
From Cape de George to Baya de nueftra Seniora,
or our Lady's-Bay, is 20 leagues, Courſe NNE.
and SSW. The Land is high and mountainous,
no Inhabitants, nor Water, till about 6 leagues
before you arrive at the Bay. The higheſt and
middlemoſt Mountain is over the Bay; under that
there's Water and fome plain Land, againſt which
you may anchor in at leaſt 25 fathom Water, in
good clean Ground. From the Mountain the Land
comes off like a Knife, and right againſt that
Knife there's a large white Rock, in S. Lat. 24.30.
about half a league from the Sea. You muſt have
the Rock North of you, and lie to an anchor about
one third of a league from the fhore. If it be clear
Weather, you may from hence fee Cape Morreno.
From this Rock to the Bay of Nueftra Seniora about
one
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
one half of the Bay is inhabited, and the other
not; in the Bay there are very hard Gales of
Wind.
From the Bay of Nuestra Seniora to Cape Copiapo
'tis 30 leagues, the Courſe N by E. and S by W.
and from the Bay of Nuestra Seniora to Puerto Tra
ten'tis 6. In this Port there's good riding, but
you muſt anchor in 30 fathom, that you may have
room to fail if it blow Northerly. The Marks of
the Harbour of Bettas is a Spot of white Sand,
and in the middle of it a black Spot. This Port
is in S. Lat. 25. and has no freſh Water.
From Bettas to Juncal 'tis 6 leagues: the Har-
bour is only good with the Wind at SW. it has
no Water, and the adjacent Mountains are not
inhabited.
From Juncal to General 'tis 6 leagues: this is a
good Harbour, and has a ſmall Inland before it,
but no freſh Water.
From General to Cape Copiapo 'tis 12 leagues, and
all along fhore good Anchorage, and Bays with
fhelter, as well againſt Southerly Winds as others.
The Mountain of Copiapo appears like an Iſland,
and the Point of St. Helena. Off the South part
about one league from the fhore there's a fmall
Iſland, and under it good riding. On the Main
there's fome few Inhabitants.
From Copiapo to the Iſland Salado 'tis 10 leagues.
Here is good Anchorage, and a Watering-place,
but the Water not very good. The River lies be-
tween those two Iflands. From this River to-
wards the Sea there's an ugly Shoal, that lies off
E and W. at a good diſtance.
From Baya Salado to Totoral, S. Lat. 27. 30. 'tis
15 leagues. On the North fide of the Point there's
good Anchorage. You must bring the Point S W
by W. to get into the best of this Road, which is
bad enough when the Wind is Northerly. Here is
fresh Water.
From
D
A Defcription of the Coafts and Harbours
From Totoral to Port Guafco in S. Lat. 28.45. 'tis
15 leagues. This Harbour is good from the S. to
the NW. and is inhabited. You muſt anchor right
againſt the River near a ſmall low Ifland. The
Point of the Main is encompass'd by 7 or 8 Rocks
that appear out of the Water, and on the top of
a Point there's a Sand-Hill fomewhat ragged,
where you anchor. You will fee two or three more
fmall Iſlands, and the Mountain over the Port is
high, large, and round.
From Guafco to the Ifle Totoral 'tis 12 leagues,
and towards the fhore a fmall Island. From the
four biggeſt Iſlands, where the Road is, you may
fail with the Wind Northerly from any part of
the Road, The middlemoſt Iſland is the biggeſt of
the 4, has 5 ragged Hills on the top; and that
which is neareſt the fhore has fome Rocks about
it that appear above water. The two biggeſt of
theſe iſlands that lie near together, when they
bear SSE, about 7 leagues from the Point of Co-
quimbo, appear but as one.
•
From the Port of Coquimbo in S. Lat. 30. there's
a Point, and the Land not very high. At the En-
trance there's two fmall Rocks above water, which
you muſt leave on your Starboard fide; and going
in, you muſt go near the Point: for if the Cur-
rent or Land-Flaws put you off, you will drive a-
way, becauſe you have no Ground, and cannot an-
chor. When you are in, you muit anchor againſt
the higheſt Land, right with a ſmall Rock call'd La
Tortuga, or the Tortoife. From the Road to the
Town of Coquimbo 'tis 2 leagues.
From the Point of Coquimbo one league to wind-
ward is the Point of Heradura, a very good Har-
bour, clean Ground, and no Danger.
From the Point of Coquimbo to the Bay of Lon-
guey or Tanguey in S. Lat. 35. 30. 'tis 7 leagues,
Courfe S E. In the Road, which is right againſt a
fmall
37
31
83
16
Limani
82
77
81
78
8'0
7.9
32
33
34
Place this fronting Page
Bran the Appendra
Choapa
ProGouvernador
Poyt Ligura
PortPapudo
Port Quintero
P Concon
PortValparifo
C Cortona
las Salinas
Santjago
1
|
I.Iuan Fernandes
1
!
PorTopcalma
Morro de Topocalma
33
34
135
T
36
37
38
39
S
40
41
HE
R. L'ora
R.Maule
Point Humos
R.Yata
la Herradura
Port Conception •
C. Talanguana Conception
R.Viquio
Lauapia.
S. Maria I. 0,
Pointkomena
Port Carnero
Port Tecapel
R Imperial
Mocha I
U T
H
42
Punta de la Cuy
SEA
43
Tetus, de Quicao
Quevete
RBonifacio
PortBaldivia
Morro Gonçalo
C. Gallera
RBueno
R.Osorno
Port S Pedra
Paint Quedal
Point Godoy
Port Godoy
H
CARICATUTOLIKE
35
36
37
38
Imperial
39
Baldivia
I
1.Pedro NuneCaretmapo
Port Carelmapo
Chiloe
Point Aloronel Fort Calbuco
I Calbuco
Chulao
de los
Cordiller
40
41
42
44
45
46
47
LUDE
}
48
1
49
Chauque
Quinchao I.
MinchimauidaB.
Mand
Point Pilan
CBilan
Magna I.
Guafo off
Nomans 1.
Chongs I.
་
BRabudos
Montes
R.S.Stephen
1
150
C. Corto
Ancon
I.S.Maria
151
I S Martin
:
British Leagues
15 20
25
HEBAN
Engrav'd by John Senex
9019494144246)
JEREMITASIES
46
47
48
44
32
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
51
1
·
fmall River, there's a Headland which lies Eaft
with it; and all over the Bay there's good An-
choring, in clean holding Ground.
From Limari in S. Lat. 31. to Choapa 'tis 10 ls,
all very high fnowy Mountains, and no Harbour,
but a very bold Coaſt.
From Port Governador to Port de la Liga 'tis
leagues, the Courfe SE. We have no Defcrip-
tion of this Harbour, but by the Draught it ſeems
to be very clean; and right before it lies a finall
Iſland in S. Lat. 32. 12.
From Port de la Liga to Port Papudo in S. Lat.
32. 'tis 4 leagues: in the latter the Water is very
deep, but good holding Ground, and the Entrance
fafe. In Port Liga near the Point there's a Shoal
with 2 fathom water upon it: you must give it a
good birth, run within it into 5 fathom, and an-
chor there. If your Boat go on fhore, and the
Swell runs high, you may run with her into a ſmall
Creek that leads to the River, and you are fafe.
From Papudo to the Shoals of Quintero 'tis 5 ls.
Moſt of thofe Shoals are above water and near the
Point, but Ships may pafs between them and the
Main, there being a good Channel with 12 fathom
water, clean Ground. From the Shoals to the Port
of Quintero, S. Lat. 32. 45. 'tis 2 ls. the Harbour
is deep Water, and with Southerly Winds is very
good, but the Northerly blow right in.
From Port de Concon to that of Valparayfo 'tis 10
1s. In that of Concon there's a great Shoal, which
the Sea breaks on. To go in here, you muſt range
cloſe to the Point, and run in betwixt it and the
Shoal.
From Port Quintero to Port Valparayfo 'tis 5 ls.
the Courſe SE. With the Point of Corunna it lies
SE by E. and with the River of Chili S. 3 ls.
from Quintero in the River of Chili there's a great
Shoal. Here begins the Kingdom of Chili.
D 2
From
52
A Deſcription of the Coafts and Harbours
From the River of Chili to Porto Valparayfo, or
Port Santiago, S. Lat. 33. 'tis 2 ls. and in that Run
you will fee three Strands, and in the midſt of
them the River of Minas or Margamorga. The
joining of the Land of the laſt Strand to Wind-
ward is Port Santiago or Valparayfo, where you will
fee a Gap and a fmall Strand. From the Point of
this Strand comes a rocky Point, and behind that
Point you anchor against the fmall Strand afore-
faid. From Puerto del Valparayfo to Punta de Cor-
rona, or Crown-Point, 'tis 2 ls. the Courfe WSW.
and within that Point there's a Shoal, to which
you muſt give a birth. There's a good Road near
this Point, which lies SE. with Coquimbo, Copiapo,
and Cape Moren.
From the Point of Corrona to Puerto de Topocal-
ma'tis 18 ls. About 6 ls. from Corrona are Las Sa-
linas, or the Salt-Ponds, where there's fine Salt:
there you may anchor near the high Rock, which
is to the Southward. The Land hereabouts is low,
and there are divers Shoals from where you anchor
all along to the River Rapel, which you muſt take
care to avoid. Several of the Heads of theſe
Shoals ftretch into the Sea two Musket-fhot. If
you anchor at the Salinas, and the Wind chop about
Northerly, you muſt get to fail.
}
The Iflands of John Fernandez, or the King's
Iſlands, are two; that which is neareft the fhore
is 110 is. from it, and lies SW. and from one
Iſland to other 'tis 7 ls. the Courſe E. Here are
two Harbours, one call'd by the name of John Fer-
nandez, and the other La Pefcaria. Thefe Iflands
were diſcover'd by John Fernandez, a Spanish Pilot,
in 1585. they lie in S. Lat. 33. 30.
Within the Cape of Potocalmo there's good an-
choring with the Wind Southerly; but if you run
about a quarter of a league within the Cape, you
will meet terrible Flaws off the fhore. You muſt
anchor
:
4
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
53
anchor within the fmall Ifle, in 25 fathom clean
Ground. This Headland lies in S. Lat. 34.
From Potocalmo to Quebrada de Lora in S.Lat.37.
40. 'tis 14 ls, the Courſe SE. The faid Quebra-
da, or broken Land, much reſembles that of Lima.
About 7 Is off the Coaſt is low fandy Land, which
reaches to the River of Maule; you may anchor
here all along fhore. From this Gap the Moun-
tains begin to rife gradually, and are all full of
great Trees. There's very much Timber all along
this Coaſt to Conception.
From Quebrada de Lora to the River of Maule,
in S. Lat. 35. 20. 'tis 7 ls. SE. On this River
there's much Timber, and here they build Ships.
At low Water the Mouth of this River is 3 fa-
thom. At the Entrance there are two Rocks, and
about half a league to Leeward is good anchoring
with a Southerly Wind, the Northerly blows ve-
ry hard here.
From the River Maule to the Point of Imos or
Humos, S. Lat. 35. 30. 'tis 10 ls. This Point is
very dangerous becauſe of the Shoals about it,
upon which Ships have been loft. From the River
of Tmos or Humos to this Point, the Courfe is SSE.
From the Point of Tmos to the River Ttata 'tis
9ls. This River is much inhabited, and at the
Mouth of it there's a good Road behind a Point
that runs out. This River makes a great Gap in
the Land, which is very high on each fide. From
the Point of Imos to the Herradura there's no an-
choring, unleſs behind the Point before-mention'd.
From the River of Ttata to Herradura 'tis 5 ls.
Herradura is a Bay with a good Harbour, and at the
Entrance there's 3 or 4 fmall Rocks above water,
From La Herradura to the Ifland of Conception,
or La Quiriquina, S. Lat. 36. 15. 'tis 2 ls. Courſe
NE. and SW. Thefe 2ls. make the Bay of Con-
ception, and the Entrance is S. the North Wind
blows
54
A Defcription of the Coafts and Harbours
blows right in. The Spanish Town lies clofe by
the Water-fide, where you will fee a large fandy
Strand. About one quarter of a league from Con-
ception is the River Andalica, which you may en-
ter with ſmall Ships. You muſt anchor in Concep-
tion-Bay againſt a fmall River that runs thro the
middle of the City, but at ſome diſtance, that
you may have room to fail if the Wind blows
Northerly.
T
:
All Ships that go from Conception to Baldivia or
Chiloe, anchor at Talanguana in 12 fathom here
they wait for Northerly Winds. You muft an-
chor about league from the Rock of Ollas, bring-
ing the Rock Weft from you. Note, That the
Channel between Talanguana and the Ifland Quiri-
quina is narrow, and not to be pafs'd thro but with
the Wind large.
the Isle of
Port of St.
In the En-
From the Point of Talanguana to
Santa Maria 'tis 10 ls. and from the
Vincent to the River of Bobio 'tis 2 ls.
trance of this River there's two Rocks and two
high Mountains of an equal fize, call'd Las Tetas
de Viovio, againſt which the Sea beats. From the
River Bobio to Punta de la Sappie 'tis 7 ls. a good
Coaſt for the Southerly Winds, but the Northerly
blow right in.
From the Iland of Santa Maria in S. Lat.37.20.
to Porto Carnero 'tis 10 ls. the Courfe S E. In this
Iſland there are 2 good Roads, one to the North-
ward, the other to the Southward. If you enter
the Road that ſhelters you from Northerly Winds,
go not too near the Iſland, for there's little Wa-
ter you may anchor in 6 fathom with the Wind
Southerly. Here's a great Sea, and on the North
fide a Suff and Undertow with a Southerly Wind.
When you go in on the North fide to Porto Delicá-
do, beware of the Point, where there's a great
Shoal, and at the N E. end of the Iſland there's
another,
of Mexico, Peru, and Chili.
55
another, which extends half a league into the Sea, where
Ships have been loft.
This Island is about 2 ls. round, le-
vel on the top like a Table, and there's freſh Water in fe-
veral places.
From the Iſland of Santa Maria to Porto Carnero 'tis 10 ls.
In this Port there's a River, and a little within the Point
a high Rock. Small Barks come hither with Provifions
and Neceffaries for the Fort of Tecapel, in Lat. 38. On
the Mountain of that name the Indians meet to confult and
be merry; from hence they began their March, when they
kill'd the Governour of Baldivia.
From Port Carnero to the Iſle of Mocha 'tis 10 Is. the
Courſe SW. From Port Carnero to the Cape of Tecapel'tis
4 ls. The Harbour is bad with a Northerly Wind, and is
not frequented but by Barks that bring Provifions to the
Forts on the Coafts, that curb the Indians.
The Iſland of Mocha lies from the main Land E by S. 4 ls.
The River Imperial is right againft it on the Main. This
Iſland is high, and inhabited by Indians, who are always at
war with the Spaniards. On the WS W. of this Iſland
there are dangerous Shoals; it lies from the River of Bal-
divia 30 ls. the Courſe N and S. and from Point de la Ga-
lera ESE. and from the Iſlands of John Fernandez SE by S.
90 Is.
From Quevete to the River of Boniface 'tis 10 leagues, and
from the Cape of Boniface to Corral, where Ships anchor,
'tis low Land. If you would go into Baldivia, you muſt
anchor firft about half a league without the Bar on the
Starboard fide. Note, That here are two Bars, the biggeft
lies on the Starboard fide. If you would go in with your
Boat, here is a ſmall Channel, from which you have but
one league to Baldivia ; but where the Ships go in, it is 6
16. The Entrances are two, parted by an Iſland; and far-
ther up, and to the Southward, there's a fmall Iſland call'd
Conftantino. The other big Iſland that divides the Channel
is inhabited by Indians. The River Baldivia lies in S. Lat.
40. From this River to the Point of Galera 'tis 4 Is. and
from the Point of Quedar 22. the Courſe SSE. Point Ga-
lera is low Land, and lies E by S.
From Point Galera to the River Bueno 'tis 5 Is. high
Land with a Gap on the top.
From the River Bueno to Port St. Pedro, S. Lat. 41. 30.
'tis 9 ls. high Land with a Gap on the top, which you fee
from the River Bueno.
From Port St. Pedro to the Foint de Quedal, in S. Lat. 41.
20. 'tis 8 ls. You may go in thro the Channel of Carel-
mayo
56
A Deſcription of the Coasts, &c.
mapo on either fide of the Rocks; there is alfo a good
Paffage between the Ifland de Pedro Nuncy and the other
Rocks. When the hithermoft of the Rocks appears open
with the Entrance, leave the Iſland of Pedro, Nuncy on
your Starboard fide, and you may pass fecurely up thro
the mid Channel till you come near Point Remolinos, which
is 3 ls. from the Ifland of Pedro Nuncy. Give Point Remo-
linos a moderate birth, and you will fee a curious Bay; an-
chor there in 12 fathom. The Bay is call'd Puerto Chacoa :
lay your Anchor E and W.
From the Point of Quedal to that of Godoy 'tis 6 Is.
Off of Point Godoy there are ſome ſmal Rocks that appear
out of the water. From the Point of Godoy to Carelmapo
there's the Bay of Chica; 'tis a bad Shoal-Harbour, and
low Land.
Chiloe is an Ifland in S.Lat.44. the Coaft is very ſubject to
Storms at tempeftuous Weather, eſpecially in March; for
then the Winter begins, and People cannot put to Sea, the
Northerly Winds blow fo furiouſly: fo that they muft win-
ter there contentedly till the Summer comes again, and the
Norths are not fo furious.
About the Iſland Chiloe there are 40 more, all taking
their names from it, which is about 50 ls. in length and 7 in
breadth. The Shape of it is like an Arm bow'd the
South part of it is divided from the Continent by a very
narrow Sea, and the Continent there makes a Bay. All
the Country here is uneven, abounds with Woods and Mar-
fhes, and very cold, lying all beyond 43 deg. S. Lat. In
the Summer there are fuch cold Storms, that it reſembles
our Winter. There comes only one Ship in a Year
hither, which is fent by the Governour of Chili to fupply
the Spaniards.
:
Maps and Sea-Draughts are always improvable; and al-
tho this is an exact Copy of the Spaniards Coafting-Pilot
Book, yet comparing the Writing with the Maps of their
own drawing, I found it differ in many places which
makes me fear there is yet fome Error both in the Draughts
of the Coaft, and alfo in the written Defcriptions, the
Spaniards not being fo exact as the English and Dutch in their
Sea Charts. But this being far better than any yet pub-
lih'd, I was willing to annex it as an Appendix to this
Book; and if it proves of any Service to the Publick, it
anfwers the End I intended it for.
•
A N
AN
Alphabetical Index
OF
PLACES, &c.
[Note, That Int. fignifies the Pages of the
Introduction, Ap.thofe of the Appendix,
and the rest are the Pages of the Book.
T. fignifies Town, R. River, and Ill. Iſland.]
A
A.
Capulco, or Manila Ship taken.
Another eſcapes.
Town.
Acari, Port.
Aconcagua R.
Aguia, Point.
Alcatros, Bird.
E
291
296, 331
329. Ap. 2
Ap. 43
348
Ap. 26
102
Ama-
An Alphabetical Index.
Amazons, R. and People.
58, &c.
America, populous.
96, &c. 324
Andalica R
Ap. 54
Andalien R.
350
Angre de Reys T.
38, 42, &c.
St. Antonio, I.
Arequipa, Cape.
Arrica, Cape.
Affumption Town.
Atacama
Atacames R.
25, 32
Ap. 43
Ap. 45
75
Ap.47
20
Ap. 43
Atico, Cape.
Azia, In.
Ap. 38
B.
Baldivia- R. and Port.
Barbacoas Point,
Ap. 55
Ap, 18
Barbacora.
Barranca R.
Barrancas Vermillias.
Batavia
Bernal, Port.
Bezoar Stones extraordinary.
Bibio R.
Biobio R.
Birds, extraordinary.
Blanco, Cape.
Bonaventura R.
Bonfunda, Shoal.
Boniface R.
Bouro, If.
Bouton Ift.
Brazile.
Buccaneers.
Bueno R.
Buenos-Ayres.
Burica, Point.
213, &c.
Ap. 33
Ap. 21
301, 401
Ap. 5
353
Ap. 54
350
335, 352
Ap. 11, 25
Ap. 17
36
AP. 55
379
383, &c.
$2
Int. 16. 205, 268
Ap. 55
78, &c.
Ap. 12
C.
An Alphabetical Index.
Abeſſa del Gatto.
C.
..Ap. 33
Calao Isl. Ap. 36.
Port.
Ap. 37
Calleta Creek.
Ap, 3
Callifornía.
279, 2845 312
Callo Port.
Ap. 23
Camana T.
Cangallon I..
Cano I.
Capalita R.
Caraman Java Iɲ.
Ap. 43
Ap. 39
Ap. 11
Ap. 4
Cape de Verd Ifles.
32
389
Carelmapo.
Ap. 56
Carneis, Port.
Ap. 54, &c.
Carracas Bay.
Ap. 22
Carrette.
Ap. 40
Cafma.
Ap. 31
St. Catherine's Point.
Ap. 10, 11
Cattel very cheap.
Cavalla, Port.
Cedars extraordinary.
Celebes In.
Ceram In.
Cerca R.
80, 81
Ap. 41
1598
387
378
Ap. 39
Chaco Port.
Ap. 56
Chancaillo Port.
Chancay.
Chao Cape.
Chepillo In.
Cherepe.
Ap. 36
Ap. 36
30
•
Ap. 13
Ap. 27, &c.
Chica.
Ap. 56
Chicama R.
Ap. 29
Chilca Harbour.
Ap. 38
Chili.
34.0
A Strange Property of its Air.
342
E 2
Chili,
+
.
An Alphabetical Index
i
Chili, its Islands.
354
Chiloe If.
Ap. 56
Chincha Port.
Ap. 39
Choapa.
Ap. 51
Chopa, a noted River there.
335
St. Clara I.
161. Ap. 24
Colana R.
Ap. 26
Ap. 23
46, &c.
&c. 242,
Colanche R.
Committees about the Voyage. 11, 22, &c.
137, 140, 153, 155, 216, 221, 232,238,
2·54, 270, 274, 281, 283, 291, 295, 303, 305,
275, 391, 395, 398, 409, 411, &c.
Commodities, European, dear.
Conception T. 94. Ifle and T.
Concón.
Converts, Popish, merry ones.
Copiapo R. 348. Cape.
Coquimbo R.
Cordillera Mountains.
78, 81, 253
Ap. 53
Ap. 51
8
Ap.49
348. Ap. 50
142, 344348
89
Corientes T. 94. Cape.
Ap. 18
Corrona Point
AP: 52
Council for the Voyage.
Int. 17
Cows and Sheep extraordinary.
353
Coximes R.
Ap. 20
Coyba In.
Ap. 12
Cordoua T.
Crew of the Duke and Dutchess, their Humour.
Cudagues Lake.
Cuio Plains. 340. Province.
Currents extraordinary.
DEcollina R.
Delicado Port.
Delora R.
349
355
278, 42
D.
349
Ap. 54
349
Dover,
An Alphabetical Index.
Dover, Captain, leaves the Ship Duke.
Duke, Ship, her Force and Officers.
Dutch,
Dutchefs, Ship, her Force and Officers.
danger.
269
2, 6
53, &c.
2,6. In
107
E.
E
Neenada de las Barraucanes.
Ap. 3
Ap. 5
1
F.
Alkland's Islands.
103
Falfo Cape.
410
Feeding, brutish.
.80
Ferol, Port.
Ap. 31
·Fifb, feveral farts.
43
Flying Row-boat.
367
St. Francis's Cape. 20,
Rock.
Ap. 37
French.
81, 144, 163, 189, 219
Frenchmens Graves.
39
Frio, Cape.
36
G.
Alera I. Ap. 15. Point,
Ap. 55
Galero R.
Ap. 3
Gallapagos.
206, 261, 263, &c,
Galley In.
1
Ap. 15
Ap. 15
Garachina Point.
General.
George Cape.
Giants.
Gilolo.
Godoy Point.
}
E 3
Ap. 49
Ap. 48
110, 121
377
Ap. 56
Gold
An Alphabetical Index.
Gold Mines of Brazile. 39. Of Barbacora. 213,
&c. Of Chili.
Good Hope, Cape.
Gorgona, I.
Governador, Port.
Grande In.
Guam I.
344, 356
410,417
212, 215, 218, 244. Ap. 18
Ap. 51
37, 49-51
360
Guanape.
Guanbacha,
Guanchaco, Port.
Guara, Harbour.
Guarmi.
Ap. 30
་
Ap. 31*
Ap. 29
Guanico Mountains,
Ap. 12
Ap. 34
Ap. 33
Guafco R.
348. Ap. 50
Guatulco.
Ap. 4
Guiaca, Port.
Ap. 45
Guiaquil. 153, 167, &c. 185.
Taken.
174, &c.
Ranfom'd. 183.
River. 190, 198.
Province.
195. A mix'd People there.
203
Guyones Point.
Ap. 11
Guzman, a Mock-King.
69
H.
H
Arradura Bay.
Ap. 35
Hatley and his Bark loft.
208
St. Hellen's Point.
Ap. 24
Herbs extraordinary.
354
Herradura, Cape.
Ap. 11, 50, 53
Hogs, a strange fort.
345
Horn, Cape,
120. Iſland.
397
Hottentots.
Humos Point.
420
Ap. 53
I'
An Alphabetical Index.
JAB
I.
Ago St. R. 349. Ap. 19.
Jago St. de l'iſtero T.
Ibaltique Port.
Fefuits.
Imperial R.
St. John's Port.
Ilands in and about the Magellan Straits.
Itata R. 349. In.
Juan de Dios R.
Juan Fernandez Iɲ.
Julian Caraco R.
Juncal.
Port.
Ap. 52
91
Ap. 8
72, &c. 81
350. Ap. 55
Ap. 10, 42
118
Ap. 4
Ap. 45
123-137. Ap. 52
Ap. 4
Ap. 49
K.
KING and his Court poor and naked.
ADY's Bay.
L Lampa R.
Leon T.
La Liga Port.
L.
Lightning.
Lima T.
Line paſs'd.
380
Ap. 48
349
Ap. 9, 10
Ap. st
36
143, 336
35,421
Lobos Iſl. 145, 147. Ap. 40. De Peyta. Ap. 26.
De la Mar.
Ap. 27
London T.
96
Longuey.
Ap. so
Lora R.
Ap. 47
St. Lorenzo, Cape.
Ap. 14, 23
Lunari.
Ap. 51
E 4
M.
An Alphabetical Index.
M
Adagaſcar Pirates,
Madura I.
Maefe R.
Magellan Straits.
Maguey, Plant.
Le Maire Straits
Malabrigo..
Malaga In.
Malpelo In.
Manglares-Point.
Mapocho R.
St. Maria I.
Mariaco Point.
St. Maria de la Quada I,
Mariners, ours modeft.
Marriages odd.
M.
210
388
Ap. 14
109
318
,121
Ap. 29
213, &c.
Ap. 13
Ap. 18
Ap.349
AP.54
*
"Ap. 13
265
179, 243
86
Martin Lopez Port.
Ap. 8
St. Martin R.
.I
Ap. 12
St. Martins In.
Ap. 34
St. Mary In.
Maffia R.
123
Ap. 3
St. Matthews Bay.
Ap. 19, &c.
Maul R.
349. Ap. 53
Maypo R.
348
Mendoza T.
90
Menta
Ap. 22
Mélfilones Bay.
Ap. 47
Mexico. 318, 326, 334, &C.
Silver and Gold
Mines.
1!1315
St. Michael T. 96. R. Ap. 8.
Gulph
...Ap. 13
"Miracles, falſe.
Miffionaries.
Mocha IЛ.
Mongon.
+
A i Z39
8.0, 83, &C.
AP:155
Ap. 32
Monkeys.
An Alphabetical Index;
Monkeys.
41, 246
Monster.
40, 245
Morodeiras.
Ap. 40
Moróquemado.
Ap. 40, 41
Morreno Cape.
Ap.48
Morro, Cape. Ap. 4.
Hermofa. Ap. 11.
De
Porcos.
Ap. 13
Mufquito Port.
Ap. 5
Mustard-Trees, great ones.
343
Mutinys quell'd.
12, &C. 34, 38, 211, 234
F
N
E W Guinea Straits.
St. Nicholas Port.
N.
O.
376
Ap. 42
Orders
Ratava Port.
16
againſt us by the Spaniards in the South
Sea..
Òrmegas In.
Oronoco R.
Ounce a Strange Creature.
164
Ap. 37
100
335
P.
P Achera Iſ.
Paguifa
Ap. 14
Ap. 47
Palmas In.
Ap. 17
Panama,
Ap. 13
Papudo Port.
Ap. 51
Paraca Port.
Ap. 38
Paraguay. 80, 82, 92. Herb.
94
Parina Point.
Ap. 25
Rafcamyo Port.
Ap. 29
Paffado Cape.
Ap. 21
Paftures
An Alphabetical Index.
Pastures extraordinary.
79
St. Pauls In.
Ap. rs
Payta T.
149. Ap. 26
·People, barbarous.
St. Pedro Port.
Pedro Nuncy.
Pedro d'Otfua murder’d.
Pena Auradada.
Penguins, Fowls, numerous.
36
Ap. 55
Ap. 56
69
Ap. 26
112
86, 94, 96, 99, 112,
116,
59. 61, 63, &c. 82,
118, 252, 259,
314, 321, 332.
Perico Port.
Ap. 13
Peru.
336 338
Pefcadores, Rocks.
Ap. 37
Pica.
Ap. 47
Pinas Port.
Ap. 15
Pleya de las Perdices.
Pifco In.
Plains, vaft.
Plata I, Ap. 23. R. 74, &c.
Ap. 39
77
T. 76, 336
Ap. 35
Plunder, Orders about it.
30, 35, 142, 155, 177,
&c. 224, 232, 281.
Poàngua R.
349
Popes Bulls
227
Porpoifes extraordinary.
103
Portuguefe.
38, &c. 41, 54, 56, 73
Potocalmo.
Ap. 52
Potófi T.
91, 336
grow rich.
Prize, Spaniſh.
Prifoners and Ships ranſom❜d, 222. English in Mexico
333
15, 144, 150, 158, 160,
212, &c. 248.
Proceffion.
42
Promocaes Cape.
Pueblo-Vio T.
Puerto de Angeles
349
Provifions cheap. 81. Short.
289, 357, 377
Ap. 9
Ap. 3
Puerto
An Alphabetical Index.
Puerto Escondido.
Puna T. and I.
Ap. 3
162
Q:
Q
Uebrada de Lora
Ap. 55
Quedal Point.
Ap. 55
Quemade Port.
Quevete.
Quilca Harbour.
Quintero.
Quiriquina.
Quito.
Ap. 16
Ap. 55
Ap. 43
Ap. 5*
Ap. 53
336
R.
R Apel R.
Realejo R. and T.
349. Ap. 52
Ap. 8
Rey In.
Ap. 13, 15
Rio Janeiro.
50
Roads great.
337, 345
294, 302.
Rogers, Lieutenant, kill'd. 159. Captain, wounded.
A Protest against him, and his Counter
Proteft, and the Differences betwixt him and Cap-
tain Dover.
307, &c.
Run from California to Guama, Table of it.
369
S:
SAL
Aledo.
Ap. 49
Salango In.
Ap. 23
Salinas.
Ap. 3, 4, 35, 52
Salt R.
348. Herb.
351
Sama, Cape.
Ap. 45
Santa Fe T.
90
Santo Porto
Ap. 30
Sapie Point.
Seals, extraordinary.
Ap. 54
123, 265
Selkirk,
An Alphabetical Index;
Şelkirk, Alexander, liv'd alone in an Iſland above
Four Years.
La Serra Campana.
Shells, curious.
Snakes, dangerous.
125
Ap. 30
351
225
Ap.
Sonfonate, Port.
Soupe.
Ap. 34
South-Sea, the Warinefs of the Spaniards here. 143.
Their Trade there ruin'd by the French. 187.
The Importance and Practicableness of a Trade
thither. Int. & 120. French Ships there. 21. For
the Coaft, fee Appendix in general.
Spaniards, cruel to English Prifoners. 225, 333, &c.
Difcoverers.
59, &c. 80, &c. 93,95.
Spawn of Fish that difcolours the Sea.
Spring hot, a good one.
Stones, extraordinary.
Swedish Ship Stopt.
35
420
97
12
T.
TI
Abóga Ifl.
Talanguana
Talara Harbour.
Tambo R.
Ap. 14
Ap. 54
Ap. 25
Ap. 44
Tanguey.
Ap. 50
Tapoyars.
$8
Tarapaca, Cape.
Ap. 46
Teal, odd ones.
148
Tecames T.
250, 257
Tecapel.
Ap. 55
Tecoante Peque.
Ap. 5
Tolten R.
350
Tombes.
Ap. 24
Tongolotanga R.
Ap. 4
Topocalma, Port.
·Ap. 52
Tortoifes,
An Alphabeticák Índex.
Tortoifes, extraordinary.
Totoral.
Travelling, an odd way.
Tres+Marias I.
Tropick of Cancer pass'd.
Tacuman.
Tygers, extraordinary.
261, 276
Ap. 49, 50
77
94
V.
V
Aldivia R. and T.
350
Valparay ffo.
Ap. 51
Vanbrugh, Mr.
45,47, 152
Verd Inlands.
32
Vermejo, Port.
Ap. 32
Villarica T.
94
St. Vincent's 7. 24. Port.
Ap. 54
Voyage, why publifh'd.
Int. IS
Vultures, numerous.
148
W.
Ater, Diftrefs for want of it.
272
W Weft-Indies, Spaniards engroſs the Trade
of it. Int. 7. English Trade thither. Int. 8.
French Trade thither. Kht. 9. Importance of that
Trade to England. Int. 10. Objections against it,
anfwer'd. Int. 11. Danger of leaving it to the
French.
Women, ugly. 82. Very cheap.
Int. 14
IOL
X.
Xuli,
Port.
Ap. 44
Y.
An Alphabetical Index.
Lay Rocks,
Ylo, Port.
Ymos, Point.
Ytata R.
Y.
$
FINIS
Ap. 44
Ap. 44
Ap. 53
Ap. 53
4